What do you need help on? Cancel X

BOOKMARK
Jump to:
Would you recommend this Guide? Yes No Hide
Send Skip Hide

FAQ/Walkthrough by peach freak

Version: 1.01 | Updated: 01/08/15

The Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time 3D Walkthrough
For the Nintendo 3DS
Written by peach freak or peachfreak90@hotmail.com
Copyright 2014-2015 Tim Brastow. All Rights Reserved.
Version 1.01

Welcome! This is a walkthrough for the Legend of Zelda: Ocarina of Time 3D, a 
remake of the classic Nintendo 64 game. This will also include a walkthrough 
for Master Quest, a much more challenging playthrough of the game.

Also, this FAQ is protected by copyright. You cannot sell this, put this on 
your website without my permission, or any other violation of copyright law. 
You can, however, print this FAQ or save it to your computer for personal and 
LEGAL use.

Table of Contents
1. Version History
2. Controls
3. Version Changes
4. Walkthrough
   4a. Getting the Kokiri Emerald
   4b. Meeting the Princess
   4c. Visiting a Friend
   4d. Getting Goron's Ruby
   4e. Obtaining Zora's Sapphire
   4f. Zelda and the Ocarina of Time
   4g. Becoming Adult Link
   4h. An Old Friend in the Forest Temple
   4i. A Brief Blast to the Past
   4j. Hot Times in the Fire Temple
   4k. Bone-Chilling Cold in the Ice Cavern
   4l. Swimming around in the Water Temple
   4m. The Gerudo Training Grounds!
   4n. Floating through the Shadow Temple
   4o. Time Traveling in the Spirit Temple
   4p. Everything, Explained
   4q. Invading Ganon's Castle
   4r. Ascending Ganon's Tower
   4s. Escape from Ganon's Castle!
5. Master Quest Dungeon Walkthroughs
   5a. Great Deku Tree
   5b. Dodongo's Cavern
   5c. Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
   5d. Forest Temple
   5e. Bottom of the Well
   5f. Fire Temple
   5g. Ice Cavern
   5h. Water Temple
   5i. Gerudo Training Grounds
   5j. Shadow Temple
   5k. Spirit Temple
   5l. Inside Ganon's Castle
6. Items
7. Enemies
8. Gold Skulltula Locations
   8a. Gold Skulltula Locations (Master Quest)
9. Heart Piece Locations
10. Trading Sequences
11. Gossip Stones
12. Ocarina Songs
13. Credits

===================
1. Version History
===================

Version 1.00, December 4, 2014: Finished this guide and uploaded it onto 
GameFAQs.

Version 1.01, January 8, 2015: Fixed an error about the location of one of the 
Deku Nuts upgrades, thanks to Trent Allen.

==================================
2. Controls/Touchscreen Interface
==================================

--------------------------
The Touchscreen Interface
--------------------------

This interface is always seen on the bottom screen of the 3DS, and is 
essentially your "status screen" in this game. In this interface, anything that 
you see that is written in ALL CAPS can be touched and is interactive when 
touching with the stylus.

|-------|----------------|-------|
|VIEW/  |     Hearts     |I ITEM |
|NAVI   |  Magic Meter   |-------|
|       |                |X ITEM |
|       |                |-------|
|       |                |Y ITEM |
|Rupees |    Area Map    |-------|
|       |                |B ITEM |
|Keys   |                |-------|
|       |                |       |
|       ||----|---|-----||II ITEM|
|OCARINA||GEAR|MAP|ITEMS||       |
|-------|----------------|-------|

Hearts: Hearts are Link's health in this game. You start the game out with a 
maximum as 3 hearts, and you can get up to high as 20. When Link takes damage, 
he will lose health (and Hearts, from right to left, will get darker). Once all 
of his hearts are dark, Link is dead.

Magic Meter: Beneath the hearts is Link's magic meter, which he gets in a 
certain point in the game. Magic is used for a special spin attack for your 
sword, along with several items.

Area Map: If you are in a dungeon, this part of the screen will show you a map 
of the floor you are on. If you are not in a dungeon, this will be a world map 
of Hyrule.

VIEW/NAVI: This is an icon of an eye. Tapping this button will zoom the camera 
in and then you can use the circle stick to pan around the area without Link 
moving. To return to your normal view, just press the A button. Alternatively, 
an icon of Navi, your fairy, may appear here from time to time. Tapping the 
Navi icon will give you advice on where to go or if you are targeted onto an 
enemy, you can tap that icon to get information on the enemy.

Rupees: Rupees are the currency used in Zelda, and this shows you how many of 
them you have.

Keys: This applies only for dungeons, and it shows you how many keys you have 
on you.

OCARINA: Once you obtain the Fairy Ocarina (and the Ocarina of Time for that 
matter), it will be placed in the slot in the bottom-left hand corner of the 
touchscreen. Tapping the icon will allow Link to play the Ocarina. Unlike the 
Nintendo 64 version, you do not need to assign the Ocarina to a specific 
button, instead, it has its own item slot.

I ITEM: This is whatever item you decide to assign to the "I" slot. Tapping 
this icon will allow you to use said item. You can only use this item through 
the touchscreen, however. I tend to put items that I use less frequently into 
this slot.

X ITEM: This is whatever item you decide to assign to the "X" slot. After 
assigning an item to this slot, you can access it by pressing the X button 
(which is much easier) or by tapping the slot on the touchscreen.

Y ITEM: This is whatever item you decide to assign to the "Y" slot. After 
assigning an item to this slot, you can access it by pressing the Y button 
(which is much easier) or by tapping the slot on the touchscreen.

B ITEM: This slot will show you which sword you have equipped (your sword is 
always mapped to the B button). You can pull out your sword by either tapping 
the B button or pressing this slot on the touchscreen.

II ITEM: This is whatever item you decide to assign to the "II" slot. Tapping 
this icon will allow you to use said item. You can only use this item through 
the touchscreen, however. I tend to put items that I use less frequently into 
this slot.

GEAR: Pressing this tab will bring up a screen that shows key items for Link. 
This screen shows Link which spiritual stones and medallions he has collected, 
along with Gold Skulltulas defeated and how many Pieces of Heart you need to 
collect to obtain another heart.

MAP: Pressing this tab will bring you to a map screen that is more detailed 
than the map on the touchscreen. On here, if you are in a Dungeon, you can use 
this screen to change from one floor of a map to the other. If you are not in a 
dungeon, this shows a world map of Hyrule, but you can use this map to find 
other locations in Hyrule.

-------------------------
Button: A (Action Button) 
-------------------------

The A button is the game's "action" button, where its use depends on what you 
are currently doing. For example, if you are running you can use the A button 
to roll forward. This can be used to bump into trees (causing money or 
sometimes Gold Skulltulas to fall out) or bump into crates and break them 
(which becomes a little more important during Master Quest).

The A button is also used to pick up certain objects (namely rocks, Bomb 
Flowers, little crates, etc). Once you pick up an object, you can press A again 
to gently drop it to the ground (with the exceptions of Rocks, which are thrown 
even if you stand still), or you can throw the object while running (which is 
generally used for Bombs).

Another use of the A button is that you can use it to push or pull big blocks. 
To do this, walk up to a block, press and hold down A, and then use the circle 
pad on the 3DS to move the block forward or backward.

Diving underwater is also another task of the A button. When in the water, you 
can hold down A to dive underwater. However, you can only dive a certain 
distance underwater (which is measured in meters). You can see how deep you can 
dive by looking at the number marked on the "action icon", which is found in 
the bottom right corner of the main screen. To surface back above water, just 
release the A button at any time. If the number in the "action icon" gets to 1, 
Link will automatically go back up to the surface.

Apart from those tasks, the A button can be used for similar tasks such as 
opening doors, talking to people, and putting away any item or weapon you may 
have drawn out.

----------
Button: B
----------

The B button in this game is largely used for the sword. If Link's sword is put 
away, pressing this button will have Link arm himself with his sword so he can 
attack with it at any time. Apart from that, like in most games, the B button 
is also used to return to the previous screen (if you have a menu brought up).

When attacking with your sword, you can use the circle pad to alter the 
direction of the sword. For example, if you hold up on the circle pad while 
pressing B, you will do a vertical swipe with your sword, and holding left or 
right on the circle pad will allow you to do a horizontal swipe. In addition, 
if you hold down the L button (or L-Target an object), with your sword 
equipped, you can press the A button to do a jumping slash into an enemy, which 
causes much more damage with a normal swipe, and can kill most non-boss enemies 
in one hit.

To do a spin attack with your sword, hold down the B button for a brief second 
and release. If you are able to use magic, you can do a magic spin attack with 
your sword by holding down the B button. This will create a blue beam on your 
sword, and if you hold down the B button further, the blue beam will become 
orange. To use this attack, let go of the B button. A magic spin attack will be 
performed, which has a much larger range than a normal spin attack, and can 
help kill enemies from a distance. If you have a magic meter and want to 
perform a spin attack without using any magic, again, just hold down the B 
button for a brief second so that no magic is charged.

----------------
Button: X and Y
----------------

These two buttons can be used to use whatever items you have assigned to these 
buttons. For example, if you assign the Slingshot to X, pressing X will have 
Link bring out his Slingshot. Then, pressing down X will allow Link to fire the 
Slingshot.

----------
Button: R
----------

The R Button in this game is used for your shield. When you press and hold down 
R, Link will crouch down and defend himself with his Shield. If you hold down L 
before holding down R, Link will defend with his shield by standing up.

----------
Button: L
----------

The L button has two major uses in this game. One of its uses is that pressing 
L will center the camera so it is directly behind Link. You can use this when 
you feel that the camera angle is getting to be a bit awkward, this usually 
solves that problem.

When it comes to adjusting the camera angle, you can also hold down the L 
button so that the camera will always stay right behind Link. When holding down 
the L button, Link will strafe (instead of turning) to the left and right when 
you move the circle pad to the left or right. Also, moving the circle pad down 
when you have the L button held down will cause Link to walk backwards instead 
of turning around. Another move you can perform while holding down L is a back 
flip, where you hold down on the circle pad and press A.

The other major use for the L button is for "L-Targeting". When Navi flies over 
to something like an enemy or a person, you can use the L button to "target" 
that object. Depending on your settings, you will either need to hold down the 
L button to target an enemy (and releasing L would then un-target the object) 
or simply press the L button to target an object. When L-Targeting enemies, 
Link will lock onto and follow the enemies' every movement and will directly 
aim at the enemy when attacking (instead of needing to manually aim at the 
enemy).

When L-Targeting, Link will obviously always be facing the object, so using the 
circle pad will cause Link to strafe left or right or walk backwards.

===================
3. Version Changes
===================

This section will describe the changes between the Nintendo 64 version and the 
3DS version of this game.

-The biggest change is the significant touch-up in graphics. The graphics in 
the 3DS version are considerably sharper in comparison to the Nintendo 64 
version. One example is that the buildings in the Hyrule Market are much easier 
to distinguish. Even the interior designs of buildings look much better.

-Another major change is that Iron Boots and Hover Boots are now ordinary 
items, as opposed to equipment gear. This makes equipping and de-equipping 
these items much easier and faster (as opposed to the Nintendo 64 version, 
which you would need to pause the game, go to the Equipment screen, and change 
your boots there). This is very useful for areas where you need to constantly 
change your boots, like the Water Temple.

-Master Quest was added to the 3DS version of this game. In Master Quest, all 
of the areas are mirrored, all of the dungeons are redesigned, and enemies deal 
out double damage. Also, not only is the entire game mirrored, but Link is now 
right-handed as opposed to left-handed (which can make aiming items, like the 
Slingshot, more difficult).

-One addition to this game is that you have the ability to re-fight bosses that 
you have previously defeated. You can do this by taking a nap back at Link's 
house, and you will be given the option to challenge bosses you have already 
defeated. Once you defeat all of the bosses you've previously defeated, a new 
mode called Boss Rush becomes available. During this, you will fight all bosses 
in succession. You will not be healed in between bosses; the only way to heal 
yourself is through healing items that you have. Boss fights are also timed 
during this mode.

-Another addition to this game is the Sheikah Stone. You can talk to one of 
these to get advice and hints on how to solve a puzzle or advance forward in 
the game. Some solutions and hints will only become available at certain points 
of the game or if you attempt to solve a puzzle and get stuck at it. There are 
two Sheikah Stones in this game. One of them is just outside Link's House in 
the Kokiri Forest and the other one is inside the Temple of Time.

-Navi now advises you to take a break every hour. Wonderful.

-There are several minor changes that were made to dungeons and cut-scenes. One 
example is that when entering the Forest Temple for the first time, the camera 
will show you the top of the area, where a treasure chest with a Small Key is 
located. This is because this was a key that was often overlooked and easy to 
miss.

-One of the more annoying changes is that when dumping Bugs into a patch of 
soft soil (so that a Gold Skulltula can come out), you cannot use your bottle 
to snatch one of the bugs to go in, like you could in the Nintendo 64 version. 
This would allow you to just get your Bugs back while getting a Gold Skulltula 
at the same time (instead of having to find a patch of grass or a rock where 
Bugs live). All of the bugs end up going inside the soft soil, meaning that you 
need to go find another set of Bugs after using them.

===============
4. Walkthrough
===============

So, when starting a new game, create a name for yourself, and then you're off!

The game opens up with a shot of Link sleeping in his house. The Great Deku 
Tree, narrating, notes that he does not have a fairy, while everyone living in 
the forest does have one.

We then see a scene of Link standing in front of a castle, with the drawbridge 
coming down. We see two people escaping on a white horse, being chased by an 
evil-looking man on a black horse, with Link looking in fear.

Afterwards, the Great Deku Tree summons Navi, the fairy. He explains to Navi 
that he senses that enemies are planning to attack Hyrule. He believes that is 
his time for the boy without a fairy, Link, to begin his adventure, and sends 
Navi go to track down Link, and to bring Link back to the Deku Tree.

Now, we see a first person view of Navi flying through the Kokiri Forest, 
trying to look for the home of Link. She eventually finds it, running into a 
fence in the process, and heads inside. Inside, we find Link still sleeping, 
and with Navi doing everything to wake him up. Link finally wakes up, and is 
informed by Navi that he must go see the Great Deku Tree. From here, we can 
start our adventure!

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4a. Getting the Kokiri Emerald
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------

We start off in Link's house. There isn't much to do here, so let's head 
outside. Another cut-scene happens, with a girl running up to your house and 
waving at you. So, climb down the ladder and talk to her! Her name is Saria, 
for future reference, and she's thrilled that you are summoned to see the Dkeu 
Tree. Before taking off, note the Sheikah Stone to your left. If you have 
trouble getting through a certain part of the game, you can always check by 
here to see if there are any video-provided solutions.

To get to the Deku Tree, follow the path and go up the slope. At the top of the 
slope, follow the path to the right. Now, head all the way straight until you 
get to the water. When you get to the water, jump over it, using the platforms 
in between. On the other side of the water, you'll find a boy blocking the path 
to the Great Deku Tree. His name is Mido, and he sees himself as the boss of 
all of the kids living in this forest. He doesn't really like you either, but 
he will let you through if you come back with a Kokiri Sword or a Deku Shield.

After talking to Mido, turn around. Press L so that the camera is facing 
directly forward. There are two houses to your left and one to your right. The 
one on the right, with the Red circle around the roof, is the item shop. We can 
buy a Deku Shield here, but we'll need 40 Rupees in order to do so. The first 
house on the left is the Twin Sister's house, so let's go inside it. Only one 
of the sisters is inside. If you talk to her, she'll tell you about Rupees and 
how much each colored-Rupee is worth. In addition, note the two jars in this 
house. You can pick them up using A and then throw them by pressing A again. 
One of the jars has a Green Rupee, while the other one has a Blue Rupee! Be 
sure to collect them, as we'll need them to buy the Deku Shield. Head outside 
afterwards.

The house next to the Twin Sister's house is Saria's House. Saria can never be 
found in here, but there are always four hearts laying in the carpet in the 
middle of the room, so come here if you ever need to refill your house. Now, 
you'll notice a walkway heading up around Saria's House. Go up this walkway. At 
the top, cross both bridges and pick up the Blue Rupee at the end (you should 
have 11 by this point). There is a girl up here who will explain to you how to 
look around using the VIEW icon on your touchscreen. Once you're done, jump off 
the ledge you're on, and head into the house to your right. This is Mido's 
house. There are four treasure chests in here. Two of them contain Blue Rupees, 
another one has a Green Rupee, and the fourth one has a Heart. Collect all of 
the Rupees (you should be up to 22 by now), and go back outside.

Back out here, turn around, and you'll see a higher ledge behind Mido's house. 
You can climb up the ledge by holding Up on the Circle Stick against the ledge. 
Behind here is a Blue Rupee, so pick it up. Now go back to the front of Mido's 
house. Across from you is a hill. Before going up it, go into the patch of 
grass to the left of the hill. Walk through the grass until you collect two 
Green Rupees (you should be up to 29 by now). To the right of Mido's House is 
another patch of grass. Find the two Green Rupees here. Now, go up the hill 
across from Mido's House. At the top, you'll see a house to your right. It 
belongs to the Know-It-All Brothers, who will explain to you various features 
of the screen, like icons on the touchscreen, items, the map, and so on. You 
don't need to go in there, so go forward into the fenced area. In this area, go 
straight and you'll find a hole in the wall on the other side. Enter this hole 
by pressing A.

You can crawl through the hole by holding Up on the Circle Stick. You'll be in 
a maze-like area. At the 4-way intersection, go right and pick up the Blue 
Rupee. Now, turn around. Go all the way straight. There are three openings on 
your right. Go through the one in the middle and walk across the middle of the 
grass to pick up two Green Rupees. Also, be aware of the boulder rolling 
through this area, as it will hurt you if it comes into contact with you. At 
the end, take a right and pick up the Blue Rupee (you should have over 40 by 
now). From here, turn around and go all the way straight until you bump into 
your wall. Now, head right and get to the big treasure chest across from you. 
Open it and you'll find the Kokiri Sword!

To equip the sword, tap on the GEAR tab on the touchscreen and then just tap on 
the sword again with the stylus. Also, with the sword, we can now cut through 
grass, like the grass outside Saria's house, where we can sometimes find items, 
hearts, and Rupees. To get out of here, simple head all the way straight. Go 
around the corner to the left and then just head down the opening to your 
right. Go through the hole and crawl through it.

With the Kokiri Sword out of the way, it's now time to get the Deku Shield. 
Head back down the hill on the other side of this place. At the bottom, go 
right. Don't completely follow the sand path that you see, instead, go a little 
left of the path towards the water. You should be at a few tiles in the water 
with a girl standing next to you. Now, jump across the tiles to get to the item 
shop at the other side. If you jump across all of the tiles successfully, 
you'll get a Blue Rupee. Now, right before you head into the Item Shop, the 
girl sitting on the ledge up top will explain L-Targeting to her. If you want 
to practice, you can press L to target here and then talk to her. Once you're 
done, head inside.

Before you buy anything in this item shop, go around the corner to the right. 
You should find a hidden Blue Rupee. Now, talk to the jumping man behind the 
counter, who is apparently shorter than said counter. Here is a list of the 
items you can by here.

|-------------------------|
|KOKIRI FOREST ITEM SHOP  |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM            | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Deku Shield     |   N/A  |   40   |
|Deku Stick      |   1    |   10   |
|Deku Nuts       |   5    |   15   |
|Deku Nuts       |   10   |   30   |
|Deku Seeds      |   30   |   30   |
|Arrows          |   10   |   20   |
|Arrows          |   30   |   60   |
|Recovery Heart  |   1    |   10   |
|----------------|--------|--------|

NOTE: You must have a Slingshot in order to buy the Deku Nuts.
NOTE: You must have a Fairy Bow in order to buy the Arrows.

To buy an item, you don't need to talk to the shop owner. Just press left or 
right and get to the item that you want. In this case, we need the Deku Shield. 
If you somehow don't have enough money, you can collect Rupees by jumping 
across the tiles outside, and going through the patches of grass around Mido's 
House.

Once you have brought the Deku Shield, equip it and leave. Now, head left and 
go across the water. Mido is still blocking the path, but if you talk to him 
(you need to have your sword and shield equipped), he'll notice your newfound 
items and let you through. From here, head down the path. Toward the end of the 
path, you'll come across Deku Babs sprouting up from the ground. If you defeat 
them while they are standing upright, you'll be rewarded with Deku Sticks. 
Defeating them while they're bent over will give you Deku Nuts. Once you're 
done, continue going down the path and you'll eventually get to the Great Deku 
Tree.

The Great Deku Tree will tell you that he is cursed, and wants you to go inside 
of him to break the curse. He'll ask you whether or not you are courageous 
enough to do so, so obviously say Yes. He will open up his mouth and let you 
inside. So from here, just head right on it.

---------------------
Inside the Deku Tree
---------------------
 
Note the big spider-web covering the hole in the floor in the middle of the 
room; we'll need to go through that later. For now, go to the other side of the 
room. You'll notice some vines up against the wall, so climb them (all you need 
to do is hold Up on the Circle Stick) until you get onto the ledge above you. 
Up here, head right and follow this path until you get to a large treasure 
chest. Open it up and you will find a Dungeon Map. A Dungeon Map will reveal 
the entire map of the Deku Tree to you, including every floor. Now, you'll 
notice some vines on the wall behind the chest. You can climb up these, but 
right now there are Skullwalltulas up on them, and they will certainly knock 
you off if you try to climb up the vines. So for now, continue following this 
path until you get to a gap.
 
You can easily jump across this gap by running into it. Once you're on the 
other side of the gap, walk towards the door and Navi will tell you that you 
can open doors using the A button. So do just that and open the door. When you 
enter the room, you'll notice the door behind you will close, and bars will 
also come down blocking the door! Uh oh.

There is a Deku Scrub in the middle of the room. He attacks you by shooting 
Deku Nuts at you. If you get too close to him, he'll just go back underground. 
In order to defeat him, you must use your Deku Shield to knock a Deku Nut back 
at him. To do this, just L-Target the Deku Shield, hold down R to stick your 
shield out, and then wait for him to attack. Once the deflected Deku Nut hits 
him, run up to him. He'll talk to you and give you some advice. He'll mention 
that if you jump off a high ledge, you can avoid taking damage by holding Up on 
the Circle Stick while falling (you will roll forward once hitting the ground). 
However, as he says, this will NOT work if the ledge you're jumping off of is 
too high. Afterwards, he'll disappear and both of the locked doors in here will 
open up. From here, just open up the door on the opposite side of the room.

In this room, you'll notice a pit in front of you. In the middle of the pit is 
a stone platform that will sink and collapse when you step on it. There is also 
a large chest at the other end of the room. To get there, you can either jump 
across the stone platform and onto the ledge with the chest, or if you fall in 
the pit, just climb up the vines to get back up top. Once you get to the chest, 
open it and you will find the Slingshot! You will be using this weapon for 
pretty much the entire tenure of the game as Young Link, so immediately go to 
the ITEMS tab on your touchscreen and assign this item to a button. To do this, 
just select on the item and press X and Y. Or if you want to assign it to I or 
II, select the Slingshot and then tap on I or II with the stylus.
 
To get out of this room, turn around. You'll notice a ladder stuck in the 
cobwebs above. You need to hit this ladder with your Slingshot in order to 
bring it down. You can also have Navi L-Target the ladder if it helps. 
Remember, to use your Slingshot, press the button that you have assigned to it 
(X or Y) to draw out your Slingshot, and then press the same button again to 
fire it (you can hold down the button too if you want to aim and ready a seed. 
Once you hit the ladder, climb up it and go through the door to leave this 
room. Back in this room, just simple open the door across from you.

Back in this area, head right and go to the vines that were behind the chest 
that had the Dungeon Map. Use your newly-found Slingshot to knock out all of 
the Skullwalltulas on the vines. Once you get to the top of the vines, move 
over to the right and drop onto the ledge below you (to save time, you can get 
off the vines instantly by pressing A). You're on the highest floor of the Deku 
Tree. Follow this path until you get to a door and then open the door at the 
end. The door behind you will lock when entering, but don't worry about that 
for now. First off, step on the switch next to you. This will create a couple 
of platforms in the large pit in this room. This switch is timed, and the 
platforms will disappear after a while. You'll notice that when the "timer" 
sound starts getting faster and faster. Jump across these platforms to get to 
the other side of the room. Over here, defeat the Deku Baba for a Deku Stick, 
and open up the large chest here for a Compass.
 
A Compass will add a few arrows onto the map on the touchscreen. The yellow 
arrow will represent Link while the red arrow shows how you entered the room 
that you are currently in. A Compass will also show any treasure chests on the 
map and a skull icon for where the boss is located.

Once you have the Compass, jump back into the pit. To your right is a higher 
ledge being guarded by a Big Skulltula. In order to defeat this Big Skulltula, 
walk up to it, and it will drop down to the ground. Wait for a couple of 
seconds and it will show its back. Attack its back and then it will turn around 
and face you. Repeat this whole process one more time to defeat it (with Young 
Link, you need to hit it twice with your items to defeat it). By now, the 
switch should be de-activated. So let's go left from this ledge, climb back up 
the vines, and hit the switch again to create the platforms. This time, use the 
raised platforms to go into the area the Big Skulltula was blocking. There is a 
little chest here that contains a Recovery Heart if you need one.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: This will be your first Gold Skulltula in the game. You will 
see the gold spider moving about on the wall. It does not attack you, but 
coming in contact with it does hurt you (it takes off a whole heart, in fact). 
Hit the Gold Skulltula twice with your sword (to save Slingshot ammo), and then 
it will turn into a white skull icon, which is a token. Pick this token up to 
get "credit" for defeating the Gold Skulltula.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, go back to the front of this room. So, how 
do we unlock the door? See that lighted torch in the corner of the room? Across 
from it is an unlighted torch. Take out a Deku Stick and walk up to the lighted 
torch. This will put your Deku Stuck on fire. Now, with your Deku Stick still 
out, walk over to the unlighted torch and use the stick to light the torch up. 
This will unlock the door, so open it and get out of here.

Back in this room, go to the right. Notice the spider webs in the middle of the 
room. Walk up to the gap in between them and a Big Skulltula will drop down. We 
need to defeat it, so like what we did earlier, wait until it turns around to 
hit it. You need to hit it twice to defeat it. Now, once the Big Skulltula is 
defeated, jump off the ledge and try to land on the spider web on the floor 
below you. Also, makes sure you are holding Up on the Circle Stick in the 
process. If successful, you will land on the spider web and break it, allowing 
you to fall further into the Deku Tree. If not, you need to go all the way back 
up to try again.

Once you fall through, you'll land in the water. There is a ledge to your 
right. To get on this ledge, swim forward onto the more shallow water, where 
there is a floor below you. Now get on the ledge.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the vines that you can use to 
climb back up to the first floor. Hit the Gold Skulltula twice with your 
Slingshot, and then climb up the vines to collect the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is another Gold Skulltula in this area. This time, it's 
on the iron bars near the switch on the ledge. Hit it twice to defeat it. To 
collect the token it leaves behind, just jump off the ledge and get it in mid-
air.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you have collected both Gold Skulltulas, go onto the ledge and hit the 
switch. This will cause a torch next to you to be lit. What we need to do now 
is take out a Deku Stick and use the torch to light it on fire. Now, jump into 
the shallow part of the water (so that you are still standing and not swimming. 
This is so that your Deku Stick won't go out either). Now, RUN forward onto the 
dry land across from you. There is a door across from you being blocked by 
spider webs. RUN to these webs and use your stick to set these webs on fire and 
remove them. If your stick burns out before that, take out another Deku Stick, 
light it up at the torch, and try again. Once you get the spider web burned 
down, open the door behind it.

There is a Deku Scrub in the middle of this room. Like the first one, use your 
Deku Shield to bounce its Deku Nut back at it. When hit, it will start running 
around the room. You need to corner it and get close to it in order to talk to 
it. If not, he'll jump back into his little hole and try again. When he talks 
to you, he'll tell you the correct way to defeat his brothers...2, 3, 1, so 
remember that for later. Now, there is a locked door in this room. To open it, 
look above it and you'll see an eye. Use your Slingshot to attack the eye and 
it will close, unlocking the door in the process, so go through it.

There is a puzzle that you must solve in this room. There is a moving platform 
that can take you across the water to the other side of the room, but a rolling 
bar with spikes will stop you from getting over. What we need to do is jump in 
the water. If you look to the left, you should see a switch under water. Now, 
hold down A to swim underwater and press the switch. Pressing the switch will 
temporarily lower the water level. Now go back to the beginning of the room and 
get back to the surface. While the water is lowered, jump on the moving 
platform and get to the other side of the room. The lowered water level will 
allow you to safely travel underneath that spinning spiked bar. On the other 
side, jump onto the ledge above you.

From here, defeat the Big Skulltula across from you. Cut the weeds to your 
right with your sword to get Deku Nuts/Rupees Now, go back to where the Big 
Skulltula was. See that block? We need to pull it towards us. In order to do 
that, get up to it, and hold down A to grab it. Now, hold Down on the Circle 
Stick to start pulling the block. Pull it until you are unable to do so. From 
here, jump on top of the block. You can do this by holding Up against the block 
and then pressing A. Up here, get on the ledge and open the door that you find.

In this room, you'll find a lit torch and two unlit torches. There are also 
Deku Babas in this room. You can ignore them, but fight them if you need some 
Deku Sticks for this part. Like we did earlier, use a Deku Stick against the 
lighted torch to put the stick on fire. Then use your lighted stick to light up 
both of the unlit torches. This will unlock the other door in this room, so 
open it.

There is a Big Skulltula in front of you. However, its back is turned towards 
you. Stay where you are and fire your Slingshot twice to defeat it quickly. 
Now, press the VIEW icon on your touchscreen and look up towards the ceiling. 
You'll notice three eggs. If you get below them, they will hatch into Gohmas. 
You can destroy the eggs by firing your Slingshot at them, but you don't need 
to worry about these too much. Now go into the middle of this area. You will 
notice two openings being blocked off by spider webs. There is also a lighted 
torch here. You can use a lighted Deku Stick to burn down both of the spider 
webs (one of the openings is blocked off right now, we can't come back to there 
until much later). Once both spider webs are burned down, go through the 
opening in the eastern part of this room. In here, go into the hole and crawl 
through it.

Back in this room, you'll notice a large spider web on the floor covering up a 
hole. Ignore that for now. To the left is a block. You need to push this block 
into the water. This will allow us to access this part of the room at any time 
for now on. To push an object, get behind it, hold down A, and hold Up on the 
Circle Stick. Now, once the block is in the water, use it to jump on the ledge 
with the Lighted Torch. Take out a Deku Stick and set the stick on fire. Now, 
RUN back onto the block and onto the ledge with the spider web. To burn the 
spider web on the floor, run up to it and press A while running to roll. This 
should cause the fire on your Deku Stick to make contact with the spider web. 
It will burn off and you'll fall down into the pit below you.

You will land in some water. Get out of the water and onto dry land. You'll now 
be in front of three Deku Scrubs. If you remember what the last Deku Scrub 
said, you need to hit them in a certain order (2, 3, 1). So, when they attack, 
make sure you hit the middle one first, then the right, then the left. After 
you hit the last one, run up to it quickly to talk to it, before it goes back 
into its bushes. It will talk to you and give you advice on how to defeat Queen 
Gohma, which is to attack her with your sword while she is stunned. Afterwards, 
the door in this room will unlock. Save your game, pick up a Heart or two from 
the water if you need to, and then go through the door.

In this room, walk forward into the bigger area. You will be blocked off from 
leaving this room. You'll then hear the sound of something moving around on the 
ceiling. This is Queen Gohma, to start the fight, tap VIEW on the touchscreen 
and look upwards towards the ceiling until you make direct eye contact with 
Queen Gohmas.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS:
Parasitic Armored Arachnid
Gohma

Difficulty: Easy

You shouldn't have too much trouble with this boss. When the fight starts, L-
Target it and take out your Slingshot. Wait for Gohma's eye to turn red 
and then hit the eye with your Slingshot. Just be sure to do this fast, or she 
will attack you by lunging into you. This will turn her eye blue and stun her. 
Now, hit her as many times as possible with your sword while she is stunned. 
Unless you're fast enough, you won't hit her enough times to beat her after 
stunning her once.

Queen Gohma will then go back up to the ceiling. She can drop Gohma Eggs on 
you, which will make the battle more difficult, so take of this boss as fast as 
you can. If she drops Gohma Eggs at you, quickly L-Target them and destroy them 
with the Slingshot before they hatch, and do this before turning your attention 
back to Gohma. While she's on the ceiling, hit her again with the Slingshot 
when hey eye turns red. When she drops back to the ground, stunned, hit her as 
many times as you can. She should be defeated by now.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

At the end of the fight, a Heart Container will appear. Pick it up to give 
yourself an additional heart! You will now have four hearts instead of three. 
Once you have that taken care of, step through the blue warp space in the 
middle of the room.

--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------

You will be warped right in front of the Deku Tree, and now he will talk for 
what will seem like forever. During this time, he will tell you how an evil 
person cast a curse on him. This person is in search of the three Spiritual 
Stones. He will also explain how three goddesses, Din, Farore, and Nayru, 
descended onto Hyrule and created life. He also mentions that this person must 
never get their hands on the Triforce, which rests in the Sacred Realm.

The Deku Tree will also mention that he will soon die, despite the fact that we 
broke the curse that was cast upon him. You will be told to then go to Hyrule 
Castle to meet a princess. You will also be given the Kokiri's Emerald, one of 
the three Spiritual Stones needed to open the Door of Time. This was what that 
evil man was looking for, and cast the curse on the Deku Tree for not giving it 
to him. After the conversation, the Deku Tree will die.

When you are able to regain control of Link, you will be in front of Mido, who 
is blocking your way out. Just talk to him and he will let you through, but he 
now thinks you killed the Deku Tree (as does everyone else in the forest now). 
To get out of the forest, we must go all the way to the opposite side of this 
forest, where you'll see a large hole leading out. This is now unblocked. But 
before we go through, let's do some side quests!

******************************************************************************* 
SIDE QUESTS

Both of our side quests involve going into the Lost Woods. To get to the Lost 
Woods, climb up the ledges behind Mido's House. At the top, you will get to a 
large hole leading into the Lost Woods.

Navigating the Lost Woods is a bit tricky, but we don't need to go too deep 
into the woods. Simply put, if you take the wrong path, you will wind up back 
outside the woods in Kokiri Forest.

INCREASED DEKU STICKS

When you enter the Lost Woods, you will find three paths in front of you. Take 
the path to your left and you'll be in a larger area. There's not much we can 
do here for now, so go into the other hole in this area. In this area, drop 
down into the pit below you. Now go all the way to the other side of the area. 
Over here is a Business Scrub. Like with Deku Scrubs, just knock a Deku Nut 
back at it to defeat it. Now talk to him at the end. He'll offer you to upgrade 
the amount of Deku Sticks you can carry (from 10 to 20) for 40 Rupees. If you 
have 40 Rupees on you, do this deal. In addition, to having your Deku Stick 
limit raised, you'll also be brought up to max Deku Sticks! 

INCREASED DEKU SEEDS
 
From here, go back to the other side and climb up the ladder to the ledge above 
you. Back here, go into the hole across from you again. In this big area, go 
back through the hole on the other side. Now, enter the large hole across from 
you. In this area, walk forward. You will notice a target board across from you 
hanging from a tree branch. Hit bulls-eye (the middle of the target) three 
times in a row using your Slingshot (which would be 100 points each). If you 
don't get it, then adjust your Slingshot until you do. Once you hit bulls-eye 
for the first time, don't move your Slingshot and then simply fire it two more 
times.

If successful, a scrub will pop up from the top of the tree branch. He will 
reward you with a larger Deku Seed Bullet Bag! This will increase the amount of 
Deku Seeds you can carry from 30 to 40. Also, this will provide you with 40 
Deku Seeds immediately! Once you're done, go through the hole to your right. 
This is a wrong path, but we are entering it on purpose to get back to the 
Kokiri Forest.
*******************************************************************************

Once you're done, side quests or not, go through the large hole to leave the 
Kokiri Forest.

There will be a cut-scene. Link will be running across the bridge, but will be 
stopped by Saria. She knew that someday you would leave this forest, but knows 
that the two of you will be friends forever. Saria then decides to hand you her 
Ocarina, which is called the Fairy Ocarina. Unlike the Nintendo 64, you do not 
need to assign the Ocarina to a certain button. Instead, it has its own icon on 
the touchscreen that you can tap to bring it out anytime. We can obviously use 
this Ocarina to play music, but there are no songs that we know at this point, 
so there's not much we can do with it.

Saria also wants you to think of her whenever you play the Ocarina. Link, 
getting the feeling she is onto him, slowly backs away and runs for his life, 
like any young boy would do. He runs across the bridge and through the next 
hole.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4b. Meeting the Princess
<><><><><><><><><><><><><>

-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------

Alright, we're out in the open now! One thing to note about Hyrule Field is 
that the time does pass and advance, meaning it can go from day to night and 
vice versa. When you are in a town or village, or even dungeon, the time 
remains constant and will not change.

With that in mind, follow this path until you get out in the open. You will be 
stopped by a large owl named Kaepora Gaebora. He will simply tell you to just 
follow the path to get to the castle. Now, watch out. He will ask you at the 
end "Did you get all of that?" We need to hit Yes to continue, but he decided 
to flip the answers, so No is at the top and Yes is at the bottom. When you hit 
Yes, he'll fly away.

As he said, all we need to do is follow that dirt path in front of you. Now 
remember, the time is passing by in Hyrule Field, so keep press A to roll 
constantly (which is a bit faster). Eventually, you'll make it to the Hyrule 
Castle entrance. But sometimes, the sun will set and day will turn to night 
when you get to the castle. This will cause the castle entrance to close, and 
we will need to wait until morning for the castle to re-open. During this time, 
Stalchilds will pop up from the ground, so you can entertain yourself by 
fighting them while you wait for daybreak.

Once you're finally able to enter the castle, go across the drawbridge and do 
so.

-------
Market
-------

The first thing we want to do is open the door right next to the entrance, and 
we will be in some guardhouse.

Holy, that's a ton of jars in here! You can break the jars by using your sword, 
and you will get a ton of Rupees by breaking all of them. If you ever need to 
restock on money, you can come here for the time being. Now, before leaving the 
guardhouse, notice those two crates.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Notice the two crates just to the right of the guard in this 
place. Clear out any jars that are in the way, and then roll into the crate on 
the right to break it (by running and then pressing A). This will cause a Gold 
Skulltula to pop out, so defeat it and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Back outside, just continue into the next area of the Market. There's a ton of 
stuff we can do around here. There are numerous buildings that I will go into 
detail about, starting clockwise from the way we came in here:

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 
HYRULE MARKET BUILDINGS AND GAMES

TREASURE CHEST GAME: This building is just to the right of the entrance that we 
just came through. It is only open during the night, and it costs 10 Rupees to 
play. You are given a Key at the beginning and you proceed into the next room. 
There are two chests for you to open. One has a Key that will allow you to open 
the next door, and the other has a Rupee. Opening the chest with the Rupee will 
end the game, and you must pay another 10 Rupees to try again. You must open 
five chests in a row containing Keys to get to the final room, which has a 
Piece of Heart. Right now, you have a very low chance of winning this game 
without a certain item, so I'd hold off on this game until later.

BACK ALLEY: There is an entrance to the Back Alley just past the Treasure Chest 
Game building. There isn't much to do back there, but we need to go back there 
for a Piece of Heart later on.

BOMBCHU BOWLING ALLEY: This is open during the day, and it costs 30 Rupees to 
play. However, they are currently not open right now. This is the building to 
the right of the crowd at one of the market stands. You can win prizes here 
like a Bigger Bomb Bag and a Piece of heart.

SHOOTING GALLERY: This is the building just to the left of the path leading to 
the castle (which has a sign of an arrow hitting the target just above the 
door). It is open during the day and can be played for 20 Rupees. I do 
recommend playing this game, as if you win it, you can get an upgraded Deku 
Seed Bag.

When playing, you must hit all 10 targets in order to win using your Slingshot. 
However, if you finish the game hitting eight or nine targets, the man will let 
you play again for free. Hitting less than eight targets will require you to 
pay another 20 Rupees to keep playing. Here are the order of the targets you 
must hit:

1) A Green Rupee will pop up from the hole in the middle. It will remain where 
it is before going back into the hole, so it should be easy to hit.

2) A Blue Rupee will come from the left side of the area. Just hit it while it 
remains stationary.

3) A Blue Rupee will come from the right side of the area. Just hit it while it 
remains stationary.

4) A Green Rupee will jump up from the hole and go back down. This is a moving 
target. I personally find it easier to hit this target by NOT following it. 
Instead, aim your Slingshot in a certain spot and wait for a Rupee to pass that 
spot, then fire.

5 and 6) Blue Rupees will come from both the left AND right, and remain 
stationary for a couple of seconds. Hit them both quickly.

7 and 8) Red Rupees will travel along the ropes in the back, going from right 
to left. These are moving targets. What I like to do is just fire the Slingshot 
twice in succession, and if you aimed right the first time, you should hit the 
second one.

9 and 10) Red Rupees will travel along the ropes in the back, going from left 
to right. These are moving targets. What I like to do is just fire the 
Slingshot twice in succession, and if you aimed right the first time, you 
should hit the second one.

If you hit all 10 targets, you will be rewarded with an upgraded Deku Seed Bag! 
If you got the upgrade from the Lost Woods (which brings you up to 40), your 
new bag will be able to carry up to 50 seeds! Also, any subsequent win will 
just give you a purple Rupee (worth 50 Rupees).

HAPPY MASK SHOP: This is the building to the right of the castle entrance. It 
has a face mask on top of the door. Currently, the owner of the shop isn't 
here, so there isn't a whole lot we can do now.

TEMPLE OF TIME: To the right of the Happy Mask Shop is a staircase leading up 
to the Temple of Time. Which we don't have any reason to go there right now.

POTION SHOP: This is to the right of stairs leading towards the Temple of Time. 
They sell Potions and bottled objects (so Empty Bottles, which we do not have, 
are required to buy anything here). Most of it is very expensive. Right now, we 
can only hold up to 99 Rupees, so we can't buy anything either (with the 
exception of the Deku Nuts sold here). Anyhow, here is a list of what is sold 
at this shop:

|-------------------------|
|HYRULE MARKET POTION SHOP|
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM            | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Bottled Bug     |   1    |   50   |
|Fish            |   1    |   200  |
|Deku Nuts       |   5    |   15   |
|Poe             |   1    |   30   |
|Fairy           |   1    |   50   |
|Blue Fire       |   1    |   300  |
|Green Potion    |   1    |   30   |
|Red Potion      |   1    |   30   |
|----------------|--------|--------|

BAZAAR: To the right of the Potion Shop is the Bazaar, another shop. This sells 
a Hylian Shield for 80 (!) Rupees. We can come back here later to buy the 
Shield for a discount of 40 Rupees (half the price), so if you want to, come 
back later, otherwise, there's an area where we can get the shield for free.

|-------------------------|
|HYRULE MARKET BAZAAR     |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM            | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Deku Stick      |   1    |   10   |
|Arrows          |   10   |   20   |
|Arrows          |   30   |   60   |
|Arrows          |   50   |   90   |
|Deku Nuts       |   5    |   15   |
|Recovery Heart  |   1    |   10   |
|Bombs           |   5    |   35   |
|Hylian Shield   |   N/A  |   80   |
|----------------|--------|--------|

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: To get a Piece of Heart here, we need to come back to the 
Market during the night time. What you can do is go towards Hyrule Castle (in 
this area, time passes), and then return to the Market during the night (where 
time does NOT pass).

During the night, you will see numerous dogs running around the Market. If you 
get up close to one of them, they will follow you around. To the right of the 
Bazaar is a white dog that is running around. Get this white dog to follow you 
and then go to the Back Alley (the path is just beyond the Treasure Chest Game 
building). Back here, you will notice two doors, one to your left and one 
directly across from you. Go into the door across from you. In here, talk to 
the lady and she will reward you for bringing her dog, "Richard", back to her 
with a Piece of Heart.

If you collect four Pieces of Heart, you will earn an extra heart container. 
Right now, this should be your first. Not only should you collect Pieces of 
Hearts to get more hearts, but whenever you pick up a Piece of Heart, it will 
restore you to full health, so keep that in mind when you are near one.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Once you're all set with the Market, go towards Hyrule Castle. The entrance 
there is on the opposite side of the way you entered the Market.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

--------------
Hyrule Castle
--------------

Walk forward and you will be greeted by the owl, Kaepora Gaebora again. He will 
explain to you how time works in this game, such as time passes by in an area 
like this while standing still in towns. At the end, he will ask you "Do you 
want to hear what I said again? Be careful here, we need to hit No, otherwise 
we need to hear the whole conversation again. Afterwards, he'll fly away.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Roll into the tree the owl was standing on and a Gold Skulltula 
will fall out. Defeat it and then pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After picking up the Gold Skulltula, wait for nightfall to come. Now, go back 
to the Market and then come back here. There should be a girl singing to the 
right. Talk to her. Her name is Malon. After the conversation, talk to her 
again. She'll ask if you are headed to the castle and she wants you to find her 
dad. She believes her dad has fallen asleep, so she will give you a Weird Egg 
to help you out.

We need this Egg to hatch. Assign it to one of your touchscreen buttons. It 
will hatch the next time the sun rises.

We also have to get to the castle, but there are numerous guards around the 
area. If any of them catch you, you will be thrown back just before the gate 
leading to the castle. This means that we have to sneak around.

To get around the gate, climb up the vines that are next to Malon. At the top, 
run forward. Now, jump down to the ground on the other side of the gate. Beyond 
the gate, you should notice a fork in the road. The straight path leads to a 
dead-end, while the left path leads towards the castle. However, we CANNOT go 
down the left path due to there being guards just around the corner. Instead, 
look at the hills to the left. Climb up the hill just before the guards on the 
path. You could be able to get around the guards.

At the top of the hill, you'll be out on an open field with a path leading to 
the castle. Do NOT go down the path, as there are guards there. Instead, stay 
to the left of the path and make your way to the stairs leading towards the 
castle. Again, don't go up these stairs, as there are guards in the area. Go 
left of the stairs and you'll find vines that you can climb. Climb up these 
vines. At the top, run all the way forward and jump into the moat around the 
castle.

While swimming down the moat, you should pick up some Green Rupees. When you 
reach the corner of this moat, get to the raised ground and climb back up. Now, 
follow this path until you get to a sleeping man and some crates. We need to 
move the crates around to sneak into the castle, but we cannot due to the 
sleeping man blocking the way.

Hopefully by now, morning has come, which means the Weird Egg that Malon gave 
you should be a Cucco (a chicken) by now. In order to wake up the sleeping man, 
walk up to him and tap on the Cucco with your stylus (or press X or Y, if you 
assigned it to one of those buttons). If done right, the man will wake up. Talk 
to him after he wakes up. He'll tell you that his name is Talon. When he finds 
out his daughter, Malon was looking for, he'll bolt off.

After Talon leaves, we need to push the two crates around. One of them needs to 
be pushed into the moat. After you do that, push the second crate so that it is 
on top of the first crate. Now, we can sneak into the castle using a hole we 
can crawl through. Do NOT enter the castle if it is nighttime. If it is night, 
stand around and wait until morning comes. Once both crates are moved into the 
right spot, use them to jump over the moat and onto the area where water is 
coming from. Crawl through the hole to get inside the castle.

-----------------
Castle Courtyard
-----------------

Alright, we're in. As I said, you can't come in her during the night, otherwise 
there will be two guards blocking your way. What we have to do now is get 
around all of the guards walking around here. So, proceed left.

The first area has one guard patrolling around a square-shaped set of bushes. 
Just wait until the guard goes to the back of the bushes, and then run down the 
tiled path. This one shouldn't be a problem.

The second area has two guards walking around two square-shaped fountains. Like 
last time, wait until both guards are in the back, and then you can easily run 
by them.

The third area has a guard walking around a set of Green Rupees. Don't bother 
going to get the Rupees, as you'll very likely get caught in the process. You 
have two ways to get around this area. You can just run through the bottom part 
when the guard is in the back, or climb up the staircase and walk across the 
narrow wooden path to get to the other side. Don't worry, the guard can't see 
you up there.

The fourth area has two guards walking around a rectangular-shaped platform 
that has statues on it. You might need to be a little risky here. One way to 
get through this area is to wait until a guard in the front goes to the bottom 
left corner. Now, walk a little bit down the tiled path. Wait for this guard to 
then start walking towards the back and then RUN down the tiled path. The 
second guard should be following you, but keep an eye out for him.

The fifth area is the final area. There are two guards walking around a 
rectangular bush. This time, we need to go up and down, as opposed to left and 
right. To get past this area, stay on the left side of the rectangular bush. 
When the guards are in the way back of the area, start walking up the left side 
of the bush. Once they move off to the right side, quickly run down the left 
side and get to the top left corner of this area. There is the opening leading 
to the courtyard where the princess is, so hurry and go down it!

The princess is on the other side. Before talking to her, go up to the window 
to your right. You'll see images from New Super Mario Bros! Fire at the window 
towards the yellow warp pipe, and you'll be rewarded with a Red Rupee!

******************************************************************************* 
MEETING ZELDA

Now, go ahead and talk to the princess. After asking how you got to this area, 
she'll notice the fairy following you, and deduct that you're from the forest. 
She'll ask you if you have the Spiritual Stone from the Forest (you do, so hit 
Yes). The princess will then tell you about a dream she had, and then introduce 
herself. She is Zelda, the princess of Hyrule, and then tell you about the 
Sacred Realm (just hit Ok when she tells you to keep this a secret). 
 
After she describes the Triforce and the Sacred Realm, she'll tell us that we 
need to get the three Spiritual Stones in order to open the Door of Time at the 
Temple of Time (as well as the Ocarina of Time). Just hit Yes at the end of 
everything. Zelda will then offer you to look inside the window to see a man 
named Ganondorf, who is the leader of the Gerudo. Zelda believes that Ganondorf 
is after the Triforce and to rule the entire world. Again, hit Ok at the end to 
answer her question.

She'll protect the Ocarina of Time for the time being, and will tell you to get 
the other two Spiritual Stones. Before sending you off, she'll write you a 
letter with her signature (we will need this for later).

If you talk to her last time, she'll tell you that her attendant, Impa, will 
escort you out of the castle.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After the conversation, go back to the entrance to this courtyard, and you'll 
run into a lady named Impa (Zelda's nanny). Before escorting you out, she'll 
teach you a song passed down by the Royal Family, Zelda's Lullaby.

ZELDA'S LULLABY:

X, A, Y, X, A, Y

Just hit those buttons in that order (you'll see them on the screen on the 
musical staff), and you will have learned Zelda's Lullaby!

After learning the song, you'll be taken just outside the entrance to the 
Hyrule Castle area, at Hyrule Field. Impa will point you to Death Mountain, 
which is the location of the second Spiritual Stone. After a chat, Impa will 
vanish in magic.

-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------

Before going to Death Mountain, there's a couple of things we have to take care 
of first. Directly across from the entrance into the Market is a path leading 
towards Lon Lon Ranch. Follow this path all the way straight, go up the hill, 
and you'll be in Lon Lon Ranch. Just be sure it is daytime before going in.

--------------
Lon Lon Ranch
--------------

Before headed out to the ranch where all the horses are, open the door leading 
to the white building on the left.

Talon is in here. Talk to him and he'll offer you to play a game for 10 Rupees. 
He has 3 "Super Cuccos" on him that he will toss into the crowd of normal 
Cuccos. If you can pick out the three Super Cuccos before time expires, you'll 
win a prize.

When the game starts, he'll throw the Super Cuccos up into the air and they'll 
land. Pay attention to the ones that fall onto the floor, as you can pick up 
one of them instantly. From there, you'll need to guess where the other two 
are. Just keep picking up Random Cuccos until you find the last two. If you 
can't find them, try again.

Once you succeed, Talon will reward you with Lon Lon Milk. It comes in a bottle 
that you can also keep. Drinking Lon Lon Milk will recover up to five hearts. 
You can drink it twice before you get an Empty Bottle. If you ever want to fill 
up your bottle with Lon Lon Milk, you can either come back to Talon to refill 
it or play Epona's Song to get a refill for free!

Now, once you get the Lon Lon Milk, go back outside and head towards the ranch. 
Before going inside, we've got a Gold Skulltula to pick up.
 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Before going to the ranch, head left and you'll find a lonely 
tree in the corner. Roll into it for a Gold Skulltula to come out. Destroy it 
and pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, head into the ranch where you'll find Malon 
singing. She is next to her little horse, Epona. Keep talking to Malon until 
she says "My mother composed this song. Isn't it nice? Let's sing together." At 
that point, pull out your Fairy Ocarina and Malon will teach you Epona's Song.

EPONA'S SONG

A, X, Y, A, X, Y

Just hit the buttons as they appear on the screen and you'll learn Epona's 
Song! 
 
There's not much we can do with this song for now, but it will become very 
important later on. As Adult Link, we can use it to summon a grown-up Epona. 
You can also play this song in front of a cow to get a free refill of Lon Lon 
Milk (provided you have an empty bottle)!
 
From here, go outside the ranch. Walk around the path outside the ranch 
counter-clockwise and you'll get to a tower in the back right corner. Enter it.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: There is a Piece of Heart that we can get inside this tower. In 
order to get it, we must move the crates around to reveal a hole in the corner 
of the room.

Start by facing the area of crates with your back towards the entrance. Move 
the bottom right crate to the right (until you can't pull it back anymore). 
Afterwards, get to the left side of the crate on the left and push it towards 
the bottom right crate.

Now, pull the middle-left crate backwards until it's in the bottom left corner.

Jump over this crate and get in front of the top left crate. Pull it back once 
and then jump over this crate. Push the top left crate to the middle-left area. 
A hole in the top left corner should be visible now. Crawl through this hole 
and pick up the Piece of Heart at the end.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Once you have the Piece of Heart, leave the tower. There is another Gold 
Skulltula you can grab if you wait for night to fall.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Time doesn't pass in Lon Lon Ranch, so you'll need to go back 
out to Hyrule Field and wait for night to fall. You know how the ranch with the 
horses is surrounded by a fence? The top middle part in between the fence is 
all wood. There is a Gold Skulltula here during the night time that you can 
easily destroy and pick up.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once we're done with the Lon Lon Ranch, we need to go back home towards the 
Kokiri Forest.

There's two ways to get back to Kokiri Forest. One way is to track through 
Hyrule Field and get there by walking. The second way is to save your game, 
shut off, and then reload. You'll wind up back in your own house in the forest.

<><><><><><><><><><><><>
4c. Visiting a Friend
<><><><><><><><><><><><>

--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------

If you came in during the night, there's a Gold Skulltula we can get to.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the back of the Know-It-All 
Brother's house (the house at the top of the hill near the training grounds). 
When defeating the Gold Skulltula, you'll realize the token is a bit too high 
to grab for you normally. Instead, you can get the token by back flipping into 
it (hold down L, Down on the Circle Stick to walk backwards, and then press A 
to do a flip).
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

We need to go find Saria, who is in the Sacred Forest Meadow. She is in the 
Lost Woods. If you haven't been to the Lost Woods yet, the entrance is behind 
Mido's House. Climb up the ledge, then the vines, and you'll find the entrance 
at the top.

----------- 
Lost Woods
-----------

If you haven't been to the Lost Woods yet, be aware that you need to take a 
correct path to navigate the woods. Taking the wrong path will lead you just 
outside the Lost Woods Entrance, back at the Kokiri Forest.

We have to get to a place called the Sacred Forest Meadow. You'll start out in 
the Lost Woods facing three different paths. Take the path to your right. 
You'll be in an area that has a tree branch with a target board. If you haven't 
done so already, hit the bulls-eye on the target board three times in a row 
(100 points each) and you'll be rewarded with a Deku Seed Bag Upgrade. There's 
also an opportunity for a Piece of Heart.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: To get this Piece of Heart, jump down into the pit where the 
target board is. To the right, you'll notice a stump. Get on the stump and take 
out your Fairy Ocarina. Two skull kids will appear. What you have to do is 
repeat the notes they play on their instruments. So if they press X, A, Y, 
press the buttons in those order. Each time you're successful, they will tack 
on one additional note. If you mess up, you have to restart from the beginning.

Your first prize will be a Green Rupee, after you successfully repeat five 
music notes. Take out your Ocarina to start again.

The next prize will be a Blue Rupee, which comes after successfully repeating 
six music notes in a row. If you want the Piece of Heart, continue playing.

If you want the Piece of Heart, you need to then be able to repeat eight music 
notes in a row successfully.

Keep at it, and you'll eventually get the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

After getting the Piece of Heart, climb back up the ladder. You should have 
three paths in front of you. Take the path to the right.

In this area, the path directly across from you will take you to Goron's City. 
However, there are boulders on the other side currently blocking the path in, 
so we can't go there yet. Instead, take the path that you see on the right. 
However, you'll be stopped by the big owl, Kaepora Gaebora again. He'll tell 
you that you can get to the Sacred Forest Meadow by just following the tune 
that you hear (the song gets a little quieter when taking a wrong path). Say No 
to his question at the end, and he'll fly away. Afterwards, just take the path 
he was sitting on top of.

Remember the water in this area, as it will become important later. For now, 
just take the path on your left.

You will have three paths in front of you in here. There is a path to your left 
that you can take, but it leads to an area that we won't be able to do much in 
for now. Instead, take the path directly across from you.

In the next area, take the path on the left.

From here, you'll find three more paths. Take the path on the right and you'll 
arrive at the Sacred Forest Meadow.

---------------------
Sacred Forest Meadow
---------------------

The path leading into the rest of the area is blocked off. To resolve that, 
walk forward and a Wolfos will pop up from the ground. To defeat it, L-Target 
it. Now, follow it carefully. When it is about to attack you (its arms will 
move back a bit), attack back with your sword. You shouldn't have too much 
trouble defeating this enemy. Once the Wolfos is defeated, the gate will lower, 
so go through.

In this area, you'll notice the camera will shift to a bird's-eye view. Now, go 
to the right and follow this long path until you get to a body of water. Just 
watch out for the Mad Scrubs in your way. Don't jump in the water when you get 
to it. Instead, take the grassy path on the left just before that. On the other 
side of the grassy path, go right until you get to another body of water. Watch 
out for the Mad Scrub along the way.

Jump into the body of water when you get to it, and climb back up onto the 
grass on the other side. From here, take the first path you see on the right 
and go up the stairs. Up here, go forward. Take out the Mad Scrubs if you want 
to and then head up the stairs across from you. At the top, we'll see a shot of 
a building that we can't access right now (it's the Forest Temple). We'll see 
Saria playing her Ocarina on the tree stump, and Link will walk up to her.

She tells us that she believes the Sacred Forest Meadow will be important to 
the two of us one day. She'll also ask if you want to play the Ocarina with 
her. We need to, so say Yes. She will then teach us Saria's Song.

SARIA'S SONG

R, Y, X, R, Y, X

Repeat those notes and you will have learned Saria's Song! We'll need it to get 
by certain parts of the game, but you can also use it to talk to Saria (or even 
Navi) anytime.

After learning the song, we need to head out of here. Go back down both sets of 
stairs. Now, climb up the ladder you see at the bottom. You can jump across the 
higher grounds to get to the other side without going through the maze. Before 
moving forward, notice the square pit in front of you. Go into the pit and jump 
through the hole at the bottom. You'll be at a Fairy Fountain. Walk into the 
fairies floating around to be healed if you need to. If you have an Empty 
Bottle, you can use it to capture a Fairy for later on (if you need to heal 
yourself or if you die, a Fairy can resurrect you).

Anyhow, just get to the other side of the area and go back into the Lost Woods.

-----------
Lost Woods
-----------

We'll be immediately greeted by Kaepora Gaebora upon re-entering the Lost 
Woods. He'll tell us about how we just learned a new song and how/when to play 
them. This time, answer No at his question to make him go away. Come to think 
of it, there is a spot where we can use our newly-learned song.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: This Piece of Heart is located in the Lost Woods. From our 
current position, the fastest way to get there is to take a wrong path on 
purpose (so we end up back at the Lost Woods entrance in the Kokiri Forest). Go 
back into the Lost Woods and take the path on your left. Go to the small tree 
stump. You'll notice a Skull Kid playing on the larger tree stump. Take out 
your Ocarina and play Saria's Song. He'll like the fact that you know that 
song, declare you two friends, and give you a Piece of Heart!

If you've followed this guide, this should be your fourth Piece of Heart, which 
would give you a whole new Heart for your health!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

So, where to go to now? We need to go to a place called Kakariko Village. To 
get there, let's go to Hyrule Field and meet at the castle entrance.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4d. Getting Goron's Ruby
<><><><><><><><><><><><><>

-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------

To get to Kakariko Village, facing the castle entrance, go right and you'll see 
a bridge over the river. Cross the bridge and then go up the staircase across 
from you. This leads you into Kakariko Village. Simple, huh?

-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------

Let's start by going through the main gate. Across from you is a tree. Take 
note of that tree.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA

Roll into that tree to get a Gold Skulltula to come out. Defeat it and collect 
the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

There's many things we can do here now, so let's run down everything we can do.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 
KAKARIKO VILLAGE BUILDINGS AND QUESTS

Let's use the tree where the Gold Skulltula was hiding as a starting point. 
Right across from you is a building. There's nothing to do inside, but a lady 
in there will tell you dinner's almost ready. Or something. This building does 
become important later on, though. As always, any Gold Skulltulas listed here 
only come out at night.

Next to the building is a staircase. At the top of the stairs, you'll find a 
wooden tower with a ladder on it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the ladder on that wooden tower. 
Defeat it using your Slingshot, and then climb up the ladder to collect the 
Token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

There is a staircase right across from the wooden tower. At the top are two 
houses. To the left is a house you can NEVER access as Young Link (you will be 
able to as Adult Link). During the day, the woman inside will tell you that her 
boy is playing in the Graveyard. At night time, she'll tell you that's he's 
sleeping. So you can't go in either way.

The house on the right is largely vacant. There is a construction worker 
blocking the entrance leading to the backdoor, though. This building does have 
a little bit more as Adult Link.

There's a second staircase beyond the two houses. At the top is an entrance to 
Death Mountain. It's locked right now, but while we do have the ability to 
unlock it now, ignore it for just a wee bit later.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the house that we can access at 
any time. It's just off to the side from the stairs. Destroy the jars in front 
of the Gold Skulltula, defeat the Gold Skulltula, and grab the Token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

From here, go back down and head back to the tree that we talked about earlier. 
This time, go directly straight and up the stairs across from you. At the top, 
head of the stairs to your right. You'll see a building under construction.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There's a Gold Skulltula on the bricks in the middle of the 
foundation. Destroy it, climb up the bricks, and get the Token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
From here, go back down the stairs. You'll notice a giant windmill in front of 
you. You can go into it if you want (you'll find a man that is happy...too 
happy), but you can't do much in here until later in the game). Instead, take a 
right at the bottom of the stairs, and then take the next right you see.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Man, there's a lot of them in this village, huh? At nighttime, 
you should see one on the building just across from you. You can easily destroy 
it and take the Token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Just past this building is a staircase. At the top of the staircase is a house. 
You can't do much in this House. You'll see a Piece of Heart and a cow blocked 
off by bars, and we can't get to these until much later (although if you switch 
to a Bird's Eye View by pressing the VIEW icon, you'll find a Red Rupee in the 
place). Also interesting is all of the pictures of Zelda maps and items found 
in this game.

Now, go back down the stairs. Right next to you is a building that had a Gold 
Skulltula. If you go inside, you'll find it's called "The House of Skulltula".

This is a pretty significant house. This is where all your Gold Skulltula-
destroying efforts pay off. If you talk to the giant spider in the middle, 
he'll tell you that they all look like this because of the Spider's Curse. But 
it does weaken as you destroy more Gold Skulltulas and collect their tokens.

In fact, you MAY have destroyed at least 10 Gold Skulltulas at this point. If 
you have, you'll notice a man to the right of the giant spider (don't worry, 
none of them attack unless you decide to attack them). If you talk to him, 
he'll reward you with an Adult's Wallet! This will increase the amount of 
Rupees you can carry from 99 to 200!

Here's a quick list of the prizes you can get from this house.

10 Gold Skulltulas: Adult's Wallet (holds up to 200 Rupees)
20 Gold Skulltulas: Shard of Agony (goes off when near secret areas)
30 Gold Skulltulas: Giant's Wallet (holds up to 500 Rupees)
40 Gold Skulltulas: Bombchus
50 Gold Skulltulas: Piece of Heart
100 Gold Skulltullas: Yellow Rupee (worth 200 Rupees. You can get as many as 
you want, just leave and re-enter the room.)

So, be sure to come back to this house as you collect more Gold Skulltulas to 
grab better rewards.

CATCH THE CUCCOS FOR AN EMPTY BOTTLE

In order to do this quest, it must be daytime. Near the building that is under 
construction is a lady. She is near a little den that is fenced in. If you talk 
to her, she'll tell you that all of her Cuccos have ran off and she wants you 
to bring them back to her. There are seven Cuccos. When you find one, pick it 
up and throw it into the little wooden pen next to the lady (just press A to 
pick it up and A to throw it again). Here are the locations of the seven 
Cuccos:

1) There is one just outside the pen. Can't miss it.

2) The second one is a bit difficult to get, and requires another Cucco. Pick 
up Cucco #1 and go up the steps leading to the Windmill. Run beyond the door 
leading inside and you'll get to the end of the ledge. Now, see the fenced off 
area across from you? There is a Cucco on the other side. What you have to do 
is use the Cucco you are carrying so that you glide over to the fence just to 
the left. You should land on top of the fence. Now throw the Cucco you are 
carrying back down to the ground below you. Now, head down the stairs and pick 
up the Cucco at the bottom.

Go back up the stairs and throw the Cucco over the fence onto the other side. 
Do NOT jump back over the fence, as there is still one more Cucco in this area 
that we need to pick up.

3) Remember where you picked up Cucco #2? Climb up the ladder that was next to 
his original location. At the top of the ladder, you'll find Cucco #3, so pick 
it up. Now, use it to float back down to the pen. Throw this Cucco into the 
pen. In addition, Cuccos #1 and #2 should be walking around somewhere, so throw 
them into the pen as well.

4) The next Cucco is just outside The House of the Skulltulla. However, you 
cannot directly get to it because there is a fence in between you and the area 
where the Cucco is (the fence is just outside the door leading into the house). 
What you can do is fire your Slingshot to hit the Cucco. This shouldsend the 
Cucco running off the ledge. Pick it up and toss it back into the pen.

5) From Cucco #4, go back to the area where the tree is. Facing the Windmill, 
notice the house just across from you. In the corner of the house is a crate. 
Roll into the crate to destroy it, and a Cucco will come out. Pick up the Cucco 
and bring it back to the pen.

6) The sixth Cucco is just in front of the gate leading to Death Mountain. Pick 
it up and bring it to the pen.

7) The last Cucco is found at the entrance of Kakariko Village (from Hyrule 
Field). Pick it up and take it to the pen.

Once all seven Cuccos have been brought back to the pen, talk to the lady and 
she will reward you with an Empty Bottle! This should be your second bottle 
that you currently have. Also, you can do this quest any time you come into 
Kakariko Village, but you will get a Purple Rupee (50) every time you do this.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 

Once you have gotten the Empty Bottle, go through the opening to the right of 
the staircase leading up to the Windmill. Follow the path down here until you 
get to The Graveyard.
 
---------- 
Graveyard
----------

In order to do anything here, you need to come here during the night. If you 
come here during the day, a little kid will be walking around the graveyard and 
will prevent you from pulling back any of the graves. Also, be sure to come 
here "early" in the night so that you see a man walking around the Graveyard. 
He will be available from 6:00PM to 9:00PM. Any later than that and he will be 
asleep.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: This is why you need that man to be walking around the 
Graveyard. Also, this can take a while (takes a bit of luck too), so be sure to 
bring plenty of Rupees with you. If you talk to the man, you'll find that his 
name is Dampe. He runs a business called "Dampe the Gravekeeper's Heart-
Pounding Gravedigging Tour!". If you pay him 10 Rupees, he'll dig up the spot 
he is standing on. Sometimes, he'll find nothing, sometimes, he'll find Rupees, 
and if you're lucky, he'll dig up the Piece of Heart.

You just have to be lucky and hope it comes up. My strategy is to have Dampe 
only dig on the square dirt patches. Dampe will stop walking around if you walk 
right up to him. In order to get him to move, you need to get far away from 
him. Lure him to the next patch of dirt and have him dig there. Keep it up, and 
you'll eventually get the Piece of Heart!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Once you're done dealing with Dampe, there's a couple of other things to do 
here. First, go to the first row of graves in this area. Facing the front of 
them, get behind the second grave from the left (the one that has flowers in 
front of it) and pull it backwards. This will reveal a hole, so jump down it. 
Watch out if you pull back any other graves though, as a Poe might be revealed 
and will attack you.

Down here, you'll find a mini chest across from you. Open it up and you'll get 
a Hylian Shield! See, I told you we could get one for free as opposed to 
shelling out a ton of Rupees at the Bazaar. I wouldn't put it on now, as we 
don't need it until a bit later on. Also, it's a heavy shield for Young Link, 
as he cannot use it at the same time with his sword. There's also a wall behind 
the chest we can blow up later on with Bombs. It leads to a Fairy Fountain, if 
you're curious. Once you're done, step on the tile at the entrance to be 
brought back up to the surface.

Back up here, go to the back of the Graveyard where you'll find a large grave 
with a giant Triforce in front of it. Before doing anything, if you examine the 
graves on the left and right (just press A at the front of them), two ghosts, 
named Sharp and Flat (the Composer Brothers) will come out and attack. If you 
defeat them, they'll tell you the history of a song that they both composed, 
and how they hid their research from Ganondorf. In order to defeat them, you 
must hit them while they're visible. And you cannot L-Target them, otherwise 
they will disappear and you will be unable to hit them.

Anyhow, once you're all set, play Zelda's Lullaby on your Ocarina on that large 
grave. The grave will then be destroyed, revealing a hole, so jump down it.

Down in here, go down the slope and open the door at the bottom. The door will 
then lock after going through it. In this room, just defeat all of the Keeses 
that are flying around (they are bat-like enemies). They shouldn't be a problem 
as long as you use L-Targeting. There are a total of four of them. The doors in 
this room will unlock after they are defeated. From here, climb to the top of 
the stone steps and open the door at the top. In this room, just run through 
the acid pools in the middle of the room. You'll take damage, but you'll avoid 
the deadly ReDead enemies who can be VERY dangerous. If one happens to grab 
ahold of you, just mash every button possible to break them off. Go through the 
opening at the other side of this area.

In here, walk forward and examine the writing you see on the wall by pressing 
A. It will tell you of a song that you can play to control time, and teach you 
how to play it.

SUN'S SONG

Y, R, A, Y, R, A
 
After playing those notes, you'll learn the Sun's Song! 
 
The Sun's Song is pretty useful, as you can use it to change from day to night 
and vice versa. This makes hunting down Gold Skulltulas much easier and saves 
time of having to wait in an area where time passes by in order to get your 
desired time. I should also note that when you play the Sun's Song in an area 
where time does NOT pass (like Kakariko Village), you will be brought back to 
the area that you used to enter said village or town. If you play the Sun's 
Song in an area where time does pass, it will simply change from day to 
night/vice versa without relocating you.

After you learn the Sun's Song, retrace your steps and go back to the entrance 
to get out from this grave. Because of the fact that you played the Sun's Song, 
it will be daytime out. This time, play the Sun's Song to change it back to 
nighttime. This is so that we can collect a Piece of Heart.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: From the grave that you just came out of, go down the slope in 
front of you. Go left down the path and face the five graves to your left. Get 
behind the second grave from the left and pull it back to reveal a hole. Jump 
in it. Down here, go forward and you'll find a ReDead. Play the Sun's Song to 
freeze the ReDead (you do NOT have to fight it). This will prevent it from 
attacking you. Now, does the writing on the wall look familiar? Play the Sun's 
Song in front of that wall and a large treasure chest will appear. Open it up 
to get a Piece of Heart! Now, exit the grave.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

When you're done with the Graveyard, go to Kakariko Village.

-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------

Back in here, go to the gate that leads up to Death Mountain (go up the stairs 
near the central tree, and then up the next two staircases). The guard won't 
let you through, as we need to show we're connected to the Royal Family 
somehow. Show the guard Zelda's Letter (the one she wrote to you when you saw 
her), and he'll open up the gate leading to Death Mountain.

Before going up, the guard will tell you that you'll need a stronger shield 
(the Hylian Sheild). You should already have one, but he mentions that you can 
buy one at the Bazaar at the Hyrule Markey (and we can get a special discount 
if we tell him that this guard sent us here).

The guard will also tell us about the Happy Mask Shop, and how his son wants a 
certain mask from that shop. The Shop is open now, but it's a little out of our 
way right now, but let's save it for later. Go up the path to get to Death 
Mountain.

---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------

Just so you know, time does pass on Death Mountain. Anyhow, all we need to do 
here is a little bit of hiking for now. Just gradually climb up the slopes 
until you get to a flagpole (just watch out for the Red Tektites along the 
way). There are two paths we can take at that flagpole. We can either continue 
climbing up the mountain or go into Goron City. Take the path on the right. 
From there, just go all the way straight and you'll find yourself in Goron 
City.

-----------
Goron City
-----------

There's only one thing we can do right now upon entering here. We need to get 
to the lowest floor. You can either get down there using all of the staircases 
or you can just jump off all the ledges until you land on the bottom floor 
(just don't fall too far or you'll get hurt).

Once you get to the lowest floor, you should be in an area with a giant vase in 
the middle. This will become important in a few minutes. For now, go to a door 
in the corner of the room. It is closed, but we do have the ability to open it. 
Stand on the carpet in front of the door and play Zelda's Lullaby to open up 
the door (if you wanted a hint, you could talk to that Goron on the right). 
Once the door opens, go into the next room.

We'll find a bigger Goron in here. His facial expression seems angry, and he'll 
also sound pretty angry if you talk to him (he expected an actual person from 
the Royal Family, not a little kid). We'll also find that his name is Darunia. 
In order to get anything else out of him, stand in front of him and play 
Saria's Song (there is a Goron near the entrance to Death Mountain that gives 
you this hint. He's on that small, hanging platform in the middle of the top 
floor). After playing Saria's Song, Darunia will break out into a dance and 
become happy all of a sudden.

Once Darunia stops dancing, he'll introduce himself to you. He says he'll give 
us the Spiritual Stone of Fire, also known as the Goron's Ruby, if we go and 
destroy the monsters inside Dodongo's Cavern. What has happened is that Gorons 
like to eat rocks, but the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern is blocked off (where 
their favorite rocks are located). That and the place is crawling with monsters 
now. At the end of the chat, Darunia will give us the Goron's Bracelet. This 
will allow us to pick up Bomb Flowers without a problem now. Bomb Flowers are 
just Bombs that grow around these parts.

Before headed off to Dodongo's Cavern, we have a couple of other things to take 
care of. First, take out a Deku Stick and put it up against a torch in here to 
light it up. Now go into the previous room and light all four torches in this 
room up. Lighting up all four of the torches will cause the vase in the middle 
to start spinning. There is also an Item Shop down here. It is blocked off by a 
rocky wall though (this is the wall that is in between two Bomb Flowers). Since 
these Bomb Flowers are up against the wall and not the floor, we can't pick 
them up. What you can do is use a lighted Deku Stick and touch both Bomb 
Flowers so that they drop to the ground and explode. This will remove the wall 
in front of the item shop, so if you want to go in, go ahead.

|-------------------------|
|GORON CITY ITEM SHOP     |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM            | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Bombs           |   5    |   25   |
|Bombs           |   10   |   50   |
|Bombs           |   20   |   80   |
|Bombs           |   30   |   120  |
|Red Potion      |   1    |   40   |
|Recovery Heart  |   1    |   10   |
|Recovery Heart  |   1    |   10   |
|Goron Tunic     |   N/A  |   200  |
|----------------|--------|--------|

As of now, you can only buy three of these eight items listed. You need a Bomb 
Bag before you are able to buy any Bombs, and you cannot by a Goron Tunic until 
you're an adult.

Back outside the Item Shop, take out a Deku Stick. Light it up using one of the 
torches by the staircases. Once you have the lighted Deku Stick, go up the 
stairs. At the top, run to the right and light up both of the torches. Now, go 
into the tunnel. At the end, you'll start hearing Saria's Song. You'll also 
find some Bomb Flowers and some boulders. Use the Bomb Flowers to blow up the 
boulders, and now we have a path from Goron City to the Lost Woods! You can use 
this as a shortcut between the two anytime. This is also useful if you start up 
a saved game from your house.

Anyhow, head back out the tunnel towards the rest of Goron's City. Now, to take 
care of that spinning vase. Heading out from the tunnel, go left. There will be 
two openings to your left. The first one will take you downstairs while the 
last one in the corner leads upstairs. Go into the second up. While going up 
the stairs, you'll find a Bomb Flower in the corner.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: We can get a Piece of Heart by throwing that Bomb Flower into 
that spinning vase. The Bomb Flower will explode, causing the vase to stop. 
However, you'll notice three different faces on the vase. The vase NEEDS to 
stop on the happy, smiling face in order for the Piece of Heart to come out. If 
it stops on a different face, you'll get Rupees instead.

This does take practice and may take several attempts (especially at actually 
getting the Bomb Flower into the vase. I'd do this now, as Bomb Flowers are 
unlimited and can grow back, as opposed to waiting later and using your own 
Bombs.

Pick up the Piece of Heart once it comes out.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Once you have the Piece of Floor, head up to the top floor of this city. To get 
back to Death Mountain, just go through the middle opening of the three that 
are up here.

---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------

Now that we have the ability to pick up Bomb Flowers, we can access Dodongo's 
Cavern. Once you're outside, go down the path that you see to your right. You 
should see a Bomb Flower in front of a fence. What you need to do is pick up a 
Bomb Flower and throw it over the fence. If your throw was good, the Bomb 
Flower will land in front of the rocky wall and blow it up, revealing the 
entrance to Dodongo's Cavern. However, don't enter it just yet.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: There is a Piece of Heart just above the entrance to Dodongo's 
Cavern. It's a little difficult to get now, but it's possible. If not, you'd 
need to wait until Adult Link to get this Piece of Heart.

What you need to do is pick up the Bomb Flower and throw to get it out of the 
way (don't through it off the edge, as that will waste time). Now, you need to 
backflip off the fence where the Bomb Flower grows. You with back against the 
fence, you need to backflip off on the LEFT side. While falling, hold down left 
on the Circle Stick.

If you're lucky, you'll land on top of the entrance to the Dodongo's Cavern. 
Pick up the Piece of Heart.

If not, you'll need to climb back up the mountain and try again.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Once you have the Piece of Heart, enter the Dodongo's Cavern.

-----------------
Dodongo's Cavern
-----------------

Upon entering, you'll notice a cracked wall in front of you. To get rid of it, 
just simply pick up a Bomb Flower to your left or right, throw it at the wall, 
and it will blow up, allowing us to go into the Cavern, so let's do just that.

We'll be in a larger room. Directly across from you his a large face of a 
Dodongo. We eventually have to get that mouth open in order to proceed. For 
now, run forward onto the center island, using the pillar moving up and down in 
front of you. On the center island, watch out for the Beamos - its laser attack 
can do one full heart of damage. As usual, watch out for the lava below too. 
From here, go left and use the moving pillar to get to the area across from 
you. You should be in front of a locked door, a Bomb Flower, and a cracked wall 
(to the left of the Bombed Flower). Use the Bomb Flower to blow up the crack 
wall, and it will reveal a large chest. Open it to get the Dungeon Map.

Now, go back to the center island. This time, with your back towards the 
entrance to this place, go right and use the moving pillar to get to the area 
across from us. Over here, this is a Bomb Flower to your right and a cracked 
wall to your left. You don't really need to blow up this cracked wall, as it 
will just reveal a Gossip Stone. There is also a Beamos in this area. If you 
want to defeat it, pick up the Bomb Flower, L-Target the Beamos, and throw the 
Bomb at it - if done correctly, the Bomb should explode on contact and defeat 
the Beamos. More importantly, there is a cracked wall just beyond where the 
Beamos is/was, so you need to take a Bomb Flower to the cracked wall and blow 
it up.

Once the wall is blown up, go down the opening. In here, just run all the way 
to the other side of the room. Baby Dodongos will come up from the ground, but 
they are pretty annoying enemies that can sap your health fast, so avoid 
fighting them. When you get to the other side, looked for a cracked wall to 
your right. We normally cannot blow this wall up without Bombs, but there is a 
way to blow it up. Lure a Baby Dodongo to the cracked wall and defeat it. It 
will explode, and the explosion will be strong enough to blow up the wall! 
There will be a door here, so open it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall on the opposite side of 
the room. Just defeat it and get the token right off the wall.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you have the Gold Skulltula defeated, leave this room.Back in here, go 
right and climb up the little ledge and continue forward. You will notice two 
statues, a locked door, and a blue switch. Stepping on the switch will unlock 
the door, but the switch needs constant weight on it in order to stay 
activated. This means the door will lock again if you step off the switch. So 
what you have to do is push one of the statues onto the switch and it will stay 
activated. Once you take care of that, the door will unlock, so go through it.

The next room is just a hallway with another door in it. Beware of the two 
Keeses in here, but defeat them if you need health. Afterwards, just open the 
door on the other side of this hall. When going into the next room, the door 
behind you will lock, and we'll be in a large room with multiple islands. Mini-
boss time!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Lizalfos (x2)
Difficulty: Easy

You have to fight two of these, but usually, it won't be together. These guys 
aren't too much of a problem anyway. They attack you with their swords. It 
helps to stay L-Targeted on these enemies at all time. When they attack you, 
you can easily defend yourself with your shield. Afterwards, just hit them as 
many times as you can with your own sword.

After a couple of hits, one of the Lizalfos will back out and the other one 
will come in to fight you. Just hit this one a couple of times and the two 
Lizalfos will swap out again.

After a total of six hits to each enemy, both of them should be defeated.
*******************************************************************************

After you defeat both of the Lizalfos, both of the doors in this room will 
unlock. Don't worry, if you don't know which one you need to go through, the 
camera will point you to the door that you need to go through next, so head 
over to that door and go through it.

You will be in a curved hallway. You will pass by a cracked wall, which you can 
blow up with a Bomb Flower just around the corner. You don't need to blow up 
this wall, as it will just lead you to a room with a Business Scrub that will 
sell you one lousy Deku Stuck. So continue past the hallway into the next room.

Watch out in here, as there are Dodongos walking around. They will breathe fire 
at you if you go near them (but it takes a while for them to charge up, so you 
can easily avoid them). If you want to defeat them, just hit their tails three 
times with your sword. What we need to ultimately do in this room is light up 
all three torches in this room. Go back to the front of the room and take out a 
Deku Stick. Light it using the nearby torch. Now, run a straight line to the 
other side of the room and you should be able to easily light up all three 
torches. If done fast enough, the door on the other end will unlock. If you 
were slow, one of the previous torches may have gone out and you would need to 
light it up again. Once you have the door unlocked, go through it.

We will be in another hallway. This hallway leads back to the starting area in 
this dungeon. Go down the hall and step on the switch at the end. This will 
unlock a door on the other side of the room. With the door unlocked, use the 
center island to get to the other side of this area and open the newly unlocked 
door.

In here, go straight and you'll be in a bigger room. The center of this area 
has a ton of Bomb Flowers surrounding a structure, buy ignore that for now. 
There is a cracked wall to the left. Blow it up with a Bomb Flower and then go 
through the door on the other side. The door behind you will lock when entering 
this room. On the other side of the room is a large chest surrounded by three 
statues. Attack the statue in the middle and it will attack back (it is called 
an Armos). To defeat it, pick up a Bomb Flower, L-Target the Armos, and throw 
the Bomb at it. If done correctly, the Bomb will hit the Armos and damage it. 
From here, just keep your distance and the Armos will explode (it will start 
spinning out of control). The door will unlock after the Armos is defeated. 
Before leaving, open the large chest to get the Compass. Now head back to the 
previous room.

Back in here, look towards the middle of the room. You should notice a gap in 
between the Bomb Flowers. Pick up a Bomb Flower next to you, and place it in 
that gap. When it explodes, it will cause a chain reaction and blow up all of 
the other Bomb Flowers. This will cause the structure to lower into a 
staircase, so climb up it. At the top, go either left or right and you'll 
eventually come to an opening.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Across from the openings is a set of vines. There is a Gold 
Skulltula and a Skullwalltula on these vines. Destroy the Skullwalltula first 
and then defeat the Gold Skulltula. You can then simply climb up the vines to 
pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 

After defeating the Gold Skulltula, go through the opening and open the door at 
the end. In this room, quickly equip your Hylian Shield. The reason for this is 
that there are Fire Keeses in this room, which would burn off your Kokiri 
Shield if they come in contact with you. The door will unlock behind you when 
entering this room. There is another locked door in this room too. To unlock 
both of them, go to the center platform in this room. On the other side is a 
ladder. Push the statue in front of the ladder off to the side and climb up the 
ladder. Hit the switch at the top to unlock both doors. You should be facing 
the door leading you to the next room, so open it.

You will be back in the level's starting area, only this time you'll be on the 
higher floor. Keep on your Hylian Shield, are there are Fire Keeses in this 
area. All you need to do is run across the bridge, jump over the gap, and then 
go through the opening on the other side of the bridge. In this room, jump down 
into the gap below you. Just watch out for the moving Blade Traps, as they will 
hurt you if you come into contact with them. Go to the other side of the room 
and climb up the block. At the top of the block, climb up the ladder. There is 
a cracked wall right in front of us. Turn around and jump onto the platform 
with the Bomb Flower.

We need to blow up that cracked wall with the Bomb Flower. This can be a bit 
difficulty. There isn't a good amount of space on the floor leading up to the 
cracked wall, so placing a Bomb on that small area is hard. One trick is to 
pick up a Bomb Flower, wait until it is about to explode (when it starts 
flashing red faster), and then throw it towards the cracked wall. If it 
explodes in mid-air, you'll bring down the wall with it too. This is pretty 
tricky, so keep trying! 
 
Once the wall is blown up, go through the new opening. In here, there is a 
platform in front of you being blocked by fire. To remove the fire, take out 
your Slingshot and fire at the yellow eye on the wall across from you. With the 
fire gone, jump across the pillars into the next hallway. Baby Dodongos will 
come out of the ground here, but ignore them and follow this hallway until you 
get to a door. Open the door when you get to it and it will lock on the other 
side. Mini-boss time again!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Lizalfos (x2)
Difficulty: Easy

This is exactly like your first encounter with this guys. If you still have the 
Hylian Shield on, switch back to the Kokiri Shield. Use the shield to defend 
yourself from the sword attacks from the Lizalfos. After three hits, the 
Lizalfos will swap out and the other one will fight you. Just do what you did 
last time, and again, it takes six hits each to defeat both of them.
*******************************************************************************

After the Lizalfos are defeated, both doors will unlock. Again, the camera will 
point you towards the door you have to go through next, so get to it and open 
it. Just like the previous room before the Lizalfos, you need to put out the 
fires blocking the platforms, except this time, there's two of them. Use the 
Slingshot to hit the eye across from you to put out the first fire. Now jump 
onto the first platform, and turn left where you'll see another eye. Hit this 
eye with your Slingshot and the second fire will be put out, so jump across the 
second platform into the hallway.

In here, run forward and jump across the next gap that you see. Now, climb onto 
the higher ledge to your right. At the top is a treasure chest and open it. 
You'll get a Bomb Bag, with 20 Bombs inside! We now have Bombs for ourselves 
and will no longer need Bomb Flowers! Yeah! Now, continue into the next 
opening. You'll instantly find a switch, so step on it. Remember the pillars we 
used to get to the center island in the dungeon's starting area? One of them 
will now rise up to the floor we are on, so we can use it as a shortcut to get 
up here!

Now, continue forward and go to the right. You'll come across a bridge with two 
gaps in it. Drop a Bomb into both gaps. If thrown correctly, the Bombs will 
explode in the eyes of that giant Dodongo head, turning both of them into red. 
When this happens, the mouth of the giant Dodongo head will open up. Now, on 
the other side of this bridge is a cracked wall. You can blow it up with a 
Bomb, revealing the mini-chest. If you had lost your Deku Shield earlier due to 
it burning off, this mini-chest will contain a Deku Shield. Otherwise, you will 
find just a Blue Rupee. Now drop back down to the center island, go through the 
open mouth of the Dodongo, and open the door at the end.

I would recommend switching back to the Hylian Shield for this area, as there 
are Fire Keeses around. In this room, go straight into the central area. There 
is a hole in the middle with a switch on it. Stepping on the switch will unlock 
the door in here, but the switch needs constant weight and will deactivate when 
stepping off of it. For now, climb up onto the higher ledge to your right. Up 
here, head straight and follow this hallway into a bigger room. Drop down to 
the floor below you and go left. Head around the corner and drop down to the 
floor below you again. Down here, head to the other side of this area and climb 
up the stone block at the end. Now, drop down to the ground below you. Down 
here, go up the ledge across from you and use a Bomb to blow up the cracked 
wall. Open the door on the other side of this wall.

In this room, there is a statue and a Gold Skulltula across from you.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: To get to the Gold Skulltula, you must get rid of the statue, 
which is actually an Armos. Attack the Armos to "activate" it, and then throw a 
Bomb at it while L-Targeting it to defeat it. With that out of the way, destroy 
the Gold Skulltula and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, leave the room.

Back in here, climb up to the higher ledge to your left. This time, climb up 
the stone block to your right and use it to get to the walkway up top. Up here, 
run forward and then jump off to the area below you on the other side. Down 
here, destroy the two jars. One of them has a Fairy that you can use to heal 
yourself (or capture in an Empty Bottle). Now, head down the opening and go 
down the hallway. At the end, you'll find a stone block. Push the stone block 
to the ground below you. Now, push the stone block (you might have to pull it 
out a little first) into the hole in the middle of the room. This will activate 
the switch and keep it activated, also unlocking the door in the process, so go 
through the door.

In here, go forward and you'll find a cracked floor. Place a Bomb on this crack 
to blow it up, revealing a hole. Before falling through it, open the mini chest 
in this room for some additional Bombs. Now fall through the whole whenever 
you're ready.

You'll feel loud footsteps. Link will turn around and there he is, King 
Dodongo!

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS:
Infernal Dinosaur
King Dodongo
 
Difficulty: Easy

This boss is arguably easier than Queen Gohma. I also recommend bringing your 
Hylian Shield into this fight. When the fight starts, L-Target King Dodongo. 
Wait for him to open his mouth. When his mouth is wide open, throw a Bomb into 
this mouth and it will explode, stunning King Dodongo. While he is stunned, hit 
him with your sword.

King Dodongo will then roll around the area. This area, by the way, has a large 
lava pool in the middle and a path circling around it. To defend yourself from 
this, you need the Hylian Shield. Since this shield is too heavy for Young 
Link, he will simply crouch over. King Dodongo will roll over the shield and 
not hurt Link in the process! 
 
Before continuing, King Dodongo really only has two attacks. He can breathe 
fire at you (which takes a while to charge up, and you should be throwing a 
Bomb into his mouth during this time), and then rolling into you after he gets 
hit.

When King Dodongo is rolling around, keep pace with him so that he will turn 
around and face you again. When he stops rolling around, throw another Bomb 
into his mouth. Hit him with the sword when he is stunned.

After four hits, King Dodongo will be defeated. He will roll into the lava in 
the middle of the area, and the lava will also cool. Pick up the Heart 
Container left behind, and step onto the blue warp area!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------

We will be warped just outside the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern. Darunia will 
great us, and give us a huge pat on the head, knocking Link over. The Gorons 
can now eat rocks from the Dodongo's Cavern again! Darunia will also mention 
that Ganondorf closed off access to the Dodongo's Cavern due to Darunia not 
giving them the Goron's Ruby. Darunia then declares the two of you Sworn 
Brothers, and gives us the Goron's Ruby! Two Spiritual Stones down, one more to 
go!

Darunia also tells us to go up to the top of the mountain to visit the Great 
Fairy, who has a power for us. In the meantime, three Gorons will also come 
down, asking for a big hug. Run! Run away!

Before climbing up the mountain, go down to the bottom of the mountain. You 
will find a cracked wall to the left. Blow up this cracked wall and wait for 
nighttime/use the Sun's Song to turn into night.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula just beyond this cracked wall at 
nighttime. Defeat it first. When you defeat it, you can climb up the wall it is 
on to pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After you get the Gold Skulltula, let's go back inside Goron City for a brief 
moment. Also, on your way to Goron City, you will see a cracked wall to your 
left. Blow up this cracked wall to reveal a mini chest. Open the chest up to 
get a Purple Rupee, worth 50 Rupees! 
 
----------- 
Goron City
-----------

When entering Goron City, go forward and drop down to the floor right below 
you. You should notice a large Goron rolling around this area. We can stop this 
Goron with our Bombs, but we need to do it inside that tunnel on the other 
side. Once you stop the Goron rolling (remember, you need to do it in the 
tunnel, he'll reward you with a Big Bomb Bag. This will upgrade the amount of 
Bombs we can carry from 20 to 30!

One other thing is to note the cracked wall on this floor that is in between 
two Bomb Flowers. If you blow it up, you will find a series of cracked walls. 
Eventually, you will get to a room with a larger than normal Goron. He will 
tell you that he is working on something, and will have it ready in five or six 
years. If you come back here as an adult, he will sell you a sword called the 
Giant's Knife for 200 Rupees. This sword will break after several hits (even if 
you are careful enough to not hit any non-enemies), and then you have to spend 
200 Rupees to get another one. A Broken Giant's Knife by the way, is as weak as 
the Kokiri Sword, if you want to give yourself a challenge. I would avoid this 
area as an adult and go for the superior Big Goron's Sword instead.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Head back up to the top floor. You should notice an area 
blocked off by rocks. Use your Bombs to blow up these rocks. Now, go down the 
path and into the opening at the end.

In this room, you'll see three rocks in front of you. Blow up the rock on the 
right with a Bomb. Go down the new path and follow it. You'll come across two 
paths, one leading straight and one leading left. Take the one to your left and 
you'll find another rock to the right. Blow up this rock and go all the way 
straight beyond where the rock was. You should find a Gossip Stone, two mini 
chests, and a crate.

Roll into the crate to destroy it and reveal a Gold Skulltula. Destroy the Gold 
Skulltula and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you have that taken care of, head back to the Death Mountain Trail.

--------------------- 
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------

Back out here, go all the way straight until you get to the flag pole. Go up 
the slope to the left of the flag pole and climb up the ledge at the top. Blow 
up the rock to your right with a Bomb. Now, there is another rock to blow up, 
which is on the other side of the gap. To blow up this one, wait for a few 
seconds when taking out a Bomb, so that it will explode in midair. Once the 
second rock is blown up, jump onto the higher ledge (pick up the Red Rupee left 
behind too). On here, climb up the ledge to your left. Up here, go up the slope 
and equip your Hylian Shield. Now, RUN to the other side of this area. Be 
careful of all the rocks falling from above! At the other side is a wall you 
can climb up.

Before climbing up it, take out your Slingshot to defeat the Skullwalltula that 
you see. Now climb up the wall and get on the higher ledge to your left. There 
is another Skullwalltula just above you, so be sure to take it out with your 
Slingshot. If you look all the way up, you'll see a third Skullwalltula. Get 
rid of this one too! Once you're done, climb all the way up until you get to 
the top. You'll be at the top of the mountain! 
 
There's an opening to your right, but don't go into it yet. Instead, blow up 
the cracked wall to the left using a Bomb and go inside.

----------------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Death Mountain Trail
----------------------------------------------

Walk to the other side of this place. Stand on the Triforce and play Zelda's 
Lullaby to summon the Great Fairy! 
 
She will restore us to full health, in addition to supplying us with a magic 
meter. As of now, we can use the magic meter to do stronger spinning attacks 
with your sword. To use this, you must hold down B with your sword to charge it 
up. After a couple of seconds, release and Link will unleash a spin attack with 
a much larger range! To restore your magic meter, simply collect green jars 
that you see when out adventuring.

Before the Great Fairy leaves, she'll mention that another fairy lives near the 
path that leads to Hyrule Castle, so let's go visit her next! 
 
Before we do that, leave this fountain. This time, go into the opening to your 
right.

----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------

NOTE: You need to be VERY fast in this place. This place is very hot for Link, 
and you cannot stay here long enough without dying. A timer will show up on the 
bottom of the top screen showing how long you can stay in here. The amount of 
time depends on A) The amount of health you have left and B) Total hearts. So 
please come in here with full health. There is a Gold Skulltula and a Piece of 
Heart you can grab in here. If you do not feel confident about this, do NOT go 
for the Piece of Heart.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: When you enter this place, run all the way straight. Keep 
running until you get to the edge (in between those two brown rocks). Now, 
climb down the wall and you'll find an opening with a Piece of Heart inside. 
Quickly move in and pick up the Piece of Heart!

Now, climb back up, get to the top, run, and get out of here! 
 
NOTE: If you have seven hearts, you will have 56 seconds on the clock to do 
whatever. I can do this and get out with about 20-25 seconds remaining, but you 
need to be quick! 
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: This one isn't as bad as the Piece of Heart that I made you 
chase down. Just beyond the entrance leading outside is a crate. Roll into the 
crate and a Gold Skulltula will come out. Defeat it and pick up the token. Now 
leave.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
-------------------------------------- 
Death Mountain Trail/Kakariko Village
--------------------------------------

One last thing you should do is talk to Kaepoa Gaebora, who is up here with 
you. He will offer to fly down the mountain. We can get a pretty good deal out 
of this, so I recommend that you do it. Grab onto his talons and he'll fly us 
down to Kakariko Village! 
 
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: Kaepora Gaebora will drop us on top of a house in Kakariko 
Village. This is the house that has the Piece of Heart and a cow behind those 
bars. After you land, turn around and face the wall. Now, walk up to the wall. 
Go left and you'll get to the corner of the house. Look down and you should see 
a wooden platform. Drop down into it. Next to you is a hole leading into the 
house. Go into the hole and you'll find the Piece of Heart, so pick it up.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

With that in mind, let's go to the Hyrule Market.

------- 
Market
-------

With the Bomb Bag, we can play a game at the Bombchu Bowling Alley. This is the 
building with the staircase net to it, just before the Shooting Gallery 
building.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 
BOMBCHU BOWLING ALLEY 
 
This is an expensive game, costing 30 Rupees per play. The prize you can win is 
shown after you've paid. There's two important prizes here. A Piece of Heart 
and a Bigger Bomb Bag (you can also win Bombs, a Purple Rupee, and Bombchus).

At the start of the game, you must drive a Bombchu into the center of the 
target across from you. The first one is easy. Just stand in the middle and 
release the Bombchu up the middle. Make sure you are perfectly straight. Even 
the slightest angle makes the biggest deference in the game. Also, just be 
aware of the moving Blade Trap, and try not to hit it.

The second target can be the most difficult. It will either be in the center, 
to the right, or to the left. If it is in the center, you must release the 
Bombchu while avoiding the Blade Trap and a little Cucco. If the target is on 
the right of the left, it is much more difficult to hit. The best way is to run 
a Bombchu up along the left or right wall, and let it ride the wall to the 
target (which is easier said than done). If you miss, you'll need to readjust 
the angle that you release it at and try again.

The third target is also difficult. It will always be in the center, however, 
this time, you must release a Bombchu and make sure it doesn't hit a Blade 
Trap, a little Cucco, and a giant Cucco! You'll need to time your Bombchu 
release a little bit and just hope that a Cucco doesn't move back and hit the 
Bombchu at the last second... 
 
You will win after hitting the third target. Keep in mind that you have a total 
of 10 Bombchus to work with, so use them economically.

Also, keep playing until you get the Piece of Heart and the Bomb Bag Upgrade. 
If you got the first Bomb Bag Upgrade, this one will take you from 30 to 40 
Bombs! 
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

I also want to mention that there is a new shop open. If you go to the Back 
Alley (on the left side), you will find two doors. Open the one on the left. It 
is a Bombchu shop.

|-------------------------|
|BACK ALLEY BOMBCHU SHOP  |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM            | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Bombchu         |   10   |   100  |
|Bombchu         |   10   |   100  |
|Bombchu         |   10   |   100  |
|Bombchu         |   10   |   100  |
|Bombchu         |   20   |   180  |
|Bombchu         |   20   |   180  |
|Bombchu         |   20   |   180  |
|Bombchu         |   20   |   180  |
|----------------|--------|--------|

Now, there is something different about this store. Each of the above items can 
only be brought once. For example, there are 4 Bombchus that come in amounts of 
10. Buying one of these four will remove it permanently.

Once you're done with that, head past the market towards Hyrule Castle.

--------------
Hyrule Castle
--------------

Like last time, climb up the vines to your right. Run forward and fall to the 
ground on the other side of the gate. There are two paths in front of you. Take 
the path straight towards the dead end. There is a rock. Blow it up with a Bomb 
and the rock will blow up, revealing a little hole, so crawl under it and 
you'll get to the Fairy Fountain.

---------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Hyrule Castle
---------------------------------------

Like last time, play Zelda's Lullaby while standing on the Triforce to summon 
the Great Fairy. This time, she will restore you to full health AND give you a 
new, important item, called Din's Fire. You can use Din's Fire to light up 
torches without a Deku Stick. However, this does use a bit of magic power. 
Also, when used, it can damage enemies in the process too. It has a large 
range, so you can even use it to light up large groups of torches.

Once you have Din's Fire, head out of here.

We could proceed towards the third and final Spiritual Stone, but why not do 
some Side Quests before that?

*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS

HAPPY MASK SHOP 
 
The biggest thing we can do is sell some masks from the Happy Mask Shop, which 
has been open for business for a while now. When you first go to the Happy Mask 
Shop, only one mask will be available. You can borrow the mask for free. 
Ultimately, what you want to do is find someone to sell the mask to, and then 
pay that money back to the Happy Mask Shop. Each time you sell a mask, a new 
mask will become available. Once you have sold all of the masks, you will be 
rewarded.

KEATON MASK (10 Rupees) 
 
The first mask that you must sell is the Keaton Mask, a yellow mask that 
resembles a fox. The cost of the mask is 10 Rupees (remember, it's lent to you 
for free). If you remember, the guard in front of the entrance to Death 
Mountain in Kakariko Village brought this mask up, saying that his son wanted 
it. So, what you need to do is go to Kakariko Village and talk to this guard 
while wearing the mask. He will buy the mask for 15 Rupees, giving you a 5 
Rupee profit!

Afterwards, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay them the 10 Rupees. The next 
mask, the Skull Mask will become available. Take this mask next. We need to go 
sell it, but first, we can use it to upgrade the amount of Deku Sticks we can 
carry.

DEKU STICK UPGRADE 

We need the Skull Mask in order to receive this upgrade. Go back to the Lost 
Woods. When entering from the Kokiri Forest, take the right path, then left, 
right, left, and then left again. You should be in a very grassy area with 
several business scrubs. Go to the back of this area. You should see a small 
group of butterflies right above the grass. Walk around this area and fall 
through a hole. Down here, read the sign and you'll find that you are in a 
place called the "Forest Stage", where you can win prizes based on what kind of 
face (mask) that you are wearing.

So, what you need to do is put on your Skull Mask and walk to the front of the 
stage. The scrubs should all pop out from the grass. They will all run up to 
you and dance around you with Saria's Song playing! Afterwards, follow the 
scrubs and they will lead you to their leader, who all agree that you look like 
their sacred forest totem. They will reward you by upgrading the amount of Deku 
Sticks you can carry! If you got the Deku Stick upgrade earlier (from the 
Business Scrub in the Lost Woods), your capacity will increase from 20 to 30!

DEKU NUTS UPGRADE

We can get this upgrade now that we have Bombs. This upgrade is also located in 
the Lost Woods. From the start of the Lost Woods (when entering from the Kokiri 
Forest), go right, left, right, left, straight, left. You should be in an area 
with a rock in the corner. Blow up the rock with a Bomb and it will reveal a 
hole, so jump down it. Down here, you will find two Business Scrubs. Deflect 
their Deku Nuts back at both of them and then talk to the one on the left. If 
you pay him 40 Rupees, he'll upgrade the amount of Deku Nuts you can carry. 
This should be your first upgrade, so your limit will go from 20 to 30.

SKULL MASK (20 Rupees) 
 
With the upgrades out of the way, we can also sell the Skull Mask while we are 
in the Lost Woods. From the start of the Lost Woods, go left. You should be in 
the area with the Skull Kid that you befriended earlier. Equip the Skull Mask 
and step on the little tree stump, and then talk to the Skull Kid. He will 
recognize you underneath that mask, and want the mask for his own. Despite the 
mask being worth 20 Rupees, he will only buy it for 10.

Once you sell this mask, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay the 20 Rupees 
back (yes, you do have to have to pay 10 Rupees of your own since the Skull 
Hand short-handed you). After paying back the money, the next mask, the Spooky 
Mask, becomes available, so let's grab it.

SPOOKY MASK (30 Rupees)

This mask looks like the face of a ReDead. Go to the Graveyard during the day, 
where you will see a little boy walking around the area. He will mention that 
he wants a scary-looking face, so talk to the kid while having this mask on. He 
will buy the mask from you for 30 Rupees (at full price!). So, with that in 
mind, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay back the 30 Rupees.

The next mask to become available is the Bunny Hood. Pick it up. However, we 
won't be able to do much with the Bunny Hood, as we cannot yet access the 
person who wants this mask.

That's all for the Side Quests, for now. Come back after meeting Zelda later on 
for more!
******************************************************************************* 
 
So, where's the third Spiritual Stone! If you listen to Navi, she'll tell you 
that Saria may know the location of it. If you play Saria's song to talk to 
her, she'll mention that the Zoras have it. Or at least that's what the Deku 
Tree told her.

The spiritual stone is located in a place called Zora's Domain. Well, how do we 
get there? We need to go through Zora's River. And, where is that place 
exactly? Let's meet in Hyrule Field, in front of the stairs leading up to 
Kakariko Village.

-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------

As I said, you should be facing the stairs leading up to Kakariko Village. Head 
right from these stairs and you'll see a small area of land across the river. 
Swim through the river to get to that land. Follow the path on here and you'll 
get to Zora's River.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4e. Obtaining Zora's Sapphire
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

-------------
Zora's River
-------------

Just so you know, time does pass in this area, but day and night shouldn't 
matter too much for this part of the game. Across from you is a tree, a set of 
rocks, and lots of grass to cut through. Kaepora Gaebora is also waiting for 
you. Yay. He'll tell you that you must have a connection with the Royal Family 
in order to enter Zora's Domain. Which we have. He'll then fly away.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula for the taking here. Just roll into 
the only tree around here to make it fall out, defeat it, and then take the 
token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you have the Gold Skulltula, use your Bombs to blow up the rocks blocking 
the way. With those out of the way, continue. Around the corner, you'll find a 
man who will sell Magic Beans.

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 
WHAT ARE MAGIC BEANS?

Magic Beans can be planted in those patches of soft soil (which are shaped like 
a square) around Hyrule. When planted, a little sprout will come out. If you 
revisit these areas as Adult Link, the sprouts will become full-blown magic 
leafs. When you step on them, they will lift up into the air and carry you 
around the area. You can use them to get to previously un-accessible areas or 
use them as shortcuts.

Now, you can buy up to 10 Magic Beans. The first Magic Bean will cost only 10 
Rupees, however, the price increases by 10 Rupees for each purchase, so the 
second Magic Bean will cost 20 Rupees, then 30, and so on.

Here is a list of all of the soft soil spots in which you can plant Magic 
Beans:

1) Kokiri Forest - To the right of the Item Shop

2) Lost Woods - From the start, go left, then another left.

3) Lost Woods - From the start, go right, left, right, left, left. It is near 
the flowers to the right.

4) Graveyard - In the corner towards the set of graves on the left

5) Zora's River - Right next to the person selling the Magic Beans

6) Lake Hylia - Just outside the laboratory.

7) Death Mountain Trail - Just outside the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern.

8) Death Mountain Crater - Next to the warp area.

9) Gerudo Valley - Found at the very bottom, on a stone platform next to the 
river.

10) Desert Colossus - Next to the entrance to the Spirit Temple
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 
 
For the time being, I recommend buying at least 6 or 7 Magic Beans. It gets 
very expensive, but there are ways to pile up money in this game. One method is 
coming up fast.

Now, we need to get to the other side of the river. From the Magic Bean 
Salesman, turn around, and look to the left where the path curves. Jump from 
that patch of sand and you should make it easily. However, before jumping, pick 
up that Cucco walking around near the group of walks. We can use it to acquire 
two Piece of Hearts in this area. With the Cucco in hand, jump to the area of 
land across from you. Over here, head left until you get to the other side, and 
then jump over the little gap onto the opposite side.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: We can get the first Piece of Heart nearby. Go up the slope in 
front of you. At the top, head left and jump over the little gab. From here, go 
right and follow this path until you get to a gap. Remember, you must be 
holding the Cucco during this entire time. Now, to get onto the platform, use 
the Cucco to float over it. However, you will fall short. Just as you get to 
the platform, THROW the Cucco and you will now be able to climb up onto it. The 
Piece of Heart is on another platform to your right. You can jump to this one 
without the Cucco, so head over to it and pick up the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Chances are, the Cucco will have ran off and into the river, which will have 
sent him back to the beginning of this area. Before we go back and get him, 
jump down to the ground below you. Down here, continue forward. You should 
notice a tree branch leading into the river. Jump onto the branch and you will 
see that several frogs are watching you from the water (you need to go to the 
other side of the branch in order for this to happen). Take out your Ocarina 
and the frogs will come up.

Now, all of these frogs are little. Every time you play a song for the first 
time, a frog will grow. Each time a frog grows, they will reward you with 50 
Rupees! Remember, each frog can only grow once. So what you should so is play 
Saria's Song, Zelda's Lullaby, Epona's Song, and the Sun's Song. Four of the 
five frogs will grow, and as a result, you will earn up to 200 Rupees! There is 
still one little frog, and we have to wait a bit longer before we are able to 
make him grow. Once all of the frogs are grown up, there is another game you 
can play with them.

After you have entertained the frogs, go back and use your newfound money to 
buy more Magic Beans. Also, go back and get that Cucco while you are at it. 
Once you have the Cucco, go back to where you found the frogs.

From here, go beyond the tree branch leading into the river and you'll see some 
higher ground. Throw the Cucco up to this ground and then climb up to it. Pick 
up the Cucco again and then turn right. You'll see some higher land on the 
other side of the river. The water is shallow enough here, so you can step into 
it without floating or losing the Cucco. Now, throw the Cucco up to the next 
higher area of ground and then climb up it. Up here, head straight. The river 
should be on your left. There should be more land on the other side of this 
river. Float across the river with the Cucco in hand.

On the other side, go up the slope and cross the bridge at the top. Once you 
get past the bridge, follow this grass path until you run into a wall.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: When you run into the wall, turn left. There should be a 
platform with a Piece of Heart across from you. You need the Cucco for this. 
Jump across the gap and the Cucco will allow you to float over to the platform. 
Pick up the Piece of Heart. That's also the last time we'll need the Cucco in 
this area. Yay! 
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula nearby. After picking up the Piece of 
Heart, look down from the platform. You should see a ladder. There is a Gold 
Skulltula on it at nighttime. Destroy the Gold Skulltula, jump down into the 
water, and then climb up the ladder and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After destroying the Gold Skulltula, climb up the ladder. At the top, go 
forward up the slope. At the top, you should notice a pool of water across from 
you. This is a shortcut that can lead us back to the Lost Woods (great if 
you're starting from home), but we don't have the proper item to dive that deep 
into the water yet). So turn around. The waterfall should be to your right. In 
front of the waterfall should be a Triforce symbol. Step on it and play Zelda's 
Lullaby. The waterfall will open up, revealing a new opening, so go through it.

-------------- 
Zora's Domain
--------------

A bunch of stuff for us to do here. Follow this pathway until you get to two 
paths, one leading straight and one to the right. Take the path that goes 
straight and follow it. You should get to a giant Zora named King Zora, who is 
worried about where his daughter, Princess Ruto went. Now, notice that there 
are lighted torches to your left and right. Take out a Deku Stick and light it 
up. Now, go back down the stairs and light the torch on fire that you see down 
here.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: This is a tricky Piece of Heart to get. After lighting up the 
first torch, I'd recommend putting away your lighted Deku Stick and taking out 
a fresh one. Now, use the torch to light the Deku Stick. From here, head down 
the slope and go down the path to your left. At the bottom, you'll find a torch 
just before the water. Quickly light this up. Now, go to the right side of the 
water, where it is shallow, and stay along the wall. Follow this wall until you 
get behind a waterfall, lighting up the torch that you see along the way. When 
you get behind the waterfall, light up the last two torches that are in the 
little cave.

If you were very fast, a large chest should appear. Open it and get the Piece 
of Heart. However, if the stick burnt out, or if any of the torches went out, 
you need to try again. This is also touch due to the fact that you can't roll 
forward to go faster in the water, as your lighted Deku Stick will just go out. 
-_-

So, keep at it! 
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
 
Once you have the Piece of Heart, go back to the other side of the water where 
you lit up the first torch. There's the Item Shop next to the torch, if you're 
interested.

|-------------------------|
|ZORA'S DOMAIN ITEM SHOP  |
|-------------------------|--------|
|ITEM            | AMOUNT | RUPEES |
|----------------|--------|--------|
|Deku Nuts       |   5    |   15   |
|Arrows          |   10   |   20   |
|Arrows          |   30   |   60   |
|Arrows          |   50   |   90   |
|Red Potion      |   1    |   50   |
|Recovery Heart  |   1    |   10   |
|Fish            |   1    |   200  |
|Zora Tunic      |   N/A  |   300  |
|----------------|--------|--------|

The Fish is a bottled item. However, you can get one for free just outside this 
shop in the water, so there's no point in blowing 200 Rupees to buy a fish. In 
addition, you can't get the Zora Tunic, and you can only wear it as an adult.

From here, go back up to where we found King Zora. This time, while standing in 
front of him, go down the tunnel to your left. At the end, you will find a 
Zora. Talk to her and she will ask you if you want to play the diving game for 
20 Rupees. Say yes, and the Zora will then toss several Rupees into the water 
below. So what you have to do is dive into the water and get the Rupees. To go 
underwater, hold down A. You have 50 seconds to collect all five Rupees. These 
are all Blue Rupees, so collecting all of them gives you 25 Rupees (remember, 
you paid 20 to play this game, so you get a tiny profit)! 50 seconds should be 
plenty of time to get all of the Rupees.

NOTE: With the Silver Scale, we can now use a shortcut to get from the Lost 
Woods to the Zora's Domain entrance. In the Lost Woods, go right, left, right, 
and you'll be in an area with a body of water. Swim down this water, go through 
the opening at the bottom, and you'll be taken to Zora's River, just outside 
the Zora's Domain entrance. Useful if you are starting from your own house at 
Kokiri Forest.

Once you have completed the game, go all the way back up and talk to the Zora, 
who has an award for you. She will give you a Silver Scale! This will allow you 
to dive deeper underwater! After getting the Silver Scale, dive back into the 
water. If you look around, you should notice an opening underwater. You can now 
dive deep enough to get into this opening with your new Silver Scale, so head 
underwater and go through that opening.

-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------

We'll be taken to Lake Hylia, which is south of Hyrule Field. You will 
instantly notice many Rupees and some shiny object surrounding you. Dive to 
pick up the shiny object. When you resurface, you'll find that it is a bottle 
with a letter in it! If you read the letter, you'll find that it's from Ruto, 
who is inside Lord Jabu-Jabu's belly. She also writes not to tell her dad. We 
could go back to Zora's Domain, but there's a couple of things we should do in 
Lake Hylia first.

If you go onto land, look to the left and you should notice a building. This is 
the laboratory. There's not much we can do inside now, but there is a soft soil 
patch next to the building. I highly recommend planting a Magic Bean here, as 
it will become very useful for Adult Link.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Obviously, it needs to be nighttime.  If you look at the lake, 
you should see a large square-shaped island on the other side of the area. Swim 
over here (yes, I know, it's a long swim), and you'll find two stone pillars on 
this island. There is a Gold Skulltula on this island, so destroy it and take 
the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After defeating the Gold Skulltula, swim back to the other side of the lake, 
where the entrance to Zora's Domain was. To the right of this area is a 
scarecrow field. Talk to the scarecrow that's closer to the water and he'll 
mention that he'll remember any tune that you'll play. Take out your Ocarina 
and play an 8-note song (it can be any notes you like!). The eight notes that 
you play out will become the SCARECROW'S SONG. If you want to change the 
Scarecrow's song to something else, just take out the Ocarina in front of this 
scarecrow and play a new eight-note song. The Scarecrow's Song is not useful 
for not, but it can be pretty handy when running around as Adult Link.

There's one last thing we should check out at Lake Hylia. From the scarecrow 
field, turn around and face the water. You should notice an area of land with a 
building to the left. Swim to this building and open the door. We'll be at the 
fishing pond!

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 
FISHING POND

When coming in her, you need to pay the man to the right 20 Rupees in order to 
fish. In order to fish, go to the pond and press B to cast your fishing rod. To 
reel it in, hold down B. You can also hold Down on the circle stick to reel it 
in faster.

When fishing, the best way to get a fish to bite is to keep tapping Down on the 
Circle Stick. This will slowly reel the fishing rod in, and usually the fish 
will follow it. Don't do it too fast, but if you're lucky, the fish will bite 
onto it.

To reel the fish in, I prefer to hold down A, B, Down, and R. This usually gets 
the fish in the fastest and gives you the most strength. If you're too weak in 
reeling the fish in, the fish will just let go.

There is one area where a big fish is, and that's what we're coming in here 
for. When going to the pond, go to the left side in front of that rock. Take a 
couple of steps into the water. Now, face the middle of the pond. You can use 
Navi to L-Target onto a certain fish. Use her to target a fish in the middle of 
the pond. Usually, it is the fish near the grass and the tree log in the 
middle. L-Target it, cast the rod out to this fish, and start slowly reeling it 
in to attract the fish.

Sometimes, he won't bite, so what you need to do is just reel the rod in 
completely and try again. Eventually, it'll bite. This is the heaviest fish, so 
getting it in will be tough, as I said, hold Down, A, B, and R and put all your 
muscle into it! If you're lucky, the fish will grab on just as you're about to 
reel it in completely, and you won't need to put in any effort.

If the fish breaks free, you won't have a shot at catching it again, unless you 
leave and re-enter this place (which costs you another 10 Rupees).

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
PIECE OF HEART: After you catch the biggest fish (it should weigh at least 10 
pounds, bring it back to the fisherman. Talk to him and tell him to weigh your 
fish. It if is big enough, he'll reward you with a Piece of Heart!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Once you're done fishing (hopefully you have the Piece of Heart in hand), go up 
to the fisherman and select "I want to quit." You'll turn in your rod and 
you'll be allowed to leave. Also note that the fisherman will tell you to come 
back when you're older, as the fish may be bigger as well.
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 
 
Back out here, get back into the water and go to where the entrance to Zora's 
Domain is. Swim underwater and go through the opening, back into Zora's Domain.

--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------

Make sure you have that newly acquired bottle out. Head up to King Zora. In 
order to talk to him, you must be on top of the platform right in front of the 
water. When speaking to him, show him the bottle with the letter that you found 
in Lake Hylia. He initially doesn't believe that Lord Jabu-Jabu would eat 
Princess Ruto, but does remember that he has been acting a little strange when 
Ganondorf came for a visit. King Zora will then send you to go find Princess 
Ruto. In addition, he'll let you keep the bottle that the letter was in, so you 
should now have up to three Empty Bottles! King Zora will also move over and 
allow us to go behind him, to get to where Jabu-Jabu is (however, it does take 
a while for King Zora to actually move over a couple of feet. Irritating, 
right?).

Before doing that, head back down towards where the Item Shop is. If you go to 
the water, you should notice some fish swimming around. Use your new Empty 
Bottle to capture a fish. We'll need it for Jabu-Jabu. Once you have the Fish, 
go back to where King Zora is. Facing King Zora, just head right and go up the 
slope. You'll get to King Zora at the top, so just go past the fence and into 
the next area.

----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------

Lord Jabu-Jabu, the giant whale, is here, but don't go up to him just yet. 
Instead, get in the water and swim to the piece of land that is in the 
southeast corner of this area (just look at the map). This land will have a 
tree and several rocks.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Roll into the lone tree on this land and a Gold Skulltula will 
fall it. Destroy it and then pick up the token that it leaves behind.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Now, look at the wall where there are two large rocks. Place a Bomb in front of 
this wall and the whole wall will explode, revealing a giant opening! Let's go 
through it.

-----------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Zora's Fountain
-----------------------------------------

As usual, go up to the Triforce in front of the fountain and play Zelda's 
Lullaby to summon the Great Fairy. This time, she will heal you to full health 
and give you a new item called Farore's Wind. You can only use this item in 
areas that have a Dungeon Map. When you use Farore's Wind, it will create a 
warp point nearby. When in that dungeon, you can warp back to that warp point 
at any time. This is useful if you save your game and want to use it as a save 
point. You can also use it when you want to instantly get to another part of 
the dungeon without having to get there on foot, which may take long. If you 
want to, you can also cancel the warp point at any time. Just be aware that 
Farore's Wind uses up magic. Once you get Farore's Wind, go back to Zora's 
Fountain.

----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------

This time, swim all the way back to the other side of this area. Get to Jabu-
Jabu and stand directly in front of him. Drop the Fish that you just picked up 
right in front of it, and he will open his mouth to eat the Fish. By doing 
this, he will inhale both you and the Fish, so we'll be heading inside him!

-------------------------
Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
-------------------------

NOTE: Despite the fact that it looks otherwise, you can leave Jabu-Jabu at any 
time. Just walk up to his teeth and you'll be able to leave.

Once you enter, go all the way straight through the water. Don't worry about 
the Octoroks in the water, you can easily avoid them. On the other side, you'll 
find two Shaboms, bubble-like enemies. Get rid of them and then walk up to the 
door, which has a web on it. To unlock this door, aim at the switch on the 
ceiling just in front of the door and fire at it with your Slingshot. After you 
hit the switch, go into the door.

There's not a whole lot we can do in this room. Just follow the path to the 
door on the other side of this area and open it.

In here, walk forward and you'll find someone. She will tell you that she is 
Princess Ruto, and that she won't believe you when you say that your dad sent 
you to save her. She doesn't want to go home, so she'll turn around and fall 
through a pit. So, do the same and go down the same pit she fell down. Down 
here, talk to her and she'll mention all of the enemies around her have 
suddenly appeared and her "precious stone" is missing. She'll still tell you to 
go away. Now, talk to her one more time and she will let us carry her around. 
Ruto will now crouch down on the floor, so walk up to her and pick her up by 
pressing A.

You can also set Ruto down by pressing A or you can throw her by pressing A 
while running. After you pick up Ruto, open the door right next to you. Watch 
out for the Shaboms in this hall. Also, getting hit while carrying Ruto will 
cause you to drop her, so just watch out for that. At the end of the hallway, 
you will get to a pit with some water in it. Jump into the pit and go to the 
other side. There is a ledge above you that's too high for you to climb up, but 
we can throw Ruto up there, so do that. Once you throw Ruto up onto that ledge, 
turn around and notice the switch in the middle of this area. This switch can 
raise the water level for a few seconds so that you can't get onto that ledge, 
but don't hit it yet.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Before you hit the switch, you should notice a Gold Skulltula 
on the webs on the wall next to you. Destroy this Gold Skulltula. To collect 
the token, hit the switch in the middle of the water to raise the water level. 
You can now climb up on the vine and collect the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 

After you get the Gold Skulltula, the timed switch may have expired, so the 
water will lower back down and you will need to hit the switch again. Just be 
aware of the Stingers and Shaboms in this water pit. This time, climb up onto 
the ledge where you threw Ruto. Up here, pick up Ruto and go into the hallway 
across from you. Follow this hall until you get to a locked door. Set Ruto down 
and then use your Slingshot to hit the switch on the ceiling to unlock the 
door. Just watch out for the Shaboms in this area. Pick Ruto back up and then 
open the door.

In this room, set Ruto down and then deflect the rock back at the Octorok in 
the water to destroy it. This is so that this Octorok won't annoy you. Now pick 
up Ruto again and wait for a moving platform to come down. Once it comes down, 
get on it and ride it to the top. You will be back at the room before the one 
where you found Ruto. Back up here, jump back onto the walkway and open the 
door leading to the room where you first found Ruto. Back in here, get to the 
door on the other side of the room. Just watch out for the pits that lead you 
back down below. Notice the pit being blocked by a green tentacle and then 
continue. Open the door at the other side of this area.

In here, go forward and you will come to three different paths that you can 
take. Go right and you will get to a door that is locked. To unlock it, you 
must step on the switch on the floor. However, when stepping on it, Navi will 
point out that you can't press down on it with your weight alone. But since you 
are carrying Ruto, this shouldn't be a problem and the switch will activate, 
unlocking the door, so open it.

In here, set Ruto down and then walk forward into the bigger area. You will 
notice that there are numerous enemies in the ground. These are called 
Stingers, and you can only attack them when they are above the surface. The 
best way to get them above ground is to walk over them. Then, L-Target them and 
hit them twice with your Slingshot to defeat them. Once the Stingers are 
defeated, a large chest will appear in the middle of the room. Open it up and 
you will get the Boomerang! Obviously, this weapon comes back to you after 
throwing it, and can be used to attack some enemies, but this weapon is also 
capable of grabbing objects and bringing them back to you, like Gold 
Skulltulas. Set the Boomerang to X or Y, as you are going to be using it a lot. 
With the Boomerang in hand, pick up Ruto and leave this room.

Back in here, go straight and follow this long hallway until you get to another 
locked door. You can unlock this door by pressing the switch in front of it. 
However, this switch needs constant weight on it in order for it to remain 
activated, which means stepping off the switch will de-activated. So set Ruto 
down on the switch to keep it turned on, and then go through the unlocked door. 
Before opening the door, look down the hall to the right and notice the red 
tentacle blocking the door. This will become important shortly. Now open the 
door that you just unlocked.

You will notice a large, Red Tentacle hanging from the ceiling in the middle of 
the room. In the middle of the Red Tentacle is a smaller area. You need to 
attack this part of the Tentacle. L-Target it and throw your Boomerang at it. 
The Red Tentacle will retreat into the ceiling, covering its weak point. To 
bring it back down, just walk up to it. Now, attack again and repeat this until 
you defeat the Red Tentacle. After the enemy is defeated, a large chest will 
appear. Open it to get the Dungeon Map. Now leave the room. Back out here, Ruto 
will now be standing up. She won't be all that pleased when you talk to her, 
but she'll get back down to the floor and let you pick her up. So pick her up. 
Now go down the opening to your left.

Remember that red tentacle blocking the door? It's gone. Navi will also point 
that out, and it's obviously because you defeated the Red Tentacle in the 
previous room. Now open the door that you can now access. The door behind you 
will lock. There are numerous Shaboms in this room. You have 40 seconds to 
defeat all of them, but you can defeat them very fast with your newly-acquired 
Boomerang. Once all of the Shaboms are defeated, the door will unlock and a 
large chest will appear in the room. Open the chest to get the Compass, pick up 
Ruto, and then leave this room.

Back in here, turn left. Now go all the way straight to the other end of the 
hallway. Remember that switch you pressed that both you and Ruto had to 
activate? To the left is an opening. Go down the opening and open the door at 
the end. This door was previously blocked because of the Red Tentacle.

In this room is a Blue Tentacle. Set Ruto down and then defeat the Blue 
Tentacle the same way you defeated its red counterpart, by throwing the 
Boomerang at its middle part. Now, once the Blue Tentacle is defeated, pick up 
Ruto and leave this room. Back in here, head right and then go through the 
first opening you see to your right. You should see a door across from you. 
This door was blocked by the Blue Tentacle, but you can get to it now with that 
enemy defeated, so open the door.

In this room is a Green Tentacle. The door will also lock behind you when you 
enter this room. Set Ruto down and then defeat the Green Tentacle the same way 
you defeated the previous two Tentacles. However, there are Biris surrounding 
this tentacle, which are jellyfish-like enemies. You can only defeat these 
enemies with the Boomerang. I'd recommend getting rid of these first so that 
they won't bother you while attacking the Green Tentacle. You also need to 
ultimately defeat the Biris in order to unlock the door. Once the Green 
Tentacle and the Biris are defeated, pick up Ruto and leave this room. Back in 
this hallway, just open the door across from you.

Back in this room, walk forward. Remember that pit that you couldn't get to, 
because of the Green Tentacle? You can fall down it now. If you don't remember, 
with your back against the opening you just came out of, go right until you get 
to the corner. Now turn left and look forward, and it'll be the pit right in 
front of you, so fall down it.

Down here, set Ruto down for a brief second. There are two Gold Skulltulas 
pretty much right next to each other!

|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA (x2): The Gold Skulltulas are practically right next to each 
other. One is right next to where you dropped, while the other is to the right 
of the first Gold Skulltula. Defeat both of them. You'll notice that the tokens 
are unreachable and up on the wall. You can collect the tokens by L-Targeting 
them and throwing the Boomerang at them. The Boomerang will bring you back the 
token, so use it to grab both tokens.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 

After you have defeated the two Gold Skulltulas, pick up Ruto and then open the 
door at the end of the hallway next to you. In the next room, Ruto will get 
exicted, as she sees the object she was looking for inside of Jabu-Jabu. It is 
in fact the third Spiritual Stone that we need! Throw her up on the higher 
ledge and she will pick it up. She says that we can now take her home, now that 
she found what she was looking for. Walk forward and the platform Ruto is on 
will suddenly rise to the ceiling. It will lower again, but this time an enemy 
will be there instead. Mini-boss time!

*******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Bigocto
Difficulty: Medium

This boss can get very annoying and depending on what you do, you can take a 
decent amount of damage in this fight. There is the platform in the middle of 
the area that you can't get onto because of the spikes. The mini-boss is fought 
on a circular walkway around the middle of the room.

Now, the only way you can attack Bigocto is from the back. So what you have to 
do is run around this area until you catch up to Bigocto, who is also running 
around in a circle. Once you can see Bigocto's back, you need to throw your 
Boomerang at him. If you hit him, he will become stunned, and a green ball will 
be exposed for a few seconds, where you then have to hit him with your sword.

It does take time to keep running around the area until you get behind Octorok. 
You also can't take tight turns because you'll hit the spikes on the circular 
platform in the middle of the room. This is what makes this fight drawn out and 
annoying.

There is a quicker way to defeat Octorok, but this does involve you taking 
damage. Just run into Octorok and you'll get hurt. However, he'll turn around 
and start to run in the opposite direction. Quickly hit him, as his back is 
turned towards you. He'll be stunned, so hit him with your sword to damage him.
 
After four hits, Bigocto will be defeated.
*******************************************************************************

After the fight, the circular platform will lower to the floor. Step on it and 
it will rise to the floor above you. Up here, there are jars against the wall. 
One of them has a Fairy, in which I recommend capturing for the boss fight. 
Anyhow, go down the hall in this area and open the door at the end. Just watch 
out for the Biris. In this room, walk forward and the pillar in front of you 
will start moving wildly. Hit it with your Boomerang to stun it. Now, jump onto 
it and then stun the next moving pillar with the Boomerang. Be quick, as they 
will start moving around after a few seconds. With both pillars stunned, jump 
across them and open the door at the other side of this area. In here, walk 
forward and you will see a platform up against the wall across from you. Jump 
onto it and it will lower to the room below us, connecting us to a door we 
couldn't access before.

This is the room near where we first met Ruto. You will notice a locked door in 
the new opening we can access. There is a switch in front of the door to unlock 
it, but this switch requires constant weight to stay active. So, turn around 
and you'll see two small little boxes. Pick up one of the boxes and go to the 
switch. Step on the switch and put the box down on the switch. This will keep 
the switch pressed down and the door unlocked, so open the door. In here, go 
forward and jump down into the pit below you. Down here, head to the left side 
of this area. Look around and you should see some vines.
 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on these vines. Simply destroy it and 
then climb up the vines to pick up the tokens. We have now destroyed all Gold 
Skulltulas in Jabu-Jabu's Belly!
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, continue climbing up the vines. At the top, 
turn right. You should see a switch hanging from the ceiling, on the other side 
of the transparent wall. To hit this switch, you need to use your Boomerang. 
This can be a little tricky because of that wall. You can't be too close to the 
wall or your Boomerang will hit the wall, and you can't be too far or else the 
Boomerang won't reach the switch. So L-Target that switch and throw the 
Boomerang from the right spot to hit it. Once you get it hit, a door down below 
you will unlock, so open it.

Upon walking into the room, we'll immediately be greeted by the boss.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Bio-electric Anemone
Barinade

Difficulty: Medium

This boss can be outright brutal. There are many stages of this boss and you 
are prone to taking a good amount of damage. This is where the Lon Lon Milk or 
the Fairy comes in handy.

At the start of the fight, walk up to Barinade. There isn't one single target 
at this point, but there are multiple targets. Navi will target the tentacles 
connecting Barinade to the ceiling. Use your Boomerang to hit the tentacles and 
detach them from the ceiling. During this time, watch out, as Barinade can 
shoot electricity at you and knock you back.

Once the tentacles are destroyed, Barinade will then surround itself with 
electric jellyfish. These jellyfish will spin fast around Barinade and can very 
easily hit you. Once they stop moving, use your Boomerang to destroy them one 
at the time. You probably won't get all of them in one swoop, but once you have 
defeated enough, you can throw your Boomerang at Barinade to instantly stop the 
jellyfish.

After the jellyfish are gone, Barinade will get a new set of Jellyfish, and 
this time, he will rise up from the ground and start spinning everywhere. This 
time, keep throwing your Boomerang at Barinade until you hit him. This will 
stop the Jellyfish, and then you can destroy them one at a time. Just watch out 
for the electricity that he shoots out during this time.

Once the second round jellyfish are destroyed, the only thing standing left now 
is Barinade. Throw your Boomerang at him to stun him. While stunned, attack him 
many times with your sword as you can. After a few hits, Barinade will go back 
into the ground. Watch out and stand back, as he will start firing off 
electricity. Wait for Barinade to start moving again. Hit him with the 
Boomerang to stun him, and then keep attacking him with your sword until he is 
defeated. I counted 10 hits to defeat him, so you'll have to go through this 
process several times.

It may take a while if this is your first time, but hang in there!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

After the fight, pick up the Heart Container to give yourself an extra heart. 
Now, walk into the blue warp space and we'll find Princess Ruto! Except this 
time, she's blushing a bit. She'll start yelling at you because you took so 
long, and that how she was only just a little lonely. Then both of you will be 
warped out of here.

----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------

Link will be right in front of Ruto after warping, which surprises him and 
falls back into the water. She says that you looked cool, but that she'll 
reward you since you saved her. Just tell her that you want the Spiritual 
Stone. Now, she says that her mother gave her that stone and should give it to 
her future husband, but she'll give it to us anyway! We now have Zora's 
Sapphire, and have all three Spiritual Stones! We must now go back to see 
Princess Zelda!

|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: After you regain control of Link, it needs to be nighttime, so 
just play the Sun's Song. You should reappear in the water again. Now, get onto 
that log coming out of the water and look for the Gold Skulltula on the wall. 
Destroy it and then pick up the token from the wall using your Boomerang.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 

We've now got to go back to Hyrule Castle, where Zelda is waiting for is. To 
get there, obviously, go to Hyrule Field.

Also, no side quests for now, but they're just being held off for a little bit, 
as we've got something pretty important to do.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4f. Zelda and the Ocarina of Time
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------

Work your way to the entrance leading to the Market. When you get there, you 
will notice that the bridge leading in is closed, even during the daytime. Walk 
up to this bridge and not only will the skies turn ominous, but a cut-scene 
will happen.

It will start raining and thundering out. The drawbridge will open and we will 
see Zelda and Impa on a white horse running from the castle. Zelda will spot 
Link, and toss an object into the moat. Link will turn around and find 
Ganondorf on a horse! 
 
Ganondorf will say that she lost track of Zelda, and spot you. He will ask you 
which direction the two of them went off in. Link, feeling bold, declines to 
answer, and will draw out his sword and shield. Ganondorf, liking Link's 
attitude, will fire a magic attack at Link and knock him back, declaring that 
someday, he will rule the world. Ganondorf then gallops away, in search of 
Zelda and Impa. Link looks off towards Ganondorf, giving him a pretty stern 
look.

Once you regain control of Link, jump into the moat and dive under the water to 
get the object that Zelda threw at us. It is the Ocarina of Time! After picking 
up, another cut-scene will happen.

Zelda will tell us that she will no longer be around, now that we have the 
Ocarina of Time. She wanted to wait for us, but couldn't due to the attack, so 
she left us the Ocarina and a song to go along with us. Zelda is about to teach 
us the Song of Time.

SONG OF TIME

Y, L, R, Y, L, R

As usual, just repeat the notes and you'll learn the Song of Time! This song is 
required for opening the Door of Time, located in the Temple of Time.

In addition, we now have all of the required objects and items to open the Door 
of Time! We have all three Spiritual Stones, the Ocarina of Time, and the Song 
of Time.

We could go to the Temple of Time now, but this will be the last time you will 
be Young Link for a while. I'd highly recommend taking care of several last-
minute Side Quests, to make our future journey as Adult Link a little easier.

*******************************************************************************
SIDE QUESTS

As stated, these are all last-minute things that we can do before we jump ship 
and become Adult Link.

GOLD SKULLTULA PALOOZA

Before becoming Adult Link, and before doing any of the follow Side Quests, I'd 
recommend getting to at least 30 Gold Skulltulas, that way we can get a Giant 
Wallet. There were numerous Gold Skulltulas around Hyrule that we had to skip 
due to not having the proper equipment to defeat them and/or get their tokens. 
Most of these were the result of not having the Boomerang. Here is a list of 
all of the Gold Skulltulas we can grab now. You don't need to get all of them, 
just enough to have over 30.

Hyrule Field:

-This Gold Skulltula is rather hidden. Get in front of the stairs leading up to 
Kakariko Village. Now, go left and eventually you will get to a lone tree. 
Place a Bomb near this tree and it should reveal a hidden hole in the ground 
after exploding. Jump down into the hole. Down here, watch out for the Big 
Skulltula. There is a Gold Skulltula up on the wall. Defeat it and then use the 
Boomerang to grab its token which is high up on the wall.

Lon Lon Ranch:

-There is a Gold Skulltula on Talon's house at nighttime, but it is too high up 
for you to get it without a Boomerang. Some come back here, defeat this Gold 
Skulltula, and use the Boomerang to collect the token.

-There is another Gold Skulltula we can grab here, now that we have the 
Boomerang. Go to that tower in the back corner of the ranch, to where that 
tower is. To the right of the tower (and before the fence) is a wall. There is 
a Gold Skulltula on this wall. Destroy it and then use the Boomerang to 
retrieve the token. If you defeated the other three Gold Skulltulas across Lon 
Lon Ranch, you will have now defeated all Gold Skulltulas in this area! 
 
Graveyard:

-This one is in the top right part of the Graveyard. You may have noticed this 
earlier, but was unable to get it. Go to the back right part of this area, 
defeat the Gold Skulltula, and then use the Boomerang to pick it up.

Great Deku Tree:

-Believe it or not, there is actually a Gold Skulltula remaining inside the 
Great Deku Tree. So, when you go there, jump into the hole in the floor at the 
entrance. Back down here, climb up the stone block you pushed into the water. 
Now crawl through the hole in the wall at the other side of the room. Back 
here, you'll notice a cracked wall across from you. If there's still a web in 
front of the cracked wall, use Din's Fire or a burning Deku Stick to get rid of 
it. Blow up the cracked wall with a Bomb and open the door behind it. In this 
room, ignore the Big Skulltula in front of you and turn left. Defeat the Gold 
Skulltula and then retrieve the token with the Boomerang. We now all have Gold 
Skulltulas inside the Deku Tree!

Dodongo's Cavern:

-There are two remaining Gold Skulltulas here, but only one can be picked up 
right now. To get to it, we need to work our way backwards through this place. 
When you enter the cavern, go to the center island where the Beamos is. 
Remember that pillar that can now rise up to the top floor? Get on that pillar 
and ride it to the top. Up here, go into the opening across from you. You'll be 
back in the room where you obtained the Bombs. Jump off to your right and down 
to the floor below you. Down here, climb up the ladder on the wall to your 
right. Up here, go forward and cross the bridge and open the door at the end. 
Hit the switch in the middle of this next room to unlock the doors. Now, open 
the door leading to the previous room.

In here, go left and go down the walkway. At the bottom, you'll get to that 
stone staircase with vines on it. Climb up the vines. This is the staircase 
that you lowered by using the Bomb Flowers to cause a chain reaction. It has 
now reset back to its original location. This is why we had to go through this 
area backwards to get here. At the top, turn left and you'll find the Gold 
Skulltula. Destroy it and then get the token by throwing the Boomerang at it.

Lake Hylia:

-There is a Gold Skulltula on that laboratory building in Lake Hylia. If you go 
there, you'll find a bridge near the building. The Gold Skulltula is on the 
side of the building closest to the bridge. Defeat it and then use the 
Boomerang to get the token.

PLANTING MAGIC BEANS 
 
One other important thing you should do is plant the Magic Beans in the soft 
soil patches across Hyrule. You don't need to do all of them, but I highly 
recommend planting Magic Beans in these patches:

-Lost Woods (past the area with the Skull Kid. Go left, then left).

-Lost Woods (in the area where the Forest Stage hole is. Go right, then left, 
right, left, left).

-Death Mountain Trail (in front of the Dodongo's Cavern Entrance).

-Lake Hylia (next to the laboratory)

-Graveyard (bottom left corner of the graveyard).

There is also one in the Kokiri Forest and Zora's River, but these aren't 
crucial when you're Adult Link. Go plant them if you want, though.

BUGS!

There is another way to get Gold Skulltulas. This requires capturing Bugs with 
your Empty Bottles. Remember those patches of soft soil I mentioned with the 
Magic Beans? If you dump the Bugs onto the soil, they will go underground and a 
Gold Skulltula will pop out. You can then easily destroy it and collect the 
token.

Now, to get Bugs, you can either buy them (not recommended, as it's pretty 
expensive). You can also search the grass by cutting it or check under little 
rocks. When you see the Bugs, capture them with your Empty bottle. Two places I 
like to go for Bugs are:

The Graveyard: At the front of the place and to the right is a bunch of grass 
and a small rock. Pick up the rock and you'll find Bugs underneath.

Lost Woods: In front of the entrance to Goron City is a large rock. Blow up the 
rock to reveal a hole. Down here, cut the grass next to the Gossip Stone to 
find bugs.

Now, again, like with the Magic Beans, we can dump the Bugs into the following 
soft soil patches for Gold Skulltulas: 
 
-Kokiri Forest (next to the Item Shop)

-Lost Woods (past the area with the Skull Kid. Go left, then left).

-Lost Woods (in the area where the Forest Stage hole is. Go right, then left, 
right, left, left).

-Death Mountain Trail (in front of the Dodongo's Cavern Entrance).

-Lake Hylia (next to the laboratory)

-Graveyard (bottom left corner of the graveyard).

Now, the only patch of soil where this will NOT work is the one on Zora's 
River, next to the person who sells you the Magic Beans. So by doing this, you 
can get six more Gold Skulltulas! 
 
GOLD SKULLTULA AWARDS 

By this time, you should have plenty of Gold Skulltulas. Go back to the House 
of the Skulltulas in Kakariko Village, and talk to the people to get your new 
rewards. If you have destroyed at least 20 Gold Skulltulas, there should be a 
man to your left. Talk to him and you will receive an item called the Shard of 
Agony. This device will start alerting you when you are near a secret. One 
example you can try this on is near the central tree just outside of here.

Now, if you have over 30 Gold Skulltulas destroyed, you will find a man in the 
back of the house. Talk to him and you will get a Giant's Wallet. This will now 
allow you to carry up to 500 Rupees! I recommend this for Adult Link, and for 
an upcoming Side Quest.

BUNNY HOOD AND THE MASK OF TRUTH

So, remember the Happy Mask Shop? If you did the last round of side quests, you 
should have least have the Bunny Hood mask. When you first got it, you weren't 
able to sell it, as you couldn't yet access the person you need to sell it to. 
If you don't have the Bunny Hood mask, go get it from the Happy Mask Shop. You 
will have need to have sold the Spooky Mask to the little kid in the Graveyard 
first.

So where is the person that we need to sell the Bunny Hood mask to? The man is 
actually running around Hyrule Field. You can only find him after you have 
collected all three Spiritual Stones. To find him, follow the paths that you 
see in the middle of Hyrule Field that circle around Lon Lon Ranch. If you find 
the man while he is running, you will not be able to talk to him. Just keep 
running alongside with him and just follow him until he sits down on the ground 
for a break. When that happens, talk to him and sell him the Bunny Hood mask. 
Now, remember, this mask is worth 50 Rupees. Despite that, the running man will 
max out your wallet when buying it! This is why I recommended doing this quest 
with the Giant's Wallet, because you will get maxed out to 500 Rupees in the 
process! Hell, with all this money, you can now buy all 10 Magic Beans from the 
Magic Bean salesman. 
 
After selling the Bunny Hood, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay the 50 
Rupees for this mask. The saleswoman will notice that you have sold all the 
masks. At this point, she will give you a special mask called the Mask of 
Truth. You can use this mask to read all of the Gossip Stones around Hyrule. In 
addition, there will be other masks available, like the Geurdo, Zora, and Goron 
Masks. I'd keep the Mask of Truth for the time being, however.

DEKU NUT UPGRADE 
 
Just one last thing before we head off to the Temple of Time. With your 
newfound Mask of Truth, go to the Forest Stage in the Lost Woods (right, left, 
right, left, left). This time, wear your Mask of Truth, walk up to the front of 
the stage, and the scrubs will pop out of the ground. They won't do or 
anything, but their leader will also pop out from the ground, so go talk to 
him. He'll say that his Scrub brothers think you have a horrible face, but they 
will reward you by upgrading the amount of Deku Nuts you can carry! If you got 
the previous upgrade, you will now be upgraded to 30 to 40!

That's it for Side Quests for now. Let's go back to the Market.

-------
Market
-------

Before we go to the Temple of Time, want to have your mind blown away? Head to 
the Back Alley. Now, the Back Alley is in the shape of an upside-down U. Head 
down the long, narrow path in the back, and you will find a castle soldier on 
the ground against one of the buildings? If you talk to him, he will ask if you 
are the boy from the forest, and that Ganondorf betrayed the King of Hyrule 
(remember, Zelda said he swears allegiance to him, but didn't believe 
Ganondorf). Impa took Zelda and escaped from the castle. He also mentions that 
Zelda was waiting for a "boy from the forest" and that she wanted to give 
something to you (which we already have), and that to hurry to the Temple of 
Time. Then he...dies! If you press A to check up on him, you'll get the message 
"He's not moving anymore..." Ok then!

NOTE: You can only get to this scene before the Temple of Time.

Now, how do we get to the Temple of Time? There's a passage just to the right 
of the Happy Mask Shop (and to the left of the Potion Shop), so go down here. 
In this area, just follow the path to the Temple of Time.

---------------
Temple of Time
---------------

There's a Sheikah Stone in this area if you never need it. Otherwise, head to 
the altar across from it. Stand in front of the altar and play the Song of 
Time. This will place all three Spiritual Stones onto the altar and open up the 
large door in front of you (known as the Door of Time). So, head up the steps 
and go through it! Walk forward and you will see a sword on a pedestal. Navi 
will point out that this is the Master Sword. So, what are we waiting for? Head 
up the stairs and press A to pull out the Master Sword!

<><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4g. Becoming Adult Link
<><><><><><><><><><><><><>

******************************************************************************* 
YOUNG LINK TO ADULT LINK TRANSITION

Uh oh, what's that music? Oh no, it's Ganondorf! He suspected we had the 
ability to open the Door of Time, and we've let him into the Sacred Realm! And 
now he's laughing evily! This isn't good.

After that, someone will tell us to wake up and call us "The Chosen One." We 
get a first-person view of Link looking around the area that he is in. 
Afterwards, he finds a man standing in front of him. He will introduce himself 
as Rauru, one of the ancient Sages. He explains that the Temple of Time was 
built to protect the entrance to the Sacred Realm. He also tells us that we are 
currently in the Chamber of Sages (we'll be revisiting here a few times in the 
future). The Chamber of Sages, found in the Temple of Light, is at the center 
of the Sacred Realm, and is the last stronghold against Ganondorf, and the 
final key to the Sacred Realm was the Master Sword. Rauru then tells Link to 
look at himself.

Wow! Link is all grown up now! Rauru then tells us the Master Sword may never 
be touched by evil, and only one who is worthy of the title "Hero of Time" can 
pull the Master Sword out from the "Pedestal of Time" (so the pedestal has a 
name too?). What happened was that Link, when he pulled out the Master Sword, 
was too young to be the Hero of Time, so he was sealed in her for seven years 
(hence, why you are now looking much older). So after seven years, Link is now 
old enough to be the Hero of Time. And please, just hit Yes at the end of this.

However, while the Door of Time was opened in peace, Ganondorf used it to enter 
the Sacred Realm, obtained the Triforce, and became the King of Evil, and now 
Hyrule has been almost overtaken by monsters. What we can do to stop Ganondorf 
is to awake the remaining Sages to contain Ganondorf's evil power in the Sacred 
Realm. Rauru tells us to find the other sages, and he gives us a "Light 
Medallion". We get a Medallion every time a Sage is awakened, so we have many 
more to go.
 
BACK AT THE TEMPLE OF TIME

After that lengthy cut-scene, we are taken back to the Temple of Time. Navi 
will really question whether or not seven years have passed. She will also tell 
us that we can no longer use some of the items and weapons we have found as 
kids. Here is a rundown of the items we can NOT use as Adult Link:

Slingshot
Boomerang
Deku Sticks
Deku Shield (Link has a Hylian Shield anyway)
Kokiri Sword (we have a Master Sword, plus another sword we can grab)
Magic Beans (no soft soil as adult Link)
Any Mask you have

Link then begins to walk out of the temple, and...now what?

There is a person standing behind us. Link, sensing that, pulls out his sword 
and shield and turns around. The person mentions that the Sacred Voice will 
call the people destined to be Sages, who are found in five temples. There is:

"One in a deep forest"
"One on a high mountain"
"One under a vast lake"
"One within the house of the dead"
"One inside a goddess of the sand"

The person then introduces themselves as Shiek. Shiek tells us to look for the 
five Sages, and that one is waiting to be awakened in the Forest Temple, and 
hints at it being a girl that we know. Shiek also warns us that we do not have 
the proper equipment to get into the Forest Temple, and recommends that we go 
to Kakariko Village.
******************************************************************************* 
 
Alright, we can FINALLY control Link again. As stated, you won't be able to use 
the items listed above. Also, with Link being older, the Hylian Shield is no 
longer "heavy" and Link can use it to defend himself while using the Master 
Sword.

One other thing is that as Adult Link, if you save anywhere outside a dungeon, 
when loading up your game, you will be back at the Temple of Time. As Young 
Link, your default starting location was your house in Kokiri Forest. If you're 
Adult Link, you can start up at your house by saving the game while you're in 
your house.

Another thing you should note is that you can't currently drop the Master Sword 
into the pedestal and return to Young Link, as Shiek is standing in front of 
the pedestal...

So, let's head outside.

-------
Market
-------

Whoa! It's cloudy, very windy, and barren out here. You can also notice some 
red ring surrounding Death Mountain in the background. That surely wasn't there 
before. Head out to the rest of the Market.

Yikes! This place is a ghost town! No one is here, save for a few ReDeads. You 
don't need to fight them, as you have plenty of room to avoid them. In 
addition, all of the buildings are destroyed! Most of these buildings however, 
have relocated to Kakariko Village. Before doing anything else, head up north 
to the castle area.

Oh no! The whole castle area is a wreck, too! Even worse, Hyrule Castle is no 
longer here! Instead, there's Ganon's Castle! It's currently inaccessible at 
the moment, but that shows you how much has changed over seven years.

Now go to the Market entrance. If you're interested, the guardhouse in the 
corner is no longer a guardhouse. There's a person in there who will by Poes 
from you. He will serve as important later.

Now, Shiek told us to go to Kakariko Village, but ignore that for now. Go to 
Lon Lon Ranch, and be sure to have at least 100 Rupees on you.

--------------
Lon Lon Ranch
--------------

There have been some major changes here too. Talon no longer works here and has 
been kicked out. The ranch is now run by the other worker, Ingo. If you want to 
find Malon (all grown up now too), she is in the horse stable at the entrance. 
The sad thing is, Malon will not recognize you at this time (she called you 
"Fairy Boy" as a child). She explains that monsters are everywhere, towns have 
been ruined, and people have left due to Ganondorf, and that Ingo is using the 
ranch for Ganondorf. Talon was kicked out of the ranch by Ingo, and Ingo will 
treat the horses badly if Malon doesn't listen to Ingo. Uh oh. Don't worry, we 
can fix this! Head outside and talk to Ingo at the ranch.

Ingo says that Ganondorf gave control of the ranch to him, and will ask you if 
you want to ride on a horse for 10 Rupees. Say Yes. Now, if you want to learn 
about horse-riding, say Listen, otherwise, hit Don't Listen.

******************************************************************************* 
WINNING EPONA 
 
After paying Ingo, you have a minute to do whatever with the horses. But we 
have an ace up our sleeves! Take out your Ocarina and play Epona's Song. Epona, 
all grown up, will come towards you. So press A to get on her and ride her!

Now, to ride a horse, you will notice some carrots on the screen. Press A to 
make the horse go faster. Pressing A uses up a carrot. The carrot will come 
back if you don't press A for a second. If the carrots run out, you have to 
wait several seconds for all of them to come back, which can slow down the 
horse significantly, so try to keep at least one carrot lighted.

Also, the fences. You need to jump them on a straight line, not at an angle.

To stop the horse instantly, hold Down on the Circle Stick.

As I said, we have a minute to ride the horses. So, ride Epona for the entire 
minute. Also, be sure to jump over both fences in here. Jumping over both of 
them will give you a Blue Rupee each, so you can get the 10 Rupees you paid 
back! After a minute, Ingo will call you back. Now, pay Ingo 10 Rupees to ride 
on the horses again. Like last time, call Epona over with Epona's Song. Before 
doing anything, jump across the two fences to get your 10 Rupees back. Now this 
time, talk to Ingo who will say that you are getting better, and will challenge 
to race you for 50 Rupees. Say yes to the challenge.

The race is just one lap around the perimeter of the ranch. The first race 
isn't that hard. However, watch as Ingo will cheat a little bit. What you need 
to do is press A as soon as the race starts to immediately get ahead out Ingo. 
Now, during the first race, you only need to press A two or three times. Ingo 
isn't that fast and shouldn't cut in front of you as long as you aren't going 
ridiculously slow. Also, when making turns, make them sharp and to the inside 
to cut Ingo off and make him go to the outside. After hitting A two or three 
times, let your carrots refill. Near the end, just unload everything and go as 
fast as you can to the finish line.

If you win, Ingo will challenge you to another race and will tell you that you 
can keep the horse if you win again. Say Yes to this challenge. The second race 
is a little harder, as Ingo is faster. Like the first time, he will cheat and 
get a head start, so you have to be fast out of the gate. Get ahead of Ingo and 
make inside turns. This time, hit A in intervals of three or four, and let it 
refill. When you get to the end, just let out all of your carrots to get to the 
finish line.

Ingo will keep his promise if we win, and we can keep Epona as ours! But Ingo 
will NOT let us leave the ranch, and he'll close the gates on us! But, we have 
a way of getting around this. You will see two fences on opposite sides of this 
ranch. Just have Epona jump over them and we'll be back in Hyrule Field! 
 
------------- 
Hyrule Field
-------------

We now have Epona all to ourselves after that somewhat dramatic escape. A 
couple of things about Epona:

1) She cannot be used in cities or towns, just in open fields.
2) You can call her over any time by playing Epona's Song.
3) You can only use a Fairy Bow while riding Epona, which we currently do not 
have.

Also, you may run into Big Poes while riding around Hyrule Field as Epona. 
Ignore them for now, as we cannot defeat them yet. Instead, go to Kakariko 
Village.

-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------

Alright, lots of changes have happened here over seven years. Most notably:

1) Several of the people you saw at the Market will be in this village now.
2) That building that was under construction as Young Link is a Shooting 
Gallery now.
3) The Bazaar and the Potion Shop have moved from the Market to here. Both 
buildings are just in front of the entrance to Death Mountain Trail. The Bazaar 
is the building on the left (which used to be the house of the little kid in 
the Graveyard), and the Potion Shop is on the right (which used to be a vacant 
building).
4) You can go through the Potion Shop to get to the area behind it.

We'll have a lot more to talk about here, but first, head to the central tree 
and talk to the two people. One of them will mention how they saw the ghost of 
Dampe with a treasure in the Graveyard. And we need that Treasure. So let's 
head to the Graveyard!

---------- 
Graveyard
----------

There's not much that's different with the Graveyard as Adult Link, but we can 
now move the graves during the daytime, as no one is here. Also, Poes do hang 
out outside of their graves now.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: You can only get the Piece of Heart here if you planted the 
Magic Bean in the soil as a kid. Go to where the soil was and you'll see a big, 
giant leaf in its place. Step on the lead and it will take you upward. At the 
top, get onto the ledge where there is a crate. Roll into the crate and you'll 
find a Piece of Heart!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Now, Dampe is dead, but his ghost does live on. To get to his grave, go left on 
the stone path, then up, then to the left again. His grave is the furthest to 
the left (the one with the flowers in front of it). Pull back the grave and go 
into the hole that it reveals.

Down here, we'll find the ghost of Dampe. He will have a race with you. In this 
"race", it doesn't matter who wins. Just follow Dampe the entire time. He 
leaves behind a trail of flames. Just be careful not to touch the flames as 
they will knock you back. If you get too far away from Dampe, you will be taken 
back to the beginning of this place. So just follow Dampe the entire time and 
don't take too long. During the first "race" it doesn't matter how long it 
takes for you to get to the end.

At the end of the race, talk to Dampe. He will leave behind a large chest, 
which holds his treasure. Open it to get the Hookshot. This is an item that you 
can use to latch onto distant objects and be pulled to them (mostly wooden 
objects, like crates). There are also targets that you can use for the 
Hookshot. You can use the Hookshot to also attack and stun enemies. After you 
have the Hookshot, proceed into the next room. You will be blocked by two blue 
blocks that has the Door of Time engraving on them, so play the Song of Time to 
remove the blocks. Now, climb up the ledge, up the stairs, and you'll find 
yourself at the Windmill in Kakariko Village.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: We can also get the Piece of Heart in this windmill now. Just 
jump onto the platform it is on (or use the spinning platform in the middle) to 
get onto it and pick up the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

Before leaving the Windmill, go talk to the man. This guy was overly happy as 
Young Link, but now he looks pretty angry. He will mention that a little kid 
came into his windmill and played a song on an Ocarina that messed up his 
windmill. Now, pull out your Ocarina and he will play that song, which is 
called the Song of Storms.

SONG OF STORMS

L, R, A, L, R, A

Just repeat the notes to learn the song. The Song of Storms obviously makes it 
rain out, but it can be used to find secret holes too. And it will be important 
for later on. After learning the Song of Storms, the windmill will be spinning 
pretty fast, so get out of here.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: We can get another Piece of Heart now. If you want it, go back 
to the Graveyard and race Dampe again. This time, you need to get to the end in 
a minute or less, and Dampe will leave behind a Piece of Heart at the end. This 
can be difficult. You need to be quick, so keep pressing A to roll around a 
lot. However, you can't be too aggressive, as this increases your chances of 
rolling into a flame and slowing yourself down, so use it in spots where it is 
safe.

This is difficult, but keep trying and you'll eventually get the Piece of 
Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 

*******************************************************************************
THE BIG GORON SWORD
 
----------------- 
Kakariko Village
-----------------

We have the equipment we need to get to the Forest Temple, but we're not going 
there just yet. Instead, how about a new toy?

While you're in Kakariko Village, talk to the Cucco Lady. She is in the same 
spot as she was as Young Link. She tells you she's been breeding a rare kind of 
Cucco, and one that won't give her goosebumps. She will ask if you want to take 
her Cucco Egg, so say Yes.

Like the Egg you got from Malon, this Egg will hatch after a day. Unlike the 
last time though, we don't need to wait, just play the Sun's Song twice to turn 
day into night and then vice versa. After day, the Egg will hatch, turning into 
a Pocket Cucco. However, the Cucco isn't very happy, and as the lady explains, 
it can only be happy when it wakes up a lazy, sleepy person.

So, where is one? Go down to the house across from the tree. In here, you will 
find Talon sound asleep on the bed. Use the Cucco in front of Talon to wake him 
up. If you want to, talk to Talon who will say that he's heading back to 
Lon Lon Ranch now.

Anyhow, once you're done, present the Cucco to the Cucco Lady. She will notice 
that the Cucco looks very happy. She will then give us a blue-colored Cucco 
named Cojiro, who apparently never crows. It was her brother's Cucco, and she 
has no idea where her brother is. Her brother is in the Lost Woods, so let's go 
there.

-----------
Lost Woods
-----------

At the start of the Lost Woods, go left into the area where the Skull Kid was. 
You'll find a person sitting against the tree branch. Present Cojiro to this 
person and he will ask to have him back. In exchange, this person will give you 
an Odd Mushroom. He wants you to bring it to the old person who runs the Potion 
Shop in Kakariko Village. However, you have a time limit to deliver this 
mushroom. You have three minutes to do so. If the time expires, you'll wind up 
back in front of this man and have to do this process again.

If you planted your Magic Beans in the Lost Woods, there is a shortcut out of 
here. Go left into the next area and ride the giant leaf and jump onto the 
bridge leading out of there. Otherwise, you'll have to go out through Kokiri 
Forest.

Once you get to Hyrule Field, get on Epona and get to Kakariko Village as fast 
as you can. If it is nighttime, play the Sun's Song BEFORE going into Kakariko 
Village.

-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------

The potion shop the person mentioned wasn't the one that moved here from the 
Market. Go into the Potion Shop (remember, it is the building in front of the 
entrance to Death Mountain) and take the path leading to the backdoor. Out 
here, go up the stairs and into the building. Present the lady the Odd Mushroom 
and she will give you an Odd Poultice. She claims that "it is the strongest 
medicine I have ever produced", while claiming "there is no potion that can 
cure a fool." Wonder how many people in the real world would agree with that 
statement...

With the Odd Poultice in hand, head back to the Lost Woods.

-----------
Lost Woods
-----------

Like last time, go Left from the Start of the Lost Woods into the area where 
the Skull Kid was. However, we'll find that the man has been replaced by a girl 
from Kokiri Forest. Present the Odd Poultice to the girl, who will want the 
medicine as it comes from the forest. She will give us the Poacher's Saw that 
the man left behind. We need to give this to a man in Gerudo Valley.

If you don't know how to get to Gerudo Valley, go to Hyrule Field. Go to the 
western area on the map. You will see a brown area with some rocks up top. Go 
up the slope into this area. The entrance is at the end. Be sure that you have 
Epona with you!

-------------- 
Gerudo Valley
--------------

When you enter the area, use Epona to slowly cross that wooden board. Now, 
ahead of you is a broken bridge with a large gap. You can use Epona running at 
the bridge to leap over the gap. At the other side, you'll find a man standing 
outside the tent. Give him the Poacher's Saw and he will give you the Broken 
Goron Sword in return. We have to bring this to the Death Mountain Trail. So 
get on Epona, jump across the broken bridge, and get to Death Mountain Trail.

---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------

The person that we need to give the Broken Goron Sword to is at the very top of 
the mountain. However, if you planted a Magic Bean here as a kid, you can use 
the new, big leaf (located at the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern) as a shortcut 
to the top. Using the leaf, you can get as far as the area with the falling 
rocks and boulders. If not, then you need to manually climb up the mountain. 
Remember, before the top of the mountain is a wall you must climb up. This wall 
still has Skullwalltulas, and you must defeat them with your Hookshot first, 
otherwise they will knock you off.

When you get to the very top, walk a bit to the ride and a very large Goron 
will get up. Notice that he is rubbing his eyes. If you talk to him, he'll 
mention how his brother opened a shop in Goron City, but this Goron will state 
that he makes better swords than he does. Present him the Broken Goron Sword 
and he will mention that that sword is his. He would fix it, but is currently 
having eye problems due to the recent eruption on this mountain. He will then 
give you a Prescription to take to King Zora for new eye drops. So, head over 
to Zora's Domain to get to King Zora. You can get there the same way as Young 
Link. Go up Zora's River and play Zelda's Lullaby to open the entrance up.

However, heed this warning. Before going to Zora's River, place Epona at the 
front of the river in Hyrule Field. This is so that you can immediately get to 
Lake Hylia.

-------------- 
Zora's Domain
--------------

Go up to King Zora and you'll find that he is frozen. Well, that's a problem. 
We can unfreeze the King using Blue Fire. You can get Blue Fire at the Potion 
Shop at Kakariko Village for 300 Rupees. Um, yeah, sure. We can get it for free 
in the Ice Cavern. How do we get there? Well, go behind King Zora to Zora's 
Fountain.

---------------- 
Zora's Fountain
----------------

Lord Jabu-Jabu has been replaced by numerous ice sheets acting as platforms. To 
get to the Ice Cavern, jump across the first few ice sheets. You should then 
see a spinning ice sheet to your left. Jump onto this ice sheet and then jump 
across the next three. At the end should be a higher ledge and a cave entrance. 
Go inside to get to the Ice Cavern.

-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------

There's a lot we can do here, but for now, we're only here for the Blue Fire. 
Be sure to have an Empty Bottle. At the start of this place, follow the hall 
until you get to a large room. You will be surrounded by several Freezards, 
which are statue-like enemies. Defeat all of them to open up the path leading 
to the next room. Just out for their icy breaths and attack very fast. In the 
next area, destroy the icicles in your way and then follow the hall into the 
next room. You must collect all of the Silver Rupees (worth 5 each) to solve 
the puzzle.

1 and 2) The first two Silver Rupees are around that spinning blade fan. Watch 
out for the fan.

3) The next one is on the outer edge of where the blade fan spins, so quickly 
pick it up.

4) The fourth is behind a set of icicles. Just destroy the icicles with your 
sword to get it.

5) The final Super Rupee is on top of the high ledge. Climb up there and jump 
off the ledge to get it.

After all of the Silver Rupees are collected, some bars will open up at the top 
of the ledge near the 5th Rupee, so go into the opening. In here, just follow 
the opening until you get to a bigger room. Watch out for the Freezard along 
the way.

When you get to the bigger room, climb up the ledges and jump across the 
platforms until you get to a pit of Blue Fire. Watch out for the Freezards and 
the Ice Keeses in this room. When you get to the fire, capture some of it using 
an Empty Bottle. With the Blue Fire in hand, get out of here and go back to 
King Zora. Just retrace your steps towards the entrance.

--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------

Just get up to King Zora and dump the Blue Fire on the ice next to him to 
unfreeze him. Now, stand on the platform in front of the king. Talk to him and 
he will give you a Zora Tunic! We can use this to go underwater and NOT drown. 
Also, show him the Prescription and he will give us the Eyeball Frog. In order 
to turn this into eye drops, we MUST give this to the lady at the laboratory in 
Lake Hylia.

This is the most difficult part of the quest. You have 3 minutes to get to Lake 
Hylia, and you don't have a whole of time to spare. Get out of Zora's Domain as 
fast as you can. Follow Zora's River back to Hyrule Field. Now, get on Epona 
and high-tail it to Lake Hylia. The entrance is in the southwest corner of 
Hyrule Field, beyond two fences.

----------- 
Lake Hylia
-----------

When you get to the laboratory, turn Epona around so that she is facing away 
from the lab. Now, get off of her and head into the laboratory.
 
Give the Eyeball Frog to the lady. She will initially think it's for dinner, 
but is disappointed to find out that it's going to be used as eye drops. She 
will then give you the World's Finest Eyedrops. You need to deliver these back 
to Big Goron on top of Death Mountain. You also have a time limit with this 
item. You have 4 minutes to bring it back to Big Goron, so Epona is necessary.

Also, be warned that if you mess up here, you need to start all the way back in 
front of King Zora with the Prescription.

So, get on Epona, get out of Lake Hylia, gallop across Hyrule Field, and get to 
Death Mountain as fast as you can.

---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------
 
This is where that Magic Bean being planted REALLY helps out Adult Link. You 
can use it to save a good amount of time by skipping about half the mountain. 
If you didn't plant the Magic Bean, then you can still make it, but you'll have 
less time to spare. Like last time, be careful around the falling rocks and 
destroy the Skullwalltulas near the top of the mountain so that you can climb 
the wall. At the top, quickly give the Eye Drops to Big Goron. You'll hear two 
massive drops go into his eyes (which can be heard anywhere in the mountain) 
and he'll let out a big "WOW!" With his eyes now back in top shape, he'll work 
on fixing the broken sword. It will take three days for him to have the sword 
ready.

What you can do is just play the Sun's Song six times in a row, which is the 
equivalent of three days passing by. Afterward, if done correctly, present the 
Claim Check to Big Goron, and he will give you Big Goron's Sword in return! 
 
The Big Goron's Sword is arguably the most powerful weapon in this game. It is 
even stronger than the evil-destroying Master Sword. I highly recommend using 
this sword for fighting for the rest of the game. The only drawback to this 
sword is that Link needs two hands to hold onto the sword, meaning he can't use 
his shield at the same time.

Save your game. With the Big Goron's Sword in our hand, equip it. Now, let's 
now get to the Forest Temple.

END BIG GORON'S SWORD TRADING SEQUENCE 
*******************************************************************************

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4h. An Old Friend in the Forest Temple
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

Let's start out by going to the Kokiri Forest.

--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------

Holy smokes! What happened to this place? It's been completely overtaken by 
monsters! There are Deku Babas and Deku Scrubs everywhere! All of the kids have 
moved indoors. Talking to them, you will find that Saria has gone to the Forest 
Temple and hasn't come back, some of them will think you look very familiar, 
and some will say that Link has left the forest and never came back (while not 
recognizing you).

Also, you can't go into the Deku Tree as Adult Link, if you were wondering. The 
entrance into the tree isn't even there.

If you planted the Magic Bean next to Item Shop as a kid, the leaf will take 
you around the forest. The only new area you can get to is this little alcove 
near the item shop that has several Rupees on it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula exclusive to Adult Link here. It is 
found on the Twin Sister's house (the house across the from the item shop). 
When you find this Skulltula, you can attack it with your Hookshot. After the 
Gold Skulltula is destroyed, you can then use your Hookshot again to reel in 
the token.

If you had gotten all of the prior Gold Skulltulas here as Young Link, you will 
now have defeated all of the Gold Skulltulas in the Kokiri Forest.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
So, the Forest Temple is in the Sacred Forest Meadow, where we learned Saria's 
Song. So let's go to the Lost Woods.

-----------
Lost Woods
-----------

We need to make our way to the Sacred Forest Meadow. Start by going right, 
left, right. The entrance we need to go through is on the left, but Mido is 
blocking it and won't let anyone through. If you talk to Mido, he says that he 
promised Saria that he wouldn't let anyone go through this area. He will only 
let us through if we can prove that we are friends with Saria, so play Saria's 
Song.

Mido will be surprised, claiming that Saria only taught that song to her 
friends. He also mentions that he remembers "him" (Young Link) when looking at 
you. You know, what if Link ever admitted to these kids that he was all grown 
up? Anyhow, proceed through the entrance.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: In the next area, go left to the area where the Forest Stage 
is. If you planted the Magic Bean here, you can get a Gold Skulltula. Ride the 
big leaf up to the ledge at the top. Destroy the Gold Skulltula at the top and 
then pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Go back into the previous area. With your back against the area leading towards 
the Forest Stage, go left (or straight if coming from where you saw Mido). Go 
left, and then right to get to the Sacred Forest Meadow.

----------------------
Sacred Forest Meadow
----------------------

Ok, you have to be pretty careful here. There are Moblins, which are giant-like 
enemies patrolling the maze ahead. If they spot you, they will charge at you 
with their spear and drive you into the water. Before entering the maze, Navi 
gives you some pretty good advice on how to deal with the upcoming area. When 
going through the maze, hold down L so that you are always looking straight, 
and won't be caught off-guard by an off-camera enemy. So let's head into the 
maze.

The first Moblin is around the corner. Wait until his back is to you. You can 
destroy it in one hit with your Hookshot. With the Moblin gone, go right and 
head around the corner. There is another Moblin here, so stay back and attack 
it when it is safe. Head down the next path and go around the corner to the 
right on the other side.

There is a Moblin down the next path, so defeat it when it is safe to do so. Go 
down the path and then go through the opening you see on the left, through the 
patch of flowers. In here, go right and head around the corner. There is a 
Moblin here, so attack it when its back is to you.

|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may also hear the sound of a Gold Skulltula swishing. It 
will be up against the wall to your right. Look up and you should see it. 
Defeat it with the Hookshot and then reel the token in with your Hookshot. This 
should be the last Gold Skulltula found in the Lost Woods.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

From the Gold Skulltula, jump into the water nearby. Do NOT climb up the ledge 
to the next area just yet, as there may be a Moblin waiting for you. Climb up 
to the ledge when it is safe, and then head up the stairs to your right.

At the top of the stairs is a Club Moblin. This one doesn't charge at you with 
a spear, but instead smashes the ground with his club, creating a shockwave on 
the ground that is coming at you. One strategy to avoid this is get on one side 
(either left or right) and wait for the Moblin to raise his club. When this 
happens, move to the other side as he will send the shockwave towards your 
previous spot. Repeat this until you get to the Club Moblin, then defeat him 
with your sword when you get up close. Get behind him, as he is unable to turn 
around and continue attacking. When all is said and done, head up the next set 
of steps.

We'll be back at Link and Saria's secret place. Link will walk up to the tree 
stump and find that Saria isn't there. Shiek will then appear and teach us a 
new song, the Minuet of Forest.

MINUET OF FOREST 
 
L, A, X, Y, X, Y

Repeat the music notes to learn the song, as usual. The Minuet of Forest is a 
warping song. We can use it to warp to that panel in the middle of the area at 
almost any time. Afterwards, Shiek will leave, using I guess some super-awesome 
Deku Nut.

Now, the Forest Temple is just above us. The staircase leading to it seems to 
have crumbled, but we can get to it with the Hookshot. Just fire the Hookshot 
at the tree branch hanging just above the stairs. Link will latch onto the tree 
branch and be pulled to it. Now, enter the Forest Temple.

--------------
Forest Temple
--------------

To be honest, the Forest Temple music is probably one of my two favorite music 
tracks in this game. Upon entering, turn right and climb up the vines you see. 
Use them to get on top of the dead tree next to you.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Well, that is fast. You probably noticed the Gold Skulltula 
climbing up the vines. Just defeat it with the Hookshot and then reel in the 
token with the Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, walk across the tree branch. You will come 
across another tree, which has a mini chest on it. You can either jump onto 
this tree, or use your Hookshot to pull yourself to the mini chest, which I 
think is safer. Open the chest to get the Small Key. Now, drop back down to the 
floor below you. Watch out for the Wolfos that have appeared, and then open the 
door. In this hallway, you will notice a Big Skulltula hanging from the 
ceiling. Fortunately, these are easier to defeat as Adult Link (and faster). 
Just fire your Hookshot at it to defeat it. Now, open the door leading to the 
next room.

There is an elevator in the middle of this room. However, the four flames on 
the torches surrounding the elevator will turn into Poes, and float away, 
making the elevator inaccessible. So in order to use that elevator, we must get 
all four torches lighted up again. Head to the other side of the room, head up 
the stairs. Before opening the door, stop.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall to your right. Defeat it 
with your Hookshot and reel in the toen with the Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
With the Gold Skulltula defeated, open the door. There is a Blue Bubble in this 
hallway. Just run into it holding your shield out to get rid of the blue 
flames, and then attack the skull with your sword. Anyhow, open the door on the 
other side of the room. The door will lock when entering the next room.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI BOSS: STALFOS (x2)
Difficulty: Medium

The only reason I give these guys a Medium rating is that they are a bit 
strong. One hit from their sword attack takes away a full heart, so be careful. 
Stalfos are skeleton-like enemies. They also have shields, making it difficult 
to attack them. L-Target them and wait for them to attack. This is when their 
shields will drop, so get a quick strike in there with your own sword.

Both of them should go down after a few hits with your sword.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After the fight, a mini chest will appear, so open it and get the Small Key. 
Now, head back to the room that had the elevator. Back in here, head down the 
stairs and jump off the ledge. Turn right and head into the opening. You'll 
find a blue block with the Door of Time engraving on it, so play the Song of 
Time to remove it. Open the door that you find behind here.

Watch out for the Big Deku Baba when entering the room. Defeat it and then head 
right, where you will find vines on the wall. Before climbing up the vines, 
destroy the Skullwalltulas with your Hookshot. Now, climb up the vines. Climb 
into the opening at the top. Up here, open the door in front of you. In this 
room, the doors will lock when entering. Defeat the Blue Bubble in here by 
running into it with your shield and then hitting the exposed skull with your 
sword. After defeating it, a large chest will appear. Open it for the Dungeon 
Map, and then open the door on the other side of this room.

Defeat the Deku Baba in front of you and then look left. You should see another 
balcony. To get to this balcony, look above it and you'll see a white circle. 
This is a target for your Hookshot. Use your Hookshot to pull yourself onto 
that target and then to land onto the balcony. On here, hit the switch in front 
of you. This will drain out the water in the well on the ground below us. So 
jump off the balcony and onto the ground. Down here, defeat the Big Deku Baba 
and the Octorok in the water.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: This one is a bit tricky to get. It is on the wall on the 
higher ledge across from the water. Your Hookshot, depending on where you are, 
can extend out just long enough to reach it. If you can't reach it, get as 
close to the water's edge as you can. Also, making small adjustments to where 
you are aiming the Hookshot can help defeat the Gold Skulltula and reel in the 
token. We can get this with the Longshot later, but it's recommended to do it 
now and not need a second trip.

Keep trying!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you have the Gold Skullulta, go over to the well and climb down the 
ladder. At the bottom, just run across the long, straight path and pick up the 
Hearts if you need them. At the end, just open up the mini chest for another 
Small Key. You should have three in your inventory by now. Now, climb up the 
vines to get out of this well. Up here, get to the ground below you, and then 
go up the stairs and open the door at the top. We'll be back in the elevator 
room. From here, go straight and climb up the ledge to your right. At the top, 
head up the stairs. You'll be in front of a locked door. Open it with a Small 
Key.

This is another short hallway. Defeat the Big Skulltula on the ceiling with the 
Hookshot, and then open the door on the other side of the hall. There is a 
long, and sometimes confusing puzzle in this room involving pushing blocks 
around. Start by climbing up the two ladders across from you. At the top, head 
into the tunnel around the corner. Navi will point out that there are arrows on 
the floor. These arrows show us where to push the blocks around. Head into the 
first opening to your left, where you will find a large, blue stone block. Pull 
the block out until it is out of the opening completely. Now, push the block 
forward until it bumps into the wall. To complete this puzzle, go into the 
opening where the block was. Use this path to get to the other side of the 
block. On this side, push the block into the ditch and we will have solved the 
first puzzle!

Even with this puzzle solved, don't climb up the blue block just yet. Instead, 
facing the block, turn right and then go into the opening to your right, where 
the blue block originally was. To the left is a ladder, so climb up it. At the 
top, head right and then go through the tunnel to your right. Across from you 
is a brown block. Push this all the way until it hits the wall and you can no 
longer push it. Now, turn around, head back down the ladder, and go to where 
the blue block is pushed into. Climb up the blue block and then climb up to the 
ledge to your right. Up here, turn right and you will see the brown block. Just 
push it forward and it will eventually be pushed into the little pit. Now, we 
can climb up it and then climb up to the higher floor.

Up here, head right and go around the corner. You will get to a ladder, so 
climb up it. At the top, go around the corner and you will get to a larger 
room. Note the eye switch right above the door. We'll need to come back to this 
later. For now, open the locked door in this room using the Small Key. We will 
be in a twisted hallway (which Navi points out). Just get to the opening on the 
other side of this hallway. Navi will then alert you to watch out for the 
shadows of monsters that hang from the ceiling. Basically, there is an enemy 
called a Wallmaster in this room. If you hang around too long, you'll notice 
that a shadow appear above your head. If you don't move, the monster will pick 
you up and bring you back to the start of the dungeon. Anyway, jump onto the 
pillar and then get to the opening to your right. Open the locked door in front 
of you using a Small Key.

You will notice a picture with a Poe in it across from you. It will disappear 
if you get close to it, but ignore it for now. Instead, head down the flight of 
stairs. At the bottom, open the door across from you. The door in the next room 
will lock. Mini-boss time!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: STALFOS (x3)
Difficulty: Medium

Watch out in the first part of the fight, as there is a pit in the middle of 
the room. Let the first Stalfos come to you. Like the first fight, you can 
attack it when it is about to attack you.

After the first Stalfos is defeated, a platform will lower to cover the gap in 
the middle of the room. Then, two more Stalfos will appear. Defeat both of them 
quickly.
*******************************************************************************

After the fight, both doors will unlock. More importantly, a large chest will 
appear in the middle of the room. Open it and you will get the Fairy Bow! This 
is Adult Link's equivalent of the Slingshot. Immediately assign this weapon to 
X or Y, as we will be using this weapon a lot. To use it, press your assigned 
button to take it out, and then press it again to fire an arrow. Your current 
quiver, by the way (which can be upgraded), can hold up to 30 arrows, so keep 
that in mind. With the Fairy Bow in hand, head back to the previous room. If 
you don't remember, it was the door with the red carpet.

Now, there are three pictures here and one Poe. You must fire an arrow using 
your Fairy Bow at the picture that has the Poe in it. If you see a Poe in front 
of a picture, looking at it directly in most cases will cause the Poe to move 
to another picture, so you have to be sneaky.

1) If the Poe is on the picture at the top of the second flight of stairs, stay 
at the bottom of the stairs. Now, move a little to the right (out of the path 
of the stairs), so that you aren't directly facing the picture. Fire an arrow 
at the picture to make the Poe go away.

2) There are two more picture frames. One is at the bottom of the second flight 
of stairs, while the other is above the first flight of stairs. Again, to 
attack the picture with the Poe without having the Poe disappear, stay out of 
the direct line of sight of the picture (as in, stay to the side)

3) Taking care of the last picture will be easy, as there is no place for the 
Poe to go. Just stand in front of it and fire your Bow at the picture.

With all three picture frames gone, the Red Poe will go down to the bottom 
floor, where we fight it face to face. This Poe's name is Joelle, one of the 
four Poe Sisters. The only way you can defeat her is with a Bow. It is an easy, 
but long and drawn out fight. L-Target Joelle and hit her with an arrow. She 
will then disappear. During this time, keep track of her and dodge her as she 
charges at you (while invisible) with her torch. She will then re-appear, so 
quickly fire another arrow at her, and this whole process will repeat. Repeat 
this entire fight until Joelle is defeated. Once she is defeated, you will 
notice the red flame on the torch will move over to the torch next to the door. 
This will also light up one of the four torches in the elevator room. Also, a 
small chest will appear, so open it to get a Small Key. Now, head up the stairs 
and open the door at the top. Backtrack back to the twisted hallway and open 
the door at the end.

Remember that eye switch I mentioned? Fire at the eye to make it close. The 
hallway in the next room will un-twist itself (which also moves around the 
objects in the room right after). So, go back into the next room, head across 
the hallway, and then jump into the floor below you. Down here, open the blue 
chest and you'll find the Boss Key. This will allow us to get into the room 
where the boss is located. Now, drop into the pit below you. Down here, destroy 
both Blue Bubbles (hit the flames with your shield to get rid of them), and the 
door in this room will unlock, so open it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Out in this room, turn left. Jump onto that narrow walkway that 
has two hearts on it, and slowly walk to the other side. There is a Gold 
Skulltula on the wall up above. Destroy it with the Hookshot and then reel in 
the token with the Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After you defeat the Gold Skulltula, turn around and get back onto the walkway 
across from you. Back on here, turn left and defeat the Big Deku Baba. Across 
from you is a door, but don't open it yet. Instead, go into the opening to your 
right and open the door. The door will lock, and we will then have to fight an 
enemy called a Floormaster. It is a hand-shaped enemy, and we cannot attack it 
when it is green. When you hit it, it will split into three tiny hands. Quickly 
destroy all of them before they regroup back into a Floormaster. One way to 
defeat the little hands is to use a magic spinning attack so that the increased 
range of your sword will hit all of them. When they are defeated, a mini chest 
will appear in this room, so open it for the Small Key. The door in this room 
will unlock too, so leave. Back out here, open the door to your right.

We'll be back in the room that had the stone block puzzles. Climb back up to 
the top of the room. Before going through the door at the top, shoot the eye 
switch again, which will open the eye. This will twist the hallway and allow us 
to get into the hallway beyond that one. So, go through the door, go through 
both hallways, and you'll be back in the room where you fought the Red Poe, 
Joelle. From here,head into the room with the Fairy Bow. In here, open the door 
across from you that has a blue carpet in front of it.

This room is exactly the same as the room we just fought Joelle. There are 
three pictures and a Poe is in one of them. You must again shoot an arrow at 
the picture with the Poe on this, eventually destroying all three pictures. 
Again, avoid being in a direct line-of-sight from the pictures. Once you've 
done this, the blue-colored Poe will go down to the bottom, so follow her. This 
Poe's name is Beth. Like the first Poe, you must hit it with an arrow when it 
is visible. Hitting Beth will cause her to go invisible, so wait for her to re-
emerge and then fire again. Once she is eventually defeated, the blue flame on 
her torch will carry over to the torch in this room. A large chest will also 
appear, so open it for the Compass. Now, head up both flights of stairs in this 
room. At the top, open the locked door across from you with the Small Key.

In here, Navi will alert you again to watch out for the monsters from the 
ceiling above. This time, climb up the ladder to your right to get into the 
hallway. This is a non-twisted hallway. Unlock the door at the other end using 
the Small Key and then open the door.

You will notice four pillars spinning around the torch in the middle of the 
room. There is also a frozen eye switch in this room. What you have to do is 
get on one of the spinning pillars. Take out your Fairy Bow, and then line up 
your Bow so that when both the torch and the switch are in front of you, fire 
the arrow. If done correctly, the arrow will go through the fire and then hit 
the ice, causing the ice to melt and then for the switch to activate. This is 
tricky, and can take several tries. Once you hit the switch, the hallway in the 
previous room will be twisted. Go through the twisted hallway and then jump 
into the pit at the bottom. Down here, you'll notice a hole in the floor, so 
jump through it.

Down here, you will be in a long room with a checker-patterned floor. Walk 
forward and Navi will tell you to watch for the falling ceiling. When the 
ceiling falls, look for gaps in the ceiling. These are safe spots that you can 
stand under when the ceiling falls. Also, watch out, as if you get hit by the 
falling ceiling, you'll have to start this puzzle again. When progressing 
through the room, also watch out for the Big Skulltulas that drop from the 
ceiling. The fastest way to beat them is with the Hookshot, so quickly defeat 
them before the ceiling falls. Remember to stand under an opening in the 
ceiling when it falls, so you won't get hurt. While going through this room, 
you also must hit the switch on the ride side of the wall to open up the locked 
door across from you, so be sure to get to the switch and step on it. 
Eventually, you'll get to the other side of the room. Open the door at the end.

In this room, there will be a picture with a Green Poe to your left. Shoot at 
the picture and you will have to solve a puzzle. Five little blocks will drop 
to the ground. Each block as a piece of the Poe from the picture. You must push 
together four of the blocks to get the complete picture of the Poe. One of the 
five blocks is NOT required for this, so push it off to the side. You also have 
one minute to do this. If time runs out, the blocks will turn over, scrambling 
the puzzle, and you will have to try this again.

Once the puzzle is solved (again, by pushing them together to form the complete 
picture of the Poe), the Green Poe will come out of the picture to attack you. 
Her name is Amy. You fight Amy the same way you fought her other two sisters. 
Attack her with the Bow when she's visible, avoid her when he's invisible, and 
repeat. After the fight, her green flame on the torch she was carrying will 
carry over to the torch in this room. The door in this room will also unlock, 
so open it. Three down, one to go!

Destroy the Big Skulltula hanging from the ceiling and then open the door at 
the other end of this short hall. We are back in the elevator room. Head to the 
middle of the area where you will find a purple Poe. Walk up to her and the 
fight will begin.

******************************************************************************
MINI-BOSS: Meg
Difficulty: Easy

The catch to this fight is that Meg, the purple Poe, will divide herself into 
four Megs. You must find out which is the real one. Stand in the middle and pay 
attention. The Meg that spins around at the start is the real one, so quickly 
attack the one that spins. If you hit the real one, Meg will go invisible. 
Hitting a fake one will cause it to disappear. If you take too long, Meg will 
attack you.

When you hit the real one, Meg will go invisible. Wait for her to re-emerge, 
along with her clones, and then attack the real, spinning one again. Just 
repeat this process until Meg is defeated.
*******************************************************************************

At the end of the fight, Meg's purple flame will light the fourth and final 
torch. The elevator will come out from the floor, so we can stand on it and 
ride it down to the floor below.

Down here is one last puzzle. You will notice two blue carpets and two red 
carpets, and a wall surrounding the area. The two blue carpets lead into 
openings that are locked. To unlock them, we need to hit switches that are in 
other parts of this room. We can access other parts of this room by moving the 
wall around.

First, look at your map and make sure you are facing the northern part of this 
room, which leads to the boss. Now, turn left. See the two parts of the wall 
sticking out? Get to the right of this notch and push it to the left. This will 
cause the walls to move around in this room. It will also cause the openings to 
lead to other parts of the room. To put this in another way, push the walls 
around so that they are moving counterclockwise around the area. Looking at the 
map, the opening to the northwest room should now be available. There is a 
switch in this room, so step on it. This will open up a locked gate behind one 
of the red carpets. Now, push the notch on the wall so that it is moved. Both 
notches should now be on the blue carpets, while the openings should be on the 
red carpets.

Go through the opening in the east part of the room and hit the switch. This 
should open a locked gate behind one of the rooms that has a blue carpet going 
into it. With the switch hit, push the notches on the wall to that they are 
moved once again. Using the map, the notches should be on the northwest and 
southeast diagonal spots, while the openings should be on the northeast and 
southwest spots.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: The final Gold Skulltula is down here. With the openings on the 
wall on the southwest and northeast. Go into the southwest opening. In front of 
you is a Big Skulltula, so destroy it. If you need Arrows for your Bow, open 
the mini-chest. The Gold Skulltula is up on the wall to the right of the chest, 
so destroy it and reel in the token with the Hookshot. We now have all Gold 
Skulltulas in the Forest Temple!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you defeat the final Gold Skulltula in this place, push the notches one 
more time counterclockwise. The openings should now be on the blue carpets. Go 
through the southern opening and hit the switch. Hitting the switch here will 
unlock the final gate, on the northern opening in this place. Go into the 
opening now on the north side. In here, go down the hallway. At the end is a 
locked door. Unlock the door by using your Boss Key and we'll go through.

In this room, head up the stairs into the little arena up top. Now, try to 
exit. Suddenly, spiked bars will rise up from the floor and we will be trapped. 
Then we will see the boss, Phantom Ganon!

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS

Evil Spirit from Beyond
Phantom Ganon

Difficulty: Medium

Yes, he is titled "Evil Spirit from Beyond." Did they take that name out of a 
superhero comic book or something? At the beginning of the fight, he will also 
remove his fake face and have the face of an actual ghost.

Anyhow, Phantom Ganon is floating in the air on his horse. There are two parts 
to this boss. Note that the room is surrounded with pictures. At the beginning 
of the fight, Phantom Ganon will jump into one of the pictures, and go down the 
little path in this picture. During this time, take out your Fairy Bow and 
closely monitor all of the pictures. Phantom Ganon will be coming down the path 
and out of the picture. There are two Phantom Ganons, and one of them is real. 
The real one looks a bit lighter, will have its horse making galloping sounds, 
and comes out of the picture in a purple vortex. When you find the real Ganon, 
quickly fire an arrow at it (shoot that purple vortex).

If you are not fast enough, Phantom Ganon will completely jump out of the 
picture, and fire electricity at you. The only way to avoid this attack is to 
get on one of the Triforce symbols in the corner.

Hang in there, and keep shooting at the real Phantom Ganon whenever he is about 
to come out of the picture. After three hits, Phantom Ganon will ditch his 
horse and the second part of this fight will start.

PART II

In the second part, Phantom Ganon will be floating in the way. He will use his 
magic wand to fire an energy ball at you. You must use your sword to hit it 
back at Phantom Ganon. Either the ball will miss Phantom Ganon or he will hit 
it back at you, and in that case you must use your sword to hit it back at him. 
After a while, the energy ball will eventually hit Phantom Ganon and will stun 
him. During this time, attack him as many times as you can with your sword 
before he gets up.

His energy ball can do a good amount of damage, so don't get hit by it too 
much. Having Lon Lon Milk or a Fairy can help out a bit here too. And keep him 
L-Targeted, otherwise it may be difficult to hit the energy ball again.

Hang in there, and after hitting him many times with your sword (it only takes 
six hits with Big Goron's Sword), he will be defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

At the end of the fight, Phantom Ganon will mention that "it won't be easy" 
when you fight the real him, and that his Phantom self was one of his worst 
creations. He will eventually disintegrate, leaving behind a Heart Container, 
so pick it up. Also, step into the blue warp area and Link will be transported 
away in what looks like a blue glass (or a giant Blue Rupee, right?)

---------------------
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------

Link will be taken to the Chamber of the Sages, where Saria will emerge. She 
will become the Sage of the Forest Temple. Saria will then give us the Forest 
Medallion, adding her power to ours.

I will always be...your friend...

--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------

Link is then warped back to the Kokiri Forest, right in front of the Deku Tree. 
He will suddenly be surprised from a sprout that pops up from the ground. This 
is the Deku Tree sprout. He is now able to grow as we broke the curse in the 
Forest Temple. The sprout also explains how none of the Kokiri kids could 
recognize you, all grown up. Kokiri kids never grow up, and the fact that Link 
was able to grow up is because Link is actually a Hylian, not a Kokiri. The 
sprout reveals how Link ended up in this forest. Link was brought her by her 
mother to escape the war in Hyrule, and left Link in the hands of the Deku 
Tree.

Navi then comes in, telling us to go to the Temple of Time.

I should also note that all of the monsters crawling around this forest are 
gone, now that the Forest Temple is cleared. Everyone is back outside now!

For another fun twist, if you go to the Lost Woods and talk to Mido, He will 
realize that Saria isn't coming back, and then Saria kind of liked Link. Mido 
also tells us that if we ever run into Link (seeing as he can't recognize Link 
in front of him), to tell him that Mido is sorry for being mean to him.

Again, we need to go to the Temple of Time, but before we do that, who's up for 
slaying some Gerudos? Take Epona and go to Gerudo Valley.

--------------
Gerudo Valley
--------------

Now, in Geurdo Valley, the bridge is cut off. Walk slowly over the wooden path 
with Epona, and then run to the bridge at first speed. Epona will jump the gap 
and land on the other side. On the other side is a tent. Outside the tent is 
the boss carpenter. Remember him from Kakariko Village as Young Link? The guy 
who said all his workers are useless? If you talk to him, he'll mention that 
all four of his workers were tired of being carpenters, and wanted to be 
thieves, so they ran off to Gerudo's Fortress. He wants us to go check out how 
they're doing.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA (x2): There is a Gold Skulltula behind the tent up against the 
wall. Just go behind the tent, defeat it, and then reel it in with the 
Hookshot.

There is another Gold Skulltula in the area. From the first one, turn around. 
Across from you should be a rocky pillar. On the other side of this pillar is a 
Gold Skulltula. You can defeat it and reel in the token using your Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After you get both Gold Skulltulas, continue going down the path, into Gerudo's 
Fortress.

------------------ 
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------

You need to be VERY careful around here. There are Gerudos patrolling the area, 
and if they spot you, you will be thrown to prison. If you are thrown to 
prison, the entire area is wooden. You can escape by using your Hookshot above 
you (or by warping out).

When entering the area, go all the way straight, past the staircase on your 
right. Beyond the staircase is a slope leading upwards. Slowly walk up it. At 
the top, there will be an opening leading into a building across from you. 
Before running into it, carefully look to your right, where you will see a 
Gerudo patrolling around. You can actually knock out the Gerudo by firing an 
arrow at her, so hit her with an arrow. Once the Gerudo is down, go into the 
opening across from you.

PRISONER #1

The building is called the "Thieves' Hideout". In here, just head right and you 
will come to a prison area. A prisoner will call you over. Talk to him and you 
will find out he is one of the prisoners. He will tell you to be careful, and 
then watch out! 
 
You will be ambushed by a Geurdo Thief! Quickly turn around, L-Target here, and 
back off. She has two machetes that she will attack you with. Keep attacking 
her with her sword. If you let her get too close to you, she'll capture you and 
throw her into prison! Like Stalfos, attack right when they are about to 
attack. If you are fighting her from a distance, you can also attack her using 
your Fairy Bow.

After she is defeated, she will drop a Small Key. Pick it up and use it to open 
the prison cell. Go inside and talk to the prisoner. His name is Ichiro. He 
will explain that he and his buddies were interested in joining this all-female 
group, but were locked out because they are men. So, he'll tell you that three 
of his co-workers remain imprisoned, and then he'll wander off.

PRISONER #2

To get to the second prisoner, exit the building through the opening next to 
the prison. You'll be back outside. Out here, just head back into the building 
using the opening across from you. In here, head up the slope, now, peak to the 
right and look to the other side of this hall. You should see a Gerudo 
patrolling back and forth. She can't see you from here, so fire an arrow at her 
to knock her down. Now, head carefully to the other side of the hallway. Over 
here, look down the hall the Gerudo was patrolling, and you should see an even 
bigger room. In there are two Gerudos, so wait for them to come into your sight 
and then knock them down. Head into the bigger room afterwards.

There are two staircases you can take in this area. Take the staircase on your 
left, and head outside at the top. Out here, there is an opening next to you, 
so go into it and back into the hideout. In here, head down the ramp and you'll 
come into a prison area. Like the last time, talk to the prisoner after he 
calls you over and a Gerudo Thief will appear. Defeat her the same way you 
defeated the first one and she will drop a Small Key after being defeated. Use 
the Small Key to unlock the prison door, and then head inside to talk to the 
prisoner. This prisoner's name, for whatever it's worth, is Jiro.

After he trots out of here, leave this building the same way you came out.

PRISONER #3
 
You should be outside. Across from you should be a set of vines. Climb down 
them and go through the opening at the bottom leading back into the Hideout. In 
here, smash the jars for Arrows if you need them, and then head down the ramp. 
You'll be in another prison area. Talk to the prisoner, defeat the Gerudo 
Thief, pick up the Small Key, and open the prison door and talk to the prisoner 
again. The name of his prisoner is Sabooro. Three down, one to go!

PRISONER #4

This final prison area is usually the hardest for me to find. After saving the 
third prisoner, leave the prison and exit the building the same way you entered 
it. Back out here, climb up the vines across from you and then head into the 
hideout opening to the left. You'll be back in that big room that had two 
Gerudos patrolling around. They have come back, so be sure to knock them both 
out. You can easily take them out from your current position, as they won't see 
you. When both are knocked down, go down to the ground below you. Just watch 
out for the other Gerudo in the area. This time, take the staircase to the 
right and leave the building at the top.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Facing the opening you came out of, there is a platform to your 
left. Jump onto it. At night, there is a Gold Skulltula on the wall here. Just 
defeat it and then reel in the token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After defeating the Gold Skulltula, drop down to the platform just below you. 
Down here is another opening leading back into the hideout. Go into this one.

When entering, stay where you are. Draw out your Fairy Bow and wait for a 
Gerudo to come around the area. Quickly knock her down when she comes on the 
screen. Once she is down, you can safely come out. Go around the corner and 
head right. Head left through the opening on the left and follow this hallway 
into a prison area. The prisoner will call you over, so go talk to him and the 
Gerudo Thief will appear, so defeat her. After the fight, she will leave behind 
a Small Key, so pick it up. Use it to open up the prison door, and talk to 
Shiro, the fourth and final prisoner! After the chat, he will leave, and we 
have now saved all of the carpenters! He'll also give us a hint, saying that we 
need the "eye of truth" in order to cross the Haunted Wasteland. That's nice 
and all, but we'll save that for much, much later. 
 
If you have noticed, the carpenters said they would repay the favor somehow if 
you were to save all of them. Their little gift to you is that they will repair 
the bridge at Gerudo Valley. Now you can cross it without Epona!

+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++ 
RACE WITH THE RUNNING MAN

One other note is that if you go back to the tent, you will find the running 
man in there. Remember him? He was the one you sold the Bunny Hood mask to. He 
was the guy running around Hyrule Field. With the bridge fixed, he will 
challenge you to a race. The finishing point is the bridge leading back to the 
Kokiri Forest. Your time is recorded and will show up at your house, but no 
matter how fast you are, you will find the running man on the bridge when you 
get there, where he will tell you that he beat you by one second. Raise your 
hand if that irritated you as a kid! 
+++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

After the prisoner wanders off, another Gerudo will appear. She tells you that 
she noticed you sneaking around the guards and freeing the prisoners. Like all 
Gerudos, she doesn't think too highly of men, but leaves you out as an 
exception. She is also running the fortress instead of another Gerudo leader, 
Nabooru. At the end of the chat, she will give us a Gerudo Token! 
 
This will allow us to walk freely around Gerudo's Fortress. You won't be 
captured by the Gerudos, and you can even go to the archery range and the 
Gerudo Training Ground (which we don't have all of the proper equipment for).

Once you're done here, head back outside.

GERUDO'S FORTRESS ARCHERY RANGE 
 
With our new Gerudo Token, let's go to the Archery Range. Be sure to bring 
Epona with you, as she is required for this too. The Archery Range is just 
beyond the hideout complex and up the slope at the top. Come here at night 
first.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on a target in the very back of this 
area. Just defeat the Gold Skulltula and use the Hookshot to reel in the token. 
We now have all of the (albeit two) Gold Skulltulas in Gerudo's Fortress!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you have the Gold Skulltula, play the Sun's Song to change it to daytime. 
Come back to the archery range on Epona. Talk to the Gerudo while on Epona, and 
she will let us play a game here called Horseback Archery for 20 Rupees. She 
wants us to get at least 1,000 points.

So, here's how the game works. You will be riding on Epona. However, you can't 
control Epona, as she is moving by herself. All you can do is look around and 
aim/fire your Fairy Bow. There are jars you can destroy (100 points each) and 
numerous targets. Hitting a bulls-eye on them will get you 100 points for each 
one. Otherwise, you get less points the further away from the target you area.

When the game starts, you'll see a row of jars. I recommend getting all of 
these first. It takes practice, but hitting them all can get you a quick 700 
points, making the rest of the game much easier. Just line up your Bow for the 
first jar and if you hit it, fire the arrows again in a consistent succession 
to hit the next six jars.

After the jars, you'll loop around a target at the end. Hit the target a couple 
of times and try to get bulls-eyes. Afterwards, you'll cross the rows of jars 
again. This time, focus on the large targets behind them, and hit them as many 
times as you can. After this, you will come to one last target before the game 
ends.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: So, what happens if you finish this game with over 1,000 
points? Well, the Gerudo will reward you with a Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
 
Once you win the Piece of Heart, talk to the Gerudo again. This time, the 
threshold is 1500 points, which is a bit more difficult. Again, hitting all of 
the jars at the beginning will help immensely. You can also use this game to 
help practice your aim. Also, you must be very accurate when firing at the 
targets. You can't afford too many hits that only give you 30 or 60 points. If 
you can't get to 1500 points, just keep at it.

So, what happens once you finally get to 1500 points? You are rewarded with a 
larger Quiver for your Fairy Bow. If this is your first upgrade, the amount of 
arrows you can carry will go up from 30 to 40!

With this in hand, we can go to the Temple of Time now, but why not some Side 
Quests?

******************************************************************************* 
SIDE QUESTS

There's so much more that we can do as Adult Link with the Fairy Bow in hand.

LON LON RANCH OBSTACLE COURSE

With Epona, why not pay a visit to Lon Lon Ranch? Head to this area while 
riding Epona. Things have changed a bit here. Ingo is now a nice guy, and Talon 
will now say that he is turning over a new leaf and will work much harder. Head 
out to the ranch and you will find Malon. She is no longer depressed, and will 
ask for your name. She will realize that you are "Fairy Boy" and that she 
must've thought it was you after Epona recognized you. She also explains that 
Ingo went back to being a nice person, and that she will thank you for 
everything.

Talk to Malon again and she will ask if you want to try out an obstacle course. 
Don't worry, it's free. The goal is to lap around the perimeter of the ranch 
twice, and do it under 50 seconds. However, if you miss a jump or go around a 
fence, you immediately lose. You also have to jump over each fence, each of 
which has a varying height. My hints here are that approach every fence at a 
straight line, NOT at an angle. You risk Epona not jumping over the fence if 
approached at an angle. Speed up at the beginning, and never run out of 
carrots. I also recommend speeding up every time you approach a medium or a 
large-sized fence. Another tip that I find helpful is that I usually don't use 
carrots on the second lap when jumping over the small fences at the beginning. 
This is so that I can let my carrots recharge for the final part of the course.

This can be a difficult game, but you should be able to get the hang of it.

So, what happens if you clear the obstacle course in under 50 seconds? Malon 
says that a special prize will be delivered to your house. If you head back to 
your house, you'll find a cow! Well, the only thing you can really do with it 
is play Epona's Song to get free Lon Lon Milk.

QUIVER UPGRADE #2

We need to head to Kakariko Village. Remember that building that was under 
construction as Young Link. It is now the Shooting Gallery, the name one found 
at the Market as Young Link. Except this time, we use the Fairy Bow instead of 
the Slingshot. You could have played this game earlier (the game would've 
supplied you with a Bow), but without a Fairy Bow of your own, you would've 
only won 50 Rupees as the grand prize. This time, with a Fairy Bow, we can win 
a bigger quiver! 
 
The game is pretty similar to what it was as Young Link. The biggest difference 
is that the targets (the Rupees) appear in a different order). Again, when 
dealing with the Red Rupees in the background, aim carefully and fire your 
arrows in quick succession to hit them. When dealing with the jumping Green 
Rupee, just keep your Bow in once place and fire when the Rupee crosses your 
bow. Like last time, hitting all less than eight targets means you need to pay 
20 Rupees to try again, hitting eight or nine means you get to try for free, 
and hitting all 10 gives you the grand prize.

As I said, the grand prize is an upgraded Quiver. If you got the first Quiver 
Upgrade from the Horseback Archery game, this will upgrade the amount of arrows 
you can carry from 40 to 50!

BIG POE HUNTING 
 
For this Side Quest, you need Epona and a Fairy Bow. I also recommend having 
the Biggest Quiver (50 Arrows), as you will be going through a lot of arrows 
during this side quest. In addition, I'd also recommend having three Empty 
Bottles.

These Big Poes are out in Hyrule Field, and are colored yellow. You need to be 
riding Epona in order to encounter them. They appear in certain areas. When 
they appear, they will float backwards quickly. During this time, you need to 
hit them with your arrows twice to defeat them. When defeated, quickly get off 
Epona and capture them in an Empty Bottle. If you take too long, the Poe will 
disappear and you will need to try to get them to re-appear again. Also, they 
instantly disappear if they back into a wall. Whenever you capture a Poe, go to 
the Market. Enter the door just next to the entrance. Present the Big Poe to 
the person in here. He will add 100 points to your "card" and buy the Big Poe 
for 50 Rupees (so if you need quick money, do this side quest). He will also 
tell you that you will be a happy man if you get to 1000 points.

Also, if you ever run low of arrows due to this quest, I recommend buying them 
in bundles from an item shop. That is the fastest way to get them. Don't worry 
about the cost, you can make up for it when selling these Big Poes to the man 
inside the Ghost Shop.

You need to come back to this person multiple times so that you can empty out 
your bottles and continue Poe hunting.

With that said, where are the locations of the Poes? Now, in the following 
list, I will show you how I personally got the Big Poes to appear. It may be a 
little different from you, but each Poe is in the general area that I have 
listed below.

1) This is probably the easiest one to find. With your back to the Hyrule 
Castle entrance, follow the path forward. Usually a Big Poe will appear in this 
area.

2) Facing the entrance to the Lon Lon Ranch, go right and past the tree. A Big 
Poe will show up in this area. Sometimes he may show up to the left of the Lon 
Lon Ranch entrance, too.

3) From the path leading into Kokiri Forest, go right and follow the path here. 
You will get to a fence (with an opening in the middle) and a gray rock. Going 
up to the fence, there is a Big Poe around here. Usually it will appear when 
walking past that gray rock.

4) From the third Big Poe, go to the other side of the fence. To your left 
should be a group of trees. Head into this area and go to the left side. A Big 
Poe should pop up around here.

5) There is another Big Poe near Poe #4. When going into the group of trees, 
this time, go right. A Big Poe should appear in this area.

6) Head back to where Big Poe #3 was found. Go to the other side of the fence. 
You should see a stone wall across from you. Run alongside this stone wall 
(keep it on your left side). At the end of the stone wall, a Big Poe should pop 
up.

7) This can be a pretty difficult Big Poe to both encounter and defeat. Facing 
the Lon Lon Ranch entrance, go all the way right and you'll get to a river with 
several bushes. When you get to the river, notice the wall to your left. 
Usually the Big Poe will appear around there. But what will happen sometimes is 
that the Big Poe will appear too close to that wall, and will disappear almost 
immediately, giving you no time to fight it. The best way I can get this Big 
Poe to appear (with enough time to fight it), is to go to the right, turn to 
the right, get close to the wall but keep it to your right. Then the Big Poe 
may appear, and will have more space to move around in. Sometimes, this Poe 
will appear at the river and cross it.

8) This is generally another difficult Big Poe, in terms of both getting it to 
appear and defeating it. There are two different ways in which the Big Poe will 
appear for me. Facing the staircase leading up to Kakariko Village, go right 
and head towards the river. Sometimes, a Big Poe will appear here and float 
backwards across the river. This is difficult become sometimes Epona will come 
to a screeching halt in front of the river, which prevents you from firing your 
Fairy Bow. If the Big Poe doesn't appear here, turn around. You should see a 
little column. Go around the left side of it and the Big Poe may appear, 
usually going across the river. If you can get it to appear in this spot, it 
may be easier to defeat.

9) The final two Big Poes listed here can be a bit tricky. Go to where you 
found Big Poes #4 and 5. Head to the fences that cut off the entrance to Lake 
Hylia. This time, go right and follow the path. At the end of the path, you'll 
notice a tree. Usually I can get the Big Poe to appear by walking around the 
left side of this tree. You can also get the Big Poe to appear when coming down 
the hill nearby (on the other side is the location of Big Poe #7).

10) You need to be a bit lucky with this final Big Poe. After Big Poe #9, go 
back down the path that heads towards Lake Hylia. Sometimes, the Big Poe will 
appear here. But what will happen is that he might immediately back up into a 
wall (there's not a lot of space here), which would make him disappear quickly. 
Hopefully, the Big Poe will just backtrack among the path, which would give you 
more time to defeat him.

I know this can be difficult and at times frustrating, but hang in there! 
 
So, what happens if you bring all 10 Big Poes back to the Ghost Shop? Well, you 
will get 1000 points, and the man will reward you with an Empty Bottle! He only 
really gives you one because he has too many bottles after buying all of the 
Big Poes, but we'll take it. That means we have four Empty Bottles to work with 
for now on.

GANON'S CASTLE GOLD SKULLTULA 
 
There is a Gold Skulltula near Ganon's Castle that we can now get to. When you 
get to the area, head right. You should see the location of where the gate used 
to be. The stone arch is still there. On the other side of the arch is the Gold 
Skulltula. Destroy it and then reel in the token with the Hookshot.

So, after you complete these side quests, get to the Temple of Time.
*******************************************************************************

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4i. A Brief Blast to the Past
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

--------------- 
Temple of Time
---------------

Head towards the pedestal where the Master Sword is and talk to Sheik. Sheik 
will mention that there are several other Sages that we must awaken, and that 
sometimes we must travel through time in order to awaken these Sages. Sheik 
will mention that we can drop the Master Sword into the "Pedestal of Time" in 
order to return to Young Link.

In addition, Sheik will also mention that we can now fight bosses we have 
previously defeated by going to bed back at home in Kokiri Forest. Finally, 
Sheik will teach us a song that will allow us to come to the Temple of Time, 
called The Prelude of Light.

PRELUDE OF LIGHT

A, Y, A, Y, X, A

Learn the notes and you will learn The Prelude of Light, which will allow us to 
warp to the Temple of Time, at any time! 

There is an important quest we need to do as Young Link sooner or later, so 
drop the Master Sword into the pedestal and we will become Young Link.

When we become Young Link, there is actually a new dungeon we can access. To 
open it up, we need to head to Kakariko Village.

-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------

Once you get here, head over to the windmill and go inside. Remember how as 
Adult Link, the man mentioned that a little kid played a song with his Ocarina 
and messed up the windmill? And that he taught us that very song? Well, play 
the Song of Storms while in the windmill. A cut-scene will happen and we will 
see the well just outside the windmill drain, meaning we can go in it. Now the 
windmill is spinning very fast, so get out of here.

Outside, just go to the well, climb down, and head into the darkness...

-------------------
Bottom of the Well
-------------------

So one thing to keep in mind about this place, is that there are many false 
walls. You can walk through these walls, and there are even hidden holes that 
you may fall down.

When starting, just crawl into the hole in the wall and get to the other side. 
Over here, jump down into the gap below you. Down here, defeat the Big 
Skulltula and go to the other side of the hall. You'll reach a dead-end. Or is 
it? Just walk right through and you'll be in another area. In this large area, 
walk forward and you'll notice a trail of water. Follow the water trail until 
you find a Triforce mark on the floor. It will be on the opposite side of this 
area. Play Zelda's Lullaby here and all of the water will drain out. Now, go 
back to where the fake wall was that you crossed through to enter this area. 
Back here, we can now jump in the gap now that the water has been drained out.

Down here, crawl through the hole in the wall. On the other side, walk forward 
and defeatthe Big Skulltula. Now climb up the fence in front of you. At the 
top, open the door in front of you. We're already at the boss of this place!

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS: Dead Hand
Difficulty: Easy

This boss is more annoying than anything else, but it's still simple to beat 
it. Notice all of the hands coming out of the ground? You MUST walk up to a 
hand and let it grab you. This will cause a blob-like monster (who is actually 
called a Dead Hand) to come out of the ground. When a hand grabs you, there are 
two ways to escape. One way is to mash all of the buttons that you can, and the 
other is to let the Dead Hand bite you. Once you're free, attack the head of 
this monster using a sword. After a few hits, he will go back underground.

Once he goes back underground, you need to repeat this process. Let one of the 
hands grab you, wait for the Dead Hand to come back up from the ground, and 
attack him when you are free. Also, when he goes underground, watch out, as the 
dirt that pops out can hurt you.

The Dead Hand will finally be defeated after 10 hits. Remember, you're Young 
Link, you're only using the Kokiri Sword now. Don't you miss being Adult Link 
already? 
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
At the end of the fight, a large chest will appear in the room. Open it and you 
will get the Lens of Truth! This is an item that can reveal fake walls, hidden 
chests, and invisible objects. To use it and turn it on, just press the button 
that you assigned this item too. Just press it again to turn the item off. 
Also, watch out when using this item, as your magic power will slowly be 
drained while using this. This means to keep an eye out on your magic meter and 
to turn off the Lens of Truth when you don't need it. Heck, you can put this 
new item to the rest already. Use the Lens of Truth in the back of the room and 
you will find an invisible mini-chest. Open it to get a Yellow Rupee, worth 200 
Rupees! Leave the room when you're done. Now, backtrack to the area that had 
the water trail.

With the Lens of Truth, we're pretty much done with this dungeon, right? Well, 
no. There's still plenty of Gold Skulltulas to be collected here. Once you get 
out of that pit that previously had water in it, climb out. Now, get in the 
path where the water used to be. You can either go left or right. Go down the 
path on the left and turn on the Lens of Truth. A fake wall will be revealed on 
your right, so go into the hidden room. There's nothing but a mini chest in 
here, so open it to get the Small Key. Now, leave this hidden room and continue 
following this path, with the Lens of Truth on. Around the next corner, you 
should find another hidden opening to your right. This should lead to a room 
with a large chest in it. Get in front of the chest carefully, as there is a 
hidden pit right before the chest. Open this chest up to get the Compass. While 
we're at it, fall in the hidden pit just in front of the chest.

Watch out down here, as there are ReDeads. Look for an opening that is in 
between two torches. Go into this opening when you find it. Blow up the rocks 
in this tunnel with a Bomb, and then continue. Avoid the ReDead and then you'll 
come across a large chest. Open it for the Dungeon Map. Now, head back to the 
previous area. There are also three Silver Rupees here. Collect them all and 
then climb up the ladder in this room. At the top of the ladder, pick up the 
fourth Silver Rupee and then climb up the next ladder. Up here is fifth and 
final Silver Rupee. Picking it will unlock the door next to you, so open it. 
You will now be in what looks like an empty room. Use the Lens of Truth to 
reveal a fake wall in this room, and then go through it.

You'll be back outside where we got the Compass. Turn left and face down the 
hallway. Go down this hall until you see an opening to your left. When you get 
to it, go down it. In here, go forward and jump into the pit at the end. Open 
the small chest at the bottom for a Recovery Heart if you need one. Now, climb 
up the fence. At the top, open the door in front of you.

For this room, I recommend putting your Hylian Shield on. There is a Gibdo in 
this room, which is a mummy-like version of the ReDead. Only that this one 
shrieks more often and can paralyze you for a longer period of time. Play the 
Sun's Song to freeze this enemy and defeat it. After defeating the Gibdo, 
notice the tombstones in this room. Each of them has a torch next to them. 
Lighting up a torch will open the tombstone. There is a lighted torch in here 
that we can use as well. Take out a Deku Stick. Now, the tombstone we want to 
open is in the top left corner of the room (from the door). Light up this torch 
and the tombstone will open. Watch out, as two Keeses will come out of the 
tombstone. Defeat them quickly before they fly through a torch and become Fire 
Keeses. Afterwards, explore the inside of the tombstone to get a Small Key. 
With the Small Key in hand, leave this room.

Back in here, jump into the pit and climb up the fence to get out. Back on this 
side, go into the main area again. This time, head left. When you get to the 
corner, watch out for the Big Skulltula that will fall from above. Defeat it 
and then go around the corner. From here, go all the way to the other side of 
this hall. You will notice a face up on the wall to the left. Do NOT step in 
front of this face, as there is a hidden hole right in front of it. Instead, go 
into the hole you see on the wall and climb through. At the other end, open the 
door next to you and unlock it with the Small Key.

Couple of things before you even take a step. I recommend leaving the Hylian 
Shield on, as there are numerous Fire Keeses. Second, do NOT walk around here 
without the Lens of Truth on, as there are numerous invisible holes in the 
floor. It's best to fight the enemies while staying in the spot that you are. 
First, defeat the Fire Keeses, and then throw a Bomb at the Beamos to defeat 
it. Once all of the enemies are defeated, turn on the Lens of Truth to reveal 
the hidden holes in the floor. Carefully walk around them and open the door on 
the other side of this room. There is a new enemy in this room called a Like 
Like. It is a tentacle like enemy with a hole at the top. If it swallows you, 
you will lose your Shield, and depending on what you're wearing, you're Tunic. 
However, you can get your equipment back by simply defeating the Like Like. 
Once the Like Like is gone, there's one more matter we have to attend.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on this room. Defeat it, and then use 
the Boomerang to retrieve the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you have the Gold Skulltula, get back to the main room. Again, please 
watch out for the invisible holes in the previous room. Back in the main room, 
with your back against the hole you just came out of, turn left. Head to the 
other side of this hall across from you and turn on the Lens of Truth. You 
should see a fake wall to your right, so go into the hidden room. In here, open 
up the mini chest for a Small Key. With the Small Key, leave the hidden room 
and go left. Keep the Lens of Truth on and you will find a hidden room to your 
left, so go into it. In this room, you'll see a locked door to your right, so 
use your Small Key and open it.

In this room, start off by destroying all of the Keeses flying around. Now, 
you'll notice something. There is another area across from you, but you cannot 
get to it due to the supposedly big gap in the room. However, turn on the Lens 
of Truth and you will find a hidden walkway over the gap. Use the walkway to 
get to the other side of the room.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: On the other side of this area is a Gold Skulltula up on the 
wall. Defeat it and then use the Boomerang to get the token back to you.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, walk across the hidden walkway again and 
leave this room. Back in here, turn right. Turn on the Lens of Truth again and 
head to the other side of the room (just watch out for the hidden hole in the 
middle of the room). On the other side of the room should be another locked 
door, so use your Small Key to open it. In this room, watch out for the Deku 
Baba and the flying jars that will levitate and attack you.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Like the first two Gold Skulltulas you found in here, all you 
need to do is destroy it and then use the Boomerang to grab the token. This is 
the last Gold Skulltula in the Bottom of the Well. Yay!
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you have the last Gold Skulltula, leave this room.

Well, that's about it for the Bottom of the Well. There are many more hidden 
areas if you want to explore, but we've pretty much squeezed this place out. 
So, let's get out of here. Go back to the main room and go to where the fake 
wall was that you used to enter it. Head back through and then get out of here.

Now, that was the major new quest we could do as Young Link. Right now, we need 
to go back to the Temple of Time to become Adult Link. But before that, there 
are a handful of new side quests we can do.

******************************************************************************* 
SIDE QUESTS 
 
THE SINGING FROGS, CONTINUED

Remember the singing frogs out in Zora's River? Remember how you could play 
songs to them for Rupees? Well, we can play more songs for them now. Head back 
to the tree branch where they reside at Zora's River and pull out your Ocarina 
to bring them out. This time, play the Song of Time to make the final frog 
grow.

Now, all of the frogs will be grown up (assuming you played Saria's Song, 
Epona's Song, the Sun's Song, and Zelda's Lullaby already). Now, play the Song 
of Storms. They will tell you how much they really like water, and will reward 
you with a Piece of Heart!

Now, there is a way to get ANOTHER Piece of Heart from these frogs, but it's a 
little difficult. You will only be able to play this game if all of the frogs 
are grown up (meaning play all of the songs listed above). First, notice how 
whenever you played a song to the frogs, a certain frog would jump depending on 
what note you played? Well, this is the new game they have for you. You will 
notice a butterfly on top of the frog. When a butterfly is over a frog, you 
need to press the button that corresponds to that frog.

One hint is to look at the five frogs and then compare them to the Ocarina 
buttons on the 3DS touchscreen. Notice how it looks very similar?

1  2 
  3  4 
5

1 = Purple  (L)
2 = White   (R)
3 = Yellow  (X)
4 = Brown   (A)
5 = Blue    (Y)

Above is how the frogs are aligned on the screen. Below that is a key list of 
what those letters mean, for example, the 1 is where the purple-colored frog in 
the top left corner is located. To the right on that list also shows what 
Ocarina note they are tied to. So for example, the Purple Frog will jump when 
you press the L button. So, when the butterfly is above the purple frog, press 
L.

Now, the game ends when one of two things happen. You press the wrong button 
(make a frog other than the frog directly below the butterfly jump), or you 
wait too long in between pressing buttons. Don't worry, the order of the 
buttons you have to press will never change, so you can get away with either A) 
Memorizing the button order or B) Writing down the correct button order as 
you go along.

This can be very difficult, and for that, I have written the order that you 
press the buttons in below:

Y, L, X, Y, R, X, Y, R, L, R, L, R, Y, X, L

Wow, you have to press 15 buttons in a row, pretty fast! But once you do it (or 
you if want to cheat by pressing the buttons in order listed above), you'll get 
a Piece of Heart!

HIDDEN PIECE OF HEART 
 
Want a Piece of Heart? Go to Hyrule Field. Head over to Lake Hyrlia. Notice how 
right before the entrance to Lake Hylia, there are four fences enclosed around 
each other? You can jump over the small fences. Get into the middle of the 
square inside the fence, and place a Bomb on the ground. A hole should open up 
after the Bomb explodes. Down here, there is a Business Scrub. Defeat him by 
knocking a Deku Nut back at him. Once he's defeated, talk to him. He'll sell 
you a Piece of Heart for the small price of 10 Rupees! Whether or not to buy it 
should be a no brainer...

GERUDO VALLEY 
 
We haven't visited Gerudo Valley yet, as a kid. And there are some things we 
should do there before going back to being an adult. Before going there, make 
sure you have a Magic Bean on you and a bottle of Bugs.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: When you get to Gerudo Valley, walk onto the wooden plank. If 
you look right, you should see a Gold Skulltula on top of where the water is 
pouring from. Defeat the Gold Skulltula and then use the Boomerang to get the 
token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
As a kid, you can't access Gerudo's Fortress, as there is a gate on the other 
side of the bridge, and there are Gerudos guarding it. Now, just before the 
bridge is a Cucco. Pick it up.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: After picking up the Cucco, walk to the edge of the cliff. Look 
to the left a little bit. You should see a ledge with a crate on it. Jump off 
the cliff and use the Cucco to float to this ledge. When you get on the ledge, 
roll into the crate to destroy it and pick up the Piece of Heart that is 
revealed.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

There's some more stuff we have to do here, but chances are the Cucco has 
decided to run off the ledge and into the river deep, deep, below. That means 
you have no other choice but to jump into the river. Now, you will eventually 
be taken to Lake Hylia. From there, go back to Hyrule Field. Gerudo Valley is 
right next door.

Once you're back in Gerudo Valley, go to the Cucco and pick it up again. This 
time, go to the right side of the bridge, and look down. You should see an 
isolated area way below you, right next to the water. Use the Cucco to float 
all the way down to this area. Once you get here, go over to the where the 
Gerudo and the cow are. Behind them is a patch of soft soil. Plant a Magic Bean 
into this soft soil. As Adult Link, we can use the giant leaf to get to a Piece 
of Heart.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: This is why I said to bring a bottle of Bugs with you here. As 
usual, just dump the bugs into the soft soil and a Gold Skulltula will pop out. 
Destroy it and pick up the token. And that should be the last of the Gold 
Skulltulas in Gerudo Valley!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

HYRULE CASTLE GOLD SKULLTULA

There is a Gold Skulltula we can get in Hyrule Castle now. Sneak around the 
guards until you get to the castle moat. Jump into the moat. When getting out 
of the moat at the corner, note the tree in the corner. Walk up to the tree and 
play the Song of Storms. This will reveal a hidden hole next to the tree, so 
jump down it. Down here, you will be surrounded by several cracked walls. Blow 
each of them up with a Bomb. Behind one of them is a Gold Skulltula. When you 
find it, just destroy the Gold Skulltula and then get the token with the 
Boomerang. This should now be your last Gold Skulltula for the Market!

TREASURE CHEST GAME 
 
There is a game in the Market that is only open at night. It's called the 
Treasure Chest game. It only costs 10 Rupees to play. You are given a Small Key 
at the beginning, which you can use to unlock the door next to you. You will be 
in a room with two treasure chests. One of them has a Small Key and the other 
has a Rupee. If you find the Small Key, you can use it to unlock the door 
leading to the next room. If you find the Rupee, then you have lost the game 
and must try again. If you open up the correct treasure chest five times in a 
row (all five Small Keys), you will get to the final room. However, you have an 
actual low chance of doing this (1 in 32 if my math is right). This can be a 
frustrating game, as you have a 50/50 chance in every room.

There is an easy way to win this now that we have the Lens of Truth. In each 
room, equip the Lens of Truth. You can actually look into both treasure chests 
before opening them. So just open up the one where you see the Small Key! All 
you need to do is repeat this for the next four rooms and you win! The final 
room by the way, has a large treasure chest. Once you get there, open it up for 
a Piece of Heart!
******************************************************************************* 
 
That's it for side quests. Let's meet back up at the Temple of Time.

---------------
Temple of Time
---------------

This time, just go to the Master Sword and pull it out to become Adult Link.

If you've noticed, Navi has been bugging you about how that red ring around the 
top of Death Mountain looks strange. Which kind of hints at where we need to 
go. Off to Goron City!

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4j. Hot Times in the Fire Temple 
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

Wherever you are, start off by getting to Goron City through the Death Mountain 
Trail. When going through the Death Mountain Trail, just be aware that there 
are boulders now rolling down the mountain, which were not there as Young Link.

----------- 
Goron City
-----------

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula here that we can only get as Adult 
Link. On the top floor (when coming in from Death Mountain), notice the island 
in the middle. Slowly walk up to the island using one of the ropes from the 
side. You should notice a Gold Skulltula on the side of the island. Destroy it 
when you are close enough and reel it in with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After getting the Gold Skulltula, notice something? Like how this place is 
completely empty, save for one small Goron rolling around? Go down to the floor 
where the Goron is rolling around. You need to stop him by placing a well-timed 
Bomb near him. It doesn't have to be a direct hit, but he needs to be in the 
range of the explosion. This is a bit tricky, as he will start rolling in the 
opposite direction if he hits you or is nearly hit by the explosion. 
 
After hitting the Goron, go up and talk to him. The Goron's name will be 
whatever your name is. His dad is also Darunia, and explains that his dead went 
to the Fire Temple, where a dragon exists. You will then be asked if you want 
to talk to the Goron about the dragon or about the Gorons. When you say 
dragons, he'll mention that the dragon's name was Volvagia, a Goron-eating 
dragon at that. He was destroyed in the past using a "legendary hammer".

When you ask him about the Gorons, he will mention that everyone is in the Fire 
Temple, as they were captured by Ganondorf's followers. In addition, Volvagia 
has been revived by Ganondorf! This Goron wants you to help, so he will give 
you the Goron Tunic! This is a red-colored Tunic that will allow us to go 
through very hot areas, like the Death Mountain Crater, and shortly, the Fire 
Temple. So it's best that you equip this now. The doors leading to the Item 
Shop and Darunia's room will also open. Before leaving, talk to the Goron once 
more. He'll mention that there is a statue we can push in Darunia's room. So, 
head down to the bottom floor and into Darunia's room.

In here, you'll notice a statue at the other end. Pull it out and a hidden 
opening will be revealed, so head into it.

----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------

Remember how we had a time limit here as Young Link because it was too hot? 
Well, with the Goron Tunic, we don't need to worry about that anymore. Now, 
head left and you'll get to a broken bridge. You can get to the other side of 
the bridge using the Hookshot. When crossing the bridge, Sheik will appear in 
front of you. Sheik will teach us the Bolero of Fire.

BOLERO OF FIRE

R, L, R, L, Y, R, Y, R

Just repeat the notes and you'll learn the Bolero of Fire. Now we can warp to 
the Death Mountain Crater!

Link will then try to walk up to Sheik, but a sudden wall of fire will bar him 
from going any further. Then Sheik disappears behind some magic Neku Nut. Now, 
just head across the bridge. At the end, head across the bridge to your left 
and go into the opening. In here, head to the other side of the hall and you'll 
find a hole. Climb down the ladder in the hole. At the bottom, just go through 
the entrance and you'll be in the Fire Temple.

------------
Fire Temple
------------

Again, in Fire Temple, you will need the Goron Tunic in most rooms, as many of 
these areas are too hot for Link.

There's not a whole lot to do in the main room. Head up the stairs in front of 
you. At the top, there is a door to your left and a locked door to your right. 
Obviously, open the door on the left. Upon entering the room we'll find Darunia 
on the other side of the room! He explains what the previous Goron has told us, 
and warns us what will happen if Volvagia escapes this mountain. He then sends 
you out to save the Gorons imprisoned in this temple. He then leaves and goes 
into the boss's room (just where did he find that Boss Key though?)

Before going in the opposite direction, look left. You will see a prison cell 
across from you. To get to this prison cell, just jump across the three pillars 
that you see. To open up the prison cell, step on the switch in front of the 
cell. It will open, so head inside. Talk to the Goron to free him. Each Goron 
that you save will give you a hint for this place. This Goron mentions that we 
have to do something about the pillar stuck into the ceiling to get into the 
room where Darunia went into. But that's for much later. The Goron will leave. 
Now, open up the mini-chest in here for a Small Key. With the Small Key in 
hand, head back to the main room. Back in here, just unlock the door across 
from you with the Small Key and open it.

In this room, there is a bridge across from you. Go about halfway across the 
bridge and turn left. You should see a door on the other side of this room. 
Jump across the rocks and the platforms to get to this door. Watch out for the 
platforms, as some will sink into the lava when you step on them. When you get 
to the door, open it. In this room, head around the curve and you will find a 
prison cell. Step on the switch on the floor to open it up. Talk to the Goron 
inside and he will give us a hint. He will mention that walls that can be blown 
up with Goron's "special crop" (Bombs) will sound different than normal walls 
when hitting them with a sword). He will then leave. Open the mini-chest in the 
prison cell to get the Small Key and leave.

Back in this room, take a few steps forward and turn around. You will notice a 
blue block with the Door of Time symbol on it. Play the Song of Time to move 
the block down to the ground. Now, climb up the block to the higher ledge above 
you. Up here, open the door. In this room, watch out for the spinning tiles 
coming to attack you from the floor. You can easily defend these with your 
shield. Also, be careful of the Like Like in this room, as it can eat your 
Goron Tunic.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the side of the room opposite of 
the door. Just hit it with your sword to defeat it, and then use the Hookshot 
to get the token (you can also backflip into it, if you want).
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, leave the room. Back here, work your way to 
the other side of the room, past the bridge. On the other side of the room, you 
should be on a platform with a checker-tiled wall. The wall also looks a 
little...unusual. You can put that Goron's hint to the test here. Hit the wall 
with the sword and then hit the rocky wall next to it. You'll hear different 
sounds with your sword. Place a Bomb in front of the checkered wall to blow it 
up. It will reveal a door, so open it. There is a prison cell directly across 
from you, so step on the switch in front of it to open it up. Talk to the Goron 
in the prison. His hint is that there are switches in this temple that not only 
can be activated with your sword, but with Bombs too. When he leaves, open the 
mini-chest inside the prison for a Small Key. Now, leave the room.

Back in this room, get to the bridge in the middle. Now, head right and go to 
the door on the other side of the bridge. This door is locked, so use the Small 
Key to unlock it and open it. In here, you will notice a giant fence in front 
of you. Use the Hookshot to latch onto this fence. Now, climb up the fence and 
get on the fence walkway on the right. Up here, get rid of the Keeses and then 
drop down to the ledge below you. Down here, push the block off the ledge and 
onto the floor below you. It should land right on top of that fire sprout that 
keeps shooting up from the floor. Once it's on the floor, jump on top of the 
block. The fire sprout will then shoot both you and the block up onto the floor 
above you.

Up here, open the locked room in this room using the Small Key. In here, go 
left and get onto the higher ledges above you. Watch out for the Torch Slugs 
here, which are slugs that are on fire. On the highest ledge, turn right. You 
should see a platform with a block and a switch. This is a switch in the shape 
of a light-bulb. Ignore it for now. Push the block off the platform and onto 
the floor below you. Now, get in front of the block and pull it back as far as 
you can. Afterwards, get on top of the block and use it to get onto the fence 
to your right. Climb up the fence. At the top, head to the wall across from 
you. Now, drop a Bomb onto the lower ledge to the left. The explosion should 
activate the switch. Now, quickly jump onto the ledge to your right and climb 
up the fence at the top. Hitting the switch removes a wall of fire around the 
switch. This is a timed switch, so if you're not fast enough, the wall of fire 
will re-appear. If you can't get it, drop another Bomb next to the switch and 
try again.

Once you climb on top of the fence, slide a little to the right and get on the 
platform. Open the door next to you. This room is a pretty annoying-like maze 
on the floor. Also annoying is that the camera here is in a bird's-eye view. To 
make matters worse, there are boulders rolling around this maze, and you will 
more likely than not run into them several times. Facing the door, turn left 
and follow the wall on Link's left until you get to a switch on the floor. Step 
on the switch to open up the prison cell next to you. Talk to the Goron inside. 
His hint is that there are doors that will fall down and attack you when you 
try to open them. You can however, blow them up with Bombs if that happens. 
When he leaves, open the chest in his cell for a Small Key. Now, head back to 
the door you used to enter this room. This time, turn right and follow the wall 
on Link's right until you get under a roof. The camera angle will then change 
under this roof, so that it is behind Link, as usual. You should also hear the 
sound of a swishing Gold Skulltula nearby.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: While under this roof, swing at the walls using your sword 
until you get that unusual sound. The wall should be in the back left corner. 
Blow up this wall and it will reveal a hidden room with a Gold Skulltula. 
Destroy the Gold Skulltula and then get the token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you have defeated the Gold Skulltula, turn around. Continue following the 
wall on Link's right until you get to another enclosed area with a lower roof. 
In here is a door, so open it. In this room, go around the corner and you'll 
find a prison cell. Step on the switch to open it up, and talk to the Goron. 
His hint mentions that when you are on fire, you can put it out by either 
swinging your sword or rolling forward. Um, yay. Open the mini-chest inside the 
cell after the Goron leaves for another Small Key. Now, leave this room. Back 
in the maze, continue following the wall on Link's right until you get to a 
locked door. Unlock the door with the Small Key and open it.

Be very careful in this room. Falling off the walkways will cause you to fall 
down the massive pit below you, and you'll wind up near the start. Slowly cross 
the walkways until you get to the middle of the walkway. From here, turn right 
and you will see a locked door in front of you. You can unlock it by shooting 
an arrow at the eye switch that is up and to the left of the locked door. Open 
the locked door afterwards. In here, head right and open the large chest for a 
Dungeon Map. Now, leave this room. Back in here, get on the walkway again and 
go right. You will get to another locked door. Open and unlock this door using 
the Small key. In this room, follow this walkway to the other side and then 
jump on the fence-like floor. Be careful and quick here. A wall of fire has 
appeared behind you, and will chase you. Quickly get to the other side of this 
room, jumping over the fence-like floors. At the end, you'll find some large 
steps. Climb up the steps and at the top, you'll find a door to your left, so 
open it.

You'll be on the second floor of the maze area. This area is much easier to 
navigate. From here, jump across the gap onto the area across from you. Run 
forward and you'll notice part of the floor looks a bit crumbled. In addition, 
Navi will alert you of this floor and how she can hear Goron voices below. 
Place a Bomb on this crumbled floor and it will blow up, revealing a hole. 
Climb down the fence to go down the hole. At the bottom, head around the corner 
and you'll find a prison. Hit the switch in front to open it up, and talk to 
the Goron. He will tell you about monsters that dance when they attack. Your 
arrows won't hurt them, but Bombs will. Once the Goron leaves, open the mini-
chest next to you for a Small Key. Also, note that you can use this passage as 
a shortcut the next time you need to come through here. Head back and climb 
back up the fence.

At the top, face the door you used to enter this area. Now, turn around. You 
should see a pillar with a switch on top of it. Jump over to this pillar and 
step on the switch. This will open up a prison cell in the opposite corner of 
the room! Make your way over to that prison, jumping over all of the gaps and 
being careful, especially of the Torch Slugs. When you get to the prison, talk 
to the Goron inside. He'll tell you to try playing your Ocarina if you get to a 
spot that you see on your map but can't reach. Now, open the mini-chest in this 
prison for a Small Key. Now, head back to the door you used to get to this area 
and open it.

Back in this room, jump back on the fence-like floor. Like last time, a wall of 
fire will appear behind you and slowly follow you. This time though, DON'T go 
to the opposite side. Instead, jump to the fence-like floor in the middle, and 
then jump onto the higher ledge across from you. On this ledge is a locked 
door, so use your Small Key to unlock it and open it up. You'll be in a simple 
hallway. Just open the door directly across from you.

This room is a bit tricky. It looks like a very open room, but there are 
several areas that are blocked off by walls of fire that will rise from the 
ground if you get close to them. When entering this room, go down the steps to 
the right. At the bottom, run all the way straight until a wall of fire comes 
up from the ground. When this happens, turn left. Notice all of the rows and 
columns of poles around here? The firewalls will pop up in between most of 
these polls. Facing the firewall you first encountered, turn left. Go in 
between the first two poles that you see on the right. The fire shouldn't pop 
up. Now, turn right again and you'll find a door, so get to it and open it. 
There is a large chest across from you. Open it to get the Compass. Now, leave 
this room.

Back in here, head back to the door you used to enter this room. Facing the 
door, turn right and drop down to the wall below you. Down here, watch out for 
the boulder around. The wall should be on your left. Run straight until you 
encounter a firewall. This firewall should be in between a wall to your left 
and a pole on the right. You can simply walk around this firewall (just walk 
around the pole to the right). From here, follow the wall on the left until you 
get to another firewall. When you find this firewall, turn right. Now, stay to 
the left until you find an opening in between two poles that DOESN'T have a 
firewall. It should be in between the second and third poles on your left. When 
you find the opening, cross through.

From here, turn left. There should be three poles directly to your right. Go in 
between and poles on the left and the middle. Now, turn right and head straight 
towards another firewall. There is an opening to your left that you can cross 
through, so go through it. From here, head right, and then left and you will 
get to a locked door. Unlock it and open it using the Small Key. There is a 
prison cell in this room, but we can't open it for now. Instead, just open the 
door directly across from you.
 
Great, we need to do more of this firewall maze. When entering this area, turn 
left and follow the set of firewalls to the left until you get to the pillar 
shooting out fire. There is a switch near here. To get to it, notice the four 
poles in front of you. Go in between the furthest two on the right. Now, step 
on the switch on the floor. This will bring down a firewall blocking a door for 
a couple of seconds. You need to be quick. To get to this door, head back in 
between the two poles and go all the way right until you get to the ledge, and 
then jump on it. If the fire comes back up, go back and hit the switch.

Once you get to the door, try to open it. It will try to attack you, so back 
off. You can blow up the door using a Bomb, so do so. Also, the explosion will 
reveal a hidden door, so open it. The door will then lock when entering the 
next room, and you'll hear an evil laugh. Mini-boss time!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Flare Dancer
Difficulty: Easy

This mini-boss kind of looks like a scarecrow. It is essentially a little black 
creature inside of flaming clothes. First, you must throw a Bomb at the Flare 
Dancer to remove its clothing and expose him. When he is exposed and running on 
the ground, hit him a couple of times with your sword. He will then jump into 
the fire in the middle of the room, and get new clothing. When he has new flame 
clothes, just throw another Bomb at the clothes to get rid of them. Again, hit 
the Flare Dancer's exposed self a couple of more times with your sword.

Now, at the start of the fight, he will stand in one spot, creating several 
flames on the floor. This is the time to hit him. If not, he will then circle 
around the perimeter of the area, becoming harder to hit.

All you need to do is repeat the above process and you'll eventually defeat 
him.
*******************************************************************************

After the Flare Dancer is defeated, the fire around the block in the middle of 
the room will go out. So, jump on top of the block and you'll be taken up to 
the room above you. Up here, just open the door next to you. In this room, you 
will notice a switch next to you. Ignore it for now. Instead, go around the 
corner and climb up the fence. At the top, drop a Bomb to the floor below to 
activate the switch. This will remove the fire blocking the next fence, so 
climb up it. If you can't use a Bomb to activate the switch again. At the top 
of the next fence, open the door that you come across.

In here, climb up to the higher floor above you. You should find a switch on 
the floor, so step on it. This will remove the wall of fire surrounding a large 
chest at the top of the curved staircase. So RUN up this curved staircase to 
get to the chest. Although, you must run carefully, as you don't want to fall 
in the large pit within the staircase. At the top, quickly get to the chest. If 
the fire is back, go back and step on the switch again. Once you get to the 
large chest, open it and you will get the Megaton Hammer! This is a heavy, but 
powerful hammer that can be used to hit or destroy heavy or old, rusted 
objects. With the Megaton Hammer, go back to the door you used to get to this 
room. Near this door is a tile sticking out from the floor. Step on this tile 
and swing at it using the Megaton Hammer. This will cause the tile to sink, and 
you will fall down the pit as well.

At the bottom, you'll notice two parts of a totem pole in the corner of the 
room. You can smash both of these totem pole parts with the Megaton Hammer, and 
a door will be revealed, so open it. In this room, get rid of the Fire Keeses. 
Now, walk forward and you will see a mini-pole to your right. Smash the top of 
this pole with the Megaton Hammer and the pit will collapse, forming a 
staircase. Before going down this staircase, pick up a little box in the corner 
of the room. Now jump into the pit and head down the stairs. At the bottom, 
you'll find a locked door and a switch on the floor. Step on the switch to 
unlock the door, and then place the box on the switch to keep the switch 
activated (and the door unlocked). Open the door.

In this room, step on the tile sticking out of the floor to your right. Smash 
it with the Megaton Hammer and it will fall to the floor below. You will be 
back in the room with the firewall maze. Don't worry, we don't need to go 
through that maze again. Instead, jump up the ledge to your right. You will 
find a locked door and a switch. If you try to step on the switch, you won't be 
able to activate it, as Navi says it is rusty. So use your Megaton Hammer to 
hit the rusty switch! This will cause the door to unlock, so open it. In this 
room, walk forward to the edge. You will notice a blue block with the Door of 
Time symbol on it. Play the Song of Time to move this block. After the block is 
moved, look towards where the block originally was and you'll find a rusted 
switch. Get to this rusted switch and hit it with the Megaton Hammer. This will 
open the prison cell in this room. Go down and talk to the Goron. His hint is 
that there is a hidden door found behind the statue in the main room of the 
Fire Temple, and will mention that Bombs cannot blow it up. When he leaves, 
open the mini-chest here for a Small Key. Now, climb back up the ledge and 
leave this room the same way you came in.

Back in here, jump onto the platform across from you. You'll notice the tile 
sticking out from the floor. Stand on this tile and smash it with the Megaton 
Hammer. It (and you) will fall all the way down to the floor far below you 
(don't worry, you won't get hurt when landing on the pillar). You'll find up 
back at the room where you met Darunia. We still can't access the door he went 
through earlier, so leave this room. You'll be back at the Fire Temple 
entrance. Turn around and face the staircase. Go to the right of it. You will 
find a statue up against the wall. Smash it with your Megaton Hammer until it 
is completely gone, revealing a locked door. Unlock and open this door with the 
Small Key.

In here, walk forward into the bigger room. You will find several Fire Keeses 
and Torch Slugs. Destroy all of them and the door in the corner will unlock, so 
open this door after the enemies are defeated. You be in another room that has 
a Like Like and floor tiles that will come up from the ground and attack you. 
You can defend off the floor tiles with the shield. Also, get rid of the Like 
Like before it eats you and takes your Tunic and shield.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula on this room, up against the 
wall. Simply destroy it and then get the token off the wall.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you have defeated the Gold Skulltula, open the other door in this room. It 
will lock as soon as you are in the next room. Mini-boss time!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Flare Dancer
Difficulty: Easy

This Flare Dancer fights exactly like the first one. Just like the last time, 
throw a Bomb at it to blow up its flaming clothes. Then, hit it a few times 
once it is exposed on the ground. It will then jump back into the fire for a 
new set of flaming clothes. Just repeat the process again of attacking it and 
you should have it defeated in no time.
*******************************************************************************

Once the Flare Dancer is defeated, both doors in this room will unlock. A mini-
chest also appears in the middle of the room with Bombs, if you want it. Now, 
exit the room through the door on the southern part of the room. You will be in 
your final prison. Hit the rusted switch with the Megaton Hammer to open up the 
prison. Talk to the Goron. He won't give you any hints this time, he'll just 
tell you to help Darunia. Now, open up the yellow and blue chest in this room 
for the Boss Key! From here, leave this room and we'll be back at the Fire 
Temple entrance. Back in here, just head up the steps and open the door on the 
left at the top. In this room, use the pillar in the middle of the room to get 
to the locked door across from you.

Before unlocking it, I'd recommend turning right. Use your Hookshot to latch 
onto that Hookshot target. Get on top of it and climb the ledges. At the top 
are jars. Break them and you will find a Fairy in one of them. I'd capture this 
Fairy as an insurance policy for the upcoming boss. Now, head back to the 
locked door, and then unlock it and open it with the Boss Key. In this room, 
jump onto the large island in the middle. The pillar behind you will lower and 
sink into the lava, trapping us on here. Then the boss comes out of one of the 
fire holes on here!

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Subterranean Lava Dragon
Vulvagia

Difficulty: Easy

This is a fairly easy boss, as long as you stand out of its way. The fight will 
start with Vulvagia diving into one of the fiery holes on this island. Now, pay 
attention to the fire holes, and notice the smoke around them. Vulvagia will 
come out from one of them. When he does, hit him with the Megaton Hammer to 
stun him. Then, hit him again with the sword to hurt him. He will then go back 
under, and come out of a fire hole. He will be flying around in the air 
afterwards. During this time, Vulvagia will be shooting fire everywhere, so 
stay out of his direct line of sight. In addition, don't get near him, as 
sometimes, you could be trapped around him, with Vulvagia coiled around you. 
During this time, you could take significant damage. Afterwards, Vulvagia will 
dive back into a fire hole. When he comes out, like last time, stun him with 
the Megaton Hammer and hit him with the Sword.

The next time he comes out of the fire, he will go up high into the air, off 
the screen. This time, rocks will be falling from the ceiling, so be sure to 
dodge them. Afterwards, he goes back into the lava.

You will then see one of those two attacks each time he's up in the air from 
here on out. Just repeat this process and you will eventually defeat him. It 
should take 8 hits from the Master Sword and 4 hits from the Big Goron's Sword.

Hang in there! 
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
After the fight, Vulvagia will disintegrate, leaving his head behind. His head 
will turn into a Heart Container, so pick it up and then step through the blue 
portal to get out of here.

We will also see a brief cut-scene of Death Mountain Crater erupting, from 
Kakariko Village. A man on a roof will get blown back, and watch as the red 
ring around Death Mountain is removed. Blue skies are also around Death 
Mountain again!

Also, with the Fire Temple cleared, in the Death Mountain Trail, we won't have 
those nasty rock attacks near the top of the mountain as Adult Link anymore.

---------------------
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------

We will be greeted in the Chamber of the Sages by Darunia, awakening as the 
Sage of Fire. He will then give us the Fire Medallion, adding his power to 
ours!

Don't forget... Now you and I are True Brothers!

----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------

We will be teleported back to the Death Mountain Crater. There are still a 
couple of things to do here. First, head right and go across the bridge. Use 
your Hookshot to get to the other side. From here, head past the entrance to 
Goron City and go across the bridge. Over here, go forward and smash the brown 
rock twice with the Megaton Hammer to break us. This will allow us to get to 
the top of the Death Mountain Trail from here. In addition, smash the rocks to 
your right with the Megaton Hammer to break them, and then go through the 
entrance they were blocking.

-----------------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Death Mountain Crater
-----------------------------------------------

Wow, there's a Fairy Fountain in here! As usual, go up to the Triforce symbol 
and play Zelda's Lullaby to summon the Great Fairy. This is the Great Fairy of 
Wisdom. She will give us an upgrade to our magic power! What she does is make 
our magic meter twice as long! This will come in handy for the rest of the 
game, I'll say that much. Now, we could go along our way to the next temple, 
but why not do some side quests first?

******************************************************************************* 
SIDE QUESTS 
 
Most of these Side Quests come within Death Mountain.

DEATH MOUNTAIN TRAIL GOLD SKULLTULAS

Back out from the Great Fairy Fountain, jump onto the area to your right. Down 
here, climb up the ladder. At the top, head right and go through the opening, 
and then head back out to the Death Mountain Trail. From here, climb down to 
the area below you. Make sure it is nighttime. As I said earlier, we don't need 
to deal with those rock attacks anymore with the Fire Temple cleared. Down 
here, you'll notice a brown rock to your left. At nighttime, there is a Gold 
Skulltula behind here. Destroy the rock with the Megaton Hammer to reveal the 
Gold Skulltula, then destroy it and pick up the token.

There is another Gold Skulltula around here. Head to the area where you used a 
Bomb Flower as a kid to reveal Dodongo's Cavern. There is a brown rock around 
here. At the night, the Gold Skulltula is behind this brown rock, so destroy 
the rock with the Megaton Hammer. Defeat the Gold Skulltula behind the rock and 
then pick up the soil.

THE DEATH MOUNTAIN CRATER SOFT SOIL 
 
Believe it or not, there is a patch of soft soil in the Death Mountain Crater. 
So, head to the Temple of Time and become Young Link. Now, be sure you have a 
bottle of Bugs before warping. We can now get to the Death Mountain Crater as 
Young Link, thanks to the Bolero of Fire. So, as Young Link, warp to the Death 
Mountain Crater. Don't worry about the time limit for the extreme heat, as we 
won't be here very long.

The soft soil patch is right near the warping spot. Plant a Magic Bean into the 
soft soil. Then, dump the bottle of Bugs into the patch to form a Gold 
Skulltula. Defeat the Gold Skulltula and collect the token. If you have gotten 
all of the other previous Gold Skulltulas listed here, then you should now have 
all Death Mountain Gold Skulltulas!

Now, warp back to the Temple of Time. Become Adult Link again, and then warp 
back to the Death Mountain Crater. This time, ride the magic leaf formed by the 
Magic Bean. It should take you around the area. You should eventually circle 
around one of the craters. On top of this crater is a Piece of Heart. So, jump 
onto this crater and pick up the Piece of Heart when you see it!

HYRULE FIELD GOLD SKULLTULA 
 
There is now a Gold Skulltula in Hyrule Field that we can now access, thanks to 
the Megaton Hammer. In Hyrule Field, work your way to the entrance at Gerudo 
Valley. Now, turn around and head straight and to the left. You should find a 
brown rock surrounded by little rocks. Smash the brown rock twice with the 
Megaton Hammer to destroy it. Then, smash the ground with the Megaton Hammer. A 
hidden hole will be revealed, so go down it.

Down here, you will be surrounded by many spider webs. You can burn them all at 
once using Din's Fire. The Gold Skulltula is behind the cow that you'll find. 
Destroy the Gold Skulltula and then reel in the token with the Hookshot. And 
that should be the last Gold Skulltula in Hyrule Field! Well, in fairness, 
there were only two of them anway...

GERUDO VALLEY PIECE OF HEART 
 
While we're in the area, head to Gerudo Valley. Note, in order to do the next 
part, you must have planted a Magic Bean in the soft soil as Young Link. When 
you get to Gerudo Valley, jump all the way down to the platform far below you 
near the top waterfall. Down on this platform, head over to the magic leaf. 
Ride it until it gets to the top waterfall. You should see a Piece of Heart in 
an alcove behind the waterfall. If not, then you should see a ladder right 
behind the waterfall. Jump onto either the ladder or into the alcove, and then 
pick up the Piece of Heart once you get to it.
******************************************************************************* 
 
That's all there is, for now. Navi might be telling you about an arctic wind 
coming from Zora's River, so that's where we need to go next. Or more 
specifically, Zora's Domain. So head on over to Zora's River.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4k. Bone-Chilling Cold in the Ice Cavern
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

-------------
Zora's River
-------------

When you get to Zora's River, head to where the singing frogs were as Young 
Link. They're not there anymore. So for now, jump in the water. Don't worry, 
it's shallow enough that you can walk in it as Adult Link. Next to the tree 
branches are a waterfall. Facing this waterfall, head right. You'll find 
another waterfall to your left. Turn right and you'll see some land, so jump 
onto it. On here, head up the ladder. At the top, turn left and you should see 
a platform with a hole in the ground.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula near that platform on the wall. Jump 
over to that platform and get to the right of the hole. You should see the Gold 
Skulltula. Defeat it and then reel in the token with the Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After you get that Gold Skulltula, go back to where the frogs were found. This 
time, just progress Zora's River until you get to the bridge.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is another Gold Skulltula over here. This one is a little 
tricky to get, but it's still possible. Just after crossing the bridge, turn 
left to face the fence. Now, look way up and you should find a Gold Skulltula. 
To get it with the Hookshot, you need to stand on top of the fence and be in a 
good position. Otherwise, it will be a little difficult. You shouldn't have 
that much of a problem defeating it though.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
With both Gold Skulltulas taken care of, head to the Zora's Domain entrance and 
play Zelda's Lullaby as usual to open it up.

-------------- 
Zora's Domain
--------------

What in the world happened to this place? It's completely frozen over! There 
are no Zoras to be found anywhere either! Even the Item Shop is blocked off by 
ice at this time.

Now, if you had done the Big Goron's Sword quest earlier, King Zora should 
already be unfrozen. Had you talked to him after un-freezing him (instead of 
just presenting him the Prescription for Big Goron), he would've given you a 
Zora Tunic (which allows you to walk underwater without drowning). A Zora Tunic 
isn't the only thing we need for the upcoming Water Temple, but we also need a 
special item found in the Ice Cavern.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: We can also get a new Gold Skulltula here as Adult Ling. Facing 
King Zora, head down the tunnel to the left where you played the diving game. 
At the end of the tunnel, look to the wall on the left. You should see a Gold 
Skulltula. Defeat it and then reel in the token with the Hookshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

So, if you don't remember where the Ice Cavern is, go to Zora's Fountain, right 
behind King Zora.

----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------

Even Lord Jabu-Jabu is gone! All that's here are ice sheets in the water! Head 
to where Lord Jabu-Jabu was and jump on one of the ice sheets. Now, jump on the 
big ice sheet across from you and then use it to jump onto the next, smaller, 
ice sheet.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: Before heading into the Ice Cavern, there is a Piece of Heart 
out in the open. You should notice two rotating ice sheets across from you. 
Jump onto either of them and then use them to get onto the next ice sheet, 
which has the Piece of Heart, so pick it up.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

With the Piece of Heart, use the rotating ice sheets to get back to the 
previous ice sheet. Now, turn right and you should see a spinning ice sheet. 
Jump onto this one. Now jump onto the next couple of ice sheets and you'll find 
higher ground. Get onto this higher ground. This is the entrance to the Ice 
Cavern, so go on in.

-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------

Again, if you came here earlier for the Big Goron Sword quest, the first couple 
of puzzles may already be solved. If not, then watch out for the falling 
icicles from the ceiling. In addition, if you find icicles in your way, just 
slash away at them with your sword.

At the start, just follow the hallway until you get to a big room. If you came 
here earlier, the opening across from you should be opened up. If not, then you 
have to defeat several Freezards in order to advance into the next room. Either 
way, head into the opening across from you. In here, just follow this hallway 
to the next room, breaking the icicles in your way.

Now, if you have come here earlier, you should have already solved the puzzle 
here. If not, there are five Silver Rupees you need to collect to unlock the 
opening into the next area. There are three Silver Rupees in the middle of the 
area, one behind a set of icicles, and one just off a higher ledge you can jump 
off of. Just watch out for the spinning blades in the middle of the room.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula in this area. When entering this 
room, turn left and you should see a set of icicles that you can break. Above 
these icicles is a Gold Skulltula. Destroy it and then reel in the token with 
the Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula (and the Silver Rupees if you haven't come 
here already), climb up the ledges on the other side of the room. At the top, 
go through the opening. Now, follow this hallway into another bigger room. 
Watch out for the Freezard along the way. When you get to the bigger room, go 
forward and climb up to the walkways above you. Beware of the Freezards and the 
Ice Keeses up here. Now, you should have at least two Empty Bottles on you. 
Destroy the Freezard and the Ice Keeses so that they will not become a problem. 
Now, jump across the pillar onto another walkway. You will find an area of Blue 
Fire. You can capture this Blue Fire by using your Empty Bottle on it. Be sure 
to have at least two bottles of this stuff. Now, walk along the walkway and you 
will find a frozen chest. Use the Blue Fire to melt away the ice. Open the 
chest up to get the Dungeon Map. Before leaving, refill the now Empty Bottle 
(that you just used to melt the chest), with some more Blue Fire. From here, 
get back to the room with the Silver Rupee puzzle.

When you get back to the Silver Rupee room, you should see some red ice to your 
left and right. Go to the red ice to your left and melt it away with the Blue 
Fire. Now, go through the opening it was blocking. In here, follow the hallway 
and you will get to another room. Across from you is a set of Blue Fire. First, 
go right and shatter the icicles with your sword. Now, melt away the frozen 
chest with your Blue Fire. Open it up to get the Compass. From here, use the 
Blue Fire to refill your Empty Bottles.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: There is a frozen Piece of Heart in this room. Just use the 
Blue Fire to melt the ice surrounding it and then pick up the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula right near the Piece of Heart. 
Turnaround from the Piece of Heart and look up on the pillar slightly to your 
left. Destroy the Gold Skulltula that you find and then reel in the token with 
your Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you have done everything in this room, refill your two Empty Bottles with 
fire and then leave this room. Back in the Silver Rupee room, melt the ice 
across from you using the Blue Fire. Now head into the opening. Follow this 
hallway into another big room, destroying the icicles in your way. Head into 
the big room when you get there.

|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. Turn left and you 
should see the Gold Skulltula on the wall. Destroy the Gold Skulltula and then 
reel in the token with the Hookshot. You now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in 
the Ice Cavern!
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
This is a fairly annoying room. I recommend destroying all of the Ice Keeses 
before doing anything in this room. Like the previous room, you must collect 
all of the Silver Rupees in order to advance to the next room. But most of 
these Silver Rupees are up in the air, and you need to push blocks in a certain 
path in order to get them. 

1) To get the first Silver Rupee, just push the block forward up against the 
pillar. Climb up the block and climb up the pillar to get the Silver Rupee.

2) The second Silver Rupee is easy. Just head forward and get the Silver Rupee 
sitting on the short little ice stump.

3) To get the third Silver Rupee, get to the block and push it north (use the 
map for reference. You should be facing a higher ledge that has an ice block on 
the top of it. After pushing the block towards it, climb up the block and onto 
the higher ledge. Use the Blue Fire to melt away the ice and to pick up the 
Silver Rupee.

4) We can't move the block anymore, but we can reset it to its original 
position. Just push the block in either direction into the deep pit below, and 
it will appear where you first saw it. Now, push the block towards the south 
(again, use the map. This time, it should be up against an ice stump with a 
Silver Rupee on top.) Climb up the block and get the Silver Rupee on top of the 
ice stump.

5) To get the last Silver Rupee, just push the block to the west. It should 
bump up against another ice stump. Climb up onto the block and pick up the 
final Silver Rupee. The ice bars blocking an opening will move up.

Before getting to that higher ledge, jump off the pillar and onto the ledge 
with the Blue Fire. Take two or three bottles of Blue Fire with you. If King 
Zora is already melted, you need two. If not, you need three.

Now, to get to that unlocked area, push the block north to a short ice stump, 
then east to another ice stump, and then finally, south to the new opening. Get 
to the block, climb up it, and get on the higher ledge. Follow this hallway 
until you get to a set of red ice, destroying the icicles and the Freezards in 
your way. When you get to the red ice, use one bottle of Blue Fire to melt it 
away, and to clear a path. Now, open the door just behind the red ice.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI BOSS: White Wolfos
Difficulty: Easy

A White Wolfos is for the most part the same as a normal Wolfos. It will block 
most of your attacks. You can usually attack it right when it is about to 
attack you. Also, low, vertical shots can usually hit the White Wolfos (by 
pressing Up + B. Just keep hitting the Wolfos until you defeat it.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After defeating the White Wolfos, a large chest will appear. Open it up to get 
the Iron Boots! These are boots that we can use to walk on the bottom of the 
water. We can now get into the Water Temple using these boots. Iron Boots are 
very heavy, so it's best to not wear them outside of water (although there are 
a few exceptions to that rule). One change from the Nintendo 64 version in this 
game is that the Iron Boots are listed as a normal item. That means you can 
assign it to a button (X, Y, or a touchscreen button I or II). This makes 
taking the Iron Boots on and off much faster and easier.

After getting the Iron Boots, Sheik will appear. Sheik mentions that all but 
one of the Zoras are frozen under this ice. The one Zora that Sheik managed to 
rescue was Princess Ruto, who has ran off to the Water Temple. In addition, the 
ice around here was created by a curse from a monster in the Water Temple. 
Finally, Sheik will teach us a song that can take us to Lake Hylia, where the 
Water Temple is located.

SERENADE OF WATER

L, R, Y, Y, X

Just repeat that simple five note song and you'll learn the Serenade of Water!

Sheik then magically disappears through the use of that Deku Nut again.

Before heading to Lake Hylia, there are a couple of things we need to take care 
of. Let's first head back to Zora's Fountain. Behind the chest that had the 
Iron Boots is water. Equip your Iron Boots and jump into the water. Without the 
Zora Tunic, you do have a time limit before you drown, but you don't need to 
worry about that. Just open the door at the bottom of the water. On the other 
side, take off your Iron Boots and then float back to the top of the water. 
Jump off the ledge and you'll be back in the first Silver Rupee puzzle room. 
From here, get back to the entrance of this place and leave.

---------------- 
Zora's Fountain
----------------

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: There is another Piece of Heart in this area. We can now get it 
thanks to the Iron Boots. Jump into the water and put on your Iron Boots. Now, 
sink all the way down to the bottom of the water. At the very bottom, you'll 
find the Piece of Heart, so pick it up. 
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
 
After finding the Piece of Heart, take off the Iron Boots and float back to the 
top of the water. Head towards Zora's Domain now.

--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------

If you haven't done so already, use the Blue Fire to melt out King Zora. Then, 
stand on the platform and talk to him to get the Zora Tunic for free. Again, we 
also need this item for the Water Temple. You should now have one bottle of 
Blue Fire left. Head down to wear the Zora Item Shop is. Use the Blue Fire to 
melt away the ice blocking the entrance. And that's all we can do for now. 
Let's warp to Lake Hylia using our newly learned song!

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4l. Swimming Around in the Water Temple
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------

So if you haven't been to Lake Hylia yet, you should notice that the entire 
lake is drained of water. This also means that the fishing pond is normally 
inaccessible at the moment. However, if you planted a magic leaf in the soft 
soil patch near the laboratory as a kid, you can actually use the magic leaf to 
get to the fishing pond. You can also use it to get to the top of the 
laboratory. But we'll worry about that later.

Instead, jump into the lake. There still is a small area of water left. Equip 
your Zora Tunic and your Iron Boots and sink to the bottom. You should see the 
entrance to the Water Temple, which is currently locked. Above the locked gate 
is a little Hookshot-like target. Hit this with the Hookshot (this is the only 
item you can use underwater, by the way), and the little target will come out, 
unlocking the entrance to the Water Temple, so head inside.

-------------
Water Temple
-------------

You're in the Water Temple now! Time for an unenthusiastic hurray. This can be 
a very frustrating and annoying temple, as the enemies here are very annoying 
and some areas can be easily overlooked. There are three water levels in this 
Temple, and to help out, I'll break this walkthrough up by water level, so that 
you know which water level you should have it set to.

When entering the temple, take off your Iron Boots and surface upward. Now, 
head forward. You'll mean in the main area. Jump into the water and put on your 
Iron Boots again. When you get to the bottom, look for an opening that is in 
between two unlit torches (you're underwater, why wouldn't they be unlit?). 
When you find this opening, go through. Head down the hallway in here. At the 
end, you'll find Princess Ruto, all grown up! She will even say that she is 
your fiancee, and that she never forgot the vows the two of them made (as 
kids). Ruto even goes as far to say that Link is a terrible man to have kept 
her waiting for seven years!

Back to business. Ruto will obviously mention that Zora's Domain is frozen 
over, and that a "young man" named Sheik saved her from under the ice. Ruto 
then makes a request from the "person who is about to be your wife" to destroy 
the monsters in this temple. She will also mention that there are three areas 
where we can change the water level here. Ruto will then float away to show us 
where one of the areas is, so take off your Iron Boots and float up to the top 
of the water.

Hey, where did Ruto go? Not only that, but you won't see her again for the rest 
of the temple. For now, open the door in this room. It will lock when you are 
in the next room. To unlock it, you must defeat all of the enemies in this 
room. These enemies are called Spikes. When their spikes are out, you can't 
hurt them. However, hitting them will cause them to retract their spikes, 
leaving them completely exposed. At that point, one hit with your sword will 
defeat them. Once the Spikes are defeated, the door will unlock and a large 
chest will appear in this room. Open it to get the Dungeon Map. Now, leave this 
room.

Back out here, notice that little Triforce symbol on the wall. This is one of 
the areas where we can change the water level in this temple. Playing Zelda's 
Lullaby will take us to WATER LEVEL 1, which drains out the water in this 
temple and you can walk across the bottom. So, play Zelda's Lullaby. 
Afterwards, jump down back to the floor below you, where you met Princess Ruto.

WATER LEVEL 1

Down here, you'll notice a locked door. To open it, you must light up the two 
torches in the corners of this room. There are two ways of doing this. You can 
use Din's Fire or fire an arrow through the torch in the middle, which is 
lighted up. The former method is easier, but uses magic power, while the latter 
method is more difficult, but saves magic. Either way, once you get both 
torches lit, the door will unlock, so open it.

In this room, you will find annoying enemies called Shell Blades. They are 
clam-like enemies with iron shells, and you can only attack them when their 
mouths are opened up. You can usually get them to open up their mouths by 
walking up to them. Once the Shell Blades are defeated, a mini-chest in this 
room will appear. Open it up for a Small Key and then leave this room. Back in 
here, just head to the main, central room. Back in here, head left and you will 
find an opening across from you, so go through it. Follow this hallway until 
you get to a dead-end. At the end of the hallway should be a cracked floor. 
Place a Bomb on this cracked floor to blow it up and to reveal water. Jump into 
the water and stick on your Iron Boots to go down.

Watch out for the Shell Blade down here. Also note that the only item you can 
use when walking underwater is your Hookshot. Head to the other side of this 
hallway and then take off your Iron Boots to float back up. You'll be in a 
bigger room. Swim forward and get onto the ledge that has a switch on the 
floor. Step on this switch and the water in this room will raise a bit. This 
will also raise up a Hookshot target that we can use. Get onto the higher ledge 
and you'll see the Hookshot target on a statue. Fire the Hookshot at this 
target to pull yourself to it. On here, get rid of the Tektites and then go to 
the other side of the statue. You'll find a switch. Hit it with your sword and 
a gate will open up in this room.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula behind that open gate. Just destroy 
it and then either backflip to get the token or use the Hookshot to reel it in.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After getting the Gold Skulltula, jump back into the water and leave this room. 
Make your way back to the main room. Back here, head left. You will find a 
block, so climb up it. On top, you'll find a stone block blocking the opening. 
Push this block all the way forward until it falls into water. When it does, 
jump into the water and go down using the Iron Boots. Down here, head to the 
other side of this hallway and then use your Iron Boots to float back up. Get 
on the land once you get to the top of the water. Up here, head forward and 
you'll find a large gap. To cross it, hit the switch on the right with your 
sword. This will cause a water sprout to appear. Jump across it to get to the 
other side of the gap. Once you get to the other side, just open the door next 
to you.

This room is a bit tricky. The water here has a very strong current, so you'll 
be moving around constantly. First, jump into the water and use the Iron Boots 
to go down. You will see a locked gate. To open it, you must hit the switch 
inside that dragon statue's mouth. Before hitting it, get on the statue of the 
dragon's body, which is to the right of the locked gate. To do this, just take 
off your Iron Boots until you are floating right above the body, and then put 
your Iron Boots back on. Now, hit the switch with your Hookshot and it will 
activate. Now, turn towards the opening and use the Hookshot target to get you 
to where the gate is. You have a very short time limit before the switch 
deactivates. There are Shell Blades on the other side of the gate, but ignore 
them! Take the hit and take off your Iron Boots.

At the top, you'll find a switch and a mini-chest. Open up the mini-chest to 
get the Small Key. Now, hit the switch to open up the gate again. Jump back 
into the water, put your Iron Boots on, and get across the gate before it 
closes. From here, we need to head all the way back to the main area. Just be 
aware that right before the main area, you can't float back up completely to 
the land after taking off your Iron Boots. If you look up, you'll see a 
Hookshot target. Just use the Hookshot to pull yourself upwards to that target, 
and then get on the ledge.

Once you're back in the main area, go towards the large tower in the middle of 
the room. On one of the sides of the tower is a block. Get on top of the block 
and you'll find a locked door. Unlock and open the door using the Small Key. 
You'll be inside the tower now. Take note of the brown block you are standing 
on when entering this tower. Now, walk to the other side of this room and turn 
around. Now look up and you should see a Hookshot target to the right. Use the 
Hookshot to pull yourself to this target, and climb up to the platform. On 
here, you'll find a Triforce mark on the wall. This Triforce will change us to 
WATER LEVEL 2. The water in the center area will be about halfway filled when 
raising it to this level, so play Zelda's Lullaby in front of the Triforce to 
raise the water level.

WATER LEVEL 2

You'll be able to leave this room from this floor after raising the water 
level, but do not do it just yet. Instead, remember how I told you to take note 
of that brown block when entering at the bottom of this tower? The block has 
raised up to you. In the process, it has revealed a hole on the bottom of this 
tower (the game also shows you that hole for a brief second). This hole is very 
easy to miss and overlook (and no doubt caused much frustration in the Nintendo 
64 version of this game). So, stick on your Iron Boots and drop to the water 
below you. Drop down through that hole as well that the brown block was 
standing on top of.

Down here, follow this hallway into a bigger room. You'll find a switch in the 
corner of the room. Since you're underwater, use the Hookshot to activate the 
switch. The gate will open above you, causing numerous Shell Blades and Spikes 
to be released. Destroy all of these enemies with the Hookshot. After the 
enemies are defeated, another gate will open in the corner of the room. Get to 
that corner, and then take off the Iron Boots so that you can swim through the 
open gate. At the top, go forward and open the mini-chest for a Small Key. From 
here, go all the way back to where you raised the water level to WATER LEVEL 2. 
Once you're at the surface, swim onto the platform that has a door. Open the 
door to exit the tower. 
 
You'll be back in the main area. Before exploring the second floor, jump down 
into the water and use your Iron Boots to sink to the bottom. Now, head back to 
the room where you first saw Princess Ruto. Once you get there, take your Iron 
Boots off and float up. You should stop at the second floor. Get onto the land 
here. Now, in front of you, you'll notice a wall that's cracked up. Drop a Bomb 
into this wall to blow it up, revealing a room. Go into this room and open up 
the mini-chest to get the Small Key. Once you have this Small Key, go back to 
the main area, and get onto the land near the central tower.

Back on here, go back to the door that you used to get out of the tower. It is 
locked now. With your back towards this door, go right and go around the 
corner. To your left, you'll see an opening on the other side of the water. You 
can either swim towards this opening or use the Hookshot target up top. Once 
you get to the opening, go into the hallway. Follow the hallway until you get 
to some large spikes. Just past the spikes is a higher ledge with a Hookshot 
target. Use that target to get onto the ledge. Now, look up towards the ceiling 
and you'll find several Hookshot targets. Use any one of them to get to the 
room above you. Up here, you'll find a switch and a large chest guarded by a 
water sprout. Don't hit the switch yet. First, stand in front of the chest (be 
sure to stand on the side that you open it from), and then use your Fairy Bow 
to shoot an arrow at the switch. This switch is only activated for a matter of 
seconds, so quickly open the large chest to get the Compass. Once you have the 
Compass, leave this room and go back to the main area.

Back in the main area, get on the central walkway surrounding the tower. Now, 
head to the opposite side of the tower. Across from you, on the other side of 
the water, should be a locked door. Get on the block in front of it and unlock 
and open the door using a Small Key. In this room, head left and get on top of 
that waterspout. Now, fire an arrow at the switch in the corner of the room to 
activate the switch and raise up the waterspout. It will take you to the room 
above you. At the top, avoid the Blue Tektite and then open the door in the 
corner of the room. You'll be in a little alcove on the top floor. The Triforce 
symbol next to you can be used to change the water level to WATER LEVEL 3, 
which will completely fill this room up with water. So, play Zelda's Lullaby to 
raise the water level.

WATER LEVEL 3

After raising the water level, go to the central platform surrounding the 
tower. Using your map, head to the east side of the tower and look across the 
water. You should see an opening on the other side, so go across the water and 
go into the opening. In here, follow the hallway until you get to a pit of 
water. Jump into the water and use your Iron Boots to go down. Down here, 
you'll be back on the second floor. Directly across from you is a block. What 
you have to do for now is pull out the block one full tile (notice the tiles on 
the floor). Make sure the block is covering the 4-way intersection. You'll know 
you have pulled it far enough after it drops a little bit. Once you do that, 
turn back around. Use your Iron Boots to get back to the main area and this 
time, go to the west side of the tower. On this side, across from the water, 
should be a locked door. Open up the locked door using a Small Key.

This is a fairly annoying room. Head forward to the edge of this hall. Jump 
down to the block below you.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall to the right. If you 
stand on the corner of the block, you can reach it. Defeat it and then reel in 
the token with the Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, jump down to the stone block below you. Now, 
across from you is a waterfall. There are also these platforms coming out of 
the top of the waterfall. All of these platforms have Hookshot targets that can 
latch onto. What you have to do is use your Hookshot to pull yourself to one of 
these falling platforms. Now, QUICKLY use the Hookshot to get up to the 
platform above you. If you're too slow, you'll end up falling into the pit and 
will have to try this room again. Work your way upward, using the Hookshot to 
"climb" up the falling platforms. Eventually, you'll make your way to the top. 
At the top, use the Hookshot to latch onto the target and climb up into the 
alcove. There is a locked door here, so unlock and open it with your Small Key.

We have another puzzle to work through in this room. In the center of this room 
is a pit of water. There is a switch in this water too. Before doing anything, 
try to get rid of the Blue Tektites in the water so that they won't annoy you 
while you are working on this puzzle. Hit the switch with an arrow to activate 
it. This will raise up the water, in addition to raising all of the dragon 
statues around here. These dragon statues have Hookshot targets. Use your 
Hookshot to get to the dragon statue directly across from you. You'll be on 
another platform. On here, you'll see another dragon statue across from you. 
You CANNOT latch onto it, as you'll fall in the water below. Instead, fire 
another arrow at the switch in the water to deactivate it and lower the water. 
All of the dragon statues will lower as well.

Looking across the water, there is a Hookshot target to the left of the dragon 
statue. Use your Hookshot to then bring you over to this platform. Now, climb 
over the head of the dragon statue on the other side. Hit the switch in the 
water with an arrow again to raise the dragon statues. Now, use the Hookshot on 
the target on the dragon statue across from you. When you get to the next 
platform, hit the switch in the water again with an arrow. When the dragon 
statue lowers, jump on top of its head. Now, shoot at arrow at the switch one 
more time to raise up the dragon statue. At the top, head into the next room. 
In here, walk forward and get rid of the Blue Tektites. In front of you is a 
set of spikes. Behind the spikes is a door and a Like Like. You can use a magic 
attack from your sword to safely get rid of the Like Like without having your 
equipment eaten. Now, to get to the other side of the spikes, look up at the 
ceiling. You'll see a Hookshot ceiling. Use your Hookshot to get to this target 
and you'll fall down on the other side of the spikes. Now open the door in 
front of you.

The door will then lock behind you when entering the next room. Head to the 
door on the other side of the room. Now, go back to the lone tree in the middle 
and you'll find an enemy. Mini-boss time! 
 
******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Dark Link
Difficulty: Medium

Yes, this is Dark Link. Almost a mirror of yourself. Dark Link won't really 
hurt you, but usually you'll have trouble hurting him, which is what makes this 
battle a bit difficult. What happens is that he will mirror your exact moves. 
So if you try to attack him with your sword, he'll do the same and block your 
attack. There are a couple of ways of hitting them. One is the Megaton Hammer, 
which will cause damage to Dark Link every time you hit him. The other is to 
use Big Goron's Sword. When attacking with Big Goron's Sword, use Up + B to do 
a straight attack. This will hit Link low and at his legs, and will hit him 
more times than not. In order to pull off this attack, L-Target Dark Link. 
Don't stand too close to him. Instead, back up a few steps and THEN use Up + B.

The key to hitting Dark Link is not to stand right in front of him, but to be 
several steps back from him. In addition to Up + B, you can also try Left + B 
or Right + B and hit him with varying degrees of success.

Whenever Link is hit, he'll vanish and then come back after a couple of 
seconds. He won't appear in front of you, so be on the lookout. After he comes 
back, hit him again using one of the two methods above.

Hang in there. This is a tough fight, but you'll eventually take him down!
*******************************************************************************

After the fight, both of the doors in this room will unlock. Open the door that 
is leading to the next room (Link should automatically face this door).

In this room, open the large chest in front of you, and you'll get the 
Longshot! The Longshot is an upgraded version of the Hookshot. The difference 
now is that the range of the Longshot is as twice as long! If you have the 
Hookshot out, there's no need to equip the Longshot, as it will automatically 
be replaced by the Longshot.

After getting the Longshot, go behind the chest. You will find blue blocks with 
the Door of Time symbols on them, so use the Song of Time to remove them. They 
will disappear, revealing a hole, so jump down it.

Down here is a fairly annoying room. You will have to swim through a river that 
has a very strong current. In addition, there are vortexes that you can fall 
through. Falling through any of these vortexes will bring you back to the start 
of river. To get through this river, you must use a combination of your normal 
boots and the Iron Boots.

Start by jumping into the river. Follow the river until you see the first 
vortex. To get around the vortex, stick on your Iron Boots and walk along the 
wall on the left side. If you start falling towards the vortex, roll out by 
pressing A. Now, head towards the next vortex.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula just above the second vortex. 
Standing in the water, you can use your Longshot to defeat the Gold Skulltula 
and to reel in the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After getting the Gold Skulltula, continue walking towards the next vortex. You 
can get around the vortex by staying along the wall to the right. Again, if you 
start to fall in, use A to roll out. Now, there is a ledge across from you with 
jars on it. In front of it is a vortex. To get to this platform, run to the 
right of the vortex. You are likely to start falling it, so start rolling to 
get out. When you get to the ledge, jump on it and turn around. You will see 
another higher ledge. There's nothing on it, but we need to get to it. Jump 
back in the water and walk in between the two vortexes. You should be able to 
get to this ledge and climb up it without a problem.

Once you climb on the ledge, take off your Iron Boots. Across from you is an 
eye switch. Shoot an arrow at this switch with your Fairy Bow to activate it. 
This will open up the gate to your left. Behind the gate is a mini-chest. Watch 
out, this switch is only activated for a few seconds, so you need to be quick. 
What you can do is use your Longshot on the mini-chest to latch and pull 
yourself onto it. Once you get to the mini-chest, open it up to get a Small 
Key. After getting the Small Key, head right. You'll come back to the room that 
had strong currents (that you had to get by for a Small Key). You should know 
where you are, so get back to the main room from here.

Remember, we are on WATER LEVEL 3. We need to change this back to WATER LEVEL 
1. Go to the room where you found Princess Ruto (on the bottom floor, it's the 
room with two torches in between the opening leading in), and then float up to 
the room that she showed us. Use Zelda's Lullaby to drain out the water.

WATER LEVEL 1

With the water level lowered, go back to the tower in the main room and head 
inside. In here, go to the other side of the room. Turn around and look 
upwards. Use your Longshot to latch onto the target, and then play Zelda's 
Lullaby to change to WATER LEVEL 2.

WATER LEVEL 2

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this tower that we can now get 
with the Longshot. After raising the water tower, get on the brown block next 
to you. Now, face the door in front of you and look up and to the left. You 
should see a Gold Skulltula on the wall in the corner. Defeat it and then reel 
it in with the Longshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave the tower. Back in the main area, go to 
the opposite side of the tower. You should find a locked gate with an eye 
switch below it. Hit the eye switch to open up the gate. Now you need to be 
very quick, as this gate will only be open for a couple of seconds. While the 
gate is open, use the Longshot to latch onto the target just beyond the gate. 
We are doing this now, as that gate was too far away for the Hookshot to get 
to. If done right, you'll be in a hallway. Follow this hallway until you get to 
a block. Remember the block earlier that you pulled out and just left it there? 
We are now on a different side of it. Push this block forward as far as you can 
and then go through the opening to your right. You will find a mini-chest 
across from you, so open it for a Small Key. Remember, you can only complete 
this puzzle if you pulled out the block earlier. To do so, go up to the third 
floor, raise the water level, and drop into the room with your Iron Boots to 
pull it out. Then you would need to alternate the water levels back up to this 
water level. Sounds fun, huh?

After you get the Small Key, you can't leave this room the same way you came 
in. Instead, turn around and go all the way straight. At the end of the hall, 
look up and latch onto the target with the Longshot. Now head forward into the 
main room. Once you get back to the main room, jump back down to the second 
floor. Enter the door on the west side and go back to the room to change the 
water level. When you get to that room, play Zelda's Lullaby to change the 
water level to WATER LEVEL 3.

WATER LEVEL 3

We don't need to do anything on this floor, but we need to keep the water level 
this high for later on. After raising the water level, I recommend using 
Farore's Wind here. That way we can quickly get back to the main room after 
completing the next area. From here, jump into the water in the main room, and 
then use the Iron Boots to drop all the way down to the bottom of this place. 
At the bottom, face the hallway leading into the room where we saw Princess 
Ruto. From here, head left and you'll find another opening, so go into it. In 
the opening, you'll drop into a pit below you.

Down here, walk forward into a bigger room. Walk forward and then turn around. 
You should see a target on the ceiling across from you. Use your Longshot to 
latch onto this target and to pull yourself out of the water. Now, take off the 
Iron Boots and then turn around. You'll see a locked door across from you. To 
get to this door, just latch onto the target above the door using the Longshot. 
Now, unlock and open this door using a Small Key.

This can be a fairly tricky room. You need swim to the ledge on the other side 
of the water, but avoid being sucked in by the vortexes. You shouldn't need the 
Iron Boots, but just swim to the other side. Remember, you can swim faster be 
constantly tapping B. You also need to watch out for the Blue Tektites and the 
boulders falling into the water. When you get to the other side of the water, 
get out and open the door.

In this room, walk forward. Below you is a big room. Jump into the water below 
you and climb up to the platform on your right. Before doing anything, get rid 
of the Stingers in the water. If they attack you, just use your sword. If 
they're in the water, fire arrows at them. Ready for another puzzle? In front 
of you should be a cracked wall. Place a Bomb in front of it to open it up. 
Now, head over to the opposite platform and blow up the cracked wall on this 
side with a Bomb too (although the crack isn't as obvious on this side, keep 
that in mind).

After the second wall is blown up, head into the new hallway. There is a block 
here. Push the block until you are no longer able to push it. Once it hits the 
wall, head to the other side of the water and get onto the other platform. 
Start pulling the block out as far as you can. Your final step is to swim back 
to the other side, go through the hallway, and then push the block until you 
push it into the water. The block will land on a switch on the floor and 
activate it. This will raise the water level and now we can get to the alcove 
up top in this room. Up here, just climb up the steps and open the door at the 
top.

In this room, step on the switch on the floor in the corner. This will cause 
three vortexes to raise up in the gap next to you. Jump across the vortexes to 
get across the gap and onto the other side of the room. Over here, avoid the 
Blue Tektites and open the door next to you. In here, walk forward and jump 
into the river. This river has a current, so stick on your Iron Boots to stay 
put.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in here. After jumping in the water, 
turn right and you'll see it on the wall. Use the Longshot to defeat it and 
reel in the token. This is the final Gold Skulltula in the Water Temple! 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Now, watch out for the rocks falling down. After defeating the Gold Skulltula, 
jump into the hole in front of you. Down here, follow this hallway until you 
get to a dead-end. At the dead-end, take off the Iron Boots and float yourself 
back up. At the top, climb up onto the land. Now unlock and open the door up 
here using a Small Key. In this room, open up the blue chest in front of you 
for the Boss Key! 
 
All that's left now is the boss. From here, you need to get back to the main 
room. There are three ways of doing so. If you used Farore's Wind earlier, you 
can use it and warp back to the main room. You can also play the Serenade of 
Water to get to Lake Hylia, and then to re-enter the Water Temple. Or you can 
just backtrack there from your current room, which will take a while.

Once you are back in the main room, get on the central platform surrounding the 
tower. Now, head to the north side. Across from you should be a dragon statue. 
Use the Longshot on the target to get you towards that area. There are jars 
here too. One of them has a Fairy, if you want to capture one in a bottle. From 
here, open the door near you.

This is a very annoying room. There is a steep slope that you need to run up. 
However, there are three Blade Traps moving left to right (although not in sync 
with each other), that you must avoid. You CANNOT stop when going up the slope, 
otherwise you'll slide right back to the bottom. Also, getting hit or rolling 
with A will send you sliding towards the bottom. So what you have to do is 
start running up the slope. Keep going forward at all times. You can go left 
and right, as long as you are going forward in the process. Do you best to 
avoid all 3 Blade Traps. Once you get to the top, unlock the door with the Boss 
Key and then open it up.

Walk up to the pool and Navi will warn you that the water doesn't look normal. 
Now, jump onto one of the pillars in the pool to start the boss fight.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS

Giant Aquatic Amoeba
Morpha

Difficulty: Medium

Once the fight starts, jump off the pillar and onto the floor surrounding the 
pool. Morpha, you should know, is just that small, red nucleus. When Morpha is 
in the water, it can create water tentacles that can attack you. Sometimes, the 
Tentacle will pick you up, hold onto your for a few seconds, draining your 
health in the process. It will then throw you up against the wall.

The only thing you need to hit is the red nucleus. When Morpha is in the water, 
keep firing the Longshot at it. You may miss several times, as it is moving 
around constantly. Try not to stay in one place, otherwise a water tentacle 
might get you. Move around a bit every few times that you fire your Longshot. 
If you know you missed Morpha with your Longshot, quickly press your Longshot 
button again to fire it, so you don't stand there waiting for the whole 
Longshot to shoot out.

Morpha is obviously easier to hit with the Longshot the closer it is to you, 
and if it is at the edge of the water. In addition, it's also easy to get 
Morpha when it is out of the water and inside the tentacle. Hitting Morpha with 
the Longshot however, will NOT damage it. Instead, it will reel in Morpha 
towards you. Once you pull it out of the water, hit it with your sword as many 
times as you can, before it goes back in the water.

Afterwards, you need to then repeat that process again. Do your best to reel 
out Morpha with your Longshot, and then hit him with your sword once it's out 
of the water. Keep at it and you'll eventually defeat it! It should take about 
6 hits with the Big Goron's Sword.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

At the end of the fight, jump into the pool. The warp portal is in the middle 
of the room, so watch out for it. First, find the Heart Contain and pick that 
up for an additional Heart. Then, step into the blue warp portal to get out 
here. Congratulations, you have finished the Water Temple! 
 
--------------------- 
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------

Link returns to the Chamber of the Sages, where we find Princess Ruto. She has 
awoken as the Water Sage. Ruto mentions that Zora's Domain will return to its 
original state. Ruto then asks if you are searching for Zelda, saying that Link 
can't hide anything from her. But what Ruto does tell us is that Zelda is alive 
and out there, somewhere. At the end, she will give you the Water Medallion and 
have her power added to ours!

"If you see Sheik, please give him my thanks, ok?"
 
----------- 
Lake Hylia
-----------

Before Link warps back to Lake Hylia, we see Sheik overseeing Lake Hylia, as it 
is now completely re-filled with water! Now, despite Lake Hylia being 
completely refilled, Zora's Domain remains frozen as Adult Link, even after 
clearing this temple. So much for it "returning to its original state." And I 
would've loved to see an unfrozen Zora's Domain too. Link then is warped back 
to Lake Hylia and runs up to Sheik. Sheik will point out that the lake is now 
completely restored, thanks to the efforts of you and Ruto. While Link is 
looking at the water, Sheik slowly backs off, climbs up the tree (unbeknownst 
to Link), and jumps in the water to escape.

There's many things to do in Lake Hylia, with the water now refilled. Notice 
how the sun is coming up? Go up towards the edge and face the sun. That square-
shaped island should be directly across from you. When the sun is rising, shoot 
the sun with an arrow. This will create a Fire Arrow, which will land on that 
little island. Swim over to that island and pick up the Fire Arrow! This is a 
new arrow that you can use for your Fairy Bow. It costs magic power to use, so 
watch out for that. But you can use the Fire Arrow to light up torches, as 
opposed to Din's Fire. And you can use it to attack wooden enemies too. Once 
you get the Fire Arrow, swim back to the land that you previously were at.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Remember that tree that Sheik jump off of? There is a Gold 
Skulltula on top of the tree. This is a little tricky, but you must use your 
Longshot to latch yourself on top of that tree and onto the tree branch. Once 
you're up there, you'll find the Gold Skulltula. Destroy it and then pick up 
the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
With the water back, we can also swim over to the Fishing Pond. There's a new 
item that we can get there as Adult Link, so let's head over there!
 
******************************************************************************* 
THE FISHING POND, PART II

When you walk in, talk to the fisherman and he'll recognize you, even after 
seven years. He'll also tell you that he's almost out of business! So, pay him 
20 Rupees to start fishing.

As he stated seven years ago, the fish ARE bigger as Adult Link. The biggest 
fish found usually weighs between 18 and 20 pounds.

Once you start fishing, go over to the left side and face the pond. The biggest 
fish is near the middle. It is also near the grass and a couple of tree 
branches. Take a couple of steps into the water and L-Target that fish with 
Navi. Again, to get the fish to bite, keep wiggling the lure using Down. Don't 
stay in one spot, as the fish will swim away. Keep trying to bait the fish 
while bringing the lure back to you. If he doesn't bite on by the time the lure 
is back to you, just L-Target it again with Navi as he's swimming back towards 
his original location. This can be tricky, so you may need to try several 
times.

Once you have the fish, use every combination imaginable to reel it in. Hold 
down A, Left and Up, on the Circle Stick, and R. This is a heavy fish and it 
will be a drag reeling it in. If the fish breaks away, you need to leave and 
re-enter the pond (and pay another 20 Rupees) to have another shot at it. Given 
the abundance of Rupees in this game, it should never be a problem, anyway.

Just hang in there and you'll eventually get the fish.

Once you finally catch that huge fish, go to the fisherman and tell him to 
weigh it. The fish should be much bigger than your current fish caught as a 
kid, and as a reward, you'll get the Golden Scale! This is an upgrade from the 
Silver Scale, and we can now dive up to 9 (instead of 6) meters underwater! 
Once you're done, head out of the pond. Just be sure to tell the fisherman that 
you want to Quit, so you return the fishing rod to him.
******************************************************************************* 
 
Back in Lake Hylia, swim over to the scarecrow field. Remember these guys from 
Child Link? Only one scarecrow is here. Talk to him and then take out your 
Ocarina. Play the song that you created as a Scarecrow's Song. After playing 
the Scarecrow's Song, he will mention that his friend, Pierre, is around, and 
then we can play the Scarecrow's Song to make Pierre appear. We can only do 
this in certain spots, however. Usually, you can use it in areas where Navi 
heads over to with a green marker. This will become useful for getting to areas 
we previously couldn't access. When Pierre appears, you can use him as a target 
for your Hookshot or your Longshot.

Now, head over to the laboratory.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: You can get this Piece of Heart if you planted a Magic Bean in 
the soft soil as Young Link. Get on the Magic Bean and ride it. When you have a 
chance to jump on the roof of the laboratory, do so. If you didn't plant the 
Magic Bean, you can use the Scarecrow's Song. Notice how Navi creates a green 
marker on the roof? If you play the Scarecrow's Song, Pierre the Scarecrow will 
appear. You can use him as a target for your Longshot to get onto the roof.

On here, climb up to the ladder leading to the top tower. You just need to be 
really careful of the Guays (the purple crows) flying around, otherwise they'll 
knock you off the ladder. At the top, pick up the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
 
Now, head inside the laboratory.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Jump into the pool using your Iron Boots. At the bottom is a 
crate. Roll into it to break it and reveal the Gold Skulltula. As you're 
underwater, you can only use your Longshot to defeat it. Defeat the Gold 
Skulltula and pick up the token. This should be the last Gold Skulltula in Lake 
Hylia! 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: You are able to get this Piece of Heart thanks to your newly-
acquired Gold Scale. Take off the Iron Boots and surface back to the top of the 
water. Now, dive all the way down to the bottom of the water. If you touch the 
bottom, you'll hear the "puzzle solved" sound effect. Now, go back up and talk 
to the lady. She'll notice that you touched the bottom of the pool, and will 
reward you with a Piece of Heart! 
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
 
Now, we could head towards the next temple, but there are plenty of Side Quests 
to do.

******************************************************************************* 
SIDE QUESTS

HYRULE FIELD PIECE OF HEART 
 
With the Iron Boots, there is a Piece of Heart we can get out in Hyrule Field. 
To get to the secret area, face the Lon Lon Ranch area and head to the right. 
You'll get to a river with a lone tree near it. Plant a Bomb next to the tree 
and it will explode, revealing a hidden hole, so head down it. Down here, 
you'll find a body of water. There is a Piece of Heart at the bottom. You can 
get the Piece of Heart by either diving to it (you can now with the Golden 
Scale) or just using the Iron Boots to sink to the bottom).

GERUDO'S FORTRESS PIECE OF HEART 
 
With the Longshot and the Scarecrow's Song, we can get a Piece of Heart at 
Gerudo's Fortress as well. To get there, we need to work our way through the 
Thieves' Hideout. When in the Thieves' Hideout, get to the room that has two 
staircases leading to different directions. Take the one on the right and exit. 
Out here, clip up to the roof next to you. From here, head to the other side of 
this roof and turn right. Jump across the gap and onto the roof slightly below 
you. Now, head around the corner and you'll find vines, so climb up them. At 
the top, follow this roof to another gap. You'll see Navi go out and put out a 
green marker. Play the Scarecrow's Song to make the scarecrow appear, and then 
use your Longshot to latch onto the scarecrow to get across the gap. From here, 
head around the corner and open up the large chest for a Piece of Heart.

FIRE TEMPLE GOLD SKULLTULAS 
 
Yes, there are some Gold Skulltulas in the Fire Temple that we weren't able to 
get, so warp back to the Fire Tempe. Once you're in, get to the top of the maze 
that had all the boulders rolling around. At the top, head to the door. Facing 
the door, look up and to the left. You should see a higher platform with a 
green marker by Navi. Face this higher platform and play the Scarecrow's Song 
to summon the Scarecrow. Use the Longshot to latch onto the Scarecrow and to 
get onto the platform. Now, turn around and look across from you. Now use the 
Longshot to latch onto the target on that floating platform. When you land on 
the platform, you will be taken upward into small room. Open the door once you 
get to the top.

In this room, go around the corner and climb up the fence. At the top, you'll 
see another fence. There is a Gold Skulltula on this fence. Destroy it and then 
pick up the token while climbing up the fence. Believe it or not, there is 
still one more Gold Skulltula. At the top of the second fence, open the door 
near you.
 
You'll be in a room similar to the room where you got the Megaton Hammer. The 
next Gold Skulltula is nearby. It is on the wall surrounding that large gap in 
the middle of the room. Walk towards the gap and look to the left. Defeat the 
Gold Skulltula and then reel it in with the Longshot. You should now have all 
of the Gold Skulltulas in the Fire Temple! 
 
Also, if you want to, you can step on that switch in the floor to remove the 
fire surrounding a chest at the top of the room. If you can get to the chest, 
you can open it to get a Yellow Rupee, for 200 Rupees! 
 
DODONGO'S CAVERN GOLD SKULLTULA 
 
And yes, there still is still one more Gold Skulltula in Dodongo's Cavern. 
And we can actually access the place as an adult. Just don't go to Kakariko 
Village to get to this place.

When you get to Dodongo's Cavern, go to the center island. Now, head right onto 
the pillar, and use it to get to the platform across from you. From here, head 
into the opening at the end. In this hallway, look up and to the left where you 
should see a higher ledge. Navi will turn green and go up there. This one can 
be a little tricky to get. Walk directly below that higher ledge and play the 
Scarecrow's Song to summon the Scarecrow. Now, back up and use the Longshot to 
latch onto the Scarecrow and to get onto that ledge. On this ledge is a Gold 
Skulltula. Just defeat it and pick up the token off the wall. We now have all 
of the Gold Skulltulas in the Dodongo's Cavern!

That's it for side quests now.
*******************************************************************************

With three temples completed, we now have the proper equipment to go to the 
Gerudo Training Grounds and get to the prize hidden in there. Head over to 
Gerudo's Fortress.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4m. The Gerudo Training Grounds!
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

------------------ 
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------

The entrance to the Training Grounds are near the Thieves' Hideout. To get 
inside, you must pay the Gerudo at the gate 10 Rupees. Note that this is not a 
one-time fee, you must pay up every time you want to head inside.

------------------------
Gerudo Training Grounds
------------------------

There is a prize to be found in this area, but you must find seven Small Keys 
to get to it. There are nine Small Keys in this training ground. While we do 
not need to find all of them (nor do we have the proper items for some of 
them), we do have enough equipment (Iron Boots, Zora Tunic, Longshot, Fairy 
Bow, Lens of Truth, and Megaton Hammer) to find enough keys.

When you start the area, there is a door to your left, across from you, and to 
your right. The door across from you leads to the area with the prize, where 
all of the locked doors are. Let's start out by opening the door to the right.

SMALL KEY #1

-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time! 
 
This is fairly simple. You have a minute and a half to defeat two Lizalfos and 
a Beamos. Defeat the Lizalfos using a couple of hits with a sword, and then 
defeat the Beamos by throwing a Bomb at it. Don't go near the ledges 
surrounding this room though, as a firewall will appear when walking up to it, 
which will knock you back. If you want to go up the ledges and get the Hearts, 
you must climb up on the ends of the ledges, which are found near the doors.
 
After defeating the enemies in this room, a mini-chest will appear, so open it 
for the first Small Key. The other door in this room will unlock, so open it.

SMALL KEY #2

-Cross the sea of fire! 
 
We must collect the Silver Rupees in this room to unlock the door across from 
us, but that's not what we're aiming for. Go down the stairs. At the bottom, 
you'll notice a large lava pool with pillars in it. These pillars have Silver 
Rupees, however, some of the gaps between the pillars are too large to jump 
across normally (you can get to these using the Hover Boots from the next 
temple).

At the bottom of the stairs, look up and you'll see a higher ledge to the left. 
There is a Small Key that you currently cannot see on that ledge. Jump across 
the first gap and pick up the Silver Rupee. If you notice, Navi will turn green 
and fly to the middle of the lava. Play the Song of Time and two Door of Time 
blue blocks will appear! You can use these blue blocks as steps to get to that 
higher ledge. Climb up the blocks and pick up the Small Key at the top!

THE SILVER RUPEES

Also, with the blue Door of Time blocks, we can also safely collect the other 
Silver Rupees in this room. One of the Silver Rupees is surrounded by a wall of 
fire. To remove that wall of fire, step on the switch on the floor just below 
the ledge that had the Small Key. This is a timed switch, so be careful and 
quick and getting to that Silver Rupee. The best way to get to that Silver 
Rupee is to jump off the ledge where you got the Small Key. For the final 
Silver Rupee, look up on the door on the other side of this room. Above the 
door is a target you can hit with a Longshot. Pull yourself to that target and 
get the final Silver Rupee. This will unlock a door in this room.

To get to that door, you can use your Longshot to latch onto and pull yourself 
to that lighted torch in front of the door. Open the door when you get to it.

SMALL KEY #3

-Collect the underwater gems!

This one is a little annoying. This requires the Iron Boots, the Zora Tunic, 
and the Longshot. On the floor in front of you are Door of Time blocks, so play 
the Song of Time to remove them. A pit of water will be revealed, so put on 
your Zora Tunic and Iron Boots and jump in the water. Down here, you must 
collect all of the Silver Rupees. Don't take off your Iron Boots as there is a 
strong current under this water, so you will move around very fast if you do. 
If you have to, take out the Shell Blades before they become incredibly 
annoying.

1) The first Silver Rupee is in the dead middle of the room, at the very 
bottom. Can't miss it.

2) For the second Silver Rupee, turn around and face up. You should see a 
target on the wall with a Rupee below it. Use the Longshot to get to that 
target and you will then fall down, collecting the Silver Rupee along the way.

3 and 4) There are two silver Rupees in the corners of this area. There are two 
ways to get them. One way is to align yourself so that you are facing a Silver 
Rupee and a Longshot target behind you. Then, fire the Longshot at the target 
and you will get the Silver Rupees while being pulled towards the target. The 
second way is to get near the Silver Rupees, remove your Iron Boots, and 
collect them as you are floating upward. This can be a little difficult, but 
you have to kind of swim with the current.

5) The final Silver Rupee is up on the roof. Take off the Iron Boots and swim 
up to the roof (not to the surface of the water). Then, swim around until you 
get the Rupee.

Once all of the Silver Rupees are collected, a mini-chest will appear above the 
water. Head up to the chest and open it for the Small Key.

SMALL KEY #4

After getting the previous Small Key, head back out to the previous room. There 
is a door to your right on the other side of the lava. To get there, just use 
the Longshot to latch onto either the target or the lighted torch. Open the 
door once you get to it.

-Find the secret hidden in this room!

In order to complete this room, the Megaton Hammer is required. First, defeat 
the Fire Keeses and the Torch Slugs in this room. Defeating all of the enemies 
will cause the door leading to the previous room to unlock and a mini-chest to 
appear (which has a Bundle of Arrows). There is another mini-chest in the 
middle of the room surrounded by fire. To remove the fire, go up to one of the 
totem pole statues (it's underneath one that's only one block tall) and smash 
the statues with the Megaton Hammer. You'll eventually find a switch on the 
floor, underneath where the statues used to be. Hit the switch to remove the 
fire, and then open the mini-chest for the Small Key.

Now, there is another door in this room, which is locked. To unlock it, smash 
the three-block statue using the Megaton Hammer and you will find an eye 
switch. Shoot this switch with an arrow and the door will unlock, so open it.

SMALL KEY #5

-Blind the eyes of the statue!

There is a statue with three faces in the middle of the room. Surrounding the 
statue is a rotating floor, which will allow you to get to all of the statues. 
Shoot the eye of each statue with an arrow. If all three are hit quickly, a 
mini-chest will appear in the middle of the room. You can get to the mini-chest 
by using your Longshot to latch onto it. Open it to get the Small Key. If not, 
then you need to be a little quicker. Try moving around to the next statue 
instead of waiting for the moving floor to bring you to the next one.

To leave the room, just use the Longshot on the target above the door.

SMALL KEY #6

To get to this key, go all the way back to the entrance of the Gerudo Training 
Ground. Remember how there were three doors you could open? This time, open the 
door on the left.

-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time! 
 
Like the first Small Key, we just have to defeat all of the enemies in this 
room within the time limit. You have a minute to defeat the two Stalfos in this 
room. After defeating both of the Stalfos, the door to the next room will 
unlock and a mini-chest will appear. Open the mini-chest to get the Small key. 
Now, head into the door leading into the next room.

SMALL KEY #7

-Gather the jewels of white while avoiding traps and danger!

There is no Small Key in this room, but we must collect all of the Silver 
Rupees in order to advance to the next room. You have a minute and a half to 
get all of the Silver Rupees. But you must watch out, as there are falling 
boulders and hidden firewalls to deal with in this room.

1) To get the first Silver Rupee, go down the first opening to your left. In 
here, head left and you'll find the Silver Rupee at the edge of the hall. What 
you have to do though is watch out for the boulders rolling behind you, as you 
could get hit and then fall into the pit next to the Rupee.

2) After getting the first Silver Rupee, turn around. Head all the way up to 
the other side of the hall, where the boulders are falling from. You'll find 
the Silver Rupee over here, so pick it up.

3) Now, head back to the door you used to enter this room. With your back 
against the door, go through the second opening to your right. You'll see a 
Silver Rupee behind the first opening, but you'll be cut off by the firewall, 
so go to the second opening instead. Head up the slope in front of you. At the 
top, go down the slope and to your right. You'll find the Silver Rupee, and you 
can pick it up on this side.

4) For the next Silver Rupee, turn around and head up the slope to the left at 
the other end of the room. At the top, turn left. You'll see the Silver Rupee 
in mid-air. Jump off the edge to get to it.

5) After getting the third Silver Rupee, look up at the ceiling. You'll see a 
target. Use the Longshot to pull up to that target, and you'll get the Silver 
Rupee while falling down.

The door on the other end of this room will unlock after getting all of the 
Silver Rupees. To get to it, turn around and look up where you got Silver Rupee 
#4. You'll see a target on the ceiling, so use the Longshot to pull yourself up 
to it. The door will be right across from you, but a firewall will pop up if 
you walk to it. Instead, look up the ceiling and you'll see another target. Use 
your Longshot to get to the target and you'll fall down on the other side of 
the firewall. Open the door from here.

-Without the necessary items, one will be confounded by impossible mysteries.

There are two puzzles in this room. One of the puzzles we cannot solve without 
an item from later in the game. See that big, stone block across from you? It 
is too heavy to move, and you need a certain item to move it. In addition, 
there are a couple of Wolfos and White Wolfos that will appear in this room. 
Defeating all of them will cause a mini-chest to appear, which has a Bundle of 
Arrows. Facing the block, turn right and face the wall. Turn on the Lens of 
Truth and you'll see a hidden opening in the wall. If you look into the 
opening, you'll see a target on the ceiling, so use the Longshot to get to that 
target. In here, step on the switch on the floor. This will unlock the door 
behind that giant stone block (that we can't push). Instead, just open the door 
in here.

You'll be back in the room where you got Small Key #5, except you'll be on the 
second floor. Just follow this walkway to a door. Open the door at the end. 
You'll be in a room with a mini-chest. Open the chest up to get to the Small 
Key.

SMALL KEY #8

With seven Small keys in hand, head back to the main room in this area. This 
time, open the door directly across the entrance leading outside. This is the 
room where we will empty out all of our Small Keys.

There is a locked door to your left and the right. Ignore the one on the right 
and open the one on the left.

There is one more Small Key you can get. When entering this room, turn left and 
look up. Turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll find a hidden hole in the 
ceiling. Use the fence to climb up into this hole. At the top, open up the 
mini-chest for an extra Small Key. Now, head back down. 

THE FINAL PRIZE

There is another locked door in this room. Just follow the locked doors until 
you get to a room with a large chest. If you got all eight of the Small Keys 
listed, you should have one Small Key to spare when you get to the chest. Open 
up the large chest when you get to it to get the Ice Arrow! As you may figure, 
hitting any enemy with this arrow will cause it to freeze solid. It does use 
magic power, so watch out. With the Ice Arrow, you can leave this room and get 
out of the Training Ground.

So, what about the locked door I told you to ignore? There is another locked 
door beyond it, but that area leads to a dead end. That's why you use all of 
your keys on the left side. If you went on the right side, you would have 
needed to come back here with the Silver Gauntlets to get the ninth and final 
key.

With the Ice Arrow in hand, we can now head to Kakariko Village.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4n. Floating through the Shadow Temple
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------

Whoa, what's going on here? We see smoke, a building on fire, and Sheik 
standing in front of the well. Link will run up to Sheik, who will tell Link to 
stand back. Some shadow-y creature comes out of the well and throws Sheik to 
the ground. Link then sees the shadow, pulls out his sword to attack it, but 
gets swallowed up and thrown to the ground by the shadow. Sheik will tell us 
that an evil spirit, contained in the Bottom of the Well, has been released. 
Sheik also tells us that Impa was the one who sealed the monster in the well, 
and has gone to the Shadow Temple to try and see it again. What Sheik will do 
now is teach us the Nocturne of Shadow so that we can access the Shadow Temple.

NOCTURNE OF SHADOW

X, Y, Y, L, X, Y, R

Learn the notes and you'll learn the Nocturne of Shadow! Now we can warp to a 
place in the Graveyard that has been inaccessible this whole time. After 
learning the song, Sheik will apparently take care of the village, but then 
decides to vanish in a magical Deku Nut. Uh, thanks, Sheik...

Now, before heading to the Shadow Temple, let's take care of a couple of things 
in this village.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: There is a Piece of Heart that we can now access much easier 
with the Longshot. Head up the stairs and stand between the Bazaar and the 
Potion Shop. Now, turn around and face the watch tower. To the left is the 
other Magic Shop. On top of the building is a man. You can use your Longshot to 
latch onto the roof of the building where the man is. Talk to him to get a 
Piece of Heart!
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: After getting the Piece of Heart, there is also a Gold 
Skulltula we can get in this area too. Use your Longshot to go from rooftop to 
rooftop, until you get to the top of the building that has the cow inside it. 
Once you get to this building, you'll find a Gold Skulltula on the wall. Defeat 
it and then reel in the token with the Longshot. This should now be the final 
Gold Skulltula in the Kakariko Village/Graveyard area! 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
With those taken care of, use the Nocturne of Shadow to warp to the Graveyard. 
And yes, it is now raining like crazy in Kakariko Village, and it'll remain 
that way until you clear the Shadow Temple. So beat the Shadow Temple to stop 
the rain! Oh yeah, and we have to beat the Shadow Temple to awaken some Sage, 
but that's less important, right?

---------- 
Graveyard
----------

You will be warped to a higher ledge that oversees the Graveyard. After 
warping, turn around and head down the stairs. You'll be in a room with 
countless torches. How are we ever going to light up all of them at once? Stand 
on the stump in the middle of the room. Take out Din's Fire and use it. The 
fire will spread to all of the torches, lighting them all up. This will now 
open up the entrance to the Shadow Temple, so head on inside!

--------------
Shadow Temple
--------------

Just so you know, I'm not all too fond of this place. Seems like that this 
temple was really dragged out. Before doing this temple, it's highly 
recommended that you come in here with the Lens of Truth. If you don't have the 
Lens of Truth, then you must get it in the Bottom of the Well as Young Link. 
The Bottom of the Well walkthrough is found in section 4i, if you want to go up 
there.

So when entering the Shadow Temple, go around the corner. You'll find a gap 
that is too large for you to jump over. Don't worry, you can just use the 
target on the edge and pull yourself to the other side with the Longshot. Now, 
it looks like you have run into a dead-end, but the wall will talk and again, 
recommend that you have the Lens of Truth. Speaking of which, turn on the Lens 
of Truth and a fake wall will be revealed, so walk forward into the next room.

Keep the Lens of Truth on in this room. Head left and go to the corner. You'll 
find another hidden opening revealed by the Lens of Truth, so go through it. 
Open the door in front of you in here. Walk forward to the wall with the blue 
skull, and you'll again be reminded to have the Lens of Truth on you. Turn on 
the Lens of Truth and you'll discover that this wall is fake, so go through it. 
You'll now be in a square shaped room. Head right and go around the corner, 
keeping the Lens of Truth turned on. You'll find another fake wall, so go 
through and open the door. The door will then lock behind you.

In this room is a ReDead and two Keeses. Quickly destroy the ReDead and then 
take out the Keeses. Also be sure to take the magic jar left behind by the 
ReDead, as you'll need a lot of magic in this temple. Once the enemies are 
defeated, the door will unlock and a large chest will appear. Open the large 
chest to get the Dungeon Map. Back in here, run through the fake wall (you 
don't need the Lens of Truth on to run through it, as you know that it is fake 
anyway). Back in this square hallway, turn on the Lens of Truth and go around 
the bend to your right. You'll find another fake wall, so go through the 
revealed opening. There is another fake wall across from you, so just run 
through it and you'll be in another square hallway. From here, keep the Lens of 
Truth on. Go around the corner to the right and you'll see a hidden room 
revealed in the corner. In this hidden room is a door, so open it. The door 
will lock when entering the next room.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: DEAD HAND
Difficulty: Easy

Remember this from the Bottom of the Well? It is much easier to defeat now, 
seeing that Link is an adult and has more powerful weaponry. To get the Dead 
Hand to appear, let yourself get grabbed by one of the hands sticking out from 
the ground in this room. The Dead Hand, a blob-like monster, will come out from 
the ground. To break free from the hand, either press A or B as fast as you 
can, or let the Dead Hand bite you.

Once you are free, attack the head of the Dead Hand until it goes back 
underground. Then, let yourself be grabbed by one of its hands to get the Dead 
Hand to come back up. Then, attack the Dead Hand with your sword and repeat the 
process until you defeat the enemy. Again, it should be much faster and easier 
as Adult Link.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After defeating the Dead Hand, a large chest will appear. Open it up and you 
will already get the key item in this temple, the Hover Boots! The Hover Boots 
allow you to walk in mid-air, and you can use them to run across gaps. Just be 
careful with this boots though, as they do not have any traction and you can 
slip very easily and sometimes lose control. Also, like the Iron Boots, you can 
assign the Hover Boots to a touchscreen button and take them on and off fast. 
With the Hover Boots in hand, head back to the large room that was just beyond 
the Shadow Temple's starting point.

In order to proceed, we need to solve a puzzle. In the middle of the room, 
you'll notice the statue of an eagle and several poles with skull heads 
surrounding the statue. What you need to do is turn on the Lens of Truth. 
You'll notice that all but one of the skull heads around the pole are fake and 
will all disappear with the Lens of Truth turned on. You need to turn the eagle 
so that it is facing the skull head that DOESN'T disappear when looking at it 
with the Lens of Truth. Careful though, as if you leave the statue pointing at 
the wrong poll, the floor you're on will open up and you'll fall into a 
bottomless pit, sending you back to the start of the temple.

Once you have the eagle facing the correct pole, a gate on the other side of 
the pit will open up. To get to the platform in front of the opened gate, you 
must run across the gap with your Hover Boots on. Once you're on the tongue-
shaped platform, head through the opening. In here, head down the slope. At the 
bottom, you'll come to a room with several cracked walls and a Beamos. Get rid 
of the Beamos using a Bomb before it becomes a problem. Now, you'll notice that 
some of the cracked walls are fake, if you look at them with the Lens of Truth. 
With your back against the opening that you just came from, turn right. This is 
a fake cracked wall (looking at it with the Lens of Truth), so go through it 
and open the door on the other side.

The door will lock when entering this room. To unlock it, you must defeat the 
two Gibdos. You can either freeze them using the Sun's Song and defeat them 
individually, or walk up to the middle and use a magic attack from you sword to 
defeat both of them. After defeating both of the Gibdos, the door will unlock 
and a large chest will appear in this room. Open it up to get the Compass. Now, 
leave this room. Back in here, run through the fake cracked wall and you'll be 
back in the area with the Beamos. This time, run through the fake cracked wall 
directly across from you. Open the door on this side.

There are numerous Silver Rupees in this room. We need to collect all of them 
to solve the puzzle. Just watch out for the spinning blades in this room.

-The first two Silver Rupees can be found in the center of the room, so pick 
them up.

-The third Silver Rupee can be found in an alcove.

-The fourth Silver Rupee can be found in another alcove.

-The last Silver Rupee can be accessed using the Longshot target in the corner 
of the room.

Collecting all of the Silver Rupees will open up a gate in this room. Go 
through the open gate and open the mini-chest inside to get a Small Key. Now, 
leave this room.

Back in this room, there is still one cracked wall we need to deal with. The 
last cracked wall is a real one, so just drop a Bomb in front of it to blow it 
up. After the wall blows up, unlock and open the door behind it using the Small 
Key.

In this room, run down the hall and a Big Skulltula will appear. You can use 
the Longshot to easily knock it out in one hit. Now continue following this 
hallway until you get to the edge, knocking out the Big Skulltulas along the 
way. When you get to the edge, put on your Hover Boots and run forward in mid-
air. This is so that you can get over that guillotine dropping from the 
ceiling. If it hits you, you then need to try and get past it again. Once you 
are past the guillotine, defeat the Big Skulltula that falls from the ceiling 
and then get past the next guillotine. From here, follow this hallway and Navi 
will warn you of the monster shadows from the ceiling.

You'll be in a much larger room. It's recommended that you stick on the Hover 
Boots. Use them to get across the gap and to get past the first three 
guillotines and a couple of gaps. You should eventually get on a platform that 
spawns a Stalfos. Now, turn left and you'll see a platform across from you. 
It's too far for you to hover over, so what do to? Turn on the Lens of Truth 
and you'll see a hidden platform just before it? Run across these platforms 
until you get to a door, and then open the door when you get to it.

In this room, head around the corner and into the larger room. The room looks 
suspiciously empty, but if you turn on the Lens of Truth, you'll find a blade 
spinning in the middle of the room, so watch out. What we need to do here is to 
defeat all of the enemies, which includes a Like Like and three Keeses. Once 
all of the enemies are defeated, the gate in this room will open, so head into 
the little room.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall here. Just defeat it and 
reel in the token with the Longshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Now, get back to the 
platform where the Stalfos appears. This time, facing the wall, turn right. You 
should see a square platform moving up and down, so get onto it. Now, use it to 
get to the land where you will see several Silver Rupees. It's best that you 
take off your Hover Boots for this part, if you haven't done so. You need to 
collect all of the Silver Rupees here to open up the iron bars blocking the 
nearby opening. There is a Beamos and two Blade Traps, so watch out for them. 
In addition, one of the Silver Rupees is right under the Beamos, so destroy the 
Beamos first that you can get it. Once you have gotten all of the Silver 
Rupees, head through the new opening.

In here, just follow this hallway until you get to a bigger room. This room 
looks pretty daunting. There are spiked ceilings falling down pretty fast, and 
will cause you to restart this room if you get hit. Before walking under them, 
turn on the Lens of Truth. Look to the right and you should see a hidden stone 
block. Pull it out and get it onto that rectangular path. Now, push it forward 
and it will protect you from being hit by the falling spikes. Push the block to 
the middle, so that both falling spiked ceilings will land on the block.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You might be hearing the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula. To 
the left is a prison-like room. Head into it and you'll find the Gold 
Skulltula. Just defeat it and pick up the token using the Longshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Now, head back out to the stone block. This time, get on the other side and 
start PULLING it. This is so that you won't be hit by the first spiked ceiling 
while pushing it from the front, as one the block is pushed far enough, the 
spiked ceiling will no longer hit it and just drop to the floor again. Once you 
get the stone block to the other side, climb up the block. At the top, get onto 
the higher ledge to your left. Now, jump over the spiked ceiling and onto the 
opposite platform. You'll find a switch on the floor, so step on it to activate 
it. This will cause a mini-chest to appear on the opposite corner of the room, 
in between two jars. Use your Longshot to get to this mini-chest (latch right 
onto it, and then open it to get a Small Key). Once you have the Small Key, go 
back to where you just did the last Silver Rupee puzzle.

Back in here, head to the narrow path across from you. Use it to get up to the 
guillotine to the left. Beyond the guillotine, you'll notice a large, daunting 
gap across from you. But if you turn on the Lens of Truth, you'll notice two 
platforms that are hidden. The one in front of you will stay where it is, while 
the other one is moving left and right. So, once it is safe, stick on the Hover 
Boots and get to those hidden platforms. Again, keep the Lens of Truth turned 
on to help you during this process. Use them to get to the door directly across 
from you. Unlock and open the door using the Small Key when you get to it.

We have another Silver Rupee puzzle to solve in this room, but this one does 
look deceptive. Turn on the Lens of Truth and you will find many hidden spikes 
and ledges in this room. Get around the spikes to get the Silver Rupees on the 
ground. In addition, you can also find hidden Hookshot/Longshot targets in this 
room when the Lens of Truth is turned on. Use those targets to get the Silver 
Rupees that are in mid-air. Once you have collected all of the Silver Rupees, 
the door on the side of this room will unlock, so open it. Also, just be aware 
of the two ReDeads in this room, and try to defeat them quickly before they 
become a problem.

The door behind you will lock again when you enter this room. To unlock the 
door, just defeat the four Keeses in this room. But we still have a couple of 
other things to take care of, too.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula behind that giant skull-shaped vase 
in the middle of the room. Defeat it and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After defeating the Gold Skulltula, head up to the top of the room. Either 
throw a Bomb (or even a Bomb Flower, I guess) into that giant skull-shaped 
vase. The vase will explode, revealing a Small Key, so go down to the ground 
and pick it up. Once you get the Small Key, leave this room. Back in here, 
you'll notice that locked door up on the higher ledge to the left To be able to 
get to it, turn on the Lens of Truth. If you look up at the ceiling, you'll 
also see a hidden Longshot target. Fire the Longshot at the target and you'll 
be taken to it, and then you'll be dropped to the floor below you. Now, unlock 
and open the door with the Small key.

In this room, you'll need to get your Iron Boots out. Walk around the corner of 
this hallway and you'll see a fan blowing across from you. The fan is strong 
enough to blow you back. But if you put your Iron Boots on, you'll be so heavy 
that the fans won't do anything to do. So, slowly walk down this hallway using 
the Iron Boots, avoiding the Blade Traps in the process (and even taking down a 
Big Skulltula too). Eventually, you'll get to a large, rectangular gap. On the 
other side of the gap is a fan. Keep your Iron Boots on until the fan stops 
spinning for a couple of seconds. Then, quickly switch to the Hover Boots and 
RUN across the gap. Afterwards, drop into the area below you.

Down here, you'll be on a narrow walkway, with fans blowing at you from the 
left and the right. Put the Iron Boots back on before crossing this walkway. If 
you get blown away by the fans, you'll fall into the gaps on the side, so be 
careful. At the other end of this walkway is a door, so open it. The door will 
lock behind you when entering the room. To unlock it, just defeat the two 
ReDeads in here. Also, you'll notice a face on the wall. L-Target it with Navi 
and then press the Navi icon on the touchscreen. It will say "Those who have 
sacred feet should let the wind guide them. Then they will be led to the hidden 
path."

That hint by the way, is referencing to this last room, so leave this room. 
Stick your Iron Boots back on. Now, turn on the Lens of Truth and turn to the 
right. You'll find a hidden room on the other side of the gap. You can either 
get to that hidden room using your Hover Boots or let the fan near you blow you 
into that room. Either way, once you get into the hidden room, open the door 
inside.

The door will lock behind you when entering the room. To unlock the door behind 
you, just defeat the Gibdos in the middle of the room. Defeating them will 
unlock the door and reveal a chest in the middle of the room. Open the mini-
chest to get...a Blue Rupee? If you haven't noticed, there's another door in 
this room that is locked, and can only be unlocked by a Small Key. The problem 
is, we don't have a Small Key! However, if you look carefully at your map, 
you'll see a treasure chest icon in this room. That means there is one more 
chest in this room that we have yet to open, and it is hidden. Face the door 
that you used to enter this room, and then look in the corner to your left.  
You'll notice a pile of cracked rocks. Drop a Bomb on top of this pile and it 
will explode, allowing us to see the ground beneath it. But we still don't see 
a chest, despite there being one in this room. Now, turn on the Lens of Truth 
and you'll find a mini-chest. Open it to get the Small Key! Now, use the Small 
Key to unlock and open the other door in this room. 

When you enter the next room, you'll notice a stone block and a rectangular 
path. Pull out the stone block onto the rectangular path. Now, push the stone 
block to the ladder on the other side of the path. Keep pushing it until it 
falls into that little ditch. Now, you have also opened up a shortcut to this 
room. You can now get to this room from near the beginning of the Shadow Temple 
(from the room that had the first Silver Rupee puzzle), instead of having to go 
through all these rooms. Now, climb up the stone block and get onto the ladder. 
Now, get onto that impressive-looking ferry.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have heard the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula when 
pushing that block around. Once you're on the ferry, head to the front of the 
ferry and look up and to the left. You should see an isolated area with a Gold 
Skulltula on it. We don't need to go over there. The Longshot is plenty long 
enough to both defeat the Gold Skulltula and pull in the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you get the Gold Skulltula, it's time to get this ferry moving. So how do 
we do that? Just stand on that Triforce symbol and play Zelda's Lullaby. The 
ferry will now start moving to a different part of the temple. While the ferry 
is moving, some Stalfos will come aboard to keep you company, so fight them 
during the ride. At the end of the ride, the ferry will crash and start to 
sink. So facing the front of the ferry, jump onto the land below you and to 
your left. On here, head to the door across from you and then open it.

You will be in a room that has three other doors, one on each side of the room. 
Watch out here, as there are Floormasters waiting for you. IN addition, there 
are many invisible walls in this room, so use the Lens of Truth to guide you 
around. You came out of the eastern door. Work your way up to the northern door 
on the map, and then open it when you get to it.

Watch out! There are two spiked walls closing in on you. If you notice, the two 
walls are wooden, so you can burn them using Din's Fire. Once the spiked walls 
are gone, go to the end of the room. Defeat the ReDead and then open up the 
large blue chest for the Boss Key. Now, head back into the previous room.

Back in here, use the Lens of Truth to reveal the invisible walls again. Now, 
work your way to the western door on the map, and then open the door when you 
get to it. In this room, you will find three of those large skull-like vases 
spinning around.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Like the first time, there is a Gold Skulltula on the wall 
behind those large vases. Defeat the Gold Skulltula and then use the Longshot 
to reel in the token. You should now have all of the Gold Sklltulas from the 
Shadow Temple! 
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Now, you can leave the room, as you won't get anything too good from blowing up 
those vases like the last time. Back in this room, use the Lens of Truth to 
navigate to the southern door seen on the map, and then open it when you get to 
it. The door will lock behind you when entering this room.
 
All you need to do is defeat the Floormaster. However, it is invisible, you so 
must use the Lens of Truth to reveal its location. And because you have the 
Lens of Truth turned on, you CANNOT use a magic attack from your sword to get 
rid of the little hands that are spawned. So after hitting the Floormaster, be 
quick in getting rid of the little hands that appear! After defeating the 
Floormaster, the door will unlock and then a mini-chest will appear. Open it up 
to get the Small Key. Now, head back into the previous room, and work your way 
to the eastern door on the map, and open it when you get to it (which is the 
door we originally came through to get to this area).

Back in here, head to the other side of the room. Now turn right and you will 
see a giant eagle statue, with several Bomb Flowers in front of it. Take out 
your Fairy Bow and shoot one of the Bomb Flowers with an arrow. This will cause 
a Bomb Flower to explode and set off a chain reaction, bringing down that large 
eagle statue too. It will fall across the river separating these two land 
areas, so we can use this as a bridge to cross the river! On this side, open up 
the locked door with the Small Key.

In this room, stick on your Hover Boots and use the Lens of Truth to reveal all 
of the hidden platforms in this room. Now, cross the gaps using the Hover Boots 
and get to the other side of the room. Unlock the door on the other side with 
the Boss Key and then open it. In here, just fall into the bit below you and 
you will start the boss fight.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Phantom Shadow Beast
Bongo Bongo

Difficulty: Medium

This fight takes place on a drum-like arena. Bongo Bongo has two hands that 
will constantly bang on this drum. I recommend keeping the Hover Boots on for 
this fight, so that Link can constantly L-Target Bongo Bongo and not be thrown 
off in mid-air.

Bongo Bongo's face is generally invisible, and will go invisible at the start 
of the fight. It is also recommended that you keep the Lens of Truth turned on 
for this fight. Bongo Bongo has a face and two giant hands. What you need to do 
first is stun the two hands. This means to shoot an arrow at both of them. 
While Bongo Bongo tries to shake off the pain, his red eye will be explosed. 
Keep the Lens of Truth on and shoot the red eye with an arrow. This will now 
stun Bongo Bongo. Hit him with your sword as many times as you possibly can. 
Afterwards, just stun the two hands, stun Bongo Bongo, and then attack again 
until Bongo Bongo is defeated.

If you want to make this fight a little more entertaining, hit one of Bongo 
Bongo's hands with an Ice Arrow. The hand will freeze solid, and Bongo Bongo 
will use the other hand to break the ice off of his frozen hand. During this, 
you can hit Bongo Bongo's exposed eye.

Bongo Bongo has several attacks with his hands. He can grab you with his hands 
and throw you or crush you. To get up, you need to tap the A button as fast as 
you can. Otherwise, most of his hand attacks are just charging at Link with the 
hands. If both of Bongo Bongo's hands are stunned, he will simply charge at you 
using his face.

Also, if you're real fast, you can defeat Bongo Bongo with Big Goron's Sword 
after stunning it only once. It should take around 10 hits with the Big Goron's 
Sword, and 20 with the master Sword, to defeat this boss.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container left behind and head into the blue 
warp portal. We've now finished the Shadow Temple!

---------------------
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------

Impa will appear before Link, who will awaken as the Shadow Sage. Impa does 
explain that Hyrule did surrender after being attacked by Ganondorf seven years 
ago. As Zelda's attendant, Impa also had to protect Zelda from Ganondorf. In 
some good news, Impa tell us that Zelda is safe, and that soon we'll meet her 
face-to-face, where she will explain everything to us. At the end of the chat, 
Impa will give us the Shadow Medallion, and add her power to ours!

"Please look out for the princess!" 
 
---------- 
Graveyard
----------

Well, there's just one more temple we have to clear! And with the Shadow Temple 
taken care of, it's no longer raining like crazy at Kakariko Village. Yay! 
There's no side quests we can really do now. Just about everything has been 
done up until this point. So let's head out to the final temple of this game. 
Head to Gerudo's Fortress.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4o. Time Traveling in the Spirit Temple
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

------------------
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------

NOTE: In order to be able to access the desert, you MUST have the Gerudo's 
Token, which I covered much earlier in my walkthrough. Without the Token, you 
will be thrown into prison when caught by a Gerudo. For a walkthrough on this, 
I covered it just after the Forest Temple.

When entering Gerudo's Fortress, head all the way straight to the locked gate 
on the other side. To open it up, climb up the ladder to the right. Talk to the 
Gerudo up on the top of the tower, and while she'll open up the gate for us, 
she tells us that there are two obstacles courses to get through in the desert. 
The first is to follow the flags, and the second part requires the Lens of 
Truth. Afterwards, the gate will open, so climb back down the ladder and head 
into the gate.

------------------
Haunted Wasteland
------------------

As the Gerudo pointed out, you must take a certain path when crossing this 
desert. Taking any wrong path will take you back to the beginning of the 
desert, almost like the Lost Woods. At the start of this place, head forward 
and you will get to a river of quicksand. To cross the quicksand, either use 
the Hover Boots or use the Longshot to latch onto the wooden crates on the 
other side.
 
After crossing the quicksand, what you have to do is start following the flags. 
You'll notice an arrow sign near the beginning. This arrow will take you to a 
shop. To get to the shop, which is a man on a carpet, you'd need to float over 
to the carpet with the Hoover Boots. The person sells Bombchus for 200 Rupees! 
Sure, no thanks. Now, head back to the start of the flags. Again, just follow 
the flags and head into the direction of them. Eventually, you will get to a 
building surrounded by flags. We need to get to the top of the building, but 
before doing so, jump down into the bottom of the building. The entrance should 
be directly across from you.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula down here, right across from you. 
Just defeat it and pull in the token with the Longshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
There are also two torches down here. You can light them up with either a Fire 
Arrow or Din's Fire, and a mini-chest will appear. It has Purple Rupee if you 
want it, especially if you think you got ripped off by the Bombchu Salesman. 
Anyhow, after getting the Gold Skulltula, climb back up outside. Now use the 
staircase surrounding the building to get to the top. Once you get to the top, 
turn on a Lens of Truth and you will find a Poe! This Poe will tell you to 
follow it and be quick. Keep the Lens of Truth focused on this Poe so that you 
don't lose sight of it. Go back to the ground and follow this Poe, which will 
guide you through the second half of the distance. Try to keep up, otherwise 
you may take a wrong turn and end up back at the start.

At the end, just head towards the double flags and get to the Desert Colossus.

----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------

As you enter this place, be careful of the Leevers that pop out of the ground. 
They come in groups and will easily attack you, draining your health. When 
entering this area, stay along the wall on the right. You'll come across two 
palm trees, with a cracked wall in between them. Blow up this cracked wall with 
a Bomb and it will reveal an opening, so head into it.

----------------------------------------- 
Great Fairy's Fountain - Desert Colossus
-----------------------------------------

Wow! A Fairy Fountain! Head up to the Triforce symbol and play Zelda's Lullaby 
to summon the Great Fairy. This Fairy will give you an item called Nayru's 
Love. This item will make Link invincible while in use. When this is being 
used, while Link cannot take damage from enemies, he can still be knocked back 
and whatnot. In addition, the Fairy will also restore your health, which is 
much needed as you're probably beat up from crossing the desert. Head back 
outside.

---------------- 
Desert Colossus
----------------

After leaving the Great Fairy's Fountain, go directly straight to the palm 
trees across from you.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula that appears on one of the palm trees 
at night time. Defeat it and then reel in the token with the Longshot. Be 
careful here, as you will be under siege by the Leevers, who will no doubt 
interrupt you using the Longshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, turn around. You should see the entrance to 
the Spirit Temple all the way across from you, so head inside.

--------------
Spirit Temple
--------------

Alright, we've got one more Sage to awaken, so let's conquer this place! Head 
up the stairs directly in front of you. Hm, we can't go right, as there's a big 
giant stone block that we're not strong enough to push blocking the way, and we 
can't go left, seeing there's a hole in the wall that is too small for Adult 
Link to crawl through. If you go to the bottom of the stairs though, and read 
the writing on those cobra statues, it tells us that we must come from the past 
to advance in this temple. So, let's head outside.

----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------

Sheik is here, and will teach us a song for us to warp back here, called the 
Requiem of Spirit.

REQUIEM OF SPIRIT

L, R, R, Y, R, L

Learn the music notes and you'll learn the song.

While the melody of the song is playing, you'll see that owl, Kaepora Gaebora, 
looking down at you from above. Afterwards, he'll fly off. Link will then walk 
forward to Sheik, who will disappear behind a little sandstorm.

Alright, so we have to come back to the Spirit Temple as Young Link if we want 
to go anywhere, so head back to the Temple of Time and become Young Link. Also, 
please bring along a bottle of Bugs and a Magic Bean. Got it? Ok, I'll be 
waiting here.

*Plays elevator music during this intermission*

YOUNG LINK

All set now? You should now be in the Desert Colossus as Young Link.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: To the left of the Spirit Temple entrance (just before the 
stairs) is a patch of soft soil. Dump the Bugs I told you to bring here to get 
a Gold Skulltula to come out. Defeat it and then pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
In addition, plant the Magic Bean into that soft soil patch too. That magic 
leaf will come in handy as Adult Link. Now, head back into the Spirit Temple.

---------------------------
Spirit Temple - Young Link
---------------------------

As Young Link, we can go climb through that hole up and to the left, so let's 
do that! But there's a little problem. A Gerudo is blocking this hole, so talk 
to her. She will ask you what you are doing here and you have three options: To 
see the temple, Looking for the Sages, and Nothing, really. She won't believe 
the first two options if you pick them, so the way to advance the conversation 
is to say "Nothing, really." After that, she will ask you to do her a favor. 
But before she tells you the favor, she asks if you are one of Ganondorf's 
followers. You get two options: "What if I am?" and "I hate Ganondorf!" The 
conversation will proceed regardless of your answer.

The Gerudo will introduce herself as Nabooru. She explains that despite being a 
thief, she is different from Ganondorf, who stole from women, kids, and killed 
people. We also find out that the Gerudo race is an all-women race, and that 
only one man is born every 100 years. Gerudo laws also declares that the man 
born every 100 years becomes King of the Gerudo, but she still won't bow to 
Ganondorf. Nabooru will then ask you to go through the hole and get her a 
treasure called the Silver Gauntlets, an item that can help push around heavy 
objects. She also explains that these Gauntlets cannot fit a kid, so that's 
also another reason to get it to her. Nabooru says that Ganondorf and his 
followers are using this temple as a hideout, so she plans to use the Silver 
Gauntlets to steal their treasure and mess up their plans. She also promises 
something great for us if we give the Silver Gauntlets to her. So, head into 
the hole and crawl through it.

I would immediately slip on the Hylian Shield in this room due to the Fire 
Keeses. Defeat the four Keeses and the Armos and a door in this room will 
unlock, so open it. In here, there are two unlit torches. Light up both of them 
using Din's Fire. This will cause a mini-chest to appear on the other side of 
the room. We can't get to it now, but we have this little problem out of the 
way.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Before leaving this room, there is a Gold Skulltula on that 
fence that we can get to. Just defeat it and then use the Boomerang to get the 
token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

With the Gold Skulltula in hand, leave this room. Back in here, open the door 
to the left of the hole in the wall. In this room, defeat the Stalfos to get it 
out of your way. Now, look across the gap. You should see a fence and a switch 
behind the fence. To activate that switch, aim your Boomerang a little to the 
right of the fence and release it. Just make sure you don't hit that Green 
Bubble in the gap. Once you hit the switch, the fence will fall across the gap 
and act as a bridge, so cross it. On the other side, just open the door to your 
right.

The door behind you will lock when entering this room. Walk forward and you 
will see a floating wooden statue. This enemy is called an Anubis. There are 
two ways to defeat this enemy. One is to use Din's Fire to get rid of it 
instantly. Now, an Anubis will move in the option direction as you. So what you 
can do is get to the other side of the room, and then use the Slingshot to 
activate that glass switch. You can then maneuver the Anubis into the wall of 
fire created by the switch. Once the Anubis is defeated, the doors in this room 
will unlock, so open the door leading into the next room.

You'll be in the same room where you burned the torches and got the Gold 
Skulltula. Navi will warn you of the Wallmaster above, so let it drop down to 
the floor and then defeat it. Then, open the mini-chest for a Small Key. Now, 
you need to collect all of the Silver Rupees in this room. They are all out in 
plain sight and shouldn't be too much of a problem to collect. Just be aware 
that two of them are on the top of the fence that you have to climb. Once all 
of the Silver Rupees are collected, the middle of the fence will fall down over 
the gap and created a bridge. Cross the bridge and then open the door on the 
other side.

Back in this room, head down the steps and then crawl through the hole next to 
you. On the other side, unlock and open the door in this room using the Small 
Key. In here, there is a wall that you can climb. Before climbing it, destroy 
both of the Skullwalltulas on the wall, and then climb up the wall.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: At the top, turn around and face the gap below. There should be 
a Gold Skulltula on the wall across from you. Defeat it and then get the token 
using the Boomerang.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After getting the Gold Skulltula, head to the middle of the room. You will see 
a sun switch on the floor. You need light in order to activate this switch. To 
get light, look at the wall directly across from the door. Look up and you will 
see an opening in the wall with some light coming through. What you have to do 
is L-Target that wall and then send a Bombchu up there to blow it up. Don't 
have any Bombchus? Well, there is a glass switch to the right of the door on a 
higher ledge. Use your Slingshot to activate this switch to cause a mini-chest 
to appear, and then open it for Bombchus. Once the wall is blown up, light will 
shine directly on the sun, activating it, and then unlocking the door, so head 
through it.

This is the large, central room that will become pretty important in the Spirit 
Temple. When coming into this room, drop down to the floor to your left. In the 
middle of the room should be two torches. Light up these torches using Din's 
Fire and a large chest will appear. Open it for a Dungeon Map. Now, turn around 
and climb up the ledge to get back to where you entered the room. Next to you 
is a statue. Push this statue to the ground below you. It should land on a 
floor switch (that requires constant weight) and will unlock a door in this 
room. Now, head up the stairs next to you and open the locked door at the top. 
There's nothing to do in this room, except just open the next door at the top 
of the steps.

The door behind you will lock when entering the next room. We have a few 
puzzles to take care of in this room. First off, use Bombs to get rid of the 
Beamos in this room. Second, you will find a couple of gray blocks. One of them 
has a sun switch. What you need to do is get the front gray blocks out of the 
way, and then pull out the block with the sun switch. Move this block to that 
area of shining light near the corner. This will unlock the door leading to the 
next room. Before opening the door, there's still two more things we have to 
do. Now, collect all of the Silver Rupees scattered around this room. None of 
them should be too difficult to get to. Getting all of the Silver Rupees will 
light up one of the torches in this room. Now, go to that lighted torch and use 
a Deku Stick on it to set it on fire. Quickly light up all of the other torches 
around the perimeter of this room.

Lighting all of the torches will cause a mini-chest to appear in this room, so 
open it and get the Small Key. Now, we can go through the door we just unlocked 
because of the sun switch, so head to it and open it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this little hallway. Head up the 
stairs and turn around. Facing the door you used to enter this room, look 
upward and you will see a Gold Skulltula above the door. Defeat it and then get 
the token using the Boomerang.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, head to the top of the stairs. Unlock and 
open up the door here with a Small Key. Head left and you will see a knight 
sitting on the throne. Attack it to start the mini-boss fight.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Hard

This is probably by far and away the toughest enemy in this game. It attacks by 
swinging its axe at you, and it deals a significant amount of damage. You can 
lose up to four hearts on a single attack! I recommend coming into this fight 
is a bottled Fairy. If you also really struggle, start using Nayru's love so 
that you avoid taking damage.

There is a way to avoid this enemy's attacks. While L-Targeting, you can 
backflip right when it is about to attack (by holding Down and then pressing 
A). During this time, you can deal in several hits with your Sword.

This will still be a tough fight. Remember, you are Young Link, so it will take 
numerous hits with your Kokiri Sword to defeat this enemy.

After enough hits, some of the armor will fall off the Iron Knuckle. After 
this, every time you attack this enemy, it will be stunned for a second, 
allowing you to repeatedly attack the Iron Knuckle without it attacking you. 
Just be aware for when he does sneak in an attack.

Also, if you need health, have the Iron Knuckle swing its axe at one of the 
pillars in the room. Several hearts should come out.

This is obviously a tough fight. Just hang in there and you'll eventually 
defeat this enemy!
*******************************************************************************

At the end of the fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open 
it. In here, just head towards the entrance.

----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------

Whoa, it's Kaepora Gaebora! He'll give us his last advice to us. There are two 
witches in this temple, and to defeat them, we need to turn their magic power 
back against them. Hit No to his question, as usual, and he'll fly away.

We will be on that hand of the giant statue in front of the Spirit Temple. On 
here is a large chest. Open it up to get the Silver Gauntlets! As explained 
earlier, this can let us move very heavy objects, like that big stone block at 
the entrance of the Temple. But again, we promised to give these Silver 
Gauntlets to Nabooru, right?

Speaking of her, a cut-scene then happens. Near the entrance to the temple, 
we'll see Nabooru falling into a little black magic, surrounded by the two 
witches Kaepora Gaebora was referencing. She'll spot you, telling you to get 
out of here, before being sucked completely into the trap.

So, with Nabooru gone, we can keep these Silver Gauntlets to ourselves. But to 
use them, we must be Adult Link. So, head to the Temple of Time, become Adult 
Link. I'll be waiting again! 
 
ADULT LINK 
 
Before heading back into the Spirit Temple, ride on that magic leaf near the 
entrance. 
 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Make sure it is night time while riding the magic leaf. Near 
the entrance to the Great Fairy's Fountain is a large rock. On top of this rock 
is a Gold Skulltula. Jump onto the rock when you see it. From here, defeat the 
Gold Skulltula and then pick up the token. You should now have all of the Gold 
Skulltulas in the Haunted Wasteland and the Desert Colossus!
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Go back to the magic leaf and ride it again.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: In front of the Spirit Temple entrance is a large structure. 
The magic leaf will come to this structure near the end of the right. When the 
leaf goes up to the top of the structure, jump on it and pick up the Piece of 
Heart. This should also be the final Piece of Heart in the game! 
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
 
With that settled, let's go into the Spirit Temple again.

---------------------------
Spirit Temple - Adult Link
---------------------------

This time, head up the stairs and go to the right. With the Silver Gauntlets, 
we can finally push that large gray block. Push it forward and it will fall 
into a hole, allowing you to cross the hallway. On the other side, throw a Bomb 
at the Beamos to defeat it. Then, look up at the ceiling. You will see a glass 
switch. Shoot an arrow at it to unlock the doors in this room. There are three 
doors. The middle one is still locked, so open the door on the left first.

In here, watch out for the Wolfos and then stand on the Triforce mark. Play 
Zelda's Lullaby and a large chest will appear on the other side of the room. 
Use your Longshot to latch onto it, and then open the chest to get the Compass. 
Now, leave this room. Back in here, open the door on the right side. To unlock 
the door on the other side of this room, we must collect all of the Silver 
Rupees.

All of the Silver Rupees are in that pit with the rolling boulders. To get the 
first Silver Rupee, run off the gap with your Hover Boots on and you should 
fall onto it. Afterwards, the remaining four Silver Rupees are in those alcoves 
in the pit. Once you have all five of them, the door down here will open.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You probably heard the sound of a Gold Skulltula swishing while 
in this pit. It is right behind that Door of Time block in one of the alcoves. 
Play the Song of Time to move that block, and then you'll see the Gold 
Skulltula on the wall. Just defeat it and pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, open the newly unlocked door. In this room, 
just quickly open the mini-chest for the Small Key and then quickly get out, so 
you don't have to deal with the Like Like. Back in this room, just climb out of 
the pit and leave to the previous room. There is one remaining door in this 
room, so unlock and open the door using the Small Key. In this room, head down 
the hall. Watch out for the flying jars and the Like Like that drops from the 
ceiling. At the end, climb up the wall to your right. At the top, head right 
into the bigger area.

The door here is locked, and to unlock it, we must shine light onto one of the 
sun switches on the wall. What you have to do is push the cobra statue that has 
light reflecting off of it so that it is facing the correct sun switch. If you 
point it towards the wrong sun switch, the sun will burn away and a mini-chest 
will appear. In addition, watch out for the invisible Floormaster in this room. 
Once the statue is pointing towards the correct sun switch, it will light up 
and the locked door will open, so go through it.

We'll be back in that central room that I told you would be important. Head up 
the stairs in front of you. At the top, put on your Hover Boots and float 
across the gap to the platform across from you. On this platform is a rusted 
switch. Hit the switch with your Megaton Hammer to unlock a door below you. 
Now, see that giant shrine in the middle of the room? On the shrine's left hand 
is a Triforce symbol. Jump onto the hand and play Zelda's Lullaby. This will 
cause a mini-chest to appear on the other hand. You can use the Longshot to 
pull yourself to this mini-chest. Open it up to get the Small Key.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula nearby, on the higher ledge to our 
left. To see it, walk up the arm on the shrine. At the end, turn left and you 
should just see the Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then pull in the token with 
the Longshot. You should now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in the Spirit 
Temple!
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Now, jump off the shrine and head back to the other side of the room. To get 
back to the door that you used to enter this room, look near the door and 
you'll see a target on the ceiling, so use it to pull yourself back up to the 
door. From here, just head up the stairs and unlock and open the door at the 
top using the Small Key. You'll be in a small hallway, so just head up the 
steps and open the door at the top. Watch out for the Beamos too.

In this room, you'll find another Anubis. With Adult Link, you can easily 
defeat it by shooting a Fire Arrow at it. There are two more Anubis in this 
room, so defeat those and the Beamos. Afterwards, a door will unlock in the 
corner of this room, so open it. This is a pretty tricky room. There is a blue 
switch on the floor which requires constant weight to be activated. Stepping on 
this switch unlocks the door close by. There are four Armos in the room and all 
will attack you when you touch them. What you need to do is touch all of them 
and stand by the door. With some luck, one of them will step on that blue 
switch, and stay on it long enough for you to open the door. If you go too far 
from them, they'll go back to their original positions, so activate them all 
again and try to hope they step on the switch.

Once you have the chance, open the door while it is unlocked. In the next room, 
just open the door on the top of the steps. In the next room, head right and 
attack the Iron Knuckle sitting on the throne. Mini-boss time! 
 
******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Medium

This fight should be a bit easier as Adult Link, mostly because you have more 
powerful weaponry and can defeat the Iron Knuckle quicker. Like last time, L-
Target it and then backflip out of the way when it is about to attack. If you 
need additional health, have the Iron Knuckle swing its axe at one of the 
pillars in this room to make several hearts come out. If you're still having 
trouble with the Iron Knuckle, you can use Nayru's Love to not take any damage 
during the fight.

If you're using Big Goron's Sword, the Iron Knuckle should lose its armor in a 
matter of hits, and then you can defeat it right afterwards.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After the fight, the door behind the throne will unlock, so head through it. 
Head up the slope and out the entrance. We'll be outside the Spirit Temple 
again, this time, on the opposite hand where we got the Silver Gauntlets as 
Young Link. A large chest will drop down from above. Open it up and you'll get 
the Mirror Shield! This shield can be used to reflect light or energy. I 
recommend keeping the Mirror Shield on for the rest of the game, as it cannot 
be eaten by Like Likes. Equip the Mirror Shield and head back to the room where 
you used the Armos to step on the switch.

The door will lock behind you, but we don't need to worry about that anymore. 
Instead, head to the other side of the room. Over here is a sun switch in the 
wall. Stand on that shining area of light. Now, kneel down and use your Mirror 
Shield to reflect some light back on the sun switch. It will activate, 
unlocking the door next to you, so open it. In this room, quickly open up the 
mini-chest for a Small Key and then leave. Back in here, open the door on the 
right, leading back to the room with the Anubis. This time, just unlock and 
open the door across from you using the Small Key.

In here, I would get rid of the two Beamos on the pillars before they become a 
problem. To your right is a wall you can climb up. However, it is difficult to 
climb this wall as it is constantly moving from left to right. What you can do 
to get past this is to fire your Longshot up to the top of the wall, and then 
just climb up above from there, skipping all of the moving walls. Once you get 
to the top, just ignore the Beamos and open the door in front of you. In here, 
walk up the steps. At the top, play Zelda's Lullaby on the Triforce mark on the 
floor to open up the locked door in front of you.

In this room, defeat all of the Torch Slugs to get them out of your way. Now, 
there is a blue chest in here surrounding by fire. There are also several fake 
doors around the walls of this room. Blow up each fake wall with a Bomb until 
you find an eye switch behind one of the fake walls (it is behind the door in 
the back left corner). Shoot the eye switch with an arrow. This will create an 
extra floating platform in the air. To get to this floating platform, look up 
at the ceiling and shoot at the target with the Longshot. Once you're on the 
floating platform, jump to the other platform and step on this switch. This 
will remove the fire around the blue chest, so open it up for the Boss Key. 
After you get the Boss Key, leave this room.

Back in here, head up the steps to your right and open the door at the top. In 
here, look down towards the gap to your right. You should find a glass switch 
in there. Shoot at the glass switch to unlock a door next to you. Open the 
door. In this room, head to the left where the shining light is coming from. 
Watch out for the Lizalfos and the White Bubbles. In this room, there is a 
cobra statue that is shining light. If you look to the left of the statue, 
you'll see a part of the wall that is sticking out. You can blow up this wall, 
so place a Bomb in front of it and it will reveal an opening. Now, move the 
statue so that it is facing down the new opening, shining light in that 
direction. The light will now hit another cobra statue, allow that one to 
reflect light as well.

Watch out for another Lizalfos in the next area. Now, grab one of the 
handlebars on the cobra and move the statue so that it is pointing beyond the 
arrow bars. It should be facing the previous room, shining light into it. Once 
you have that taken care of, leave this room. Back in here, drop down to the 
pit to your left. You should see light shining at you from above, so use the 
mirror shield to reflect light onto that sun switch. It will activate, and the 
floor you're on will lower to the central room with the giant shrine. What you 
have to do now is reflect light against the face of the giant shrine.

The face will eventually and you will see a gate behind the face. Use the 
Longshot to pull you to that gate. It will open up, and then unlock the door 
behind it with the Boss Key.

We will find the two witches, Koume and Kotake. The two witches will then wake 
up the Iron Knuckle in this room. He will then snap to get his axe, and the 
fight will start!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Medium

If you use Navi to get a description of this certain Iron Knuckle, she will say 
that this Iron Knuckle is not an "ordinary enemy". Hm...

Either way, you will still fight this Iron Knuckle the same way you've fought 
other Iron Knuckles. Just attack it with your sword, L-Target it, and then 
backflip when the Iron Knuckle is about to attack. If needed, have the Iron 
Knuckle attack one of the pillars so that hearts will appear.

With the Big Goron's Sword, it should only take a matter of this before the 
enemy is defeated.
******************************************************************************* 
 
The Iron Knuckle will fall apart once it is defeated. And wow, it was Nabooru 
inside of that Iron Knuckle! The two witches will appear again, and will make 
Nabooru disappear again. Now, head to the other side of the room and open the 
door behind the throne. In the next hall, just open the door across from you. 
You will be in a large arena-like room. Climb up the corner of the platform in 
the middle and get on top of it. Head to the middle and the boss fight will 
start.

One witch says she will burn Link "to the bone" with her flame. The other will 
"freeze him to his soul" using her ice.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Sorceress Sisters
Twinrova

Difficulty: Medium

This is probably my favorite boss in the game. Now, the fire witch's name is 
Koume while the ice witch's name is Kotake.

PART I

There are two parts to this boss fight. In the first part, the two witches will 
be flying around you. Watch them carefully. Eventually, one of the two sisters 
will shoot either a fire or an ice beam at you (depending on the witch). What 
you have to do is use your Mirror Shield to deflect that ice or flame back to 
the OTHER sister. For example, if the ice witch, Kotake, is shooting ice at 
you, then you must use your Mirror Shield to deflect the ice back at Koume, the 
fire witch and try to hit them. The same goes for the opposite (using fire to 
hit the ice witch). Eventually, after a couple of hits, the sisters will join 
together and the second part of the fight will start.

PART II

In the second part, the two sisters will merge together, becoming a woman, who 
creepily winks her eye at Link (Kotake and Koume's double dynamite attack). 
This fight is a little tricky. After a while, Twinrova will fire either an ice 
beam or a fire beam at you. What you have to do is stick out your Mirror 
Shield. When the beam hits the shield, your Mirror Shield will be "charged." 

You need to be a bit careful once your shield is charged. You need to charge up 
your shield three times using the same element in a row (so if she fires an ice 
attack at you, let three ice attacks hit your Mirror Shield in a row, making 
sure not to let a fire attack hit your Mirror Shield). This shouldn't be a 
problem the first time around, as she should fire the same element at you three 
times in a row. After the third charge in a row, you can then fire the ice or 
fire beam back at Twinrova using your shield. If you hit Twinrova with this 
beam, she becomes stunned. Quickly get over to her and hit her as many times as 
you can with your sword before she gets back up. Now, if your Mirror Shield is 
charged with one element and you decide to let the opposite element hit your 
Mirror Shield, you will get hurt and your Mirror Shield will no longer be 
charged at the same time.

After that, you just need to repeat the process again. Watch out though, as she 
may not fire the same element at you three times in a row, so if you have a 
charge on your shield and she fires the opposite element that you have on your 
shield, get out of the way until she fires the correct element (and so that you 
won't be hurt by the attack either). Once you get the three charges of one 
element on your shield, fire it back at Twinrova to stun her. Then, hit her 
with the sword several times.
 
Hang in there, and she should eventually be defeated! It should take about 6 
hits with Big Goron's Sword and 12 with the Master Sword.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

So after the fight, the two sisters will appear again, ready for their next 
attack. However, both have halos appear above their head. They will argue that 
they are "only" 400 and 380 years old. Then the two of them start fighting 
about their age, accusing them of lying about their age when they are twins. 
Then, the two of them head up to heaven...or for them, maybe hell?

Afterwards, pick up the Heart Container left behind. If you have collected all 
of the Pieces of Hearts, you should now have up to 20 hearts! Now, step on the 
blue warp portal to get out of here.

--------------------- 
Chamber of the Sages
---------------------

Link will then appear in the Chamber of the Sages, where Nabooru will also 
appear, awakening as the Sage of Spirit. In the past seven years, Nabooru 
explains that she was brainwashed by the witches and then was used by 
Ganondorf. She will then reward you with the Spirit Medallion, instead of 
keeping the promise she made seven years ago. She will then add her power to 
ours!

"If only I'd known you would become such a handsome man...

I should have kept the promise I made back then..."

Afterwards, we'll get a message from Rauru (remember him?). He will tell you 
that all six Sages will have been awakened, and that now is the time to fight 
Ganondorf. But before that, he tells us that there is somebody waiting for us 
at the Temple of Time.

So the Temple of Time is our next place to go to, but before that, I just have 
one tiny, little side quest left for you.

******************************************************************************* 
SIDE QUESTS 
 
THE LAST GOLD SKULLTULA 
 
We now have the proper equipment to get the last Gold Skulltula. To get to it, 
head over to Zora's Fountain. Go to where the entrance to the Great Fairy's 
Fountain is. You'll find a gray rock just in front of the entrance. The only 
way to remove and destroy this rock is by picking it up, which you can now do 
with the power of the Silver Gauntlets. Just press A to pick up the rock and 
then A to throw it again. After throwing the rock, you'll find a little rock 
stuck in the ground. Just use a Bomb to blow it up, and then go down the hole. 
Down here, watch out for the Big Skulltulas that are invisible. You can use the 
Lens of Truth to reveal them, or you can just have Navi L-Target them and you 
can then just fire your Longshot at them to defeat them. Head to the other side 
of this tunnel and climb up the ladder. At the top, look to the left and you'll 
find the Gold Skulltula on the wall. Reel it in with the Longshot after 
defeating it.

Now, if you have been following this guide, this should be your 100th, and 
final Gold Skulltula! Congratulations! So, what is your reward? Well, head to 
the House of the Skulltula in Kakariko Village. The big spider that was in the 
middle is now a human again. Talk to him and he will give you a Huge Rupee, 
worth 200. However, you can leave and re-enter the room to get as many as you 
want! 
 
Also, if you haven't claimed any other prizes from the people in here yet, now 
is the time to do so.
******************************************************************************* 
 
Alright, we're done with all of the side quests now. Head over to the Temple of 
Time. You can even warp there. Even if you do that, it will still show Link 
running into the Temple of Time.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4p. Everything, Explained
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

--------------- 
Temple of Time
---------------

Link will run into the Temple of Time. Someone will tell us that they have been 
waiting for you, which turns out to be Sheik. Sheik wants to tell us a couple 
of things.

So, we're back to that raining background again, where Sheik will tell us more 
about the Triforce, which is separated into three parts: Wisdom, Courage, and 
Power.

Seven years ago, Ganondorf entered the Sacred Realm after the Door of Time was 
opened by you. Ganondorf was able to obtain the Triforce. Since Ganondorf's 
heart was not properly balanced, the Triforce was then separated. Ganondorf 
obtained the Triforce of Power, which allowed him to become an evil king. But 
in order to rule the world, Ganondorf had to find the other two pieces of the 
Triforce (those two people are chosen by destiny).

Sheik reveals that it is Link who holds the Triforce of Courage! As for the 
Triforce of Wisdom, it is possessed by the person who is also the seventh Sage. 
Sheik then blinds Link, and reveals themselves to be...

Holy smokes, it's Zelda! All grown up too! Zelda apologizes us for meeting us 
in disguise, as Sheik, but it was done so that she could remain hidden from 
Ganondorf. Zelda does some more explaining, on how she was escaping with Impa 
the day Hyrule was attacked. She gave the Ocarina of Time to you, as she 
thought you were their best chance, thinking Ganondorf could never enter the 
Sacred Realm. What Zelda did not expect was for the Master Sword to seal you in 
the Sacred Realm for seven years (as you were too young to become the Hero of 
Time). This allowed the Triforce to fall right into Ganondorf's hands.

During the seven years, Zelda passed off as Sheikah, hoping for you to return. 
What will happen now is that the six Sages will seal Ganondorf into the Sacred 
Realm. Zelda will then give you a weapon that can help defeat Ganondorf, called 
the Light Arrow. Like the Fire and Ice Arrow, this arrow uses magic, but it's 
our only chance against the Evil King.

After obtaining the Light Arrow, an earthquake happens. Zelda is then captured 
and trapped in a purple glass. And now we start hearing Ganondorf! At least 
Ganondorf is classy enough to praise Zelda for hiding from him for seven years. 
He then accuses Zelda of letting her guard down, and that he knew she would 
appear if he let "this kid" run around (hey, we have a name, Mr. Ganondorf). At 
least Ganondorf admits that he made a mistake in underestimating the power of 
Link. Well, ok, not Link, but the power of the Triforce of Courage. He then 
says after obtaining the Triforce of Wisdom and Courage, he will become ruler 
of the world!

Ganondorf then tells us to come to his castle if we want to rescue Zelda, and 
then laughs evilly. So, you remember how to get to his castle, right? Just go 
back to the Market and head up to where Hyrule Castle used to be. 

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4q. Invading Ganon's Castle
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
 
--------------- 
Ganon's Castle
---------------

When in this area, run forward to the edge of the pit, and get in front of the 
entrance to the castle. Rauru will then talk to you, and then he and the other 
Sages will use their power to create a bridge, so we can access Ganon's Castle. 
He warns us that the central tower (known as Ganon's Tower), is protected by 
six barriers, which we must bring down first.

The six of them, using colors that look like they came out of a Froot Loops 
box, will form a bridge leading us over the pit and into Ganon's Castle. So run 
across and head on in!

----------------------
Inside Ganon's Castle
----------------------

Ready? When entering the castle, just go down the stairs and open the door at 
the bottom. Watch out for the Beamos down there too. You'll be in the central 
room of Ganon's Castle. The entrance across from you leads into Ganon's Tower, 
but as you can see, it is blocked off. The only way to remove it is to bring 
down the six barriers supporting it. Each barrier represents a different Sage 
(Forest, Light, Fire, etc), and you can get to each room, which is found around 
the perimeter of this room. Because of an item that we do not have yet, we 
currently cannot access the room leading to the Light Barrier, or complete the 
puzzle to bring down the Fire Barrier. You can also tell based on the color and 
the symbol above the door. I would start off by bringing down the Shadow 
Barrier first, so look for the door with the purple symbol above it and open 
it.

SHADOW BARRIER 
 
We can actually find the key item of Ganon's Castle in this room. When entering 
the room, note the large gap in front of you. Look to the right and you'll see 
an unlit torch across from you. Lighting this torch up will create floating 
platforms, allowing you to cross the gap and onto the central platform in this 
room. Be quick, as there is a time limit before the torch goes out. When on the 
central platform, turn back around. Shoot another Fire Arrow at the torch to 
light it up again. This will create a floating platform allowing you to get to 
the next platform. On here, quickly use the floating platforms on the right to 
get down to a floor switch. If time runs out beforehand, look towards the 
locked door across from you. There is a torch next to that door, which is 
closer, so fire a Fire Arrow at that once instead. On here, step on the floor 
switch. This will cause a large chest to appear on the previous platform.

You can get to the chest by latching onto it with your Longshot. Now open the 
chest up for the Golden Gauntlets! This is an upgrade over the Silver 
Gauntlets, and can even lift very tall objects! Now, you'll notice a platform 
with a rusted switch to the left. You can get to this platform by rolling 
forward across the gap with your Hover Boots on. When you get to the rusted 
switch, hit it with your Megaton Hammer to activate it. This will unlock the 
door leading to the next room. To get to that platform, use the Longshot to 
latch onto the torch next to the door. On this platform, just open the door.

In this room, you will find the power source of the Shadow Barrier. It is that 
red ball in the middle. To deactivate it, fire a Light Arrow at it. Impa will 
appear, and will tell you that the Shadow Barrier has been dispelled, and will 
tell you to save the princess.

We will be taken back to the central room, where we see the energy coming from 
the Shadow Barrier going away. One down, five to go! 
 
Before continuing, there is another upgrade we can get, now that we have the 
Golden Gauntlets. Head back outside Ganon's Castle.

-----------------------
Outside Ganon's Castle
-----------------------

Out here, cross the bridge. On the other side, head all the way left and you 
will come to a dead-end. You will notice a tall, gray-like pillar. You can 
remove this pillar with the Golden Gauntlets. Pick it up using A and Link will 
throw it all the way behind him! This will reveal an entrance, so head inside.

----------------------------------------
Great Fairy's Fountain - Ganon's Castle
----------------------------------------

Alright, it's the last one in the game. As usual, play Zelda's Lullaby on the 
Triforce mark to make the fairy appear. This is the Great Fairy of Courage. She 
will give us an upgrade to our defense power. If you notice, you will see gray 
outlines around your heart. This means your defense has been upgraded, and you 
will now only damage half the damage from enemy attacks! This is useful 
especially for the upcoming boss fights. In addition, your health and magic 
will be recharged, so head back to Ganon's Castle.

----------------------
Inside Ganon's Castle
----------------------

Alright, we still have five more barriers to bring down. I will list them 
below, in the order of annoyance. So, that means we're going to bring down the 
Water Barrier next.

WATER BARRIER

It's not so much the Water Barrier as it is the Ice Barrier, as the rooms 
resemble the Ice Cavern more than the Water Temple. In the first room, break 
the icicles in the middle and then use your Empty Bottles to get a couple 
bottles of Blue Fire. Now, defeat both of the Freezards in this room to unlock 
the door leading to the next area. That door, though, is blocked by ice, so use 
the Blue Fire to get rid of that ice. Just be sure to refill that empty bottle 
with more Blue Fire. Now open the door leading into the next room.

In the next room, we have an annoying puzzle where we must push the ice blocks 
in a certain order to get to a switch. We have a time limit, 2 minutes, in 
fact, too. There are two blocks in this room. One of them has to be pushed into 
the hole in the floor. Do NOT push the one in that is directly across from the 
hole. Instead, go to the other ice block. Push it up against the ice stump next 
to it, and then push it again into the hole. Now, go to the other ice block, 
and push it across the filled hole to the ice stump across from it. Now, push 
it so it goes up against the nearby ice stump. From here, you can then push 
this ice block all the way forward to that higher ledge with the ice. Climb up 
the edge and melt away the ice using Blue Fire. You can now access the rusted 
switch up here. Hit the switch with the Megaton Hammer to activate it, and the 
door in this room will unlock, so quickly get to that door and open it (the 
timer is still running, if you haven't noticed).

You will be in the room with the power source of the Water Barrier. Shoot the 
circle in the middle with a Light Arrow to dispel it. Prince Ruto will appear 
and tell you that the Water Barrier is dispelled, and to hurry up.

Back in the main room, we'll see the energy source coming from the Water 
Barrier go away. Now, onto the Forest Barrier, which is also fairly annoying.

FOREST BARRIER

The first room isn't as bad. Just get rid of the Wolfos so that it won't get in 
your way. Now, walk up to the middle of the room. There are four unlit torches 
around you. You can light them all up instantly using Din's Fire. Afterwards, 
shoot the torch above you with a Fire Arrow to light it up. After all of the 
torches are lit, the door to the next room will unlock, so open it up.

We now have a fairly annoying puzzle in which we collect Silver Rupees. 
However, you also have to deal with those blowing fans that you encountered in 
the Shadow Temple (so let's put them in the Forest Barrier course, right?). 

1) The first Silver Rupee is directly to your left, above the gap. To get it, 
wait for the fan in front of it to stop blowing. Now, stick on your Hover Boots 
and quickly run across the gap and get it, and then QUICKLY get back to the 
platform.

2) You can see the second Silver Rupee on the platform to the right of this 
room. Quickly run over the gap using the Hover Boots (when the fans aren't 
spinning), and then pick up the Silver Rupee when you get on the platform.

3) There is a Beamos on the central platform. Before doing anything else, throw 
a Bomb at it to get rid of it. Now, get onto the platform where the Beamos is. 
A platform with a Silver Rupee is directly across from you, so just jump to 
that platform to get to it.

4) After collecting Silver Rupee #3, turn left. You should then see a platform 
with a floor switch on it. Carefully get to the platform after the nearby fan 
stops finning and step on the switch. After stepping on the switch, get your 
Iron Boots on, so that you aren't blown away by the fan into the gap (thus 
requiring you to restart this whole puzzle) when it starts spinning. After 
stepping on the switch, turn around. Stepping on this switch created a target 
on the platform behind you, which allows you to get the next Silver Rupee. 
Latch onto the target and then pick up the Silver Rupee on the top.

5) To get to the final Silver Rupee, carefully work your way over to the other 
side of the room, where the locked door is. The Silver Rupee is on a platform 
to your right, just in front of a fan. When the fan stops blowing, pick up the 
Silver Rupee and then quickly get back to where the locked door is. If you want 
to be a little more careful, you can put on the Iron Boots, wait for the fan to 
start spinning (so you won't be blown off), and then jump back over when it is 
safe.

Once all of the Silver Rupees are collected, the door leading to the next room 
will unlock, so open it. In this room is the power source for the Forest 
Barrier. As usual, hit it with the Light Arrow to dispel it. Saria will appear, 
telling you that the Forest Barrier has been dispelled, and will tell you to 
hurry up.

We'll be back in the main room, where the energy source for the Forest Barrier 
will go away. We're halfway there now! Next up, the Fire Barrier! 
 
FIRE BARRIER 
 
If you are doing this list in a different order, just be aware that you need 
the Golden Gauntlets in order to deactivate the Fire Barrier. Also, wear the 
Goron Tunic for this part, as you will be in a very hot room.

In this room, you must collect all of the Silver Rupees to unlock the door at 
the other end. The platform in the middle of the room will also sink into the 
lava when you step on it. However, you can prevent this by using your Hover 
Boots to walk over the barrier.

1) To get the first Silver Rupee, walk onto the central platform. You'll then 
see it off to the right on another platform, so go and get it.

2) For the next Silver Rupee, head to the other side of the central platform. 
Go left and you'll see a tall, stone pillar, like the one blocking the entrance 
to the Fairy's Fountain. You must have the Golden Gauntlets to lift it up. 
Press A to pick it up and Link will throw it to the other side of the room. The 
second Silver Rupee was underneath this pillar, so pick it up.

3) After getting the second Silver Rupee, turn left. You'll see a platform with 
spinning fire and a Silver Rupee. Get over to this platform (using the Hover 
Boots), avoid the fire, and pick up the third Silver Rupee.

4) From the third Silver Rupee, get to the central walkway again. This time, go 
up to the top right corner. Run across the gap to get onto the platform with 
the Torch Slug and the Silver Rupee, and then pick it up.

5) Next to you should be that stone pillar that you threw. You can use it to 
cross over to the platform across from you that has the final Silver Rupee on 
it.

After collecting all of the Silver Rupees, the door leading to the next room 
will unlock. Be quick though, as the platform that has the final Silver Rupee 
will sink into the lava, so get off of it fast. To get to where the locked door 
is, get to the top of the central walkway. You can then latch onto the target 
to the right of the door using your Longshot. Once you're near the door, open 
it.

Unlike the past few barriers, we only had to solve one puzzle here. Fire a 
Light Arrow at the source of the Fire Barrier to dispel it. Darunia will then 
appear, telling you that the Fire Barrier has been dispelled, and will tell you 
to hurry (calling you "brother" in the process).

Back at the central room, we'll see the Fire Barrier energy source go away. 
Just two more barriers to bring down!

For the next barrier, I recommend taking down the Spirit Barrier.

SPIRIT BARRIER

In the first room, you have to collect all of the Silver Rupees to get to the 
next room. Most of these Silver Rupees are in plain sight and shouldn't be a 
problem, but some of them are in between narrow gaps with Blade Traps. You can 
widen the path for the Blade Traps by moving the statues that they keep 
touching, but if you want to make this faster, just collect the Silver Rupee 
and take the hit from the Blade Trap in the process. There is one final Silver 
Rupee up in the air in the middle of the room. To get to it, get rid of the 
Beamos first right below it. Then, latch onto the target on the ceiling using 
the Longshot, and you'll get the Silver Rupee falling down. After getting the 
Silver Rupee, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open it.

In the next room, get rid of the Torch Slugs in front of you first. Also, get 
the magic jars they drop, as you surely need them at this point. To solve this 
puzzle, we must use a Bombchu to activate the glass switch on the other side of 
the fence. What you need to do is run a Bombchu up the fence, where it will 
crawl up the fence and through the hole at the top, then run down and across 
the floor, blowing up on that glass switch. This can take a few tries, so if 
you miss, just adjust your position slightly each time. Now, if you need 
additional Bombchus, hit the glass switch on your side and a min-chest will 
appear, containing Bombchus. Once the glass switch is activated, the door next 
to you will unlock, allowing you to get to the other side of the room, so open 
it.

On the other side of the room, head left. You'll get to an area with sun 
switches and a locked door. To unlock the door, you must aim your Mirror Shield 
at the correct sun switch using light. But we don't have any light right now. 
Look up at the ceiling and you'll see spider webs covering the ceiling. Get rid 
of these spider webs using a Fire Arrow and the light will be able to shine 
into this room, where then you can then use the Mirror Shield to shine light at 
the sun switches. To find the correct sun switch, face the door and then turn 
around. It will be up on the wall to your left. Once you light up this sun 
switch, the door next to you will unlock, so open it. Just be aware that 
turning on the wrong sun switch will cause it to disappear, and then a 
Wallmaster will drop to the floor, so be careful.

This room contains the power source for the Spirit Barrier, so fire a Light 
Arrow at it to dispel it. Nabooru will then appear, telling you that the Spirit 
Barrier has been dispelled. We will then go back to the central room, watching 
the energy source for the Spirit Barrier disappear. Just one more barrier to 
bring down! Head over to the door leading to the Light Barrier.

LIGHT BARRIER 
 
Note that in order to access the door leading to the Light Barrier puzzles, you 
must have the Golden Gauntlets. In front of the Light Barrier door is a large, 
gray pillar that you can pick up using the Golden Gauntlets. Link will then 
throw the pillar behind him, and the door will be accessible, so open it.

In the first room, use the Lens of Truth to reveal a Big Skulltula in the 
middle of the room. Defeat it. There are also several Keeses flying around that 
are invisible, so defeat them too. Now, you'll notice that there are several 
mini-chests around the center of the room. Don't open any of them, as some of 
them contain ice traps that will freeze Link and hurt him. After defeating all 
of the enemies, a mini-chest will appear in the middle of the room. Open it for 
a Small Key. Now, unlock and open the door leading to the next room using the 
Small Key.

This is a pretty easy room. In front of the locked door is a Triforce mark. 
Play Zelda's Lullaby on it and a mini-chest will appear. Open up the mini-chest 
for a Small Key, and then use that Small Key to unlock and open the door 
leading into the next room.

For the next room, you must collect all of the Silver Rupees in this room. You 
have one minute to do so. Also, you need to watch out for the boulders circling 
around this small room. Two of the Silver Rupees can be found in alcoves around 
the perimeter of the room, while two more can be found underneath the 
triangular platform in the middle of the room. The final one can be found on 
top of that triangular platform. To get to it, use the Longshot to get onto the 
target on the ceiling, and you'll be brought to on top of the platform. Once 
you have all of the Silver Rupees, the door leading to the next room will 
unlock, so open it.

This room can actually trick you a bit. This looks like a room that would 
contain the power source for the Light Barrier, however, you don't see it. If 
you turn on the Lens of Truth, you'll find a fake wall with an opening across 
from you, so go through it. Now we'll be in the room with the Light Barrier. 
Deactivate it as usual by firing a Light Arrow at it. Rauru will then appear, 
telling you that the Light Barrier is dispelled, and will tell you to hurry, of 
course.

So, we'll be back in the central room, where the Light Barrier energy source 
will disappear. With all six barriers removed, the barrier in the middle of the 
room will be removed. We can now go into the entrance leading into Ganon's 
Tower in the middle, so hurry and go through!

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4r. Ascending Ganon's Tower
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

--------------
Ganon's Tower
--------------

We're getting closer to the Evil King...can you feel it? Also noteworthy is 
that while you are climbing Ganon's Tower, you'll hear an organ playing the 
theme of Ganondorf (being played by none other than Ganondorf himself), which 
gets louder as you get closer and closer to the top of my tower. This song is 
probably my favorite tune in this game.

So, start be heading up the long staircase to your left, and then open the door 
at the top. The door behind you will lock when entering the next room, and you 
will have to fight two Dinolfos. At this point of the game, they really 
shouldn't be any problem. A couple of hits from your sword will knock out the 
two of them. Once the two are defeated, the door leading to the next room will 
unlock, so open it.

We have another long staircase to climb up, so start running up it. At the top, 
open the door leading to the next room. The door behind you will lock again. 
This time, you must defeat two Stalfos. In addition, you need to watch out for 
the little area of fire in the middle of the room, which is guarding a blue 
chest. Once the two Stalfos are defeated, the fire around the chest will 
disappear, so open it to get the Boss Key. In addition, the door leading to the 
next room will unlock, so open it. Like last time, just climb up the staircase 
next to you and then open the door at the time.

Again, the door behind you will lock. This time, you need to defeat two Iron 
Knuckles. If you need Nayru's Love for this fight, use it. Otherwise, it should 
take several hits from your sword to defeat the two of them. Remember to 
backflip to get out of the way and attack when their axes are stuck in the 
ground. Like other Iron Knuckles, they will lose some armor after getting hit 
several times, so just hit them repeatedly after that. Afterwards, the door 
leading to the next room will unlock, so open it. Again, just head up the 
staircase. At the top, open the unlocked door using your Boss Key.

There are plenty of jars here, if you haven't noticed. They contain things like 
hearts and magic jars. Save them for now, as you currently don't need them. 
Instead, just open the door in this room to the right of where you entered. 
Just one more staircase to climb! This one is actually the longest one. At the 
top, you'll find a door and that organ blaring. Open it.

Well, here we are. Link gasps at the sight of Ganondorf and Zelda, who is still 
trapped in that purple glass above Ganondorf. We also find that Ganondorf 
enjoys playing the organ as a hobby and is a fine organ player. Did he practice 
playing the organ for the past seven years, waiting for Zelda or Link to show 
up? Did he practice while Link was running around awakening the Sages? Who 
knows, but he's damn good at playing his own theme song at the organ.

Anyhow, Link is restored to full health. Triforce marks will appear on both 
Link and Zelda's hands. Ganondorf will stop playing the organ and mention that 
the Triforce parts are combining into one again, and didn't expect the Triforce 
of Wisdom and Courage to be held by Zelda and Link. Ganondorf turns around and 
a Triforce mark will then appear on his fist, demanding you to return the 
Triforce of Courage to him. He tries to pry it from Link, and Navi says that 
she can't get close to Ganondorf due to the waves of darkness. Ganondorf then 
ditches Zelda and *gasp* the organ, and now the fight begins! 
 
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Great King of Evil
Ganondorf

Difficulty: Medium

Ganondorf will stay around the middle of the room. He will then pound the 
ground, causing the floor around the middle of the room to disappear. This will 
create a gap between the middle of the room and the perimeter of the room. If 
you ever need more health or magic, climb down the pillar in the middle of the 
room and you can get to the floor below you. You can then smash the jars for 
hearts and magic jars.

Onto Ganondorf himself. I recommend staying in a corner of the room. Sometimes, 
Ganondorf will create a shockwave, which can cause some floor tiles to fall and 
disappear. The corners, however, are safe. Now, face Ganondorf. He will create 
an energy ball and throw it at you. Like the fight with Phantom Ganon in the 
Forest Temple, use your sword to hit the ball back at him. He will then hit it 
back at you, and so on. Repeat this until the energy ball hits him. While he is 
stunned, shoot at him with a Light Arrow, and he will fall to the ground. While 
on the ground, jump over to the middle of the room and hit him with your sword 
as many times as you can. After a few hits, he'll get back up. Then, repeat the 
process of getting his energy ball to hit himself, hitting him with a Light 
Arrow, and then attacking with the sword.

When Ganondorf is almost defeated, he may use another attack on you. He will 
release this big, massive magic attack that sends several little energy balls 
at you. To defend yourself from this attack, hold B and charge up the magic 
attack on your sword while Ganondorf is charging up his attack. When the energy 
balls get close to you, let go of B and the magic spin attack will deflect all 
of the energy balls back at him, hitting him in the process. Then hit him again 
with the Light Arrow and use sword attacks.

You'll also see his cape gradually at torn as he is taken damage. Hang in there 
and you will eventually defeat the Evil King!

Note: For all the talk about how the Master Sword is so awesome at destroying 
evil and it's the best sword ever according to the Sages, Big Goron's Sword 
will still defeat Ganondorf in half the hits. It should take about 10 hits with 
the Big Goron's Sword to defeat the Evil King. 
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

After the fight, Ganondorf will start breathing very heavily. That can't be 
healthy, right? He'll cough up some blood (definitely not healthy), stand 
upright, and use the last of his power to shatter the walls around us, before 
dropping dead. Link, during this time, just stands there, thinking "Uh, ok..."

Zelda will then drop down from the sky, being released from the purple glass. 
She'll start talking about Ganondorf (hey, Zelda, you're welcome for saving 
you, by the way), and then we'll feel an earthquake. Zelda will inform us that 
Ganondorf has used the last of his power to collapse his castle and crush the 
two of us within it. So run, run away!
 
You know, couldn't we just warp out of here or something? That would make too 
much sense, right? 

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
4s. Escape from Ganon's Castle!
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

We only have three minutes to escape. Follow Zelda down the staircase around 
the perimeter of this place. At the bottom, you'll come to some iron bars, 
blocking the entrance. Stand near Zelda and she will use her powers to get them 
open. Head inside! You'll be back in the room that was below Ganondorf's room. 
Just follow Zelda to the next set of iron bars and she will open them when the 
two of you get there. Go through the entrance and head back outside.

Back out here, carefully jump over the gap and follow Zelda down the stairs. 
Again, jump over the gap near the bottom. At the bottom, stand near the iron 
bars and wait for Zelda to open them up. Then, head back inside. In this room, 
just avoid the middle of the room, which is filled with fiery rocks, and get to 
the other side. Wait for Zelda to open up the iron bars and then head back 
outside. Out here, again, just go down the stairs, wait for Zelda to get the 
iron bars opened up, and then head back inside.

This room is a little different. Zelda will walk forward, but will be trapped 
by a wall of fire. You will then have to battle two Stalfos. Quickly get rid of 
them (remember, you have a time limit). When the two of them are defeated, 
Zelda will be freed, and will leave behind hearts if you need them. Get to the 
iron bars where Zelda is at, and let her open them up, and head back outside. 
Out here, head down the stairs, jump across the gap, and get to the bottom. 
Zelda will then open up the iron bars leading inside.

Back inside, get to the other side of the room. Zelda will open up the iron 
bars. We'll remain inside. Go down the stairs. At the bottom, wait for Zelda to 
open up the next set of iron bars, and then go through. Cross the bridge (just 
ignore the ReDead), and Zelda will open up the iron bars at the other side. 
We're almost there! Get to the top of the steps and you'll find the entrance. 
Wait for Zelda to open up the entrance, and head on outside!

Link and Zelda make it outside. Instead of getting further to safety, Link 
decides to turn around and watch the rest of the castle crumble. Zelda and Link 
look at each other, smiling, with Zelda declaring that "it's over". Navi will 
also apologize for not being able to help in the previous battle. Suddenly, we 
hear a sound come from the middle of the castle ruins. Zelda sends you to 
investigate. When Link gets to the middle, a firewall will appear around the 
perimeter, blocking Zelda out.

Ganondorf then breaks out of the rubble! And he looks mad! He's also still 
breathing heavily! He will use the Triforce of Power to then transform into a 
giant beast, named Ganon! Link will pull out his Master Sword, and Ganon will 
use his sword to knock the Master Sword out of Link's hand, sending it flying 
to Zelda (which remember, she's boxed out of this fight). Navi will also tell 
us that she's going to help you this time.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
FINAL BOSS: Ganon
Difficulty: Medium

This is it. Again, Ganon has wielded two swords, which are very powerful and 
can cause significant damage. If you need additional hearts or magic, let him 
smash some of the castle ruins with the sword. Heck, even some Fairies may come 
out of the rubble, which you can then use to heal yourself or capture as life 
insurance. If you need to, you can also use Nayru's Love to insulate yourself 
from the damage.

There are two parts to this fight (which they're pretty much the same, anyway). 
During the first part of the fight, you will not have your Master Sword. You 
can use an alternative, like the Big Goron's Sword again (which you have to re-
equip it for this fight). If for some reason you don't have the Big Goron's 
Sword, you can use a weapon like the Megaton Hammer. Even weapons like your 
Fairy Bow and Longshot will work on his tail.

So, Ganon's weak point is that rainbow-colored tail of his. So, how do we 
exactly get behind Ganon? There's two ways. You can roll right underneath him, 
in between his legs, and then quickly strike the tail before turning around. If 
you have trouble performing this stunt, remember, Ganon is still vulnerable to 
Light Arrows. L-Target his face and fire a Light Arrow. This will stun him, 
allowing you to get behind him. Then, attack his tail. Repeat this entire 
process. Just either roll through his legs or stun him with a Light Arrow. Just 
make sure that is face isn't being guarded by his swords and that you have a 
clear shot when shooting a Light Arrow. And then hit his tail when you get the 
chance.

After numerous hits, Ganon will be stunned in the ground. The firewall around 
the edge of this place will be removed, allowing you to get the Master Sword. 
Quickly get to it before the fire comes up again. Once of you have the Master 
Sword, get back into the arena, where Ganon should be getting back up.

PART II 
 
For the second part of the fight, you MUST use your Master Sword to defeat 
Ganon. When he gets back up, you should have a free shot at his tail. Now, you 
can use other weapons during the second part, but the final hit on Ganon must 
be from the Master Sword, so it's best that you keep that out during the fight 
(believe me, I hit him so many times with Big Goron's Sword wondering why he 
would not go down, then the next Master Sword hit brought him down for good).

Fighting him in the second part should not be any different from the first 
part. You can either roll through his legs to get to his tail or stun him by 
shooting a Light Arrow into this face. Then, hit the tail with the Master Sword 
when given the chance.

Once Ganon goes down after so many hits, Zelda will fire a beam at him to hold 
him down. From here, you must hit Ganon one final time. Stand in front of his 
face and deliver one final hit. Ganon will go psycho, whereas Zelda will summon 
the Sages to seal the Evil King. Now, enjoy the ending! Although I think it's 
sad if you ask me...
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

=====================================
5. Master Quest Dungeon Walkthroughs
=====================================

There is another mode in this version called Master Quest, which you can unlock 
after beating the game once. In Master Quest, everything is mirrored. For 
example, when you leave Link's house, you go left to get to the Deku Tree 
instead of right. You also go right from Link's house to exit the forest. The 
entrance to Kakariko Village is now to the left of the Hyrule Castle entrance, 
and so on. Even Link uses the opposite hand (his left hand) for using his 
weapons, which can initially throw your aim off for a weapon like the 
Slingshot.

In addition, when you get hit from an enemy, you will take double the damage. 
You would generally lose half a heart when getting hit from an enemy. That 
means you can lose up to a full heart when getting hit! You need to be very 
careful of this, especially at the beginning of the game, when you only have 
three hearts and can be killed very quickly.

Another big change is that all of the dungeons and temples are redesigned, with 
much more difficult enemy placements and puzzles. This is largely what this 
section is for.
 
As mentioned in the section, this is only a walkthrough for the dungeons and 
temples in Master Quest. Given that the rest of the game is just mirrored (with 
nothing outside of the dungeons changed), there would be no point in a full-
blown walkthrough. All I would be telling you to do is to go left in an area 
where you would normally go right, and so on.

<><><><><><><><><><><>
5a. Great Deku Tree
<><><><><><><><><><><>

Once you enter the Deku Tree, climb up the ladder to your right. At the top, 
follow the path and jump across the two gaps until you get to a large chest. 
Also, watch out for that sneaky Keese near the gap. When you get to the chest, 
quickly destroy the egg next to it before it hatches into a Gohma Larva. 
Afterwards, open the chest for the Dungeon Map.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Next to the chest is a crate. Roll into the crate and break it, 
revealing a Gold Skulltula. Destroy it and then pick up the token. Watch out, 
as getting hit from one of these will cause two hearts of damage on Master 
Quest! 
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Dungeon Map and the Gold Skulltula, climb up the vines on the 
wall next to you. At the top, head right and drop down to the floor below you. 
From here, follow this path until you get to a switch on the floor. Step on the 
switch and all of the unlit torches in this room will light up. The torch near 
you will also light up, burning off the web on the wall. This will allow you to 
access the door behind the web, so open the door.

The door will lock behind you when coming in here. To unlock it, you must 
defeat all of the enemies in this room. That includes a Deku Baba in the pit 
below and all of the Gohma Eggs around the room. You need to walk up to them to 
get them hatched, and then quickly defeat them after they are hatched. To get 
to different parts of the room, use the floor switch near the locked door to 
raise up some platforms in the pit. Once all of the enemies are defeated, the 
door will unlock and a large chest will appear. To get to it, hit the floor 
switch to raise the platforms in the pit, and then jump over to it. Open the 
chest for the Slingshot! Now, head back and leave this room.

Back in here, use the vines to get down to the floor below you. Back down here, 
facing the chest, take out a Deku Stick and light it up with the torch to the 
right. Now, head left and you'll get to some spider webs on the wall. Run into 
the webs with your lighted Deku Stick to burn them. We can now access the door 
behind here, so open it.

This can be a pretty difficult room. There is a Big Deku Baba in the middle, 
along with two Gohma Eggs. Stay where you are and shoot the Gohma Eggs using 
your Slingshot to destroy them from a distance. This will also prevent them 
from hatching. The Big Deku Baba may be a problem. I recommend using a Deku Nut 
to stun it and then quickly attack it with the sword. Try doing a jumping slash 
attack to deal more damage (while L-Targeting, have your sword out and press 
A). There are Hearts in this room if you need them. Once the enemies are 
defeated, head to the locked door on the other side of the room. Above it is an 
eye switch, so shoot at it with the Slingshot to activate it and unlock the 
door, and then open it.

In this room, destroy the Gohma Eggs using your Slingshot and get rid of the 
Skullwalltulas on the vines across from you. Now, avoid the platform on the 
middle, because a Big Skulltula will come down and surprise you. Get to the 
vines across from you and climb up them. At the top, open the large chest for a 
Compass. One thing to note is that to the right of the large chest is a wall 
with vines. There are rocks blocking the entrance at the top, however. You need 
to come back with Bombchus to get rid of these rocks, as there is a Gold 
Skulltula in the back of the area. Anyhow, after getting the Compass, turn 
around and face the other side of this room. You should see a ladder caught up 
in the spider webs. Shoot it to bring it down, and then climb up that ladder 
and open the door to leave this room.

Back in here, the enemies have respawned. This time, you don't need to defeat 
all of them. Just quickly destroy the Gohma Eggs using the Slingshot and use 
the Deku Nut to stun the Big Deku Baba. With it stunned, just run to the other 
side of the room and open the door. Back in this room, jump down to the first 
floor. Remember the giant spider web in the middle of the room? This time, to 
burn it, just take out a Deku Stick and light it using the nearby torch. Then, 
roll across the web to burn it, and then fall down to the floor below you.

Down here, face the vines leading back up. There is a higher ledge to your left 
and right. Get on the higher ledge to your right and defeat the Deku Babas. 
Now, step on the switch on the floor here. This will light up a torch on the 
opposite ledge. Now, get to the opposite ledge and defeat the Deku Babas here. 
Don't worry about the switch behind the web, stepping on it just makes a mini-
chest with a Blue Rupee appear, if you take your time to burn off the web. 
There is a locked door on here. To get this door unlocked, just shoot your 
Slingshot at the eye switch just above the door to activate it. Once the door 
is unlocked, open it.

The door behind you will lock. To unlock it, defeat all of the enemies here. 
Stay at your current position and fire your Slingshot at the Gohma Eggs to 
defeat them, and then, finish off the Deku Scrub in the middle of the room. 
This will unlock the door leading to the previous room. However, this will NOT 
unlock the door leading to the next room. Note the two torches in front of the 
locked door. Head back to the previous room and take out a Deku Stick. Light it 
up using the torch and then head back through the door. Light up both torches 
with the Deku Stick and the door will unlock, so open it.

In this room, look up at the ceiling and destroy the Gohma Egg so that it will 
not hatch later on. Now, this is the water puzzle room that you may remember 
from normal mode. Except the puzzle you have to solve this room is MUCH 
trickier. There is no switch in the water to lower the water level, to defeat 
that rolling spiked bar in the middle. In front of you is a blue floor switch. 
Stepping on the switch will light up the torch next to you. Remember, this is a 
blue switch, which means it requires constant weight on it to remain activated, 
so stepping off of it will deactivate it and un-light the torch. Before 
stepping on the switch, make sure the moving platform on the water is close to 
you, and then step on it. After stepping on the switch, quickly take out a Deku 
Stick and light it on fire before that torch nearly goes up.

Now, jump on the moving platform in the water. You need to be very careful 
here. Stay on the front edge of the platform. When it is approaching the 
spikes, run forward and ROLL under the spiked bar to avoid it. You should get 
from one end of the platform from the other, not getting in the water. Your 
Deku Stick should also still be lit up. Get on the land on the other side of 
the water and quickly light up the two torches. This will unlock the door on 
this side of the room. Now, defeat the Big Skulltula and climb up the Door of 
Time block. Get onto the higher ledge and open the door at the top.

The door will lock behind you when entering the room. You need to defeat all of 
the enemies in order to unlock the doors here. Stay where you are and defeat 
the Deku Scrub and the Gohma Eggs. Now, don't move. Look up at the ceiling and 
you'll find more Gohma Eggs. Destroy them using your Slingshot so that they 
won't hatch, causing you more problems. Also, look around the room for a Keese, 
which is hiding near the ceiling somewhere, and be sure to defeat that too. 
Once the enemies in this room are defeated, the door leading to the next room 
will unlock, so open it.

In this room, destroy the Keeses across from you from your current position. 
There is a Gold Skulltula on the roof here, but we currently cannot get it. 
Now, once all of the enemies are defeated, head to the middle of the room and 
step on the blue floor switch. This will light up all four of the switches 
surrounding you. Remember, this is a blue switch, so without constant weight, 
it will deactivate when stepping off of it. Quickly take out a Deku Stick and 
light it up using one of the torches. Now, go to the western part of the room. 
Burn down the spider web using the lighted Deku Stick and then crawl through 
the hole on the wall.

On the other side, you will be back in the main basement room. There is a Big 
Deku Baba here and a Business Scrub. I'd defeat the Business Scrub just so it 
stops attacking you. He will sell you a Deku Shield for 50 Rupees, if you ever 
need one. Now, defeat the Big Deku Baba to get it out of the way. Again, Deku 
Nuts are a great help against these guys. There is also a spider web on the 
floor here that we need to burn. Now, go to the right and push that stone block 
into the water. We can now use that to get to this side of the room. Now, get 
to the land area that has the lighted torch on it. Take out a Deku Stick and 
light it up. Climb up the stone block, get to the spider web, and roll on it 
with the lighted Deku Stick to burn it. You will then fall into the room below 
you.

Down here, you will fall in the water. Swim onto the land and you will find 
three Deku Scrubs. Remember these guys? Except this time, the order is 
different. You need to defeat them in a certain order. Instead of 2, 3, 1, it 
is now 1, 3, 2 (left, right, middle). Once the last Deku Scrub is defeated, run 
up to it and talk to it. He will then give you the usual hint on how to defeat 
Queen Gohma. The door leading into the next room will unlock. If you need to, 
go back in the water and pick up the Hearts, and then open the locked door.

In this room, walk forward into the area. The door behind you will be blocked 
off. Now, look up directly at the ceiling at Gohma, and the fight will start 
when the two of you make direct eye contact.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Parasitic Armored Arachnid
Gohma

Difficulty: Medium

I really only gave the difficultly a Medium as you only have three hearts, so 
you don't have a whole lot of room for error when fighting Gohma. Besides that 
though, the boss fight is no different in Master Quest. L-Target here and fire 
a Slingshot seed at her eye when it turns red. She will be stunned, so hit her 
as many times as you can with the sword. Keep her L-Targeting when she climbs 
up to the ceiling, and watch closely at her eye. Quickly hit it when it turns 
red to stun her again. And try to defeat her before she releases Gohma Eggs, 
which can make this fight much more difficult. If it happens, quickly L-Target 
the eggs and destroy them before they hatch and make the battle much more 
difficult. She should be defeated after several hits with the sword.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!

After the fight, pick up the Heart Container and step on the blue warp portal.

<><><><><><><><><><><>
5b. Dodongo's Cavern
<><><><><><><><><><><>

At the beginning, there is a cracked wall in front of you. Take a Bomb Flower 
to either the left or the right and use it to blow up that cracked wall. Head 
through the opening and you'll be in the main room. Jump over to the central 
island, where you'll notice that there is a Bomb Flower in the middle as 
opposed to a Beamos. From here, pick up the Bomb Flower on the middle. Head 
left and jump onto the platform across from you. Quickly throw the Bomb Flower 
at that cracked wall to blow it up, revealing a chest. Open it to get a Dungeon 
Map. There is another cracked wall over here, but we cannot blow it up yet. The 
Bomb Flower in the central island can NOT reach it right now, as it will blow 
up before you can get to that cracked wall. Now, head back to the central 
island.

When you get onto the central island, go to the top left corner (to the left of 
the Dodongo face) and look down. You'll see a little area of land below with a 
rock. What you have to do is pick up the Bomb Flower in the middle and throw it 
at that rock to blow it up. When it blows up, a floor switch will be revealed, 
so go down and step on it.

Stepping on that switch will make the pillar next to you go all the way up to 
the second floor! So, climb the ladder next to you and get onto that pillar. 
Then, ride it on to the top floor. Up here, turn right and you should see a 
bridge. Cross the bridge, jumping over the two games. On the other side is 
another floor switch, so step on it. This will cause a door on the floor below 
us to open. So head back to the pillar and use it to get back to the central 
island. Now, use it to jump across the other pillar and onto the area to your 
right. On here, you will find the unlocked door next to you, so open it. In 
this room, head forward. You will find the giant staircase surrounded by Bomb 
Flowers. Before setting it off, pick up one of the Bomb Flowers and use it to 
blow up the cracked wall in this room.

After the wall blows up, go inside. You will find a door, but don't open it. It 
leads to a room with a maze of Door of Time Blocks, which we cannot move around 
until later. Instead, notice the Bomb Flower on the wall. To get it off the 
wall, take out a Deku Stick and go to the torch nearby to light it up. Now, 
walk up against the Bomb Flower with the lighted Deku Stick to bring the Bomb 
Flower down. Now, quickly pick it up and place it in between the rest of the 
Bomb Flowers. This might be a little difficult. If you want to sacrifice some 
health, just run up in between the gap in the Bomb Flowers and let it explode. 
This will cause a chain reaction of explosions, causing the giant staircase to 
lower.

Before going up the stairs, pick up a Bomb Flower and use it to destroy the 
Beamos on the right. This will reveal a Silver Rupee (#1) so pick it up. Now, 
roll into the crate to the right of the stairs to break it and reveal another 
Silver Rupee (#2). Once you have collected both of these Silver Rupees, head up 
the stairs. At the top, riding that little pillar up will take you to a 
Business Scrub who will sell you a Deku Shield for 50 Rupees, so you can come 
back here in the event you lose yours to fire. Anyhow, go right and roll into 
the crate in the corner to destroy it, revealing another Silver Rupee (#3). 
From here, go up the ramp to your right and follow it until you get to a Big 
Skulltula. Destroy it and then climb up the right and pick up Silver Rupee #4. 
Now, climb back down and turn around. Facing the locked door, destroy the Big 
Skulltula to your right and roll into the crate to destroy it and pick up the 
5th and final Silver Rupee. This will cause the door nearby to unlock, so open 
it.

There are three Dodongos in this room. You can defeat them by hitting their 
tail three times with your sword. Get out of the way to avoid their fire-
breathing attack. If it hits you, it can burn off your Deku Shield. Also, when 
hitting them, quickly back up, as they will spin around, which can hurt you 
easily. And when they are defeated, get out of the way, as they will explode. 
Once they are defeated, a chest will appear and the doors in this room will 
unlock. Open the chest to get the Compass. Now, open the door leading to the 
next room. You'll be back in the main room. Just run across the bridge and get 
to the other side of the room, and then go through the opening on the other 
end.

In here, we have a little puzzle. Start by dropping down to the pit below you. 
You will see three torches in mid-air. In between the torches are two stone 
blocks. Pull out the block on the left first, so that it is next to the torch 
on the left. Now, go to the block on the right. Pull it back out and then to 
the left, so that it is right underneath the middle torch. From here, go to the 
right torch and head around the corner. You will find another stone block here. 
Pull it out and around the corner so that it is right next to the torch on the 
right. From here, go back up the ladder to the previous area. There is a 
lighted torch here, so take out a Deku Stick and light it up. Now, jump down to 
the blocks and use them to light all three torches. If done correctly, two 
things will happen. Another torch in this room will light up, and a door on the 
northern part of this room will unlock. First, open the door in the northern 
part of the room. To get to it, climb up onto the higher ledge and run 
straight.

The door will lock behind you when you enter the room. To unlock it, you must 
defeat all of the Gohma Larvae in this room. To make the room easier, just look 
up at the ceiling and destroy the Gohma Eggs. Defeating all of them will cause 
the door to unlock and a mini-chest to appear. Open the mini-chest for a Blue 
Rupee. Now, don't open the door just yet.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You probably have heard the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula 
while in this room. It is in one of the crates on the left. Once you have 
everything taken care of, just roll into the crates until you find the one with 
the Gold Skulltula in it. Defeat it and then pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, head to the 
southwest corner of this room. You should find a ladder and a stone block right 
below it. Pull out the stone block and then climb up it so you can reach the 
ladder, and then climb up the ladder. Up top, turn around and you should see a 
platform with a lighted torch on it. Jump onto this platform. Take out a Deku 
Stick and use the torch to light it up. Now, turn around and jump back on top 
of the ladder. Be sure not to land on the latter, otherwise Link will put the 
Deku Stick away, and you'll have to try again. Head straight and you will come 
to a large spider web. Use the lighted Deku Stick to burn it. Near you are two 
torches, so light them up quickly too. Defeat the Big Skulltula while you are 
at it.

This looks tricky at first. We need to get to the other side of the room, but 
we can't due to the stone blocks on the central platform. What you have to do 
is drop down to the right. You will find a stone block over here. Pull it out 
and then move it to the other side of the room. Once you get it to the other 
side of the room, climb up it and use it to get on the ledge to the left. Up 
here, defeat the Big Skulltula and head into the hallway. Defeat all of the 
Keeses and the Big Skulltula before doing anything in this hallway. You'll come 
to a cracked wall and a Bomb Flower on the wall. Take out a Deku Stick and 
light it up using the nearby torch, and then use it to make the Bomb Flower on 
the wall drop. Throw it at the cracked wall to blow up that wall, and then open 
the door.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Lizalfos (x2) 
Difficulty: Easy

These two shouldn't be a problem. When you fight one, it will jump away after 
three hits, and the other one will come in to attack. Hit that one three times 
and then that one will jump away. Both of the Lizalfos will be defeated after 
six hits. Use L-Targeting, and defend with your Deku Shield when they attack.
******************************************************************************* 
 
Once the Lizalfos are defeated, the doors in this room will unlock, so open the 
door leading to the next room. In here, walk forward and you will find two 
pillars being blocked by fire. Now, look in the back corners of the room. To 
the left, you should see a rock, and to the right, you should see a glass 
switch. Shoot the switch using your Slingshot and the first firewall will go 
away, so jump onto the first pillar. Now look to your right and you will see an 
alcove with a Bomb Flower in it. Jump into the alcove and pick up the Bomb 
Flower. Now take it to the rock you saw earlier and use the Bomb Flower to blow 
up the rock. This will reveal a switch on the floor, so step on it. Stepping on 
this switch will remove the fire on the second pillar. 
 
Quickly turn around and use the ledges to get back to the area above you. By 
now, the first wall of fire should be back, so shoot at the glass switch again 
to get rid of it. Now quickly jump across the pillars (before the second switch 
deactivates) to get to the other side of the room. Once you're on the other 
side, head forward. You'll be back in the room that had the torch puzzle. Just 
jump across the gap and go through the opening across from you. You'll come to 
a set of rocks, which you can easily blow up using the Bomb Flower in front of 
it. Afterwards, continue forward and you'll be back in the main room. 

This puzzle is a bit tricky. With that Bomb Flower, we can now reach the 
cracked wall on the floor directly below us. Pick up the Bomb Flower and then 
drop down to your right. Down here, quickly run forward and throw the Bomb 
Flower to the cracked wall at the end. If you couldn't get to it, you have to 
go back on the pillar, head back up to the top floor, and try again. Once you 
have that wall blown up, head through and down the hallway. In this room, go 
forward and you'll find two little platforms. Jump on the one on the right and 
it will head up. At the top is an alcove with a Bomb Flower. Pick up the Bomb 
Flower and drop to the floor below you. Use it to blow up the nearby rock. When 
the rock blows up, a Bomb Flower will be revealed. Pick this one up and use it 
to blow up the cracked wall next to you. A door will be revealed. You don't 
need to open this door, but inside is a Business Scrub who will sell you a Red 
Potion for 40 Rupees.

From here, pick up the Bomb Flower and proceed forward. If you look on the 
higher ledge, you should see some Bomb Flowers running up the wall to your 
left. Throw the Bomb Flower so that it is underneath the Bomb Flowers on the 
wall. If done right, when the Bomb Flower explodes, it will also make the Bomb 
Flowers on the wall and ceiling explode, causing a chain reaction. This will 
ultimate blow up a rock on the wall on the right, revealing an eye switch. Now 
get onto the higher floor and shoot the eye switch with the Slingshot to 
activate it, unlocking the door to the left, so open it. In this hall, just 
avoid the Baby Dodongos and open the door on the other side of the area.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Lizalfos (x2)
Difficulty: Easy

Again, this fight shouldn't really be a problem. Both Lizalfos will go down 
after six hits each, they will retreat after three hits, and use L-Targeting to 
attack. Use your Deku Shield to defend from their sword attacks.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After the Lizalfos are defeated, the doors in this room will unlock, so open 
the door leading into the next room. In here, head down the hall and into the 
bigger room. If you look forward, you should see some Bomb Flowers running up 
the wall and onto the ceiling again. Pick up the Bomb Flower from the previous 
hallway and throw it underneath the Bomb Flowers on the wall. This should cause 
a chain reaction and blow up all of the Bomb Flowers, unlocking the door in the 
previous hallway. We don't need to open that door, as there is a Gold Skulltula 
in that room that we currently cannot get to. Instead, head into the big room.

You will find some Poes in this room. On the other side of the room is another 
set of Bomb Flowers running up the wall. There is also a Bomb Flower on the 
floor you can pick up, so pick it up and place is below the Bomb Flowers on the 
wall. The explosion will cause another chain reaction, which will unlock the 
door in the corner of the room, so open it. In here, walk forward and open the 
large chest at the end for Bombs! With the Bombs, jump back into the main room. 
Head to the pillar and use it to ride up to the top floor. Up here, head to the 
bridge on your right. Drop Bombs into both of the gaps so that they fall into 
the eyes of the Dodongo and light them both up red. Once both eyes are red from 
the Bomb explosions, the Dodongo's mouth will open up. So head back to the 
central island, head into the mouth of the Dodongo face, and open the door at 
the end.

In this room, jump into the pit below you. Now climb up on the ledge to the 
left and head forward. Be careful of the Baby Dodongos popping up from the 
ground. From here, go down the hallway. At the end, drop down to the floor 
below you. Down here, head right and climb up the higher ledge. Now, go into 
the floor below you, where you will find three gravestones. Defeat the Lizalfos 
here first. Now, pull back the furthest gravestone and then get on top of it. 
There is a ledge that you can't jump onto because of the fire surrounding it. 
However, you can see a glass switch on the other side of the ledge. To activate 
it, L-Target it and throw a Bomb at it. The explosion will cause the firewall 
to disappear, so climb over the ledge onto the other side.

Over here, turn right and you will see a large group of Armos. Stand back and 
set them all of at once using a Bomb. Then, while they are in motion, defeat 
them by throwing another Bomb against them. To the left should be a wall with 
Bomb Flowers running up it. Place a Bomb underneath this Bomb Flowers to cause 
a chain reaction of explosions. This will make a clear platform appear next to 
you, so climb up it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Using the clear platforms, get on top of the walls to your 
right. Follow this walkway to a Gold Skulltula at the end. Defeat it and then 
pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, turn around and drop down to the floor below 
you. Head forward and follow this hallway until you get to a gravestone. Pull 
back the gravestone to reveal a floor switch, and then step on it. This will 
unlock a door in this area, so open it.

In this room, use a Bomb to blow up the cracked floor in the middle of the 
room. If you need to, open up the mini-chest for some Bombs. Then, fall through 
the hole to start the boss fight.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Infernal Dinosaur
King Dodongo

Difficulty: Easy

This boss shouldn't be any different in Master Quest. Throw a Bomb into King 
Dodongo's mouth when it is wide open. This will stun him, so hit him with your 
sword. When he starts rolling, duck down with your Hylian Shield on and he will 
roll right over you without hurting you. Afterwards, hunt him down and throw 
another Bomb into his mouth before he gets off his flamethrower attack. King 
Dodongo should be defeated after four hits with your sword.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container left by King Dodongo, and then 
step through the blue warp portal.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
5c. Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

NOTE: Before starting this dungeon, I recommend that you bring Bombchus into 
here. You can get some from the Bombchu Bowling Alley or from the Bombchu Shop 
in the Back Alley. Also be sure that you have Din's Fire and a magic meter from 
the Great Fairy Fountains.

Ok, so this place is a little weird in Master Quest. You'll find cows in here. 
So Jabu-Jabu has been eating cows whole? When you start this place, you'll 
notice a rock in the middle of the room. Blow up the rock with a Bomb to reveal 
a switch. Step on the switch and a large chest will appear. Open up the large 
chest to get a Dungeon Map. Wow, that's a bit early. We also have to deal with 
the locked door in here. You should notice two cow faces on the wall. Shoot the 
one on the right with your Slingshot to unlock the door. Shooting the cow on 
the left will cause a mini-chest with Deku Nuts to appear. Once you have the 
door unlocked, open it.

In this room, the door across from us is locked. There are also moving pillars 
blocking the walkway. In the gap is a platform, so ride it down to the floor 
below. Down here, you'll see a door blocked off by a waterspout. What we can do 
now is jump into the water. There is an opening underwater, so dive underwater 
and go through the opening. You'll also see a cow underwater too. Won't that 
cow...drown? On the other side, get onto the land and step on the switch on the 
floor. This will unlock the door on the floor above us. Before leaving this 
place, look down into the water where the cow is. Shoot the cow with your 
Slingshot (might need to try a couple of times) and a large chest next to you 
will appear. Open this chest up to get the Compass. Now, jump back in the 
water, go back on the moving platform, and take it to the next floor up. Up 
here, get on the land, get to the unlocked door, and open it.

Walk forward and you will come to a big room. You will also find Princess Ruto. 
Talk to her and she will not believe you when you say that King Zora sent you 
here to rescue here. She will then walk into a pit, so follow her down to the 
room below. Talk to her twice and she will let you carry her around. Pick up 
Ruto and then drop down to the pit below you. Step on the floor switch and a 
waterspout will lift you up. Use it to get to the platform with the floor 
switch on it. This will cause the nearby door to unlock. Since this switch 
requires constant weight to remain activated, drop Ruto onto the switch to keep 
the door unlocked. Now, step on the floor switch in the pit to reactivate the 
waterspout, and then use it to get onto the other platform. Open the unlocked 
door.

In here, follow this hallway until you get to a pit. Defeat the Lizalfos if you 
have to. When you get to the water pit, jump in it. Defeat the two Stingers and 
the Like Like in here. After the enemies are defeated, a large chest will 
appear. To get to it, step on the switch in this pit. This will raise up the 
water. Now climb up the spider webs on the wall near the Door of Time block. 
Open up the chest here to get the Boomerang! Wow, that was early, much earlier 
than in the original! Be quick though, as if the time runs out with the switch, 
a waterspout will appear and block the chest, meaning you need to go and step 
on the switch again. Once you have the Boomerang, jump back into the pit and 
step onto the switch. Climb out of the pit on the other side, and then head 
into the hallway. Follow the hallway until you get to a door, and open it.

Back in this room, wait for the moving platform to get down to you. Get on it 
and then ride it to the top floor. Back up here, open the door leading to the 
room where you met Princess Ruto. In this room, head forward and then turn 
left. Look up and you should see some rocks on the wall. Run some Bombchus up 
the wall to blow up these rocks. You should find the face of a cow. Shoot the 
cow face with your Slingshot and it will unlock the door on the other side of 
the room. To get to this door, walk up to that pillar that's moving around. 
Throw the Boomerang at it to stun it, and then climb over the pillar. Open the 
door when you get to it.

In this room, go through the opening to your left. Head down this hall until 
you get to some spider webs blocking a door. You can remove these spider webs 
using Din's Fire. Once the webs are burned down, open the door in front of you. 
You will find a blue tentacle in this room. L-Target it and throw the Boomerang 
at its smaller midsection to damage it. When the tentacle retreats into the 
ceiling, walk up to it to bring it down again and then throw the Boomerang at 
it again. Repeat this process until the tentacle is defeated. After you defeat 
the tentacle, leave this room.

Back in here, run all the way forward to the other side of this room. You 
should get to a door, so open it. This room has a green Parasitic Tentacle. 
Again, throw the Boomerang at its midsection to damage it, then walk up to it 
to bring it back down from the ceiling. Repeat this process until the Green 
Tentacle is defeated. Once the tentacle is defeated, leave this room. Back in 
here, go through the opening to the right. Open the door at the end of this 
hall. In here, defeat all of the enemies using the Boomerang.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. To get to it, look up 
on the wall to the left (when entering this room). You should see a rock on the 
wall. Run a Bombchu up to the wall to blow up the rock. You will then find the 
Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then use the Boomerang to grab the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, head right 
and then go through the next opening to your right (at the 4-way intersection). 
In here, head down the hall and a Lizalfos will appear. Defeat the Lizalfos. 
Now you should find two rocks. Blow them up with a Bomb and you will find a 
locked door and a floor switch. Stepping on the switch will unlock the door, 
but the switch needs constant weight. Head back to the previous area that you 
came from and you should find boxes on the floor. Pick up one of the boxes and 
take it to the floor switch. Step on the floor switch and then place the box on 
the switch to keep it pressed down. This will keep the door unlocked as well, 
so open the door.

In this room, you will find the Red Tentacle. Four hits with your Boomerang 
should finish it off. Once you have defeated it, leave this room. Back in here, 
just open the door directly across from you. Back in here, stun the moving 
pillar with the Boomerang and then climb over it. Now, fall down the pit that 
Princess Ruto fell down earlier. She should be right next to you when you fall 
down below. Talk to her and she will let you pick her up again. Now pick her up 
and jump into the pit below you. Down here, head up the slope. At the top, turn 
left and you will see a higher floor. You can't climb up there, but you can 
throw Ruto up there. Now jump back into the pit and step on the floor switch to 
create the waterspout. Now, use it to get onto the highest platform, where Ruto 
is. Pick up Ruto and then head down the hall. Open the door at the end.

Ruto will see the Zora's Sapphire up on the higher platform. Throw her up on 
the platform and she will pick it up. Then walk towards the platform and it 
will rise up into the ceiling. It will then come down, this time with a mini-
boss! 
 
******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Bigocto
Difficulty: Medium

The weak point in this boss is in the back. There are two ways to get to the 
back. The first way is to run around the perimeter of the room until you catch 
Bigocto, who is also running around the room. The second way is faster, but 
will cost health. Just run into Bigocto. You will get hurt, but he will turn 
around, leaving his back to you. In either case, quickly throw the Boomerang at 
Bigocto to stun him. Once you hit him, a green eye will be revealed in the 
back, so hit it with your sword. Repeat this process several times until 
Bigocto is defeated.

Also, when running around the room, watch out for the spinning middle platform. 
There are spikes on its side, so you will get hurt if you get too close to the 
platform.
******************************************************************************* 
 
Once Bigocto is defeated, the platform will then lower to the ground. Get onto 
it and ride it to the floor above you. Up here, there is a locked door in the 
hall across from you. To unlock it, shoot the cow face on the wall to the left 
using the Slingshot. Once you have the door unlocked, open it. In this room, 
shoot the cow face on the wall all the way across from you using the Slingshot. 
This will make two boxes appear in front of you. Before picking on up, walk 
forward. You will find two moving pillars. Stun both of them using the 
Boomerang. Now pick up a box and jump across the pillars while they are 
stunned. On the other side, step on the floor switch to unlock the door. This 
switch needs constant weight, so place the box on it and then open the door.

In this room, jump onto the platform across from you. It will then lower to the 
room below us, allowing us to access a door we were previously unable to get 
to, so open it. In this room, head forward into the larger room. Turn left and 
you should see a cow on the wall. Shoot the cow face twice and a Fairy should 
appear. You might want to capture it in an empty bottle for the upcoming boss 
fight. Hit this cow a third time and the door leading to the next room will 
unlock. Before opening the door, climb up the vines to the higher platform.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula we can get here, but it is a little 
tricky. It is behind the other side of that glass. To get it, aim your 
Boomerang up and to the right of the glass. If you aimed right, you should hit 
it. If not, adjust your aim and try again. Aim at it again and hit it again to 
defeat it. Once it is defeated, L-Target it and collect the token with your 
Boomerang.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After you get the Gold Skulltula, open the unlocked door. The boss fight will 
then start.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Bio-electric Anemone
Barinade

Difficulty: Medium

Since you are playing on Master Quest, you may take significant damage during 
the fight. This is why I recommended bringing in a Fairy to this fight. Now, 
this boss has several parts.

For the first part, use the Boomerang to destroy the tentacles connected it to 
the ceiling. During this time, watch out for the electricity that Barinade is 
firing at you. Use L-Targeting to make hitting the tentacles easier.

For the second part, Barinade will surround itself with Biris, which will spin 
around Barinade very fast. What you need to do is throw the Boomerang at 
Barinade and stun him. This will stop the Biris in their tracks, where you can 
then just use the Boomerang to destroy them one by one. Repeat this process 
until all the Biris are destroyed.

For the next part, Barinade will surround itself with Biris again, but this 
time it will be moving around the room. Keep throwing the Boomerang at Barinade 
until it is stunned, then take out the Biris one by one. Repeat this process 
until all of the Briis are destroyed.

The final part will have Barinade moving around the room, without any Biris. 
Throw the Boomerang at Barinade to stun it, then hit it with the sword several 
times. It will sink into the ground, where you cannot hit it any longer. Just 
dodge the electricity until it gets back up.

Once Barinade is back up, hit it with the Boomerang again to stun it, hit it 
with your sword, and then repeat the process until Barinade is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container and step through the blue warp 
portal, where Princess Ruto is waiting for you.

<><><><><><><><><><>
5d. Forest Temple
<><><><><><><><><><>

So the beginning of the Forest Temple is a bit trickier than from original 
mode. If you look to the left, you can see the vines you can climb up. However, 
there are several Skullwalltulas on these vines. Some of them are too high up, 
and are out of range for your Hookshot. To get around them, go to the right of 
the tree and you'll find more vines. Climb up these to get to the top of the 
tree. Once you're on top, turn around. Before doing anything, destroy the Big 
Skulltula in the air with your Hookshot. Now walk over the tree branch and get 
to the tree across from you. Step on the floor switch here and a mini-chest 
will appear on the tree behind you. You can use your Hookshot to get back to 
that mini-chest, so open it to get the Small Key. Once you have the Small Key, 
get back to the ground below you, and open the door leading to the next room.

There are three Big Skulltulas in this hallway. Destroy all of them first using 
your Hookshot.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Get to the other side of the hallway. Look up and to the right 
of the locked door and you should see a Gold Skulltula in the corner. Defeat it 
and take the token using your Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you defeat the Gold Skulltula, unlock and open the door leading to the 
next room using your Small Key.

In this room, walk forward and the four torches in the middle of the room will 
go out, and you'll see four Poes walk away. This also makes the elevator in the 
middle of the room inaccessible for the time being. For now, get to the 
opposite side of the room. Climb up the ledge and go up the stairs. Open the 
door at the top. There is a Door of Time Block in this hallway. Play the Song 
of Time to remove it, giving you access to the door leading to the next room, 
so open it.

The door will lock behind you when entering this room. Walk forward and two 
Wolfos will appear. Defeat both of them and a mini-chest will appear (the doors 
will also obviously unlock). Open it to get a Small Key. If you need a Fairy, 
there is one in a jar behind the mini-chest. Once you have the Small Key, head 
back to the central room where the elevator is. Back in this room, get to the 
center, head left, climb up the ledge and the stairs, and then open the door at 
the top. The door will lock behind us when entering this room, and we have a 
brief mini-boss fight.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos
Difficulty: Easy

You only need to fight one of these, so this shouldn't be too much of a 
problem. Usually the best way to hit it is to attack low. Just attack the 
Stalfos when it drops your shield and is about to attack you. The Stalfos 
should be defeated after a couple of hits.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After the Stalfos is defeated, the doors in this hall will unlock, so open the 
door leading into the next room.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. When entering, go right 
and head around the corner. You'll find the Gold Skulltula on the floor, where 
you can easily defeat it and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After you defeat the Gold Skulltula, turn back around. Head right and climb up 
the ladder near you. At the top, climb up the ladder to your left. From here, 
here around the corner and you will find the arrows painted on the floor.

Like in original mode, we need to push some stone blocks around. There are two 
in this area. One is in the tunnel to your right. If you walk forward, you'll 
find a second blue block to your right. What you need to do is pull out the 
second blue block until you are no longer able to. Afterwards, go back right 
(there should still be enough room). Head into the tunnel and pull out the 
first stone block until you are no longer able to. Now, push this stone block 
forward, in the direction of the arrows on the floor. Push it until you can get 
into the tunnel to your right. Head into the tunnel. Go forward and loop around 
the area (head left at the edge). There is a tunnel to your left, so enter it. 
You should be behind the second stone block. Now push it forward until it falls 
into the little pit.

From here, turn around. Go back into the tunnel where the first stone block was 
located. There is a ladder in here, so climb up it. At the top, turn left and 
then head into the tunnel to your left. There is a brown stone block across 
from you. The only direction you can move this block in is backward, so pull 
the block down the hallway. Once you're done, head back down the ladder. Now go 
to the second blue block that you pushed into the pit, and then climb up it. 
Then climb up onto the higher ledge to your left. Up here, you will find 
another brown block in front of you. Just push it forward until it falls into 
the little pit. This is a different brown block than the other one you first 
pulled. The first brown block was blocking the way of the block you are pushing 
now, so unless you moved the first block, you would be unable to push this 
block forward.

Once you get the block into the pit, climb up it. At the top, just jump up the 
ledge in front of you. From here, step on the floor switch in front of you. 
This will create Hookshot targets and clear platforms that you can now use as 
shortcuts in this room. Now head left and go around the corner. You will find a 
ladder, so climb up it. At the top, head around the corner and you will find a 
locked door. Unlock and open the door using a Small Key.

You will be in a non-twisted hallway. Run down the hallway and into the room 
across from you. In here, drop down to the floor below you. Open the blue chest 
down here to get the Boss Key (wow, that was early), and then jump into the 
hole in the floor. Down here, just defeat the Floormaster to unlock the door in 
this room. Remember to defeat the little hands it spawns as well. Once the door 
is unlocked, open it. In this room, follow the walkway until you get to a door. 
Don't open this door yet. Instead, go through the opening to your left and open 
the door you find in here. The door will lock behind you when entering the 
room. Defeat the ReDead in here and the door will then unlock again. In 
addition, a mini-chest will appear. Open it to get a Small Key. Now, leave this 
room.

Back in here, open the door to the left of you. You will be in the room that 
had the stone block puzzles. Hit the glass switch in front of you to activate 
it. This will cause that non-twisted hallway we crossed through to twist up, 
which will move everything around. In addition, the clear block in front of you 
will be removed. From here, drop down to the floor below you. Now work your way 
up back to the twisted hallway. Once you're in the twisted hallway, head into 
the room across from you. Because of the twisted hallway, the objects in this 
room have moved around. Jump onto the central pillar and then jump to the left. 
You will get to a locked door, so unlock and open it using a Small Key.

You will be in the room that has the Poe in the pictures. As we can't solve 
this puzzle just yet, head to the bottom of the room using the stairs. Open the 
door at the bottom. The door will lock behind you, and we must now fight a 
mini-boss.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos (x3)
Difficulty: Medium

What makes this fight difficult is the double damage on Master Quest. Each time 
you get hit by a Stalfos, you lose two hearts, so you will lose health very 
quickly in this fight if you get hit. At first, you only need to fight one 
Stalfos. Because of the pit in the room, let the Stalfos come to you, and then 
fight it. Remember to attack it when it drops its shield, and to attack low 
when it jumps.

After the first Stalfos is defeated, the platform will lower to the middle of 
the room, covering up the pit. Two more Stalfos will appear, so quickly defeat 
them before they cause too much trouble.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After the fight, the doors will unlock and a large chest will appear in this 
room. Open the chest to get the Fairy Bow. With the Fairy Bow in hand, head 
back to the previous room. We can now fire at the Poe in the pictures. 
Remember, it will disappear into another picture if you are in a direct, 
straight line-of-sight of the picture with the Poe in it, so it's best to stay 
off to the side, like behind a railing on the staircase. Once the three 
pictures are destroyed, the Red Poe, Joelle, will appear and go to the bottom 
of the room. Defeat it by firing an arrow at it each time it appears. It 
disappears for a few seconds when hit, so you'll need to be patient.

After Joelle is defeated, the red flame on her torch will light the torch in 
this room. In addition, a large chest will appear, so open it to get the 
Dungeon Map. Now, head into the room where you got the Fairy Bow. From here, 
open the door on the other side of the room. We have another Poe-in-the-picture 
puzzle to solve. Again, the best way to hit the picture with the Poe in it is 
to stay out of a direct line-of-sight. Once the three pictures are destroyed, 
the Blue Poe, Beth will appear and go to the bottom of the room. Defeat Beth 
the same way you defeated Joelle. After the fight, the blue flame on her torch 
will light up the torch in this room. A large chest will also appear, so open 
it to get the Compass. Now, we can't progress further in this room. There is a 
door that is locked, and we don't have any Small Keys. What you have to do is 
backtrack all the way back to the central room where the elevator is. You can 
do this faster by just using the Minuet of Forest to warp just outside the 
Forest Temple entrance, and then get to the room from you.

Once you are back in the central elevator room, go to the opening in the 
northwest corner of the room. The door in this opening is locked. However, 
above the opening is an eye switch. Shoot the eye switch with your Fairy Bow to 
activate it. This will also unlock the door across from you, so open it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. To get to it, walk 
forward a couple of steps. Now, turn around and face the door. Look up and you 
should see a Gold Skulltula on the structure. Defeat it and then reel in the 
token using your Hookshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, defeat the Big Deku Babas in this room. Head 
right from the door and you should see some Door of Time Blocks in the air. Get 
near them until Navi turns green, and then play the Song of Time to create a 
Door of Time block. To get to it, go to where the Gold Skulltula was. The Gold 
Skulltula was actually on a Hookshot target. Use the target to get on top of 
the structure above you. Now, jump off here and jump across the Door of Time 
Blocks. Now turn left and you should see some vines on the wall. Before 
climbing them, defeat the Skullwalltula on the vines using your Bow. You can 
get to the vines by using your Hookshot to latch onto them. Once you're on the 
vines, climb up them and then land on the balcony to your left. You will find a 
mini-chest on here, so open it to get a Small Key.

After getting the Small Key, turn around and you'll see another balcony to your 
left. You can get to this balcony by using the Hookshot target above it. When 
you get to the balcony, open the door here. In this room, defeat the Big 
Skulltula. Now there are two ways to remove that spider web blocking the other 
door. You can either use Din's Fire or shoot an arrow through the torch to 
light up the arrow. After the web is burned, don't open the door. Instead, head 
back to the previous room. Back in here, get down to the ground below you. Head 
to the other side of the room where the well is. Look into the well and you 
will see an eye switch. Shoot the eye switch with an arrow. This will drain the 
water, so climb down the well.
 
At the bottom of the well, open up the mini-chest to get a Small Key. Now, head 
to the other side of the well.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You can find a Gold Skulltula on the other side of this path. 
Just to the left of the vines are some bars in the river. The Gold Skulltula is 
on these bars. Just defeat the Gold Skulltula and use the Hookshot to get the 
token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After getting the Gold Skulltula, climb up the vines and out of the well.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. To get to it, just 
climb up the vines coming out of the well. Climb up the vines until you get to 
the top. At the top is a ledge. There is a Gold Skulltula on the ground, so 
just defeat it and pick up the token. We now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in 
the Forest Temple!
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, get onto the ground below you. Go through the 
door in this room and you will be back in the central elevator hallway. From 
here, go back to the stone block puzzle room and then work your way all the way 
back to the room where you defeated the Blue Poe, Beth.

Once you get back to the room where you defeated Beth, go up the flights of 
stairs. At the top, unlock and open the door using the Small Key. In this room, 
Navi will warn you of the Wallmaster hanging from the ceiling. To get to the 
next room, jump into the pit and climb up the ladder next to you. At the top, 
head into the un-twisted hallway. At the end of the hallway, unlock and open 
the door using a Small Key. You will be in the room with the rotating pillars 
and the frozen eye switch. To light the torch up in the middle of the room, 
pick up the box beneath the eye switch. Place it on the blue switch in the 
middle of the room. This will light up the torch. Now get on a spinning 
platform and shoot an arrow through the torch so that it hits the ice. This 
will melt the ice and activate the eye switch, twisting up the previous 
hallway. Alternatively, you can stand below the eye switch and use Din's Fire 
to melt the ice and activate the switch.

However, you may now notice a clear block blocking the door leading out. To 
remove this block, take the box off the blue switch and it will deactivate. The 
torch will no longer be lit, but that isn't a concern to us. The block will now 
be removed, so open the door and leave this room. Back in here, run across the 
twisted hallway. At the end, drop into the pit below you, and then drop down 
into the hole in the wall. Down here, walk forward and Navi will alert you of 
the falling ceiling. When the ceiling falls to the floor, take note of where 
the holes are in the ceiling. On the other side of this room is a locked door. 
We need a Small Key, which we don't have right now. Work your way to the other 
side of the falling ceiling. You will find two floor switches on the other 
side. One of them will cause a mini-chest to appear, which contains Arrows if 
you want them. The other floor switch will unlock a door near the start of the 
falling ceiling.

Once you get the door unlocked, go back to the beginning of this room. In the 
corner is an opening. Head into the opening and open the door up top. Back in 
this room, walk forward and look down. You should see a floor below you. Drop 
down to this floor. Defeat the Deku Baba and then open the mini-chest down here 
for a Small Key. To get back up to that door, stand in the corner and Navi will 
go green. Play the Song of Time to make a Door of Time block appear. Climb up 
the two Door of Time Blocks and Navi will turn green again. Play the Song of 
Time to make another Door of Time block appear, and then use it to get back 
onto the higher ledge. Back up here, get across the falling ceiling, using the 
holes in the ceiling to protect yourself. On the other side of the room, unlock 
the door and open it using the Small Key.

In this room, shoot the picture of the Green Poe to the right using an arrow. 
This will cause five blocks to fall onto the floor. You need to push the blocks 
together so that they match the picture of the Green Poe. One of the blocks 
isn't needed, however. You have one minute to solve this puzzle. If the time 
runs out, the blocks will turn over and you will have to solve the puzzle 
again. Once you form the picture of the Poe, the Green Poe, Amy, will appear. 
Defeat her like you defeated her two other sisters, by shooting arrows at her 
when she is visible. After she is defeated, the green flame on her torch will 
light up the torch in this room. The door next to the torch will also unlock, 
so open it. In here, just open the door on the other side of the hall.

We will be back in the central elevator room. Head to the middle where you will 
find the Purple Poe, Meg. Walk up to her and a mini-boss fight will start.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Meg
Difficulty: Easy

At the beginning of the fight, Meg will divide herself. There will now be four 
copies of Meg surrounding you. Only one of them is real. The one that is real 
is the one that spins at the start, so shoot an arrow at that Poe. If you shoot 
the wrong one, it will just vanish. Once you hit the real Meg, they will 
disappear. Wait for them to all re-appear and watch closely for the one that 
spins around.

After a few more hits, Meg will be defeated.
******************************************************************************* 
 
At the end of the fight, the purple flame on Meg's torch will light up the 
torch in this room. We now have all four flames back! This will let the 
elevator rise up from the floor. Step into it to get down into the floor below 
you.

Down here, you will find two locked gates. One of which is blocking the door 
leading to the boss. Remember that the locked gates are on the openings where 
the blue carpets are. You will notice a wall surrounding this room. There are 
two parts of the wall sticking out, that you can use to push the wall. This 
will cause the two openings in the room to also move, allowing you to access 
different parts of this room. The best way to solve this puzzle is to use the 
map. Ironically, the puzzle is shorter and easier in Master Quest than it was 
in the original mode. Here is a step by step walkthrough to get this puzzle 
take care of.

1) Move the wall twice, in either direction. The openings on the walls should 
be where the red carpets are.

2) In the west opening, you'll find a locked gate, with a glass switch on the 
ceiling. Hit this switch with your Hookshot or Fairy Bow to activate it. This 
will open up the gate next to you, so hit the floor switch.

3) This will open up a locked gate on the blue carpet, so push the wall twice 
in either direction so that the openings are back on the blue carpets.

4) Once the openings are on the blue carpets, head through the southern 
opening. This area looks empty at first, but turn around, look up, and you 
should see an eye switch. Shoot this switch with an arrow to activate it. This 
will unlock the gate across from you, so run forward to the opening across from 
you. In here, unlock and open the door using the Boss Key.

In this room, head up into the arena. Walk into the middle and try to walk out. 
Some bars will rise up, preventing you from leaving, then the boss, Phantom 
Ganon, appears.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Evil Spirit from Beyond
Phantom Ganon

Difficulty: Medium

PART I

Like in the original mode, there are two parts to this boss. In the first part, 
Phantom Ganon will jump into one of the pictures surrounding this room. Take 
your Bow out, stand in the middle, and check each picture. Phantom Ganon will 
eventually come out of one of the pictures. Be careful, though, as there are 
two of him, and only one is real. The real one looks a bit lighter, his horse 
makes galloping sounds, and you'll see a purple shadow surround him when coming 
out of the picture. When you find him, shoot an Arrow at him.

If you were too late, he'll fire an electrical attack at you, which you can 
avoid by standing on one of the Triforce marks in the room. Watch out, as this 
is Master Quest, so you can take significant damage in the fight.

PART II

After hitting him three times, Phantom Ganon will ditch his horse and fight you 
head-to-head. He will fire an energy ball at you. Deflect this using your 
sword. He will hit it back at you, so deflect it back at him again. Repeat this 
until he is hit by the energy ball. This will stun him, so hit him as many 
times as you can with your sword. Afterwards, repeat this process until Phantom 
Ganon is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
At the end of the fight, pick up the Heart Container and step through the warp 
portal.

<><><><><><><><><><><><>
5e. Bottom of the Well
<><><><><><><><><><><><>

You don't really need to worry about falling through fake holes into the room 
at the bottom, which is probably the biggest difference in this dungeon in 
master Quest.

At the start, crawl through the hole in the wall. At the other end, climb down 
the ladder and head down the hall. Avoid the ReDead and then go through the 
opening into the next room. You'll be in the main, central area. Get in the 
trail of water and go right. Go around the corner and you should see an opening 
to your left, blocked off by rocks. Blow these rocks up with Bombs and then go 
through the opening. In this room, defeat the Big Skulltula and then step on 
the floor switch. This will unlock a nearby door, but we currently cannot get 
to it right now. For now, head back onto the water trail.

From the previous room, go left and follow this trail of water until you get to 
a Triforce mark on the floor. Play Zelda's Lullaby on the Triforce mark. This 
will open up the gates leading into the central room. You might notice that the 
water trail did not dry up. Look at the face on the wall. In the hand on the 
left is a glass switch. Shoot the glass switch with a Slingshot and it will 
activate, emptying this place out of water. Now, turn around and go into the 
central room. Open the big chest across from you to get the Dungeon Map. From 
here, turn around and leave this room. Now head back to the starting area. Near 
here is a pit that we can now jump in, with all of the water gone. Jump into 
the pit. Down here, crawl through the hole in the wall.
 
On the other side, climb up the fence in front of you. At the top, open the 
door. The door on the other side will lock once you are in the next room. Mini-
boss time!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Dead Hand
Difficulty: Easy

There shouldn't be too much trouble with this boss. Let one of the hands grab 
you. This will cause the actual monster to come out from the ground. You can 
escape by pressing B as fast as you can, or by letting the monster bite you. 
Once you are free, hit the face of the monster a couple of times. The Dead Hand 
will go back underground. Let a hand grab you and then repeat this process 
until the Dead Hand is defeated.
*******************************************************************************

At the end of the fight, the door will unlock and a large chest will appear. 
Open the chest to get the Compass. Don't lie to me, you were expecting the Lens 
of Truth too. Before leaving this room, note the pile of dirt in the back right 
corner of this room (surrounded by those weeds). There is a crack on top. Place 
a Bomb to blow up this pile of dirt. After the explosion, you should find a 
Small Key on the ground, so pick it up. From here, head back to the level's 
starting area.

Back here, use the map to get to the northwest corner of the water trail. Once 
you get there, you should find a hole in the wall, so crawl through it. At the 
other end, you will find a locked door and a face on the wall. Fire your 
Slingshot at the face and a glass switch inside will activate, unlocking the 
door, so open it. Navi will alert you of the Wallmaster in this room, but 
ignore it and head to the other side. Unlock the door using the Small Key and 
then open it. In this room, turn right and you will see a mound of dirt that is 
cracked. Blow up this dirt using a Bomb and a floor switch will be revealed. 
Step on the floor switch and a gate will open on the floor behind the chest in 
the central room. This is the chest that had the Dungeon Map. Now, work your 
way back to the central room. When you get there, drop into the new hole in the 
floor right behind the chest.

Down here, you will land on a wooden board with a floor switch. Step on the 
floor switch and a large chest will appear. To get to the chest, look at the 
map. Notice how it is in the shape of the hand with four fingers. Before doing 
anything, let the Wallmaster drop down to the ground, and then defeat it. This 
is so that it won't bother us while we are dealing with the rest of this room. 
After defeating the Wallmaster, go into the furthest "finger" on the left (it 
is the path that has the blue flames). Follow this hallway until you get to the 
end. You should find several ReDeads. Play the Sun's Song to freeze all of 
them. From here, defeat them one at a time. Once all of the ReDeads are 
defeated, open the large chest to get the Lens of Truth.

After you have the Lens of Truth, head back to the bigger room. Now, go to the 
furthest "finger" in this room. Over here, use the Lens of Truth to reveal some 
invisible Big Skulltulas. Defeat all of them.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: At the end of this finger, you will find a Gold Skulltula on 
the floor. Just defeat it and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Once you have the Gold Skulltula, head back to the "palm" of this hand-shaped 
room. To get out of here, climb up the ladders and open the door at the top. 
You'll be back at the main area, in the southeast corner. Now, head back into 
the central room. In here, head to the western side of the room. You should 
notice a locked door. To unlock it, turn around and look into the caged area. 
You should see a glass switch above you (it's facing horizontally this time), 
so shoot at it with your Slingshot to activate it. This will unlock the door, 
so open it. In this room, use the Lens of Truth to reveal a hidden walkway in 
that gap. Use the walkway to cross over the gap. On the other side, pick up the 
Small Key on the floor, and then leave this room.

Back in here, head to the eastern side of this area. The door here should 
already be unlocked, because of the floor switch that you pressed earlier, so 
open the door. In this room, you will find several Keeses and Big Skulltulas 
that are invisible. Use the Lens of Truth to reveal them, and defeat them.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: After defeating the enemies, pull back the gravestone in the 
middle of the room. You will find a Gold Skulltula on the floor, so defeat it 
and pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, leave this 
area by going left, back onto the water trail. From here, go all the way 
straight and drop into the pit across from you. Down here, climb up the fence 
and out of the pit. At the top, unlock the door in front of you with the Small 
Key and open it. You will be in the room that has tombstones. You can open them 
by lighting the torches next to the tombstones. However, all of them contain 
Gibdos and none of them contain any useful items, so don't open any of them up.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULAS: There is a Gold Skulltula here. You can find it on the floor 
in the back left corner of the room. Defeat it and then pick up the token. You 
should now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in the Bottom of the Well!
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
From here, you are now free to leave the Bottom of the Well.

<><><><><><><><><>
5f. Fire Temple
<><><><><><><><><>

You need to use a good amount of magic at the beginning. For that, I recommend 
bringing in an item like a Green Potion.

In Master Quest, the game has thrown you a few curveballs right off the bat at 
the start of the Fire Temple. You can't go up the stairs directly from the 
front, otherwise a firewall will appear. What you have to do is climb up the 
ledge to the right of the stairs, and then you will be able to go up. While on 
the stairs, you should notice two torches barely sticking up from the ground. 
Use Din's Fire to light up both of them. Now, at the top of the stairs, there 
should be three statues across from you. You may notice that only the one on 
the left has a flame behind it. Use Din's Fire to create flames behind the 
other two statues. This will unlock the door on the right, so open it.

On the other side of the room, you'll see Darunia, standing in front of the 
door that leads to the boss. After the chat, we have a tricky puzzle to solve 
in this room to open up the prison cell. Oddly enough, there is no Goron to be 
found in the prison cell. Jump across the pillars to your left, and then use 
the Hookshot target at the end to get to the other side of the room. Notice the 
torch sticking out of the Hookshot target. Now, climb up the two ledges to get 
to the highest one. At the top is a crate. Roll into the crate to destroy it, 
and a torch will be revealed. To light up both of these torches, drop down to 
the ledge below you. From here, use Din's Fire to light up both of these 
torches. However, we're not done yet. There is still one more torch on the 
other side of the room we have to light up. To light it up, look at the torch 
through the lighted torch on the Hookshot target. Fire an arrow through this 
torch and if it reaches the other torch, it will light up. This will open the 
prison cell on the other side of the room. If you need any help, the nearby 
jars contain a Magic Jar and some arrows.

To get to the prison cell, climb back up to the highest ledge near you. Now 
jump on the pillars to get back to where you entered the room. From there, jump 
across the pillars to the right and you'll get to the prison cell. Head inside 
and open up the mini-chest for a Small Key. Once you have the Small Key, head 
back to the entrance of the Fire Temple. To the left of the stairs is a locked 
door, so unlock and open the door using the Small Key.

In this room, walk forward and a mini-boss fight will begin.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos (x2)
Difficulty: Easy

You shouldn't have too much of a problem with these now. Just quickly defeat 
them before the amount of damage they deal to you adds up quickly. Remember to 
attack them when they are about to attack you. They are also more vulnerable 
when they jump in the air.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After the fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open it. In 
this room, use your Shield to deflect all of the spinning tiles. Then, attack 
the Iron Knuckle sitting on its throne. It's time for another mini-boss!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Hard

That's right, we're fighting an Iron Knuckle this early in the game. And you 
better watch out, as it can deal up to eight hearts of damage on Master Quest! 
Please be careful. A Fairy here also wouldn't be a bad idea. It should be 
defeated after several hits with your sword, and remember to L-Target it and 
backflip when it is about to attack. After a couple of hits, it should lose 
some of its armor, and your attacks will then stun it for a couple of seconds, 
allowing you to get in numerous hits and finish it off.

If you do need a fairy, there is one in the jar to the right of the Iron 
Knuckle's throne.
******************************************************************************* 
 
After this fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open it. 
That's right, it's the third mini-boss in as many rooms! 
 
******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Flare Dancer
Difficulty: Easy

This fight shouldn't be too much of a problem. While the Flare Dancer is 
spinning around, throw a Bomb at its head to get it out of those fire clothes. 
Then, it will start running circles around the room. From that point, hit it 
twice with your sword before it jumps back into the fire. Afterwards, just 
repeat this process until the Flare Dancer is defeated.
******************************************************************************* 
 
Once the Flare Dancer is defeated, the door leading to the next room will 
unlock. In addition, a large chest will appear on the platform in the middle of 
the room. Open it and you will get the Megaton Hammer! Wow! That's pretty early 
in this temple! Afterwards, open the door leading into the next room. This room 
contains a prison cell with a Goron in it. Hit the rusted switch with the 
Megaton Hammer to open up the prison cell. Now, talk to the Goron, who will 
just tell you to help out Darunia. Now, open the large chest in the prison cell 
to get a Dungeon Map. From here, head through the door and you'll be back at 
the Fire Temple entrance.

NOTE: With the Megaton Hammer in hand, and given that you are at the Fire 
Temple entrance, I highly recommend going to the Great Fairy's Fountain in the 
Death Mountain Crater to get the upgraded, twice-as-long magic meter. So, just 
head out to the Death Mountain crater and destroy the rocks at the Great Fairy 
Fountain's entrance using the Megaton Hammer.

After getting the magic meter upgrade (hopefully), back in the Fire Temple 
entrance, again, get to the stairs by climbing up the ledges from the side. At 
the top, go left and you will see a statue blocking the door. Use the Megaton 
Hammer to destroy the statue, and then open the door behind it. In this room, 
cross the bridge and go left. You will eventually get to a part of the room 
that is blocked off by a firewall. To get onto that ledge, get onto the moving 
platform in the lava. Now, use your Hookshot to latch onto that torch on the 
ledge. Once you're on, you'll notice a tiled wall. Place a Bomb in front of the 
wall and it will blow up, revealing a door. You'll come to a prison cell. To 
unlock it, notice the two torches next to the prison cell. The one on the left 
is NOT lit up, so use Din's Fire to light it up. This will open up the prison 
cell. Talk to the Goron and he'll tell you about glass switches that you can 
activate using Bombs. Now, open the mini-chest in the cell for a Small Key. 
From here, leave this room.

Back out here, there are three torches in this room we have to light up. Light 
up the torch in front of you using Din's Fire. Now, get all the way to the 
other side of the room across from you. On this side, you will find two doors. 
The one on the higher floor is locked. Also, you will notice two square tiles 
in the lava. Step on the one that isn't directly across from the area with the 
two doors. It will shoot up in the air. While in the air, you'll notice an 
alcove with a torch in it. Jump into this alcove and use Din's Fire to light up 
the torch. Now, to light up the torch next to that locked door, stand behind 
this torch and shoot an arrow through it, so that the arrow will hit the torch, 
lighting it up. This will cause the door to unlock. To get to that door, use 
the Hookshot target to get onto the ledge. From here, open the door.

In this room, avoid the spinning tiles coming off of the floor. Now, you'll 
notice a blue chest behind that firewall. You can use the Hookshot to latch 
yourself onto that chest. Once you get to it, open it to get the Boss Key. To 
get back across the firewall, use the Hookshot to latch onto the torch in the 
middle of the room. From here, leave. Back in here, jump down to the ledge 
below you and open the door. In this room, follow the hall to a prison cell. In 
front of the prison cell is a rusted switch. Hit it using the Megaton Hammer 
and the cell will open. Talk to the Goron who will tell you that a wall you can 
blow up with a Bomb will sound different than a normal wall when you hit it 
with your sword. He'll then leave.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in the prison cell. Just defeat it 
and take the token from the wall.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, get to the 
bridge in the middle of the room and go right. At the end, unlock and open the 
door using the Small Key.

In this room, there is a spout of fire shooting up a block to the room above 
us. Getting onto this bock is a little tricky. You can't jump on it when it is 
at the ground, otherwise you'll get hit by the fire surrounding the block. What 
you have to do is climb up the fence and get to either side. Then, drop down to 
one of the ledges just before the fire spout. Now, you need to time the jump. 
Just before the block gets shot up into the air, jump and you'll land on it 
while the block is going up. Another way is after the block hits the ground, 
count to about three seconds and run into the middle, and you should catch the 
block on its way up.

Once you are on the floor above you, open the door next to you. In this room, 
head right and climb up to the ledge across from you. From here, climb up the 
ledge to your left. At the top is a torch. Light it up with Din's Fire. This 
will cause a Hookshot target to appear on the ledge across from us. Latch onto 
the Hookshot target and then climb on top of it. From here, climb up the next 
few ledges and then climb up the fence at the top. Watch out for the Lizalfos 
that appears. At the top of the fence, open the door next to you.

In this room, turn right. Now follow the wall on the left until you get 
underneath a roof. When you get to this area, you should start hearing the 
sound of a Skullwalltula swishing. Place a Bomb against the wall in the right 
corner and the wall will blow up, revealing a hidden room. Hit the rusted floor 
switch using the Megaton Hammer. This will cause Hookshot targets to appear in 
this room, allowing you to get to the room above you. From here, continue 
following the wall. Just around the corner is a wall that looks lighter that 
its surroundings. Place a Bomb in front of this wall and it will blow up, 
revealing a hidden room. This room has a locked door and a hidden floor switch. 
Ignore them for now. Instead, get back to the door that you used to enter this 
room. 

This time, turn left. Now follow the wall to your right until you get to a 
prison cell. You don't need to get this prison cell opened, but if you want to 
open it up, use a magic spin attack from your sword, and it will activate a 
glass switch within one of the boxes, opening up the prison cell. There is 
nothing important in here, but there is a mini-chest that contains Bombs inside 
one of the crates you can break.
 
From here, continue following the wall until you get to a prison cell in the 
corner of the room up above you. You will notice a glass switch inside the 
cell. You can activate the glass cell by running a Bombchu up the wall. It will 
explode, activating the glass switch and opening up the cell. You can then get 
up into this cell by using a Hookshot to latch onto one of the crates inside 
the cell. Once you are inside, destroy the crates by rolling into them. Now 
pick up a little box and then drop back down to the floor below you. From here, 
go all the way to the other side of the room. Go into that hidden room that had 
the locked door and the blue floor switch. Since this switch requires constant 
weight, step on the switch and place the box on the switch to unlock the door 
and to keep it unlocked. From here, go through the door.

In this room, go around the corner and you'll find a prison cell. Step on the 
floor switch to open up the prison cell. Talk to the Goron who will tell you 
that you can roll forward or swing your sword whenever you are on fire to put 
yourself out. Afterwards, open the mini-chest in this room to get a Small Key, 
and then leave.

Back in here, use a Hookshot target to get to the ledges above you. Up here, 
there is a locked door. Get up to the locked door, but don't open it yet. 
Facing the locked door, turn around and jump onto the area across from you. 
You'll notice some cracks in the floor. Place a Bomb here and it will blow up, 
revealing a hole. Climb down the hole. At the bottom, follow the hallway to a 
prison cell. You will notice several crates in front of the cell. Break the 
crates by rolling into them. Eventually, you will find a rusted floor switch. 
Hit this switch with the Megaton Hammer to open up the prison cell. You can 
also use this as a shortcut for later on. Now open up the large chest inside 
the prison cell for a Compass. From here, go back down the hall and climb up 
the fence. Back up here, use the Hookshot to get on top of the target next to 
you.

Face the locked door and Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time and a Door 
of Time Block will appear. Get on top of the Door of Time Block and then latch 
onto the Hookshot target on the higher ledge. Once you're on the ledge, turn 
around and you'll see a floating platform with a Hookshot target. Use the 
Hookshot to latch onto this floating platform and it will go u into a room 
above us. At the top, just open the door next to you.

In this room, Navi will turn green and go to that face at the wall. Shoot your 
Hookshot at the face and it will unlock a door at the top of this room. Go 
around the corner and climb up the fences. Watch out for the Torch Slugs along 
the way (I'd recommend defeating them for some much-needed magic). Once you've 
climbed both fences, open the door at the top of the room. In here, go around 
the perimeter of this room and you will get to a block surrounded by fire. Next 
to this fire is a rusted floor switch. Hit the switch with the Megaton Hammer. 
This will create some Hookshot targets in this room. Now, jump back down to the 
floor below you. Step on the floor switch and the fire around that block will 
be removed.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Underneath that block is a Gold Skulltula. The fastest way to 
get to it is to use the Hookshot target that is on the higher floor, above the 
door we used to enter this room. From here, run to the block and swing your 
Megaton Hammer at it to defeat the Gold Skulltula. Now quickly move the block 
out of the way and pick up the token on the floor.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After you get the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, just go down 
the two fences and open the door at the bottom. From here, jump into the hole 
and get down to the room below you. Back in this room, work your way to the 
locked door. If you need to, use the Hookshot targets to get back onto the 
higher ledges. Once you get to the locked door in the northeast part of this 
room, unlock and open it using the Small Key.

In this room, go right and jump over the fence and down to the floor below you. 
Down here, go to the other side and you'll see a crate above you. Use the 
Hookshot to latch onto the crate. Now pick up the small box and jump back down 
to the floor below you. This time, step on the blue floor switch and place the 
box on the switch to keep it activated. Activating this switch will light up 
two torches in the middle of the area. If you look directly up from the blue 
switch, you will see an unlit torch above the door. 
 
Figuring out how to light this torch up took me forever. Go to the center of 
the room where the two torches are. To get there, get out of the pit by 
latching yourself onto the crate using the Hookshot. Now, stand directly behind 
the pillar that has the torch closest to the fence. You need to be right up 
against it. Take out your Fairy Bow, look up at the torch, and fire an arrow 
through the lighted torch so that it hits the unlit torch. You need to be RIGHT 
BEHIND this pillar. Remember, the arrow doesn't need to go directly through the 
flame, it can go through that heat circle surrounding the flame.

Man, that puzzle would have been so much easier with a Fire Arrow.

Once that torch is lit, a door in the eastern part of the room will unlock. To 
get to it, just turn around from the torches and jump across the pit and onto 
the ledge. Open the door once you get to it. You'll be in a hallway, so just go 
to the door on the other side of this hall.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
NOTE: If you want to go directly to the boss, just jump onto the platform and 
smash the floor tile in the middle sticking out with the Megaton Hammer. It 
will lower into the room where you saw Darunia. Otherwise, if you want to get 
the final three Gold Skulltulas in this place, read the walkthrough below. Just 
meet me at the end of the following walkthrough, which is surrounded by the 
asterisks.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
******************************************************************************* 
GET THE GOLD SKULLTULAS?

In here, go left and get to the floor below you. You'll get to a Door of Time 
Block being blocked off by a firewall coming up. Play the Song of Time to move 
this Door of Time block. Now turn around and get back to where you entered this 
room. When you get back to the door, jump across the pillars to get to the 
other side of the room. You should be in front of a door. Turn left and you 
should see a Door of Time Block in the air. Climb onto it. Now jump down into 
the firewall maze below you. Be sure to land in the path right in front of the 
door. Once you drop in, head to the door and open it. In this room, walk 
forward and defeat the Lizalfos.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula at the other end of this room. Defeat 
it and take the token from the wall.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, leave this room. Back in here, you may seem 
trapped in this firewall maze. To get out, go right and Navi will turn green. 
Play the Song of Time to make a Door of Time Block re-appear in this area. Once 
it appears, climb on top of the block and use it to get over the firewall maze. 
From here, go back to the door you used to enter this room.

Once you get back to the door, jump across the pillars to get to the door 
across from you, and then open it. You'll see a ledge with a rusted switch 
across from you. However, it is being blocked off by a firewall. Just use the 
Hookshot target on that ledge to get over there. Hit the rusted floor switch 
with the Megaton Hammer. This will cause a door below us to unlock. Now, get 
back to the other side of this room (use the Hookshot to get across), and then 
leave.

Back in here, drop down to the floor to your left. Time to navigate another 
firewall maze! In front of you are four pillars. Go in between the first and 
second pillars on the left. Now, run straight until a firewall pops up. From 
here, turn right and go in between the next set of pillars, where a firewall 
shouldn't appear. From here, go all the way right until you reach the wall. 
Turn left and follow the wall on the right until you reach a firewall. When you 
get to the firewall, go in between the two pillars to the left of it. Now go 
left and then right to reach the door, and then open it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. Head into the alcove to 
your left and you'll hear the sound of a Gold Skulltula swishing. It is behind 
that wall. You can blow up the wall by placing a Bomb in front of it. After it 
explodes, defeat the Gold Skulltula and then pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After you get the Gold Skulltula, go through the door on the other side of this 
room. Back in here, go right and follow this path (keep the firewall on your 
right) and you will get to a floor switch. Step on the switch to remove the 
firewall across from you. Jump onto the ledge and then open the door at the 
end. Mini-boss time!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Flare Dancer
Difficulty: Easy

Fighting this Flare Dancer shouldn't be any different than the first time. 
Throw a Bomb at it to get rid of its flaming clothes, and then attack it twice 
with your sword while it is running around. After it jumps back in the fire, 
repeat the entire process again until the Flare Dancer is defeated.
*******************************************************************************

At the end of the fight, the door will unlock. Before going through the door, 
step on the platform in the middle of the room. While the platform is going up, 
JUMP OFF. Go underneath where the platform was and you'll find a Small Key, so 
pick it up. When the platform then comes down, go back on it and ride it up. It 
will take you to a room above us. Up here, open the door next to you. In this 
room, go around the corner and climb up the fences until you get to the top of 
the room. Once you get to the top, unlock and open the door in front of you 
using the Small Key.

This can be a pretty difficult room. Go to the spiral staircase across from 
you. Now, jump into the pit to your right. Follow this path until you get to a 
floor switch. Step on the floor switch and the firewall surrounding the mini-
chest will disappear. Now QUICKLY turn around, and jump onto the staircase 
where you can. Run up the staircase and then RUN to the mini-chest before the 
timer runs out and the fire comes back. If you were fast enough, open the mini-
chest for a Small Key. Now, go back to the beginning of the room. Hit the glass 
switch to make Hookshot targets appear. Now step on that floor tile that is 
sticking out and use the Megaton Hammer to smash it into the ground. You'll 
fall into another room. Down here, unlock and open the door across from you 
using the Small Key.

In this room, go forward and defeat the Stalfos. Now, use the Megaton Hammer to 
smash the mini-floor tile sticking out to the left. This will form a staircase 
leading downward. While going down the stairs, defeat the next Stalfos. You'll 
also notice a face on the wall while going down the stairs. Fire the Hookshot 
at this face and the door at the bottom will unlock, so open it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula in this room. Just turn left and 
you'll see it on the wall. Defeat it and then reel in the token with the 
Hookshot. You should now have all of the Gold Skulltulas in the Fire Temple!
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, step on that floor tile sticking out and 
use your Megaton Hammer to smash it. It will fall down to the room below you. 
You'll be back in the firewall maze room. Back in here, climb up the ledge in 
front of you. Facing the door, turn around and jump to that platform in the 
middle. You should see a floor tile sticking out. Smash it with your Megaton 
Hammer and it will lower into the room below you. Don't worry, you won't get 
hurt.
******************************************************************************* 
 
Back in the room where you found Darunia, you can now get to the door leading 
to the boss. Jump across the lava, and then unlock and open the door using the 
Boss Key. In this room, jump into the arena in the middle and the boss fight 
will begin.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Subterranean Lava Dragon
Volvagia
 
Difficulty: Medium

You shouldn't have too much if a problem with this boss. Just be aware that 
this boss can deal significant damage on Master Quest, so don't do anything 
stupid.

At the beginning of the fight, it will go into one of the lava holes. Watch the 
lava holes carefully to see which one Volvagia will come out of. When it comes 
out, smash it with the Megaton Hammer to stun it. Then, hit Volvagia with your 
sword. He will then retreat and come out of the lava hole. Volvagia will then 
fly around, breathing fire, so be sure to stay out of the way. After a while, 
it will then go into one of the lava holes. When it comes out, hit Volvagia 
with your Megaton Hammer to stun it and then use your sword to hurt it.

This time, Volvagia will go high up into the air, causing rocks to fall down 
and hurt you, so try to get out of the way.
 
Afterwards, just repeat the entire process until Volvagia is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container and then step through the blue 
warp portal to get out of here.

Well, that was a lousy temple...

<><><><><><><><>
5g. Ice Cavern
<><><><><><><><>

When entering the Ice Cavern, watch out for the boulder rolling down the 
hallway. Now follow the hallway until you get to a larger room. Defeat the Blue 
Tektites and the Freezard in here. Now, how do we remove the block of ice 
blocking the opening to the next area? Look up and tow the left. You should see 
two purple icicles. In front of them is a glass switch. Shoot at this glass 
switch with the Fairy Bow or the Hookshot to activate it, and the block of ice 
will be removed. Now head into the next opening. From here, follow the opening 
into another big room. In here, defeat the White Wolfos and the Freezards to 
open up some iron bars blocking an opening. To get to this opening, just 
destroy the icicles in front of it afterwards. Now, head through the opening.

In here, defeat the enemies. Now, collect some Blue Fire using at least two 
empty bottles. Use one of them to melt the red block of ice in this room. In 
the opposite corner of the room is a glass switch. Activate this switch by 
hitting it and a large chest will appear (where the melted ice was). Open the 
chest for a Dungeon Map. Before leaving, refill your now-Empty Bottle with some 
more Blue Fire. Now leave this room and head back to the previous area.

Back in here, look up left and you will see a higher ledge. Climb up this 
ledge. At the top, there is an opening being blocked by red ice. Melt away the 
ice using the Blue Fire and then go through the opening. Follow this hallway 
until you get to another big room. Watch out for the boulders and the Freezards 
along the way. In here, get up to the higher walkways. Destroy the Freezards 
and work your way to the large chest at the other side of the walkway. When you 
get to it, open it for a Compass.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: After getting the Compass, turn around and you will see a Gold 
Skulltula frozen in red ice. However, the platform it is on is too short for 
you to stand on as well. Walk forward and you will see Navi turn green. Play 
the Song of Time to make a Door of Time Block appear. Jump on the Door of Time 
Block and Navi will go green again. Play the Song of Time to make another Door 
of Time Block appear. Tis one will be right next to the Gold Skulltula. Use 
some Blue Fire to melt away the ice (there is some in this room if you need 
it), and then defeat the Gold Skulltula and pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After getting the Gold Skulltula, there is also a Piece of Heart on the other 
side of the room.

~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
PIECE OF HEART: We currently cannot get to the Piece of Heart because of a 
large ice block in the way. Removing the ice block is very tricky. After 
getting the Gold Skulltula, look down on the ice on the floor. Look towards the 
center of the room. If you look very carefully, you should make out a glass 
switch. But how do we get that glass switch activated? Drop a Bomb right above 
the glass switch, and the explosion will activate the switch. This will remove 
the block of ice, so go on ahead and get the Piece of Heart.
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ 
 
Once you have the Compass, the Piece of Heart, and the Gold Skulltula, restock 
on Blue Fire before leaving the room. Now, head back to the previous area. Back 
in here, jump down to the ground below you. To your left should be some more 
red ice blocking an opening. Use some Blue Fire to melt away the ice, and then 
go through the opening. In here, just follow the hallway until you get to 
another bigger room. The bigger room should be slightly below you. Before 
jumping down, look up on the ceiling to the right. You should see a glass 
switch hanging from the ceiling. Hit this switch with either the Fairy Bow or 
the Hookshot to activate it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Hitting that glass switch will allow us to access a Gold 
Skulltula. It removes the block of ice that was trapping the Gold Skulltula. 
Jump down into the room below you. Head right and you should see the Gold 
Skulltula on the floor. Defeat it and then pick up the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

There is another Gold Skulltula in this room, but we currently cannot get it as 
we do not have the proper tools to get to it.

In this room is also a higher ledge with some Blue Fire. To get to this Blue 
Fire, stand in front of the ledge and Navi should turn green. Play the Song of 
Time and a Door of Time Block will appear. Use it to climb onto the ledge and 
to collect some Blue Fire if you need any.

Now, there is also a higher ledge with red ice on it, right above where you got 
the Gold Skulltula. To get to it, hit that glass switch on the ceiling again to 
deactivate it. This will cause the ice block to reappear, so climb it. Now, 
dump some Blue Fire in front of the red ice to melt it. After the ice is 
melted, head through the opening. Follow this hallway until you get to a door. 
Watch out for the Ice Keeses along the way. When you get to the door, open it. 
The door will then lock behind you when entering the next room. Mini-boss time!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos
Difficulty: Easy
 
That's right, the White Wolfos has been replaced with a lone Stalfos in Master 
Quest. Since you have fought these before, the Stalfos shouldn't be too much of 
a problem. Wait for it to attack you, and then quickly attack it. Watch out, as 
its sword attack can do two hearts of damage on Master Quest. You can also hit 
it easily when it jumps into the air. It should be defeated after a couple of 
hits.
******************************************************************************* 
 
At the end of the fight, a large chest will appear. Open it to get the Iron 
Boots. Sheik will then appear, telling you that the Zoras are frozen, she 
rescued Princess Ruto, and Ruto ran off to the Water Temple. Sheik will then 
teach you the song to warp to Lake Hylia, where the Water Temple is located. 
The song is called the Serenade of Water (L, R, Y, Y, X).

After learning the Serenade of Water, head out of here. There is a little hole 
behind the large chest that you can use the Iron Boots to jump into. Head down 
there and open the door at the bottom. On the other side, take off the Iron 
Boots to float back up. From here, you can make it to the entrance of the Ice 
Cavern (unless you want to warp out).

<><><><><><><><><>
5h. Water Temple
<><><><><><><><><>

When getting into the Water Temple, take off your Iron Boots so you can surface 
up to the water. Now, head forward into the central room. Jump into the water 
and sink to the bottom using your Iron Boots. At the bottom, head into the 
opening surrounded by yellow markings. Follow this hallway into a bigger room 
and you will find Princess Ruto. At the end of the conversation, she will lead 
you up to one of the rooms where you can change the water level. So, take off 
your Iron Boots and follow her up. At the top, get onto the land. Play Zelda's 
Lullaby in front of the Triforce mark on the wall to change the water level to 
WATER LEVEL 1.

WATER LEVEL 1

You may notice a locked door in this room. To get it unlocked, look up and to 
the ceiling. Look at the four corners and you will see small torches. Stand in 
the middle of the room and light them all up with Din's Fire. This will unlock 
the door, so open it. It will then lock again when you get to the other side. 
Time for a mini-boss!

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos (x3) 
Difficulty: Medium

Just be sure to take them out quickly, and one at a time. If you make too many 
mistakes, you can lose a significant amount of health. Remember to attack when 
they attack and when they jump in the air.
******************************************************************************* 
 
At the end of the fight, the door will unlock. Now, look at the markings on the 
wall directly across from the door. L-Target it and shoot your Hookshot at it. 
A large chest will appear in the room, so open it to get the Dungeon Map. Now 
leave this room. Back in here, jump all the way down to the lowest floor. Down 
here, there are two torches you need to light up in order to unlock the door. 
You can either use Din's Fire or use the lighted torch in the middle of the 
room. Shoot an arrow through the flame on the torch so that it hits the two 
torches in the corner. Once the door unlocks, open it.

In this room, defeat the Spike. Then walk to the other side of the room and tow 
Lizalfos will appear. Defeat them both and a large chest will appear in the 
middle of the room. Open it to get the Compass. Now, leave this room. From 
here, head back to the central room. Now, all of the other entrances on this 
floor are blocked. The only thing we can do is head into the tower in the 
middle of the room. Just head right, go around the corner, climb up on the 
block, and open the door.

In the tower, walk up to the other side of the room and turn around. Now look 
up and to the left and you'll see a Hookshot target. Latch onto this target and 
get onto the higher platform. Up here is a Triforce mark. Play Zelda's Lullaby 
here to raise the water level to WATER LEVEL 2.

WATER LEVEL 2

After raising the water level, get onto the platform behind you, and open the 
door to leave this tower. Back out here, jump into the water and use your Iron 
Boots to sink down. At the bottom, go into the room where you saw Princess Ruto 
(it's the opening with the yellow markings around it). In here, take off your 
Iron Boots and float to the second floor. Up here, get onto the ledge. On here, 
go through the opening. You'll notice a picture on the wall across from you. L-
Target it and fire the Hookshot at it. A large chest will appear in the middle 
of the room, so open it up and you'll get the Longshot! That's very early! Now, 
head back into the central room and float back up to the top. Get onto the 
walkway surrounding the tower.

Back here, go to the southern part of the walkway. You should notice a floor 
switch on the ledge across from you. Go to the switch and step on it. This will 
unlock the gate in front of you. Go through before the timer runs out. In here, 
follow this hallway until you get to a gate.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may be hearing the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula. To 
get it, notice the torch on the other side of the gate. Use Din's Fire to light 
that torch up and open the gate. There are two crates here. Roll into both of 
them to destroy both and to reveal the Gold Skulltula. After that, you can then 
defeat the Gold Skulltula and pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, go right. At the end, look up and you'll see 
a target. Use the Longshot to get up to that target. Up here, go around the 
corner and step on the floor switch. This will open the gate for a couple of 
seconds and let you get back to the starting room. From here, drop down to the 
second floor and get on the walkway surrounding the central tower.

Back on here, get to the west side of the walkway. Jump across the water and go 
through the opening on the western part of the room. In here, follow this 
hallway until you get to a set of spikes. When you get to the spikes, use the 
Longshot to latch onto the target above you. From here, use the Longshot to 
pull yourself to a target on the ceiling to get to the room above you. Up here, 
there is nothing but small boxes and crates. Pick up one of the boxes and go 
back to the walkway surrounding the central tower.

On the north side of the walkway is a blue floor switch. Step on the switch and 
place the box on it to keep the switch activated. This will unlock the door 
across from you, so go through it. In this room, break the crate next to the 
door by rolling into it. This will reveal a glass switch. Hit this switch to 
activate it and a target will appear from the floor. Stand on the target and 
look up into the hole in the ceiling. You should see another target above you. 
Latch onto this target with the Longshot to get to the room above you.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have been hearing the swishing sound of a Gold 
Skulltula in this room. Break the crate in the corner of the room (diagonally 
across from the door) and you'll find the Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then 
pick up the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, open the door in this room. Out here, just 
play Zelda's Lullaby in front of the Triforce mark to raise the water level to 
WATER LEVEL 3.

WATER LEVEL 3

Once you get the water level raised, head into the water. Now, use your Iron 
Boots so that you can get to the second floor of this place. Get on the walkway 
surrounding the tower, and then open the door leading into the tower. Back in 
this room, take off your Iron Boots and float to the top. Get on one of the 
platforms and Navi will turn green. Look up to the ceiling. You'll see a Door 
of Time Block in the ceiling. Play the Song of Time to move this Door of Time 
Block lower. Afterwards, jump onto the Door of Time Block. Now, if you look in 
the corners of the room on the ceiling, you'll see four torches. You can light 
up all of these torches by using Din's Fire. This will open a gate at the 
bottom of the tower, which was blocking a hole in the floor. Stick on your Iron 
Boots, get to the bottom, and go through the hole in the floor.

Down here, follow the hallway into a bigger room. In here, head to the 
northeast corner of the room. You'll find two ledges sticking up. Step on both 
of them and they will sink into the floor. This will reveal a glass switch. 
Activate it by shooting the Longshot at it. This will open a gate in the 
ceiling in the southwest part of the room. Go to that corner and take off your 
Iron Boots to float to the top. Get onto the land and fire your Longshot at the 
picture on the wall. This will cause a mini-chest to appear, so open it to get 
the Small Key. From here, head back to the main room. Back in here, float up to 
the top and get on the walkway surrounding the tower. This time, go to the east 
side where you'll find a locked door. Unlock it and open it using the Small 
Key.

In this room, jump down to that moving block below you. Once you get to it, 
turn around and look up at the ceiling. You'll see a glass switch. Fire the 
Longshot or Fairy Bow at this glass switch to activate it. This will create 
several targets on that waterfall. This is actually very tricky. You can't 
latch onto a target and get on top of it, because you'll slide down the 
waterfall and into a pit, costing you two hearts and having to start this 
puzzle over.

What you have to do is shoot your Longshot at the highest target in the middle 
(don't worry, your Longshot is long enough). You will then slide down the 
waterfall and land on top of the lowest targets. From here, look up and to the 
right. Navi will go green at that picture on the wall. Shoot this picture once 
with your Longshot. This will cause the target above you to expand. Use the 
Longshot to latch onto this target and to climb up it. From here, get into the 
alcove and open the door.

In this room, you need to drop into the water pit below you, and you'll have a 
mini-boss:

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Stalfos (x3) 
Difficulty: Medium

This fight will only become harder if you lost a good amount of health in the 
previous room. Again, just take one Stalfos down at a time, attack it when it 
is about to attack you, and you should have these enemies taken care of in no 
time.
*******************************************************************************

At the end of the fight, the dragon towers will raise from the floor. First, 
use the target to get back to where you entered the room. With the door to your 
back, look up and to the left. You should see a dragon statue up in the alcove. 
Get to the edge of the platform that you are standing on and use your Longshot 
to get to that dragon statue. Once you're in the alcove, use the target on the 
ceiling to get over the spikes. From here, open the door into the next room. In 
this room, walk to the other side of the room, where you will find a locked 
door. Now, head back to the center island and you will have your next mini-boss 
fight.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Dark Link
Difficulty: Medium

Again, if you want to hit Dark Link every time, use your Megaton Hammer. 
Remember, he mirrors every move that you do, making hitting him with your sword 
very difficult. If you have the Big Goron's Sword, take a few steps back and 
hit him with a diagonal swipe, which is Up + B. You should be able to hit Dark 
Link about every time. And watch out, as he will appear right behind you after 
he is hit.
******************************************************************************* 
 
Once Dark Link is defeated, the doors in this room will unlock, so open the 
door leading into the next room. In here, fire the Longshot at the picture 
across from you. This will open up the gate on the floor, so jump down into the 
hole on the floor.

We'll now be in the room that has the strong current and the vortexes. 
Navigating this current isn't as bad. You can now use the Longshot targets in 
the water to progress forward.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: Near the first vortex is a Gold Skulltula. Get on top of the 
nearby target and look up on the wall. You'll see the Gold Skulltula, so defeat 
it and use the Longshot to reel in the token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After defeating the Gold Skulltula, continue progressing down this river using 
your Longshot to go from target to target. At the end, you'll get to an 
opening, so go through it. In here, follow this hallway until you get to a 
larger room. Jump into the water when you get there. This water has a strong 
current. Use the Iron Boots to drop down to the bottom. Look up and you'll see 
an alcove. To get inside, just use your Longshot to pull yourself to that 
target on the ceiling. From here, walk forward. Take off your Iron Boots to 
bring yourself to the top of the water, and get onto the land. On here, turn 
around and face the water. Look up and you should see two torches in the 
corner. Light both of these torches up using Din's Fire. This will unlock the 
door in the previous room, so jump back in the water, stick on your Iron Boots, 
get to the larger area of water, float back up, get on the ledge, and go 
through that unlocked door.

In this room, swing at the glass switch in the corner using your sword to 
activate it. This will cause a waterspout to appear in the gap. Jump onto the 
waterspout. In front of you is a gate. To unlock it, look closely beyond the 
gate and you'll see two torches. Use Din's Fire to light up these torches, and 
the gate will open. Quickly jump over the gap and onto the ledge. On here, open 
up the blue chest to get the Boss Key. Once you have the Boss Key, run forward 
and jump into the water pit. Stick on your Iron Boots to go down, and then go 
to the other side of the hall. Now, take off your Iron Boots to float to the 
floor above you. Put the Iron Boots back on again and step on the floor switch. 
This will unlock the gate in front of you, allowing you back into the main 
room.

This has unlocked the other gates in this area. Back in this room, take off 
your Iron Boots and get to the surface. Get on the walkway surrounding the 
tower and get to the north side. You should see a dragon statue with a target 
on it. Use the Longshot to pull yourself to that statue. On here, open the door 
leading to the next room.

In Master Quest, getting past this room is much easier. You don't need to go 
anywhere near those Blade Traps which are moving too fast for you. Look above 
the locked door at the top of the slope. You should see a glass switch sticking 
out. Fire an arrow at the switch to activate it. This will raise up two targets 
at the top of the slope. Use your Longshot to latch onto either of them, and 
then open the locked door at the top using the Boss Key.

In this room, just jump onto one of the pillars in the pool to start the boss 
fight.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Giant Aquatic Amoeba
Morhpa
 
Difficulty: Medium

Remember, Morpha is that red little ball (or nucleus, according to Navi) that 
you see bouncing around the water. At the start of the fight, jump onto the 
walkway surrounding the pool. Now, keep firing the Longshot at Morpha until you 
reel it into you. Don't stand in one place too long, as the water tentacles it 
creates can grab ahold of you and throw you across the room. The best time to 
reach Morpha with the Longshot is when it is going up a tentacle and out of the 
water.

When you get the tentacle pulled in to you, hit it with the sword as many times 
as you can to hurt it. Then just repeat this process until Morpha is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
At the end of the fight, collect the Heart Container and then step through the 
blue warp portal.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
5i. Gerudo Training Grounds
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

With three temples completed, we now have all of the items needed to get the 
Ice Arrow in the Gerudo Training Grounds. Of course, you need to have the 
Gerudo Token before being able to complete this quest. If you don't want to do 
this, just skip ahead to the Shadow Temple. As always, you need to be 10 Rupees 
in order to get into the Gerudo Training Grounds.

One of the biggest differences here is that only three Small Keys are needed to 
access the Ice Arrow, as opposed to only seven.

At the entrance, there are three doors, like in the original mode. One to the 
left, one across from you, and one to the right. To unlock the door on the 
right, you need to use Din's Fire or Fire Arrows to light up the two torches in 
the middle of this room. To unlock the door on the left, turn around and face 
the entrance leading outside. Look above the entrance and you'll see an eye 
switch. Hit this eye switch with an arrow to activate it and open the door on 
the left. Once you have both doors unlocked, open the door on the left.

SMALL KEY #1

-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time!

In this room, you have one minute to defeat the Dinolfos and the Dodongos. In 
addition, there is also an Armos up on the higher walkway, which is easy to 
overlook. The Dinolfos should be defeated able a couple of hits from your 
sword, while you need to hit the tails of the Dodongos to defeat them. Hit the 
Armos with your sword to "awaken" it, and then throw a Bomb at it to defeat it.

At the end of the fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock and a 
mini-chest will appear. Open the mini-chest to get the Small Key. This time, go 
back to the main room and head through the door on the right.

SMALL KEY #2

-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time!

You have one minute to defeat the lone Iron Knuckle in here. Keep it L-
Targeted, and backflip to avoid his attacks. Having Big Goron's Sword for this 
fight will make the fight much easier. After several hits, the Iron Knuckle 
should be defeated. The door to the next room will unlock and a mini-chest will 
appear. It only contains a Blue Rupee, so open the door leading into the next 
room.

-Gather the jewels of white while avoiding traps and danger! 
 
In this room, you have 1:30 to collect all of the Silver Rupees in this room.

1) To get the Silver Rupee that is directly across from you, walk forward. Look 
up to the ceiling and you'll see a target. Use the Longshot to pull yourself up 
to that target, and you'll be on a higher ledge. Now turn around, get to the 
edge, and jump off. Get the Silver Rupee in mid-air.

2) After getting the first Silver Rupee, go up the slope to your right. At the 
top, turn right and you will see a Silver Rupee behind icicles. Destroy the 
icicles with your sword and then get the Silver Rupee.

3) From Silver Rupee #2, turn around and go to the other end of this hallway. 
Watch out for the falling icicles. At the other end, you'll see a Silver Rupee 
just off the edge of the gap. Walk slowly so that Link walks off the floor, but 
keeps his hand on the ledge. You'll get the Silver Rupee. Then use the Circle 
Pad to pull yourself back up.

4) From Silver Rupee #3, head into the opening to your right. You'll be blocked 
off by a firewall, but look at the ceiling. You'll see the Silver Rupee in 
midair, along with a Longshot target on the ceiling. Position yourself so that 
the Silver Rupee and target at in a direct line, and then fire the Longshot at 
the target. You'll get the Silver Rupee in the process.

5) To get the final Silver Rupee, face the door leading to the previous room. 
Now turn around and head into the opening to your right. In this hall, head 
right and you'll see a Freezard. Defeat the Freezard and then you will be able 
to pick up the Silver Rupee.
 
Collecting all of the Silver Rupees will unlock the door at the other end of 
the room, so make your way to that door and open it when you get to it.

-Defeat all of the enemies in a limited time!

You have a minute to defeat the three Big Skulltulas and the Stalfos in this 
room. This shouldn't be too much of a problem. The fastest way to defeat the 
Big Skulltulas is to just fire the Longshot at them. It will defeat them 
instantly, and you won't need to wait for them to turn around.

At the end of the fight, a door in this room will unlock and a mini-chest will 
appear (which contains a Bundle of Arrows). You may have noticed that the door 
is blocked off by red ice. Thankfully, there is some Blue Fire here, so just 
use an Empty Bottle to collect the Blue Fire. There is also a large Stone Block 
in this room that can only be pushed with the Silver Gauntlets, but we do not 
need to go into that room.

After getting the Blue Fire, face the large stone block and turn left. Turn on 
the Lens of Truth and you'll see a hidden hole in the wall. To get up into the 
hole, walk up to the wall. Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time to make 
a Door of Time block appear. Climb up the Door of Time Block and then climb 
into the hole. In here, dump the Blue Fire in front of the red ice to melt it, 
and then open the door.

In the next room, jump down into the room below you.

-Blind the eyes of the statue! 

There are four statues in the middle of the room. You need to shoot their eyes 
with arrows. Hitting their eyes will turn them red. The floor you're standing 
on will also be moving, so you'll be able to get to each statue. Once all of 
the eyes of the statues are red, a mini-chest will appear, containing Bombchus. 
Open the chest up.

After opening the chest, look carefully into the fire surrounding the statues. 
You will see a glass switch. Hit this switch with an arrow or the Longshot to 
activate it. This will unlock the door in the area above us. Instead, go 
through the door through the opening down on this floor.

-Defeat all the enemies in a limited time!

In this room, you have a minute to defeat two Torch Slugs and an Iron Knuckle. 
I would defeat the Torch Slugs first to get them out of the way, before 
awakening the Iron Knuckle. Afterwards, just be very careful of the Iron 
Knuckle, as always.

At the end of the fight, a door in this room will unlock and a mini-chest will 
appear, which contains a bundle of arrows. However, there is still one more 
thing to do in this room. In the corner of the room is a floor switch. Step on 
it and the fire in the middle of the room will disappear. Now, look at the door 
leading into the next area. Look above the door and you'll see a little symbol 
on the wall. Shoot the symbol with an arrow and a mini-chest will appear in the 
middle of the room. Open it to get the Small Key!

After getting the Small Key, open the door leading into the next room.

SMALL KEY #3

-Cross the sea of fire!

In the next room, you'll find a rusted floor switch. Smash the switch with the 
Megaton Hammer. This will create a target on that higher ledge to the left. 
This allows us to collect all of the Silver Rupees without needing the Hover 
Boots. But in order to get the Silver Rupees first, we must get to the other 
end of the room. Latch onto that target with the Longshot, and then use the 
Longshot to pull yourself to the lighted torch on the other side of the room. 
Turn around and face the lava pit. If you look left, you'll see a torch. You 
can light this torch up with a Fire Arrow or by shooting an arrow through the 
lighted torch next to you. I recommend using the Fire Arrow to make this 
easier.

Once the torch is lit, the fire surrounding the pillars will disappear. 
However, they will come back after a while, so we need to be quick.

1) Jump onto the pillar to your right to get the first Silver Rupee.

2) Afterwards, jump onto the land in the corner (below the ledge with the 
target) to get the second Silver Rupee.

3) Go back to the pillar where you got the first Silver Rupee. Jump onto the 
nearby pillar to get the third Silver Rupee.

4) The pillar holding the next Silver Rupee is too far away for you to jump 
across the gap. What you need to do next is latch onto that Longshot target 
across from you. On here, wait for the torch to un-light itself and for the 
fire to return. Shoot a Fire Arrow at the torch to light it again and remove 
fire surrounding the pillars. Now, face the locked door across from you. Jump 
down to the pillar below you to get the next Silver Rupee.

5) Jump to the pillar across from you to get the next Silver Rupee.

6) The final Silver Rupee is out of reach from where you are. Go back to the 
ledge with the Longshot target is. Now, if you want to, wait for the torch to 
go out again and then shoot another Fire Arrow to light it up. Now, jump to the 
pillar to your right to collect the final Silver Rupee.

Collecting all of the Silver Rupees will unlock a door in this room. To get to 
it, just use the Longshot to latch yourself onto the torch. Open the door when 
you get to it.

-Collect the underwater gems!

In this room, watch out. Walk forward and a Biri will appear. Defeat it first. 
Now, look at the water in the middle of the room. It's being blocked by a web, 
which you can remove using a Fire Arrow. Afterwards, stick on your Zora Tunic 
and the Iron Boots, and then jump into the water. Now, getting the Silver 
Rupees here is a little difficult, due to the strong current in the water.

1) The first Silver Rupee is in the middle of the water. The best way to get to 
it is to jump into the water pit, make sure you stay in the middle, and collect 
it as you go down. Otherwise, you can take off your Iron Boots and try to get 
it while floating back up.

2 and 3) The other two Silver Rupees are in the corners of this area. The 
easiest way to get them is to stand behind them, and line up your Longshot with 
one of the targets on the wall. Make sure the Silver Rupee is in the line of 
sight for the Longshot. Then, use the Longshot to pull yourself to the target 
and you will get the Silver Rupee in the process.

After collecting all three Silver Rupees, a mini-chest will appear. Take off 
the Iron Boots and surface to the top of the water. Open the mini-chest to get 
the Small Key.

ICE ARROW 
 
We now have all of the Small Keys that we need. After getting the Small Key, 
leave this room. Back in here, use the Longshot to get to the target across 
from you. On here, this time, go through the opening. In here, head through the 
door to your right, and then go through the next door. In this area, the door 
to your right leads back to the entrance, but we don't need to go there yet. 
Instead, open the door across from you. From here, just go through the series 
of doors and locked doors until you get to a room with a crate. Once you get to 
the crate, roll into it to destroy it. A rusted floor switch will appear. Smash 
the switch with your Megaton Hammer and a large chest will appear somewhere.

To get this this chest, head back to the entrance. Facing the door you came 
from, enter the door to your right. Now work your way to the room where you 
"blinded the eyes of the statue". You'll be on the second floor of this room. 
On the other side of this walkway is a door, so open it. In here, open the 
large chest next to the purple torch and you'll get the Ice Arrow!

<><><><><><><><><><>
5j. Shadow Temple
<><><><><><><><><><>

Oddly enough, the Shadow Temple is largely the same in Master Quest.

Just like last time, to open up the entrance to the Shadow Temple, just stand 
on the center platform and use Din's Fire to light up all the surrounding 
torches. From there, head inside. At the beginning, go left around the corner. 
Use the Longshot to pull yourself to the target and to get over the gap. On 
this side, turn on the Lens of Truth and you will see a fake wall in front of 
you, so head through it and into the next room.

In here, go to the middle of the room. Turn on the Lens of Truth and look at 
all of the poles with the skull heads on them. You will notice that all but one 
of these skull heads are fake and will disappear when looking at them with the 
Lens of Truth. The "real" skull head will NOT disappear with the Lens of Truth 
turned on. So what you want to do is turn the eagle statue in the middle so 
that the bird is facing the pole with the skull head that doesn't disappear. 
Once you have solved the puzzle, the gate in the mouth of that face across from 
the gap will open, allowing us to get to the next area.

However, that gap is too large for us to jump over. Look at the two hands of 
the face on the wall. You will see a torch on each hand. Shoot a Fire Arrow at 
both hands to light the torch up. This will create a clear block in the gap. 
Use it to jump onto the tongue of the face, and then head inside. In here, go 
down the path in front of you. At the bottom, blow up the Beamos using a Bomb. 
Now, turn on the Lens of Truth and look at the cracked walls to your left and 
right. You will notice that these are fake walls, and you can walk right 
through them. Walk through the fake wall on the left, and then open the door.

The door behind you will lock. There are two Gibdos here. Freeze them using the 
Sun's Song and then defeat them. The door will then unlock. In addition, a 
mini-chest will appear. Open it to get a Small Key. Now, leave this room. Back 
in here, head through the fake cracked wall across from you, and open the door 
at the other end. The door will lock behind you when entering the room. There 
are five Silver Rupees we need to collect in this room.

-Two of the Silver Rupees are in the center of the room. Collect the Silver 
Rupees while avoiding the spinning blades.

-There is another Silver Rupee in the corner of the room. To get to it, use the 
Longshot to get up to the pillar, and then jump off to get the Silver Rupee.

-Two more Silver Rupees are in alcoves with Big Skulltulas in them. Defeat the 
Big Skulltulas and get the final two Silver Rupees.

After getting all of the Silver Rupees, a gate in this room will open, giving 
you access to another alcove. Go inside and defeat the Gold Skulltula, then 
open the large chest up for the Dungeon Map. Also, the door leading back out 
will unlock only if you defeat all of the Big Skulltulas, so be sure to take 
care of that. Before leaving, go into the alcove in the northwest corner of the 
room. Turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll see a hole in the floor. Climb down 
the whole. At the bottom, turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll find a mini-
chest. Open the mini-chest to get a Small Key. Now, climb back up and out of 
the hole.

Once you're all set, head back out. Back in here, get back to the 4-way 
intersection. Head left and go back to the previous area that had the skull 
head puzzle. Jump over the gap and then turn on the Lens of Truth. You should 
notice a fake wall in the back left corner of the area. Behind this fake wall 
(with the face) is a cracked wall. Blow up the cracked wall with a Bomb and 
then head down the hallway. At the end, unlock and open the door using the 
Small Key.

In this hall, turn on the Lens of Truth and go through the fake wall across 
from you. You'll be in a square-shaped room. Go around the corner to the left 
and turn on the Lens of Truth. You'll find a fake wall, so go through it. In 
here, open the door across from you. The door will lock behind you when 
entering the room. Now, defeat the four ReDeads in this room to unlock the 
door. A large chest will also appear after defeating the ReDeads, so open it to 
get the Compass. Now leave this room. Back here, go through the fake wall 
across from you. Turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll find a Door of Time Block 
behind a fake wall. Play the Song of Time to remove the block, and then go 
through the fake wall. In this small hallway, there is another fake wall across 
from you, so head through it.

We have a little puzzle in this room. If you turn on the Lens of Truth and go 
around the corner, you'll find a fake wall with a clear block behind it. On the 
other side of the room are three closed eye switches. The ones on the left and 
right are releasing fire at you. Shoot an arrow at the middle eye switch to 
open up the eye. This will remove the clear block, so head through the fake 
wall. In here, just open the door across from you. The door behind you will 
lock when you are in the next room.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Dead Hand
Difficulty: Easy

To start this fight out, let one of the hands grab you. Then, press A or B as 
fast as you can to shake loose. The Dead Hand should come out of the ground, so 
hit it twice and it will head back underground. At that point, let yourself get 
grabbed by a hand. Also, you can free yourself by letting the Dead Hand bite 
you.

After several hits, the Dead Hand should be defeated.
******************************************************************************* 
 
At the end of the fight, the door will unlock and a large chest will appear. 
Open the chest to get the Hover Boots. With the Hover Boots, head back to the 
room with the Beamos in the middle. Once you get back to the room, notice how 
one of the cracked walls isn't fake (as in, it won't disappear with the Lens of 
Truth on). Place a Bomb in front of that cracked wall to blow it up. Head into 
the opening. There is a locked door here, so unlock and open it using the Small 
Key.

In here, follow this hallway until you get to some guillotines. Watch out for 
the Beamos and the Big Skulltula along the way. Carefully get past the 
guillotines and then follow the hallway until you get to a bigger room. Once 
you're in the bigger room, you'll see more guillotines ahead of you. You can 
use the Hover Boots to get past the guillotines and across the gaps in between 
each of them. Eventually, you'll get to a platform with two Beamos and a Bomb 
Flower. Quickly turn right and turn on the Lens of Truth. You'll see an 
invisible platform, so get on it. Below the next platform is a frozen eye 
switch. Shoot a Fire Arrow to both melt and activate the switch. This will 
create some clear blocks behind us, but we'll worry about those later. Instead, 
use the next platform and the following invisible platform to get to a door. 
Open the door once you get to it.

In here, head around the corner and you'll get to a large room. You'll notice 
several Silver Rupees in the middle of the room. Before going to get them, turn 
on the Lens of Truth to reveal the spinning blades in the middle of the room. 
Carefully grab the Silver Rupees while avoiding the blades. There is also one 
more Silver Rupee in the corner of this room. To get the Silver Rupee, walk up 
to the corner and Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time and a Door of 
Time Block will appear. Climb onto the block and get the Silver Rupee. Once all 
of the Silver Rupees are collected, the gate leading into an alcove will open 
up. Head into the alcove. You'll notice a mini-chest in here, which only gives 
you a Blue Rupee if you open it. Instead, turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll 
find a hidden mini-chest to the left of it. Open it to get a Small Key. Once 
you have the Small Key, leave this room.

Back out here, use the Lens of Truth and cross the invisible platforms. Get 
back onto the platform where the Beamos are. You should notice some clear 
blocks in front of you. Use them to get onto a large area that has a Beamos and 
Silver Rupees. You don't need to get the Silver Rupees, as collecting them will 
make a mini-chest with a Bundle of Arrows appear. Head to the gate across from 
you. On the other side is a glass switch. You can reach this switch by swinging 
your sword at it. It will activate and open up the gate. In here, head into the 
hallway and you'll get into a bigger room.

You will find the falling spiked ceilings in this room. First, turn on the Lens 
of Truth and look to the wall on your left. You will find a hidden block behind 
a fake wall, so pull it out and get it onto that rectangular walkway. Now, push 
it along the path and you will be protected from the falling spikes. Keep 
pushing the block until both spiked ceilings are hitting the block at the same 
time.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula inside that prison cell to your 
right. Defeat the Gold Skulltula and then use the Longshot to collect the 
token.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
After getting the Gold Skulltula, start pulling the stone block backwards along 
the path. This is so that you won't get hit by the first spiked ceiling after 
the block is out of the ceiling's way. Once the stone block is on the other 
side of the path, climb up it and get onto the ledge to your right. Up here, 
use the Hover Boots to get across to the ledge on the other side of the spiked 
ceilings. On here is a floor switch. Step on the floor switch and a mini-chest 
will appear on the ledge across from you. Use the Hover Boots to cross the gap. 
Open the mini-chest to get the Small Key and then leave this room.

Back out here, get past the Beamos to the other side. Get to the thin walkway 
and you'll come to an intersection. Go right where the guillotine is. On the 
other side of the guillotine is a large gap. But if you turn on the Lens of 
Truth, you'll notice some invisible platforms in the gap. Get past the 
guillotine onto the invisible platforms, and then use them and the hover boots 
to get to the opening across from you. In this opening is a locked door, so 
unlock and open the door using a Small Key. You should have two of them on your 
right now.

In this room, turn on the Lens of Truth. You will see some hidden sets of 
spikes, so watch out for those. Now, you don't need to get the Silver Rupees in 
this room, as they will unlock a door that leads you to a room with nothing 
important in it. So instead, use the target on the ceiling to get to that high 
platform that has the locked door. On the platform, unlock and open the door 
using a Small Key.

This hallway contains several spinning fans which will blow you back when you 
are running. So to get through this hallway, you must walk through it using the 
Iron Boots, which will make you heavy enough that you won't get blown away from 
the fans. Watch out for the Blade Traps and the Big Skulltula along the way. At 
the end of the hall, you'll get to a gap with a fan on the other side. What you 
need to do is quickly cross the gap using the Hover Boots when that fan is not 
spinning. On the other side of the gap, you'll drop down to another walkway. 
Walk across this room using the Iron Boots so that the fans don't blow you off 
into the pits. On the other side, open the door.

In this room, defeat the four ReDeads in front of you before doing anything 
else.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is a Gold Skulltula on the face in this room. Just defeat 
it and pull in the token using the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Before leaving, you may notice a chest icon on your map for this room. It is in 
the back left corner. Use the Lens of Truth to reveal the invisible chest, and 
then open it for a Small Key. Now, leave this room. Stick on your Iron Boots 
again. Turn left and turn on the Lens of Truth. You should see a hidden hole in 
the wall. You can get to this opening by having a fan blow you inside or by 
using the Hover Boots. Once you're in, open the door leading into the next 
room.

In this room, defeat the two Gibdos before doing anything else. This will cause 
a mini-chest to appear in the middle of the room, but it only contains a Blue 
Rupee.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have been hearing the swishing sound of a Gold 
Skulltula while in this room. Facing the locked door, there is a mound of dirt 
in the corner to the right. Blow up the dirt by placing a Bomb on top of it. 
The dirt will explode, and likely defeat the Gold Skulltula in the process. 
When the token is revealed, just pick it up.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
With the Gold Skulltula in hand, use the Small Key to unlock and open up the 
locked door in this room.

We're in the room with the ferry. To the left is a ladder. To be able to climb 
up the ladder, go right. Pull out the stone block and push it along the path 
until it falls into a little ditch. Once you have moved the stone block to the 
other side, climb on top of it and climb up the ladder. At the top, get onto 
the ferry. Play Zelda's Lullaby on the Triforce mark to get the ferry moving. 
While traveling on the ferry, just watch out for the Stalfos that will come for 
the ride. At the end of the ride, the ferry will crash into a wall and sink, so 
quickly get onto the platform to your right.

There is a locked door across from you. First off, look across the river and 
you'll see a bird statue surrounded by Bomb Flowers. Shoot an arrow at one of 
the Bomb Flowers to make it go off. This will then cause the surrounding Bomb 
Flowers to explode, causing the statue to fall over. You can now use the statue 
as a bridge, so use it to cross to the other side.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have been hearing the swishing sound of a Gold 
Skulltula. After crossing the bridge, go to the right and turn around. Facing 
the river, you should see a Gold Skulltula under the water. You can defeat it 
and reel in the token by using the Longshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
Once you have the Gold Skulltula, go right and head to the other side of this 
area. Over here, stand in front of the Door of Time Block and play the Song of 
Time to remove the block. An eye switch on the pillar to your right will be 
revealed. Shoot the eye switch with an arrow. This will cause some targets to 
appear. If you look left and up, you should see a platform high above you. 
There is a target on here, so use the Longshot to latch onto it. On here is a 
floor switch. Step on the floor switch to unlock the door on the opposite side 
of the river. Get back to the other side of the river (by either using the 
bridge or floating off this platform with the Hover Boots) and then open the 
door.

In this room, turn on the Lens of Truth to reveal the invisible walls. If you 
look at the map, you'll see a door in each direction. Right now, you are on the 
western part of the room. Work your way to the eastern part of this room and 
open the door when you get there. In this room, there are three spinning 
statues of skull heads. Climb up to the top. Throw a Bomb into the top of all 
three of them to make them explode. One of them contains a Small Key. Once all 
three of the statues are gone, jump down below and look for the Small Key, and 
pick it up when you find it. After getting the Small Key, leave this room. Back 
in here, work your way up to the locked door in the northern part of the room. 
When you get to it, unlock and open the door using the Small Key.

In this room, there are two spiked wooden walls closing in on you. Use Din's 
Fire to burn away both of them. Afterwards, open the blue chest at the end of 
the room to get the Boss Key. With the Boss Key, leave this room. Back in here, 
head back to the western part of this room and open the door. Back in this 
room, cross the bridge over to the other side. Over here, head into the alcove 
and open the door. 
 
To cross this room, stick on the Hover Boots and turn on the Lens of Truth. 
Some invisible platforms will be revealed, so use them to get to the door on 
the other side of the room.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: You may have seen a Gold Skulltula in this room, but it is a 
bit tricky to get due to an invisible platform. Facing the door, turn left. 
Keep the Lens of Truth on and you'll see an invisible platform. Carefully get 
onto it. The Gold Skulltula should be on the wall below you. Defeat it and then 
get the token with the Longshot. You should now have all of the Gold Skulltulas 
in the Shadow Temple! 
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

After getting the Gold Skulltula, turn back around and get onto the platform 
with the door. Unlock and open the door using the Boss Key. In this room, just 
drop down to the floor below you and the boss fight will start.
 
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
BOSS 
 
Phantom Shadow Beast
Bongo Bongo
 
Difficulty: Medium

At the beginning of the fight, make sure you have the Hover Boots on. Also, 
make sure the Lens of Truth is turned on so that you can see Bongo Bongo's 
face. Stun both of Bongo Bongo's hands by shooting arrows at them. Once both of 
them are stunned, Bongo Bongo's mouth will open up. Fire an arrow at him to 
stun him, and then hit him with your sword as many times as you can. 
Afterwards, repeat this process until he is defeated.

Just don't stand in one spot too long, or he'll use one of his hands to attack 
you.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
 
After the fight, pick up the Heart Container and then step through the blue 
warp portal.

<><><><><><><><><><>
5k. Spirit Temple
<><><><><><><><><><>

Like in original mode, there isn't much you at do at the beginning of the 
Spirit Temple using Adult Link. In Master Quest, there are two rocks at the 
entrance beside the staircase. If you blow them up with a Bomb, you'll find 
Silver Rupees. Again, we cannot solve that puzzle right now. There is a mini-
chest at the top of the stairs that contains Bombchus. Also, at the top of the 
stairs, if you look up at the ceiling, you'll see a rock. You can blow up this 
rock by running a Bombchu up to it. When the rock blows up, a hole in the 
ceiling will be revealed. There is a target to get up there with the Longshot, 
but we can't do anything up there yet, either. So, just head back outside.

----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------

Sheik will appear and teach us the Requiem of Spirit. This will allow us to 
warp back to this place as a kid. After learning the song, play the Prelude of 
Light and head back to the Temple of Time. Drop the Master Sword into the 
pedestal to become Young Link. Once you're ready, warp back to the desert, and 
then re-enter the Spirit Temple.

---------------------------
Spirit Temple - Young Link
---------------------------

When entering the Spirit Temple as Young Link, head up the stairs. Now, turn 
left and you'll see a rock behind the snake statue. I recommend taking care of 
this now or it may cause you some frustration later. Blow up the rock with a 
Bomb (to do this, get onto the ledge and place it next to the rock). When the 
rock is destroyed, you'll find an eye switch on the snake statue. Shoot the eye 
switch with your Slingshot and a mini-chest will appear on the carpet. Open it 
to get a Small Key. From the mini-chest, go right. You'll find Nabooru in front 
of the hole in the wall. Talk to her and answer "Nothing, really" to keep the 
conversation going. Nabooru will then ask you to go and get the Silver 
Gauntlets so that she can invade this temple. Once she moves aside, crawl 
through the hole in the wall.

On the other side, there are Torch Slugs, so I recommend wearing your Hylian 
Shield so your Deku Shield won't burn off. If you look to the other side of the 
room, you'll see an eye switch on the wall. Shoot the eye switch with your 
Slingshot to make the fire in this room disappear. Afterwards, defeat the Torch 
Slugs (which seems very difficult to do as Young Link). Once both Torch Slugs 
are defeated, the two doors in this room will open. Open up the door on the 
right.

In here, you'll find an Anubis. You can quickly destroy it using Din's Fire. 
Afterwards, defeat all of the Keeses in this room. If you're struggling to find 
one, one is beneath the pit in this room, right under that fence. Once the 
Keeses are defeated, a mini-chest will appear on the other side of the room. 
Now before leaving, open the large chest in front of you for the Dungeon Map. 
From here, leave this room. Back in here, head through the door on the left.

There is a Gibdo across from you. Freeze it using the Sun's Song and then 
defeat it. Afterwards, notice the two gravestones in this room. Pull back the 
one on the left (facing the gap) and a floor switch will be revealed. Step on 
the floor step and part of the fence will fall over. Instead of falling over 
the gap and serving like a bridge, it will fall over the other way. Uh, ok. 
However, on the other side of the gap is a rock. What you can do is run a 
Bombchu over the gap and through the opening in the fence to blow up that rock. 
Once the rock explodes, an eye switch will be revealed. Shoot it with the 
Slingshot and a clear block will appear over the gap. You can use them to get 
to the other side of the room. On the other side, defeat the two Gibdos. The 
door nearby will unlock once all of the Gibdos are defeated, so go through it.

In this room, step onto the rotating platform. You will have a rather difficult 
fight with a Stalfos, as you are Young Link and have the much weaker Kokiri 
Sword. I recommend keeping the Hylian Shield on here, in the event you get 
knocked back into the fire surrounding you. Once the Stalfos is defeated, the 
fire will disappear and the door leading into the next room will unlock, so 
open it. We're on the other side of the room where we got the Dungeon Map. Open 
up the mini-chest to get the Small Key. In addition, pull back the gravestone 
to reveal a floor switch. Step on the floor switch so the fence will fall over 
the gap, serving as a bridge. Cross the bridge to the other side and then leave 
this room.

Back in this room, there is a hole in the wall, in between the two doors. 
Except there's a little problem. You'll run into a rock while climbing through 
the hole. No problem, right? Just run a Bombchu into the hole and the rock will 
blow up. On the other side, we'll find a rusted floor switch and a locked door. 
Unlock and open the door using the Small Key. In front of you is a glass 
switch. Hit the glass switch with your sword to activate it. The gate in the 
ceiling will open up, and a Like Like will drop down. Defeat the Like Like and 
then climb up the wall.

At the top, defeat all of the Baby Dodongos and the Beamos first, so that they 
aren't in your way. Defeating them will cause a mini-chest with Bombchus to 
appear. After they are defeated, face the locked door and then turn around. 
You'll see a rock up in the wall above you. Run a Bombchu up to the rock will 
blow it up. This will allow sunshine to shine into the room, which will 
activate the sun switch on the floor. This will cause a mini-chest to appear on 
a high ledge to the left of the locked door. We currently cannot get to this 
chest, so unlock and open the door leading into the next room using a Small 
Key.

We'll be in the central room, which has the large statue shrine. Drop down to 
the floor below you. Down here, you should notice an eye switch on the leg of 
the statue. Shoot it with the Slingshot and a large chest will appear in the 
middle of the room. Open the chest to get the Compass. From the large chest, 
turn around. You'll see a locked door. Above the locked door is a frozen eye 
switch. Stand in front of the door and use Din's Fire. This will melt the eye 
switch and activate it at the same time, unlocking the door, so head through. 
In this room, head right and you'll get to a pit. Do NOT fall in the pit, 
otherwise you'll end up back at the Spirit Temple entrance. Instead, carefully 
look down the pit and to the right. You should see an eye switch. Shoot the eye 
switch with the Slingshot. This will cause a mini-chest to appear, so open it 
to get a Small Key. Afterwards, leave this room.

Back in here, head right and climb up the wall to get back to where you 
originally entered this room. Back up here, run up the two flights of stairs. 
At the top, turn left and get to the pillar. Look down and you should see a 
Door of Time Block below you. Jump off this ledge to land on the block. Now, 
pick up the little box on the Door of Time Block and JUMP over the railing to 
the higher ledge (you can get over the spiked railings, trust me. Just be sure 
to jump onto that square floor at the bottom of the stairs). With the box, run 
back up the two flights of stairs. Put the box down and play the Song of Time 
near the pillar. This will create a Door of Time Block next to you. Get on top 
of it. From here, jump off the block onto the hand of the statue shrine. There 
is a blue floor switch on this hand. Step on it and then place the box on the 
hand to keep it activated. This will unlock a door at the top of the staircase 
we just climbed up, so go back up the stairs and open the door.

Quickly put your Hylian Shield on for this room if you haven't, as you may get 
instantly burned by the flames shooting out of that pole. Just head up the 
stairs and open the door at the top. The door will lock behind you when 
entering the next room. What you need to do is climb up the block with the sun 
switch on it to get to the ledge above you. Hit the glass switch with your 
sword to activate it. This will temporarily remove the fire around this room, 
so get to the northeast corner of this room. On this side, you will notice an 
area where light is shining on the floor from outside. There are also three 
nearby blocks with sun switches on them. Do NOT move the closest block with the 
sun switch into the light, as activating that switch will cause a floor master 
to appear. Instead, head to where the two blocks are that are side-by-side. 
Pull out the front one and bring it to the shining light. When the light 
activates the sun switch, the door in the corner of the room will open. To get 
to the door, climb up onto one of the ledges surrounding the room and open the 
door when you get to it.

In this room, defeat the Big Skulltula, head up the stairs, and then unlock and 
open the door at the top of the stairs using the Small Key. In here, go to the 
other side of the room. Attack the Iron Knuckle on its throne to start the 
fight.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Hard

Again, you need to be very careful here, as one hit can cost you 8 Hearts! If 
you need Hearts, have the Iron Knuckle swing its axe at one of the poles in 
this room. Keep yourself L-Targeted to the Iron Knuckle at all times. Backflip 
it when it is about to attack you, and then get in as many hits from your sword 
as you can. If you need to, use Nayru's Love. After enough hits, the Iron 
Knuckle will lose some of its armor. Hitting him from that point forward will 
stun him with each hit, making him easier to defeat.
******************************************************************************* 
 
At the end of the fight, the door leading into the next room will unlock, so 
open it. In this hall, just head outside. We'll find Kaepora Gaebora. Remember 
to hit No when he asks you the question of if you want him to repeat what he 
said. Afterwards, open the large chest for the Silver Gauntlets. We'll then see 
the cut-scene of Nabooru being brainwashed away by the witches in this temple. 
With the Silver Gauntlets in hand, head back to the Temple of Time and return 
here as Adult Link!

--------------------------- 
Spirit Temple - Adult Link
---------------------------

Once you return as Adult Link, head up the stairs at the entrance. At the top, 
there should be a hole in the ceiling. If not, use a Bombchu to blow up that 
rock you see hanging from the ceiling. Inside the hole is a target. Use the 
Longshot to latch yourself onto the target. You'll be taken into a room above 
you. Up here, go to the other side of the room. You'll find a large stone block 
that you can now push with the Silver Gauntlets. Push the block forward until 
it falls into a hole. You will find yourself in the room where you found a 
Small Key as Young Link. Head down the hall and open the door at the end.

You'll be back in the room with the shrine statue. Head right and climb up the 
wall to the area that you were at as Young Link. Up here, open the door. You'll 
be in the room with the sun switch on the floor. Remember how you solved the 
puzzle as Young Link, but was unable to get to the mini-chest that appeared? 
The mini-chest is on that higher ledge next to the door. You can get to it by 
latching onto it with your Longshot. Open it up to get a Small Key! Now, hit 
the glass switch in the corner of the room. This will open up the gate in the 
hole in the floor. Fall down the hole and open the door at the bottom. Remember 
this rusted floor switch that we passed by as a kid? Hit it with your Megaton 
Hammer. This will cause a mini-chest to appear in the room on the other side of 
the hole in the wall. Except there's a problem. We can't get to that room as 
Adult Link. So yep, head back to the Temple of Time to become a kid again!

CHILD LINK 
 
Return to the Spirit Temple as a kid. Head up the stairs and go through the 
hole in the wall on your right. On the other side, open up the mini-chest for 
another Small Key! That's all what we needed to do as a kid. Kind of annoying, 
right? With this Small Key, head back to the Temple of Time and become an 
adult. Then, return to the Spirit Temple.

ADULT LINK 
 
You should now have two Small Keys on you. From the entrance of the Spirit 
Temple, get back to the room with the shrine statue. Now, you may notice three 
torches surrounding the shrine. One in front of it, and one on each side. Light 
up these torches using Fire Arrows. This will unlock a door in the corner of 
the room. To get to that side of the room, go back to the southeast corner up 
this place and climb up the wall. Now go up the first flight of stairs. At the 
top, you should see a torch on the opposite staircase across from you. You can 
use the Longshot to pull yourself onto that torch and get to the other side of 
this place. From here, head up the stairs. At the top, unlock and open the door 
to the left with a Small Key.

I imagine that this room was made just to irritate you. It's a small hallway 
with a staircase, but you can't go up the stairs, otherwise a firewall will pop 
up. Instead, just use the target on the ceiling (with the Longshot) to get over 
the firewall and then open the door at the end. The door will lock behind you 
when entering this room. Just defeat the four Beamos in order to unlock it 
again. A mini-chest will also appear, but it only contains a bundle of arrows. 

Now, we have a pretty annoying Door of Time Block puzzle to solve in this room. 
First, play the Song of Time in front of the Door of Time Block in the 
northwest part of the room. The block will move to the other side of the room, 
right underneath a block in midair. Now stand in front of those two blocks and 
play the Song of Time TWICE. What should happen is that a little box should 
fall onto the block in the pit. Pick the box up. Now turn around and head to 
the other side of the room. You should see a blue floor switch. Step on the 
switch to activate it, and then put the box down on the switch to keep it 
activated. This will unlock the door in the southwest corner of this room, so 
head through it.

In this room, defeat the two Dinolfos first. Do NOT open the mini-chest you see 
in this room, as it will just freeze you. After you defeat the enemies, hit 
that mini-chest with your sword. This will cause the door across from you to 
unlock, so open it. In this room, head up the stairs. You'll find an invisible 
Floormaster at the top. Defeat it and then the door at the top will unlock, so 
head through it.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Medium

This fight shouldn't be as bad with Adult Link, now that you have more powerful 
weaponry. Just L-Target it and hit it with your sword. Move backwards or 
backflip when it is about to attack you. If you need hearts, have its axe hit 
one of the poles in this room. After enough hits, some of its armor will fall 
off, weakening it. From there, just finish it off with your sword.
******************************************************************************* 
 
At the end of the fight, the door leading to the next room will unlock, so open 
it. In here, just head outside. A large chest will appear in front of you, so 
open it to get the Mirror Shield. Now, head back inside. Get back to the room 
where you attacked that mini-chest. Back in here, head to the other side of the 
room. You'll find a Door of Time Block standing on the part of the floor where 
sunlight is shining through. Play the Song of Time to remove it. Now, stand in 
that shining light and aim your Mirror Shield up at the sun switch on the wall. 
The reflected light will activate the sun switch and unlock the door next to 
you. However, the Door of Time Block that you just moved is now standing in its 
way, so play the Song of Time to remove it. NOW open the door. Sheesh.

In this room, just defeat the Gibdo and open the blue chest for the Boss Key. 
Now, head out. From here, get back to the room with the statue shrine. Back in 
here, head down the stairs and open the door at the bottom. You should be in a 
room with three sun switches across from you. Defeat the two Stalfos first, in 
addition to the Wallmaster. Now, for this puzzle, none of the three sun 
switches will "activate" and turn on with light. What you need to do is reflect 
light as all three sun switches. They will all burn away, and you will be 
attacked by Wallmasters. You need to defeat all three of the Wallmasters. 
Afterwards, a gate in the floor will open up in the corner of the room, so jump 
down the hole. Down here, head into the door across from you. In this room, 
open the door on your left.

The door will lock behind you. To unlock it, play Zelda's Lullaby on the 
Triforce mark on the floor.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula in this room, on the ceiling. 
Just defeat it and reel in the token using the Longshot.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

Back in here, unlock and open the door across from you using a Small Key. This 
room is a little tricky. Defeat the Club Moblin in the pit first before doing 
anything. Now, use the Megaton Hammer to hit the rusted floor switch near the 
door. This will open a gate leading to the southwest alcove in the pit.

1) Before going past the gate, look above the alcove and you'll see a Door of 
Time Block. Play the Song of Time in this alcove. This will unlock a gate in 
the opposite corner of the room, in the northeast corner.

2) Above that alcove is a crate from the Lon Lon Ranch. So head into that 
alcove and play Epona's Song. This will unlock an alcove in the southeast 
corner.

3) The newly unlocked alcove has a sun switch above it. Go inside this alcove 
and play the Sun's Song. This will unlock an alcove in the northwest corner.

4) In the next alcove, play the Song of Storms. The east central alcove will 
open up.

5) In the final alcove, play Zelda's Lullaby. This will finally unlock the door 
in this room, so head through.

Whoa! Watch out for all of the Big Skulltulas! Quickly defeat all of them. The 
fastest way is with the Longshot. The mini-chest in this room has a Purple 
Rupee, if you want it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There is also a Gold Skulltula on the wall in this room. Just 
defeat it and grab the token with the Longshot.
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
 
From here, leave the room. Watch out for the Club Moblin on the other side. 
It's also harder to avoid due to the rolling boulders. Defeat the Club Moblin 
and then climb out of the pit and head back into the previous room.

In this room, you'll see a rock in the middle of the room. Blow up the rock 
with a Bomb and a rusted floor switch will be revealed. Before hitting the 
switch, collect the two Silver Rupees in this room. Afterwards, hit this switch 
with the Megaton Hammer. This will lower that waterspout in the opening. Be 
quick though, as it will only be lowered for a few seconds. Get the Silver 
Rupee and then go into the Spirit Temple entrance. Back in here, head down the 
stairs. If you blew up the rocks earlier, you'll find a Silver Rupee on each 
side of the staircase. Collecting the Silver Rupees will make a mini-chest 
appear on the carpet at the top of the stairs. Open it to get a Small Key.

With the Small Key, head all the way back to the room that had the four Beamos 
and the annoying Door of Time Block puzzle. Once you get there, unlock and open 
the other door in that room using the Small Key.

In this room, defeat all of the Keeses first. Afterwards, you must collect all 
of the Silver Rupees while climbing up those walls. Some of the walls even move 
left and right, making this an annoying and long task. Once all of the Silver 
Rupees are collected, a door will unlock at the top of the room. Remember, you 
can use the Longshot to pull yourself to the climbable walls that DON'T move. 
Once you get the door unlocked, head up to the top of the room and open the 
door. In here, head up the stairs. Play Zelda's Lullaby while standing on the 
Triforce mark on the floor. This will unlock a door to your right, so head up 
the stairs and open it.

In here, jump into the pit to your left. Down here are a couple of crates. Roll 
into them to break them. Underneath one of them is a rusted floor switch. When 
you find it, hit the switch with the Megaton Hammer. This will unlock a door 
leading to the next room, so climb out of the pit and open the door. In here, 
defeat all of the enemies in this room before doing anything else. We have a 
couple of things to do here. First, in the beginning of the room, you'll see a 
sun switch on the wall. Shine some reflected light to the sun switch using your 
Mirror Shield to activate it. Now, turn the cobra statue so that it is 
reflecting light into the next room, towards the next cobra statue. You need to 
be quick, because the sun switch removed fire around the second cobra statue, 
and it will come back if you take too long. Now, turn the second cobra statue 
so that it is facing the iron bars, and reflecting light into the previous 
room.

Once you have solved the puzzle, turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll find a 
hidden mini-chest in front of the iron bars. Open it for a Small Key, and then 
leave this room. Back in here, open the door across from you. In this room, 
unlock and open the door to your right using a Small Key.

This room is a bit tricky. There is an Iron Knuckle in the middle of the room, 
but we need to use it to our advantage, as there are two Gold Skulltulas in 
this room that we cannot get to without his help. Attack it once to activate 
it.

||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||| 
GOLD SKULLTULA: There are two Gold Skulltulas in this room. Both are behind 
pillars and thrones in this room. One of them is behind the Iron Knuckle, 
across from the door. Lure the Iron Knuckle to this part of the room. Get him 
to attack the chairs and the pillar to destroy them. You will find the Gold 
Skulltula on the wall. Defeat it and grab the token when it is safe.

GOLD SKULLTULA #2: The second Gold Skulltula is to the right of where the Iron 
Knuckle was standing, behind the thrones and the pillar. Get the Iron Knuckle 
to attack you, and have it destroy the thrones and the pillar in the process. 
The Gold Skulltula is just behind the pillar. When it is safe, defeat it and 
take the token.
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||

When you have both of the Gold Skulltulas, leave this room and open the door at 
the top of the stairs to your left. Back in here, jump into the pit. Stand in 
the lighted spot and use the Mirror Shield to shine reflected light at the sun 
switch. The sun switch will activate, and the floor will lower to the shrine 
room below us. With the reflected light on this platform, shine light to the 
face of the shrine using the Mirror Shield. After a couple of seconds, the face 
will crumble. You need to be quick with this, otherwise you'll deal with a 
Wallmaster. Once the face crumbles, you can latch onto the gate across from you 
using the Longshot. It will then open up, so then unlock and open the door 
behind it using the Boss Key.

The two witches will be found here, and both will send an unusual Iron Knuckle 
to fight you.

******************************************************************************* 
MINI-BOSS: Iron Knuckle
Difficulty: Medium

Just fight this Iron Knuckle like any other one. Stand back when it is about to 
attack, and then get as many sword hits as you can afterwards. If you need 
health, have it attack one of the pillars in the room to make Hearts appear.
******************************************************************************* 
 
At the end of the fight, the Iron Knuckle is revealed to be Nabooru. The two 
witches will appear again and brainwash her away. So just head through the door 
leading in the next room. This is just a hallway, so just go through the door 
across from you. In the next room, climb up the wall onto the arena. Go to the 
middle and the boss fight will start.

!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 
BOSS 
 
Sorceress Sisters
Twinrova

PART I 
 
This fight has two parts. In the first part, the two witches will fly around 
you. Koume is the fire witch while Kotake is the ice witch. They attack you by 
firing an ice or a fire beam at you. So when Koume attacks you with fire, you 
need to defelct the fire back at Kotake, the ice witch using your Mirror 
Shield. You would also do the opposite if Kotake fires an ice beam at you (just 
deflect it back at the fire witch, Koume). After a few hits, the second part of 
the boss fight will start.

PART II 
 
The two witches will turn into this large woman, called Twinrova. She will 
shoot a beam of ice or fire at you. You need to let the beam hit your Mirror 
Shield. Your Mirror Shield will then be "charged". You need to be careful 
afterwards. For example, if your Mirror Shield has a fire charge on it, and 
Twinrova fires an ice beam at you, get out of the way. Also, if your Mirror 
Shield is charged with one element, and you decide to let the opposite element 
hit your Mirror Shield, you will get hurt and your Mirror Shield will then be 
discharged of whatever element it had. You want to build up three charges of 
the same element on your Mirror Shield. Once three consecutive hits of the same 
element hit your Mirror Shield, you will be able to fire the ice or fire back 
at Twinrova. This will stun her, so hit her with your sword as many times as 
you can. Then, repeat this process until she is defeated.
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! 

At the end of the fight, pick up the Heart Container and then step through the 
blue warp portal.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
5l. Inside Ganon's Castle
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

Once you're inside, head down the stairs. The door at the bottom is locked. To 
get it unlocked, you must defeat all of the enemies in this room. This includes 
the Green Bubbles, the Armos, and the Iron Knuckle. Of course, take care of all 
of the enemies before fighting the Iron Knuckle. Watch out for the Blade Trap 
in the middle of the room as well. The Armos statues are on top of the pillars 
near the door. Hit them once with your sword to awaken them. They cannot move 
off their pillars, so just throw Bombs up at them to destroy them.

Once all of the enemies are defeated, the door will unlock, so head on through.

Like last time, we need to bring down the six barriers in order to get into 
Ganon's Tower. Let's start with the most important barrier first, the Spirit 
Barrier.

SPIRIT BARRIER

In the first room, defeat all of the enemies first. This includes a Torch Slug 
and a few Keeses. Afterwards, look above the door you used to enter this room 
and you'll see an eye switch. The eye is closed, but you can fire an arrow at 
it to open it. This will spawn an Iron Knuckle in this room. Hit the Iron 
Knuckle once to activate it. Now, do NOT defeat it yet. Instead, lure it to the 
middle of the room. Have it destroy the chairs using its axe. This will reveal 
a rusted floor switch. From here, defeat the Iron Knuckle, and then hit the 
floor switch with the Megaton Hammer. This will unlock the door leading into 
the next room, so open it.

In the next room, defeat the Green Bubble in front of you. Open the mini-chest 
for Bombchus if you need them. Now, look up at the fence. There is a hole at 
the top. Run a Bombchu through this hole. It should go up the fence, through 
the hole, across the floor, up the wall, and through the ceiling, and hit the 
glass switch on the ceiling. The explosion will activate the glass switch, 
which will unlock the door next to you, so enter it.

On this side of the room, head around the corner. Defeat the two ReDeads and 
the Gibdo. You'll be in a room surrounded by sun switches. Look up at the 
ceiling and you'll see a web. Shoot a Fire Arrow at the web to burn it. This 
will cause light to shine into the room. Facing the locked door, shine light on 
the sun switch just to the left of the door. This will cause a large chest to 
appear. Open it to get the Golden Gauntlets! Also, facing the door, turn right 
and count three sun switches. Use the Mirror Shield to shine light on the third 
sun switch from the door. This will make a mini-chest appear. Open it to get a 
Small Key.

Now, carefully look above the locked door. You should be able to make out a sun 
switch behind that spirit symbol. Use the Mirror Shield to shine light onto 
that sun switch, and it will activate, unlocking the door, so head on through.

In this room is the source of energy for the Spirit Barrier. Shoot the little 
ball with a Light Arrow. Nabooru will then appear, telling you that the Spirit 
Barrier has been dispelled. She will then send you back to the central room, 
where we'll see the energy beam from the Spirit Barrier disappear.

With the Golden Gauntlets, head outside Ganon's Castle.

------------------------- 
Ganon's Castle - Outside
-------------------------

Back outside, cross the bridge. Head all the way right and you'll get to a dead 
end. At the end is a large stone pillar. You can pick it up with the Golden 
Gauntlets. Link will throw it behind him. Now, head inside the new opening.

---------------------------------------- 
Great Fairy's Fountain - Ganon's Castle
----------------------------------------

As usual, play Zelda's Lullaby on the Triforce mark to summon the Great Fairy. 
She will then appear and upgrade your defense power. Your hearts will now have 
gray outlines around them. The amount of damage you take will be cut in half, 
which is a great help on Master Quest. Once you get the upgrade, head back 
inside Ganon's Castle.

----------------------
Inside Ganon's Castle
----------------------

Let's continue, shall we?

FOREST BARRIER

In the first room, two Stalfos will appear, so quickly defeat them. After the 
fight, the door to the next room will unlock. Before heading through the door, 
note the mantle above the door. You'll see a torch, a fan, and a Small Key. Put 
on your Iron Boots and then latch onto that torch with the Longshot to get onto 
the mantle. The Iron Boots will prevent you from being blown off the mantle 
from the fan. Pick up the Small Key, then drop back down below and head through 
the next door.

In the next room, you'll see a platform with a Beamos on it to the left. Put on 
the Hover Boots and float/run over to that platform. Quickly place a Bomb down 
to destroy the Beamos. From here, you can throw a Bomb to destroy the Beamos on 
the central platform. Afterwards, get onto the central platform. From here, 
destroy all of the surrounding Beamos using Bombs. From here, get to the locked 
door on the other side of the room. Turn left from the door and you'll see a 
Door of Time Block in the air. Now, to the left of the door is a fan. Wait for 
the fan to stop spinning and then get on the platform in front of it. Now put 
the Iron Boots on so the fan won't blow you away. Play the Song of Time. The 
Door of Time Block will lower a little bit, and you'll see an Armos statue on 
the top. Play the Song of Time again and the Door of Time Block will move up to 
the ceiling. However, the statue will fall down onto the platform below, 
stepping on a blue floor switch. This will unlock the door leading into the 
next room, so safely get back to the door and open it.

We'll be at the source of the Forest Barrier. Shoot the ball with the Light 
Arrow and Saria will appear, telling you that the Forest Barrier is dispelled. 
You'll be taken to the central room, where the Forest Barrier's energy source 
will disappear. Let's do the Water Barrier next.

WATER BARRIER

There is Blue Fire in the middle of the room, but we cannot get to it because 
of the waterspout surrounding it. To lower the waterspout, go left and you'll 
see a hand sticking out of the ground. Defeat the hand first and then swing the 
sword where the hand was. You'll activate a class switch and the waterspout 
will lower. Get to the Blue Fire and get at least two bottles of it. If you 
want to activate the glass switch at a safer distance so you don't get grabbed 
by the hand, you can use a magic spin attack from your sword. Now, use some 
Blue Fire to melt the red ice in front of the locked door. Again, make sure you 
have two bottles of Blue Fire. Unlock the door using the Small Key and open it 
(remember, you can get a Small Key from the Spirit, Forest, and Shadow Barrier 
rooms).

In the second room, destroy all of the Keeses first (watch out, one of them is 
invisible) so that they won't bother you. Afterwards, we must collect all of 
the Silver Rupees to unlock the door in this room.

1) Before pushing ANY of the blocks around, jump into the hole in the floor and 
get the first Silver Rupee.

2) There is another Silver Rupee you should collect before pushing any of the 
blocks around. It is in that alcove below that really high ledge.

3) The next one is in mid-air. Climb onto one of the blocks. The easiest way to 
get the Silver Rupee is run off the block with the Hover Boots on.

4) There is another Silver Rupee in the corner of the room. It is above a pit. 
To get it, run across the pit with the Hover Boots on, and then quickly get 
back on the land before you fall into the pit and restart this puzzle.

5) To get the last Silver Rupee, note the two blocks. Go to the block closest 
to the ledge with all of the red ice. Push it so that it slides against that 
rock. Then, push it into the hole. Then, push the other block straight across 
so it hits that ice rock, and then push it to the right so it slides to the 
other ice rock. Now, push it into that alcove where Silver Rupee #2 was. From 
there, you can climb up the block and onto the ledge. You can then melt the red 
ice up top with Blue Fire. Get the Silver Rupee.

Once all of the Silver Rupees are collected, the door leading into the next 
room will unlock. However, to get to it, you need to leave and re-enter the 
room to reset the blocks. Now, push a block up against that ledge. Climb up 
onto the block and dump the Blue Fire so that the red ice melts. Afterwards, 
you can open the door.

In this room, you'll find the energy source for the Water Barrier. Shoot the 
ball with the Light Arrow to destroy it. Princess Ruto will appear, telling you 
that the Water Barrier is dispelled. You'll be brought back to the central 
room. We're halfway there!

FIRE BARRIER

The room you're in is very hot, so you'll need to wear the Goron Tunic. Now, we 
need to collect all of the Silver Rupees in this room. I also recommend putting 
on the Hover Boots. You need to be quick, as many of these square platforms 
will sink into the lava when you step on them. The Golden Gauntlets are also 
required for this room.

1) When you start, you'll notice four square platforms in front of you. Go to 
the square in the back left corner. This platform will NOT sink into the lava 
when you step on it. Instead, it will shoot up in the air. When it goes up, 
grab the Silver Rupee.

2) Once the square platform drops back down, you should notice a moving square 
platform in front of you. Get onto it and use it to get to the island across 
from you. On this island, destroy the Beamos and then pick up the stone pillar 
with the Golden Gauntlets. You'll find a Silver Rupee underneath where the 
pillar was.

3) From the second Silver Rupee, turn right and you should see an island. This 
island has a stone pillar that you need the Golden Gauntlets to pick up. Work 
your way to this island using the Hover Boots and the square platforms in the 
lava pit. When you get to this island, you'll notice a square platform moving 
back and forth behind the island. Get onto this moving platform and pick up the 
Silver Rupee.

4) After getting the last Silver Rupee, get back up on the island. Pick up the 
stone pillar using the Golden Gauntlets, and Link will throw it into the lava 
behind him. Now, turn around. You should see a target. Latch onto the target 
with the Longshot. Get on top of the target and go right. Get the Silver Rupee 
at the end.

5) From the previous Silver Rupee, turn left. You should see the last Silver 
Rupee on top of that stone pillar in the lava. To get on top of that stone 
pillar, note the three square platforms in front of it. Step on the one in the 
middle. This one will shoot up in the air. While it is in the air, land on the 
stone pillar and get the final Silver Rupees.

With all of the Silver Rupees collected, the door leading into the next room 
will open. A target will also appear on the ledge where the door is located, so 
you can use the Longshot to easily bring yourself over there. Open the door 
once you get to it.

You'll find the source for the Fire Barrier in this room. Hit it and Darunia 
will appear, telling you that the Fire Barrier is dispelled. We'll be brought 
back to the central room, where we'll see the energy for the Fire Barrier 
disappear.

SHADOW BARRIER

We have ANOTHER Silver Rupee puzzle in the first room here. We need the Lens of 
Truth and the Hover Boots for this room.

1) To get the first Silver Rupee, use the Hover Boots to get onto that pillar 
on the right when entering the room. Then, turn on the Lens of Truth and you 
should find an invisible moving platform. Get onto it and get the Silver Rupee 
while riding on the platform.

2) The second Silver Rupee is just nearby, on that pillar with the Bomb Flower 
on it. Float over to that pillar from your floating platform and get the Silver 
Rupee.

3) After getting the last Silver Rupee, get on the invisible moving platform 
and use it to get onto the large island in the middle of the room. On this 
island is a Beamos. Destroy the Beamos and you'll find the Silver Rupee 
underneath where it was sitting.

4) On this island, you should see a torch barely sticking out from the ground. 
Light up the torch with a Fire Arrow or Din's Fire. This will create clear 
blocks, allowing you to get across the gap onto the next island. Quickly get 
rid of the two Beamos on this island. Now, turn on the Lens of Truth and you'll 
find a hidden walkway leading to the pillar where a Beamos is on. Carefully 
walk across this walkway. Throw a Bomb at the Beamos to destroy it, and then 
get the Silver Rupee from the pillar.

5) After getting the last Silver Rupee, head back to the island. Now, look back 
at the central island. Look down and you should see an eye switch below you. 
Shoot the eye switch with an arrow. This will make a mini-chest appear on the 
island that you are on. Open it to get a Small Key. Now, turn around. Turn the 
Lens of Truth on and you'll find another hidden walkway. Get your Hover Boots 
on and walk slowly. You'll eventually get to a gap with a guillotine. Use the 
Hover Boots to get across the gap and avoid the guillotine. You should also 
grab the last Silver Rupee in the process.

Getting all of the Silver Rupees will unlock the door at the end of the room. 
Carefully get to it and open it. In here, use a Light Arrow to destroy the 
source for the Shadow Barrier. Impa will appear and tell you that the Shadow 
Barrier has been destroyed. She'll bring you back to the central room, where 
the Shadow Barrier will fade away.

LIGHT BARRIER

Like in original mode, we need the Golden Gauntlets to access the Light Barrier 
rooms. There is a large stone pillar blocking the entrance. Pick it up and Link 
will throw it backwards. Now, head inside. Also, before doing this room, make 
sure you have at least two Small Keys.

The first room is a simple matter of defeat the enemies. Just defeat the 
Dinolfos and the two Torch Slugs and the door to the next room will unlock, so 
open it.

In this room, you need a Small Key. There is a Triforce Mark in front of the 
door, but playing Zelda's Lullaby on it will only make a mini-chest with a 
Heart in it appear. Unlock and open the door using the Small Key.

You can't really go around the perimeter of the room, because of the boulder 
and the firewalls. First off, use the Longshot to latch onto that target on the 
ceiling. Then, get rid of the Beamos quickly. Now, jump to the door on the 
other side of the room. Unlock it and open it with a Small Key.

In this room, defeat the Skullwalltula. Now, if you use the Lens of Truth, 
you'll find a hidden opening in the wall across from you. However, the opening 
is blocked off by a clear block. Now, notice the two yellow flames in this 
room. If you look inside one of them, you'll see a glass switch. Hit the switch 
with your sword to activate it. This will remove the clear block, so head 
through the hidden opening. Now you'll find the source of the Light Barrier. 
Destroy it with the Light Arrow and Rauru will appear. He'll tell you that the 
Light Barrier has been dispelled and will bring you back to the central room.

-------------- 
Ganon's Tower
-------------- 

With all of the barriers gone, we can now access Ganon's Tower. There is 
nothing changed about it in Master Quest, so head on up the stairs and good 
luck with Ganondorf! You must save Hyrule!

=========
6. Items
=========

---------------
Equipment Gear
---------------

Kokiri Tunic: This is the default, green outfit that Link wears in the game. It 
is available from the start of the game and fits both child and adult Link. 
There are no special effects when wearing this tunic.

Goron Tunic: This is a red tunic that can only be worn by adult Link. When 
worn, it will protect Link from excessive heat, such as in the Death Mountain 
Crater of the Fire Temple.

Zora Tunic: This is a blue tunic that can only be worn by adult Link. When 
worn, Link will be able to move around underwater with the Iron Boots without 
drowning. This is useful for areas like the Water Temple, where walking 
underwater is required.

Kokiri Sword: Found at the beginning of the game, this is the only sword that 
child Link is able to use. It is a very small and weak sword, and you will 
notice that when you fight some of the same enemies as adult Link that child 
Link fought. This sword can be used with a shield.

Master Sword: A centerpiece of the game's storyline is the Master Sword, which 
its possession is required to enter the Sacred Realm. Given its size, young 
Link cannot use this sword, only adult Link can. It is obviously a much more 
powerful sword than the Kokiri Sword, and it is used to destroy evil like 
Ganondorf. Since adult Link can hold this sword with one hand, he can also have 
a shield drawn out at the same time.

Biggoron's Sword: My favorite sword of the three. This is an incredibly 
powerful sword (twice as powerful as the Master Sword, in fact) that can kill 
just about any non-boss enemy in one hit. Not only that, it makes killing most 
bosses much easier and many of them will only go down in a matter of hits with 
this sword. The only drawback to equipping this sword is that adult Link must 
hold onto the sword with two hands, meaning that a shield cannot be used to 
defend yourself when this sword is drawn out. If you try to defend yourself 
with a shield with this sword equipped, Link will either duck down, or if he is 
L-Targeting an enemy, will try to defend with his sword (which doesn't actually 
do much).

Kokiri Shield: This is a shield found at the very beginning of the game. 
Because it is a very small shield, it can only be used by child Link. It can be 
found at the Kokiri Forest store for 40 rupees. It is a good shield that can 
allow child Link to defend himself against many attacks. One drawback to this 
shield is that it is made of wood, so it is a flammable shield. That means if 
you get hit directly by fire, such as from a Fire Keese, this shield will burn 
off, so it is recommended not to wear this shield in areas like Dodongo's 
Cavern.

Hylian Shield: Because of its size, this is basically the default shield for 
adult Link. It can be found at the Bazaar in the Hyrule Market (or Kakariko 
Village) for 80 rupees. Even though it is a large shield, it can also be worn 
by child Link. However, because of its size, child Link cannot properly defend 
himself with this shield. Instead, he will crouch down and keep the shield on 
his back (which is actually useful to defending some attacks, like King 
Dodongo).

Mirror Shield: Found near the end of the game, the Mirror Shield is the only 
shield to have any special effects. It can be used to deflect sunlight and 
magic attacks, mostly in the Spirit Temple. Due to its size, this shield can 
only be worn by adult Link. Other than that, it functions just like the Hylian 
Shield. And because there is only one shield of this kind, it cannot be eaten 
by a Like Like.

------------------
Items (Child Link)
------------------

Deku Stick: This item can only be used as young Link. These sticks can be used 
as a weapon to attack enemies. But since they are sticks, they break when 
attacking an enemy. You can initially hold up to 10 of these sticks, but 
through upgrades, you can eventually carry as much as 30. The major use of this 
item is for lighting torches. You can use a Deku Stick to carry fire to light 
an unlit torch, or to burn down something like a web. You will lose the stick 
if it burns for too long, but you can retain the stick by putting it away in 
time.

Slingshot: As child Link, this will be one of your most frequently used 
weapons. It is found early on in the game. The Slingshot uses Deku Seeds for 
ammunition. At first, you can hold up to 30 seeds for your slingshots, but you 
can get up to 50 through upgrades. This weapon can be used to attack enemies, 
hit switches, and even collapse ladders. To use this weapon, press whichever 
button you assigned the Slingshot to. Afterwards, press the same button to fire 
a seed. If you want to aim and "ready" your Slingshot, hold down the button 
assigned to your Slingshot. Then, when the target comes into view, release the 
button to fire the seed.

Boomerang: This weapon is another very important weapon to child Link. Most of 
the enemies you can attack with this weapon will end up being stunned, rather 
than killed. Afterwards, you can finish them off with another weapon. The 
Boomerang is also a very useful weapon outside of battle, where it can be used 
to bring back distant objects to you. The most notable example of this is using 
the Boomerang to bring back defeated Gold Skulltulas that you otherwise cannot 
reach (for example, Skulltulas that are up high on a wall).

Magic Beans: There are only 10 of these in the entire game, and can only be 
brought from one person. The first Magic Bean you buy will cost 10 Rupees, and 
then each subsequent Magic Bean purchase will cost an additional 10 Rupees (so 
20 Rupees for the second Magic Bean, 30 for the third, etc). To use these Magic 
Beans, you must plant them in soft soil patches located around Hyrule, where 
you will see a little sprout emerge from the soft soil. After planting the 
Magic Beans, there isn't much you can do with child Link. But as adult Link, 
these sprouts will have turned fully into magical leaves. You can ride these 
magical leaves around the area, often giving you access to areas that you could 
not normally get to as child Link. 

---------------------------------
Items (can be used by both Links)
---------------------------------

Deku Nut: Depending on how skill you are as a player in this game, this may 
likely be your least used item. It can be used for both young and adult Link. 
Its main use is that you can use them to create a brief flash and stun any 
nearby enemies, so that they are paralyzed and cannot attack you. I have never 
really used this item, with probably the only exception being at the beginning 
of Master Quest, where you can stun some enemies so that they don't attack you 
(remember, damage is doubled in Master Quest, and with 3 hearts, you can die 
very quickly at the beginning of the game). At the beginning of the game, you 
can hold up to 20 Deku Nuts, but through upgrades, you can increase your 
capacity to 40.

Bombs: As you can use these items with both child and adult Link, it is an item 
you will be using constantly throughout the game. Bombs can be used to attack 
enemies, blow up certain walls, and even activate switches remotely. To use a 
Bomb, press the button that you assigned the Bomb to. Afterwards, you can 
simply drop the bomb onto the ground below you by pressing the assigned button 
for the Bomb again, or you can throw the bomb by pressing the button you 
assigned to the Bomb while running. Just be careful not to be around the bomb 
when it goes off, as you'll take damage. When you first acquire the Bombs, they 
will be in a small Bomb Bag that can hold up to 20 Bombs, but through upgrades, 
you can hold as many 40 Bombs.

Bombchu: This item is a mouse-shaped bomb. Unlike the Bomb, the Bombchu can be 
released onto the ground where it will then move on its own. It also has the 
ability to move up walls and ceilings, allowing you to reach objects that you 
may not have otherwise been able to reach with just a Bomb. There are some 
objects in the game that require being activated by a Bombchu. If you L-Target 
these objects, Link will aim the Bombchu at the object and the Bombchu will 
automatically explode when it gets to the target. Just be careful, when using a 
Bombchu to get to an object on a wall or ceiling that Link is properly angled 
and in a good position, otherwise the Bombchu may go off into a different 
direction when it climbs off the wall. To use this item, simply press the 
button assigned to the Bombchu to pull one out, and then press the button again 
to release the Bombchu onto the ground. After the Bombchu is released, you can 
also L-Target it to follow its movements. You can hold up to 50 Bombchus from 
the start, and no upgrades are needed or available for the Bombchus.

Lens of Truth: Well, just about anyone in the game will tell you that this is 
the "eye of truth". Anyhow, this item is used to reveal invisible objects. 
These objects include enemies, obstacles, treasure chests, floors, and walls. 
When used, a circle will be formed behind Link, and anything invisible within 
that circle will be revealed. There are two locations in the game where this 
will be heavily used (The Bottom of the Well and the Shadow Temple), but it is 
used a few times outside those areas. Be noted that using the Lens of Truth 
also uses up magic power, so keep a close eye on the magic meter when using 
this item.

Empty Bottle: There are four of these bottles in the entire game. You can store 
certain objects in these bottles for use at a later time. Here are all of the 
objects that you can store inside a bottle:

      -Red Potion: Drinking a Red Potion will completely restore all of Link's 
      hearts. You can only drink this once before needing to refill it. Found 
      in Goron's Shop and the Magic Shop.

      -Green Potion: Similar to the Red Potion, but instead, drinking this 
      potion will completely restore Link's Magic Meter. You can only drink 
      this once before needing to refill it. Found in the Magic Shop.

      -Blue Potion: This is essentially a Red and Green Potion combined, as  
      drinking this will completely restore all of Link's hearts and his Magic 
      Meter. Can be found in the old hag's Potion Shop in the back of Kakariko 
      Village.

      -Lon Lon Milk: You can drink the Lon Lon Milk twice before needing to 
      refill the bottle. Having one drink of this milk will restore five of 
      Link's hearts (which means by drinking it twice, you can restore up to 10 
      hearts). This becomes a little less useful later in the game, as Link 
      will have more hearts and using this item will only restore a smaller 
      percentage of Link's health. You can buy this milk off of Talon or you 
      can play Epona's Song in front of a cow to get this milk for free.

      -Fairy: It's always good to have one or two of these around, in the event 
      that something unexpected happens. A fairy will automatically revive Link 
      to full health if he dies. In addition, you can use the Fairy at any time 
      to restore 8 hearts with Link. The best way to find these are in fairy 
      fountains, where you will find several of these fairies, where you can 
      then use a bottle to capture one. You can also find this in select jars, 
      such as in the Water Temple. Also, if you find a Fairy wandering around, 
      you can run into it and it will restore your health by 8 hearts right 
      there.

      -Poe: A Poe is a ghost in this game. They are most common in the 
      Graveyard behind Kakariko village. If you fight a Poe and defeat it, you 
      can capture it in a bottle. You can then use the Poe on yourself, where 
      it will either restore a partial amount of your health or take damage. 
      Because of the unpredictability of these items and the fact that there 
      are better ways to heal yourself, it's not really worth capturing a Poe.

      -Bugs: The bugs in this game only serve one real purpose. Dumping the 
      bugs out from the bottle will cause three little bugs to be released. If 
      you dump the capture bugs into a patch of soft sand, they will go into 
      the soft sand and form a Gold Skulltula. Otherwise, you can sell bugs to 
      a person that likes collecting bottled objects. Apart from the Potion 
      Shop, you can find these under certain patches of grass and under certain 
      rocks, and you can capture them there (it's free, too!). Now, in the 
      Nintendo 64 version, when you release the bugs (remember, they're 
      released in groups of 3), you could always re-capture one of the bugs to 
      refill your bottle, so that you could use it on another soft sand patch 
      (and you wouldn't need to go back to whatever location you got your bugs 
      at). You can't recapture a released bug in the 3DS version. Crap.

      -Fish: Like the bugs, the fish only serve one purpose. A fish is required 
      to enter Lord Jabu-Jabu in Zora's Fountain (you only need to use it 
      once, though), where all you do is dump the fish in front of Jabu-Jabu. 
      Outside of that, you can also sell it to the person that collects bottled 
      objects. Aside from buying a super expensive fish at the Potion Shop, you 
      can find these in shallow water (for free), where you can use a bottle to 
      capture one.

      -Blue Fire: The Blue Fire is only really used in one location, which is 
      the Ice Cavern. It is used to melt away ice that is blocking an entrance. 
      It can also be used to get to frozen items that are surrounded by ice.  
      There are one of two ways to get a Blue Fire, the first is buying it from 
      the Potion Shop (again, very expensive), and the other is to collect blue 
      fire from the Ice Cavern for free.

Din's Fire: This is an item that is given to you by a Great Fairy. Din's Fire's 
major purpose in the game is to light up torches (it is excellent for lighting 
up large groups of torches too). It can also be used to attack enemies, given 
that Din's Fire uses a decent amount of magic every time you use it (magic is 
required to use this item), it's better off using other weapons to attack 
enemies.

Farore's Wind: Another item that is given to you by a Great Fairy. Farore's 
Wind can only be used in dungeons (or more specifically, areas with a Dungeon 
Map). Just like Din's Fire, magic is required to use Farore's Wind. When you 
use this item, a warp point is created somewhere in the room (the locations are 
fixed and pre-determined; you can't create the warp point on any exact 
location). Now, at any time (while in the same dungeon where you cast the warp 
point, that is), you can use Farore's Wind to return to that warp point. You 
can also use Farore's Wind to dispel the warp point and get rid of it, in the 
event that you don't need it. This is useful if you are progressing through a 
dungeon and want to stop playing. You can then create a warp point in the room 
that you stop in so that when you decide to start playing again, you can return 
to that warp point and save a lot of time. It is also a useful item in the 
event you want to create a warp point in a certain room and want to eventually 
return to that room instantly (and eliminates the need for backtracking).

Nayru's Love: The third item that you get from a Great Fairy. This item, when 
used, will create a barrier around Link that will make him temporarily 
invincible. While invincible, any attacks on Link will not lower his health. 
However, attacks can still cause Link to "flinch", as in, if you are aiming a 
weapon while being protected by Nayru's Love and you get hit, Link will stop 
aiming his weapon. Also, attacks that can knock Link down to the ground for 
example, will still do so (even if Link doesn't take any actually damage). This 
item is useful for dealing with enemies that are incredibly powerful, such as 
Iron Knuckles and even the final boss. Just like Din's Fire and Farore's Wind, 
using this item requires magic power.

-------------------
Items (Adult Link)
-------------------

Hookshot: The Hookshot is one of the very first items you get upon becoming 
adult Link. It is a spring-like item that shoots a chain that you can use to 
latch onto objects, and carry Link to the location that you use your Hookshot 
on. Items that Link can latch onto are mainly wooden, such as crates and 
treasure chests. There are also designated targets for the Hookshot which are 
gray and white, that you can use to transport Link to. When aiming the 
Hookshot, a red dot will be shown if the target you are trying to reach is in 
range. If the red dot is aiming at a target that the Hookshot's chain can latch 
onto, a small ring will surround the red dot. In addition to allowing Link to 
latch onto an object and transfer him from one area to another, the Hookshot is 
also a good weapon for attack enemies. Most enemies will be killed in one hit 
by the Hookshot, while others will be briefly stunned. This item can also be 
used to grab distant objects and bring them back to you, such as Gold 
Skultullas (ones on the wall that Link cannot reach by himself, especially). To 
use this item, press the button assigned to the Hookshot to wield it, and then 
press the button again to fire the chain.

Longshot: This item is just like the Hookshot, except the only difference is 
that its range is twice as long as the Hookshot, and can latch Link onto even 
further objects.

Megaton Hammer: The Megaton Hammer is a very heavy hammer. The two major uses 
for this item are that it can be used to activate very rusty switches that Link 
otherwise cannot step on, while it can also be used to smash heavy totem blocks 
to get them out of the way (often revealing something like a switch). There are 
also certain large rocks across the game that can only be destroyed by the 
Megaton Hammer (these are the dark red/brown rocks). This hammer can also be 
used for attacking enemies, but I generally don't use it to do so. Because the 
Megaton Hammer is very heavy, Link swings this hammer and attacks at a slower 
speed than with his other weapons. And being a hammer, it is not useful against 
aerial enemies. To use this item, just assign it to one of your buttons. 
Pressing the assigned button once will have Link equip the Megaton Hammer, and 
then pressing it again will allow Link to swing the hammer.

Fairy Bow: This is basically the equivalent of the Slingshot for adult Link. 
Aside from attacking enemies, this item can also be used to attack certain 
switches. You can use this weapon to fire arrows at enemies from a distance, 
and this item will be used constantly through the game as adult Link. Using 
this item is just like using the Slingshot. Press the button assigned to the 
Fairy Bow to draw this weapon out, and then press the same button again to 
shoot an arrow. Also, instead of instantly pressing the button to shoot the 
arrow, you can hold down the button assigned to the Bow to aim the arrow, and 
then release the button to fire the arrow. The Fairy Bow also comes with three 
special types of arrows that you can collect during the game:

      -Fire Arrow: This is likely going to be your 2nd most used arrow of the 
      game. When used, your arrow becomes fiery and can burn anything on 
      contact. These arrows are particularly useful for lighting up individual 
      torches and spider webs (as adult Link is unable to use Deku Sticks). 
      This is better than using Din's Fire for these small tasks. Just be 
      reminded that using this arrow does use up magic power, so please be 
      accurate and please make your shots count.

      -Ice Arrow: Of the three arrows, this will very likely be your least used 
      arrow. On top of that, getting the Ice Arrow in this game is optional, 
      not mandatory. There are no areas in the game where the use of the Ice 
      Arrow is needed, but it is still a fun weapon to use. Using the Ice Arrow 
      will cause enemies to freeze on contact, where you can then go in and 
      proceed for the kill, unless they are already immediately killed by the 
      Ice Arrow. Like the Fire Arrow, using this uses magic power, so just keep 
      an eye on your magic meter.

      -Light Arrow: The Light Arrow will be your most frequently used arrow. 
      Its light can be used to smite all evil, including the evil Ganondorf. 
      The Light Arrows are required to defeat Ganondorf near the end of the 
      game. In addition, the Light Arrow is also required for bringing down the 
      six barriers that protect the entrance to the tower in Ganon's Castle. On 
      top of that, for an added bonus, any enemy killed with a Light Arrow will 
      give drop a purple Rupee, worth 50 Rupees! So if you're in need of money, 
      just keep that in mind. Like any other magical arrow, this uses magic 
      power.

NOTE: To use any of these special arrows once you have acquired them, go to the 
item inventory screen and search for the Fairy Bow. Touch the Bow with your 
stylus and a tiny arrow inventory will show up on the top left part of the Bow. 
I recommend using your stylus to touch this as it is likely too small for any 
of your fingers to touch on its own. The arrow inventory will magnify once 
touched, and you are able to select any arrow from there.

Iron Boots: One of the differences between the 3DS version of this game and the 
Nintendo 64 version is that the boots were removed from the equipment screen 
and onto the item screen. This makes equipping and de-equipping your special 
boosts much faster and you can do it in real time as well. With the Iron Boots, 
you are able to walk underwater. Just be sure to wear a Zora Tunic when walking 
underwater as Link won't be able to breathe underwater otherwise. The Iron 
Boots are also useful out of water, for example, there are fans in the game 
(mostly the Shadow Temple) that blow air at a high speed and can push Link 
back. With the Iron boots, Link can walk while in front of a running fan. Also, 
be reminded that wearing these boots will make Link heavier, so if he is out of 
water, he won't be able to run (which is actually useful in some 
circumstances). To use these boots, just press the button that you assigned 
these boots to, and then press the button again when you want to de-equip them.

Hover Boots: The Hover Boots allow you run over gaps and in mid-air for a brief 
second or two. While that may sound cool, one of the downsides of the Hover 
Boots is that they do not have any traction, so you will slip and slide quite a 
bit (and it will be harder to control Link). To use the Hover Boots, just press 
the button you assigned the Hover Boots to, and press it again to de-equip 
these boots.

--------------
Dungeon Items
--------------

Dungeon Map: Found in every Dungeon you play in, this will give you a map of 
the entire area, which can be accessed on the map screen. Rooms that you 
haven't explored will not be shaded in blue, and you can use this map to lookup 
any floor of the dungeon you are in.

Compass: Acquiring a compass will add directional arrows onto your mini-map (on 
the bottom left corner of the gameplay screen). The yellow arrow is Link's 
current position, while the red arrow (a static arrow) shows how Link entered 
the room or area that he is in. A compass will also reveal any treasure chests 
on the map, and will also show you which floor the boss of the dungeon is on 
(by putting a skull icon next to the floor).

Boss Key: These are only found in the temples that adult Link goes through, but 
picking up the Boss Key will allow you to get into the room where you fight the 
boss. Easy as that.

Small Key: You were generally find these in dungeons that adult Link travels 
in. A small key will allow you to open a locked door in a dungeon. Just 
remember that despite the fact that all Small Keys look the same, you can only 
use a Small Key in the same dungeon that you acquired it in.

----------------
Permanent Items
----------------

These are items that appear on your "Gear" Items screen. When you pick up these 
items, they will always be in effect and it is not required to equip these 
items.

Shard of Agony: You are able to acquire this item after defeating at least 20 
Gold Skulltulas. Once you have this item, it will go off (by blinking and 
making a sound) whenever you are near a secret area. You can generally find 
these secret areas by using a Bomb or playing the Song of Storms. This item 
will blink at a faster rate when you are closer to where the secret is. This 
item is able to be used by both Links.

Gerudo Token: With this item, you are able to freely explore Geurdo's fortress 
without being caught and imprisoned. It will also allow you to play their 
horseback archery mini-game and explore the Gerudo Training Grounds. You can 
acquire this item after releasing the four carpenter prisoners from the Gerudo 
Fortress. As you can only explore the Gerudo Fortress as adult Link, this item 
is only really useful for adult Link.

Deku Seed Bag: This item is used to hold child Link's Deku Seeds for his 
slingshot. Initially, you can only hold up to 30 seeds in one of these bags, 
but you can hold up to as many as 50 through upgrades.

Bomb Bag: With this item, you are able to carry your own Bombs, instead of 
having to rely on Bomb Flowers. At first, you are able to hold up to 20 Bombs 
in a Bomb Bag, but you can hold up to 40 after upgrades.

Quiver: You get the Quiver once you acquire the Fairy Bow, as it is used to 
store your arrows. At first, you can hold up to 30 arrows, but you can increase 
your capacity up to 50 through upgrades.

Goron's Bracelet: This item gives child Link the strength to pick up and use 
Bomb Flowers, allowing you to get into Dodongo's Cavern. This item becomes less 
useful after you get the Bomb Bag to carry your own Bombs, as the use of Bomb 
Flowers becomes no longer required.

Silver Gauntlets: Once you acquire this item, adult Link will be able to pick 
up large gray rocks (which there aren't too many of), and be able to push large 
gray-colored blocks. As said, it can only be used by adult Link.

Golden Gauntlets: These are an upgrade to the Silver Gauntlets, and again, can 
only be used by adult Link. These allow you to pick up things that the Silver 
Gauntlet couldn't such as some of the large stone pillars inside Ganon's Castle 
(and one outside).

Silver Scale: The Silver Scale allows Link (both child and adult) to dive 
deeper underwater than he could initially. With the Silver Scale, you can dive 
as much as six meters underwater.

Golden Scale: The Golden Scale is an obvious upgrade to the Silver Scale. This 
allows you to dive as much as 9 meters underwater before having to resurface. 
Unlike the Silver Scale though, this is optional, not required, but it does 
make parts of the game easier.

Spiritual Stones: These are the three major stones that you collect as child 
Link at the beginning of the game. They are the Kokiri's Emerald, Goron's Ruby, 
and Zora's Sapphire. Once you have collected these three stones, in addition to 
the Ocarina of Time, you will be able to open the Door of Time and acquire the 
Master Sword.

Medallions: You acquire these Medallions as adult Link. There are six of them 
(Light, Forest, Fire, Water, Shadow, Spirit), and you get one for proof of each 
temple that you've cleared (thus awakening a sage in the process).

------
Masks
------

These masks can only be worn as child Link. Picking up these masks are 
optional, but they allow you to gain some items that you were previously unable 
to. When wearing a mask, you can talk to different people to get different 
reactions on what they think of your mask (not important, but still a bit fun). 
Equipping a mask is as simple as pressing the button that you assigned it to. 
It should also be noted that you can only have one mask in your inventory at 
any given time.

Keaton Mask: This is the first mask that you will be able to get from the Happy 
Mask Shop. It is a fox-like looking mask. Ultimately, you want to give this 
mask to the guard in front of the entrance to Death Mountain. He will give you 
15 Rupees in return (for a mask that costs 10 Rupees).

Skull Mask: You will be able to use this mask after trading in the Keaton Mask. 
Most people will be frightened when you talk to them while wearing this mask. 
This mask has two major purposes. One is that you can go to an area in the Lost 
Woods, called the Forest Stage. In here, you can show your Skull Mask to the 
Deku Scrubs, who will in return reward you by upgrading the capacity of your 
Deku Sticks. Also, you can give this mask to the skull kid in the Lost Woods 
(when entering, go into the room to the left). He will only give you 10 Rupees 
to pay for a mask that costs 20 Rupees.

Spooky Mask: Like the Skull Mask, most people will be super scared when you 
talk to them while wearing this mask. Its face is similar to that of a Re-Dead. 
The only major use of this mask is to give it to the little kid walking around 
the graveyard during the daytime, as he wants to wear the mask to look like 
Dampe, the Gravedigger. This mask costs 30 Rupees, but the kid will give you 30 
Rupees to pay for it after giving this mask to him! 

Bunny Hood: This is the fourth and final mask that you have to find someone to 
give it to. Most people will love the Bunny Hood when talking to them. The 
person who will buy this mask off of you will be found running around Hyrule 
Field, so he can be a little difficult to find. When he is running, you will be 
unable to talk to him, so you need to keep following him until he sits down. 
Afterwards, you can let him buy the mask off of you, but when he buys it, he 
will max out your wallet! Because he will fill your wallet to maximum capacity, 
it's best to have him buy the mask when you have the Giant's Wallet, so that he 
will fill your wallet up to 500 Rupees. And remember, all of this is for a mask 
that only costs 50 Rupees. In addition, wearing the Bunny Hood will also 
prevent Stalchilds out in Hyrule Field from attacking you at night.

Mask of Truth: This mask can be obtained after selling the previous four masks. 
The most unique feature about this mask is that it is able to read those gossip 
stones (whose face is similar to that of the Mask of Truth), and these gossip 
stones can give you hints or information about things in the game you may 
otherwise not be able to find out otherwise. In addition, if you go down to the 
Frest Stage in the Lost Woods, you can present this mask to the Deku Scrubs to 
get an uprade for your Deku Nut capacity.

Goron, Zora, and Gerudo Mask: These masks become available at any time once you 
have obtained the Mask of Truth. There are nothing special about these masks, 
other than the reactions you may get from people when talking to them with 
these masks equipped.

-------
Rupees
-------

Rupees are the currency of this game. Depending on what the size of your wallet 
is, you can hold up to 99, 200, or 500 rupees. Each colored Rupee carries a 
different Rupee value.

Green Rupee: Very common Rupee, can be found by defeating several enemies, 
cutting grass, throwing rocks, and so on. A Green Rupee is worth 1 Rupee.

Blue Rupee: A fairly common Rupee, can be found by defeating certain enemies, 
cutting grass, throwing rocks, and so on. A Blue Rupee is worth 5 Rupees.

Red Rupee: The Red Rupee is a more uncommon Rupee. These Rupees are mostly 
found in certain treasure chests or by defeating stronger enemies. This Rupee 
is worth 20 Rupees.

Purple Rupee: This is also another uncommon Rupee. This Rupee can be found by 
beating mini-games that you have already completed in the past. You can also 
find this Rupee in certain treasure chests, from the singing frogs in Zora's 
River, or even by defeating an enemy with a Light Arrow. This Rupee is worth 50 
Rupees.

Yellow Rupee: An incredibly rare Rupee, this is only found in a few treasure 
chests that are very secret. You can also pick up a Yellow Rupee at any time 
from the House of Skulltulas in Kakariko Village, after collecting all 100 Gold 
Skulltulas. This Rupee will give you 200 Rupees!

--------------
Item Upgrades
--------------

Deku Stick Upgrade #1: One of the upgrade locations for your Deku Stuck 
capacity is at the beginning of the game. At the start of the Lost Woods, take 
the left entrance and then go into the only entrance in the Skull Kid area. In 
this area, climb down the ladder, run underneath the bridge and you will find a 
Deku Scrub on the other side of the area. Use your shield to bounce his Deku 
Nut back at him to defeat him. After defeating him, he can upgrade your Deku 
Stick carrying capacity for 40 Rupees.

Deku Stick Upgrade #2: This upgrade requires the Skull Mask. From the beginning 
of the Lost Woods, go right, then left, right, left, left. You should come to a 
very grassy area with three Deku Scrubs. Go to the tall grass in the back of 
this area. You should notice a group of butterflies. Near these butterflies is 
a hole, so try to find it and fall in it. You will come across the Forest 
Stage. Equip your Skull Mask and walk forward to activate the Deku Scrubs. They 
will get excited to see the mask as they believe you look like their totem 
leader. Afterwards, they will reward you with a capacity upgrade for your Deku 
Sticks.

Deku Nut Upgrade #1: This upgrade requires the Bombs. From the start of the 
Lost Woods, go right, left, right, left, straight, left. In this area is a 
yellow boulder. Blow up with boulder with a Bomb to reveal a secret hole. Jump 
down into this hole to find an underground area. One of the Deku Scrubs in this 
area will reward you with a Deku Nut capacity upgrade for 30 Rupees after being 
defeated.

Deku Nut Upgrade #2: This upgrade requires the Mask of Truth. From the 
beginning of the Lost Woods, go right, then left, right, left, left. You should 
come to a very grassy area with three Deku Scrubs. Go to the tall grass in the 
back of this area. You should notice a group of butterflies. Near these 
butterflies is a hole, so try to find it and fall in it. You will come across 
the Forest Stage. Equip your Mask of Truth and then walk forward to the front 
of the "stage" to activate the Deku Scrubs here. They will turn over to their 
master, who will say that the Deku Scrubs thing the mask if very ugly, but you 
will be rewarded with a Deku Nut upgrade for free anyways!

Deku Seed Bag Upgrade #1: After acquiring the Slingshot, go into the Lost 
Woods. Go right from the start and you will be in an area with a target across 
from you. Hit the bulls-eye on this target three straight times (100 points 
each), and a Deku Scrub will reward you with a bigger Deku Seed Bag. Once you 
hit the bulls-eye once, it becomes easier, as all you need to do is shoot your 
Slingshot two more times in the same location without even moving it.

Deku Seed Bag Upgrade #2: There is a shooting gallery mini-game in the Hyrule 
Market, which can only be accessed during the day. This mini-game costs 20 
Rupees to play. This game involves hitting moving targets (which are Rupees) 
with your Slingshot. If you are able to hit all ten Rupees (you have 15 shots 
to do so), you will be rewarded with an upgrade to your Deku Seed Bag. If you 
hit at least eight targets, you get to retry for free.

Bomb Bag Upgrade #1: After picking up the Bombs, go back to Goron City. There 
is a large Goron rolling around on one of the levels. There is also a "cave" on 
the floor he rolls on. If you use a Bomb to stop this large Goron inside that 
"cave" (where the sign is), you will be rewarded with a bigger Bomb Bag.

Bomb Bag Upgrade #2: After acquiring the Bombs, one of the available (random) 
prizes in the Bombchu Bowling Alley (located in the Hyrule Market), will be a 
bigger Bomb Bag. If you beat this mini-game when this prize is the available 
prize, you will win it. This mini-game requires that you release a Bombchu into 
a target in the back of the alley three times, with each time becoming more 
difficult.

Quiver Upgrade #1: After acquiring the Bow, go to the Shooting Gallery in 
Kakariko Village (this is its location as adult Link). Just like Child Link, 
playing this mini-game costs 20 Rupees and you need to hit all 10 Rupee targets 
to win this prize. The difference with this mini-game as adult Link is that the 
Rupees do not appear in a set order, instead, it is more random, making it a 
tad more difficult. If you fail to beat this mini-game but hit at least eight 
targets, you can try again for free. Once you beat this mini-game, you will be 
rewarded with a Quiver upgrade. Be reminded that you need the Fairy Bow in your 
inventory in order to receive this upgrade. You can play this mini-game without 
a Fairy Bow (the person supplies one to you), but you can only get 50 Rupees as 
a prize in that event.

Quiver Upgrade #2: This upgrade requires Epona, the Fairy Bow, and the Gerudo 
Token. Once you have the Gerudo Token, you can play a horseback archery mini-
game for 20 rupees. The first time you play this mini-game, you will be 
required to set a score of at least 1000 points (in which you will be rewarded 
with a Piece of Heart). Afterwards, you will need to set a score of at least 
1500 points to get this Quiver Upgrade. This mini-game involves hitting targets 
with your Bow while riding on Epona. There are seven jars that you can hit 
worth 100 points each, and there are large targets across the place (where 
hitting them rewards you either 30, 60, or 100 points, depending on where you 
hit these targets). Be reminded that you only have 15 arrows to shoot in this 
mini-game, so make your shots count. This is a tough mini-game, but you should 
be able to get used to it after a few rounds of practice. Beating the high 
score of 1500 points will give you this Quiver.

Adult Wallet: After collecting at least 10 Gold Skulltulas, go to the House of 
Skulltulas. You will find a man free from the "spider's curse" who will give 
you the Adult Wallet as a reward for saving him. This will upgrade your maximum 
Rupee capacity from 99 to 200 Rupees.

Giant's Wallet: After collecting at least 30 Gold Skulltulas, go to the House 
of Skulltulas. You will find a man in the back of the room free from the 
"spider's curse" who will give you the Giant's Wallet as a reward from saving 
him. This will upgrade your Rupee Capacity from 200 to 500 Rupees!

===========
7. Enemies
===========

Anubis: This enemy is made up of wood and only found in the Spirit Temple. It 
can be defeated only by using fire attacks on it, which means that you can use 
Din's Fire (if you are Child Link) or a Fire Arrow (as adult Link). If you 
don't have any magic to use either of those items, the rooms in which you fight 
these enemies in will have fire traps, which you can use to lure the Anubis 
into it to kill it. If you try to attack this enemy with your sword, it will 
attack back by shooting fire at you. Just be aware that when you move, the 
Anubis will move in the opposite direction, so for example, if you move towards 
it, the Anubis will back away.

Armos: The Armos is a statue-like enemy that is mostly found in Dodongo's 
Cavern. Some of these statues won't actually attack you, but some of them will 
"attack" you (by generally hopping around in your direction). The Armos that 
attack you can generally be activated by hitting them with something like your 
sword. They are a pretty tough enemy to kill, and they can be killed with 
either Bombs or Arrows. If you attack it with a Bomb before it awakens, you can 
kill it that way too.

Baby Dodongo: Despite being just babies, they are fairly annoying enemies. 
Located in Dodongo's Cavern, they will burrow up from underground and go and 
attack Link. They attack Link by leaping up and jumping into him. Once you 
defeat these enemies (they can be defeated with a sword), they will explode, 
which is also another way of damaging Link, so watch out, these are pretty 
dangerous creatures.

Bari: This is a jellyfish-like enemy found largely inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly 
(they can be found in the Gerudo Training Ground on Master Quest). As child 
Link, the only way to can defeat these enemies is with your Boomerang. They can 
be defeated with Arrows as adult Link. When defeated, they will split up into 
even smaller jellyfish-like enemies, called Biri. Try not to fight these 
enemies close up as you will be electrocuted upon contact.

Beamos: This enemy is largely found in dungeons. They are a metallic statue-
like enemy with a rotating eye on the top of its body. If its eye sees you, it 
will fire out a constant laser beam until you are out of its sight. The laser 
is pretty harmful too, as getting hit from it removes one full heart. The 
Beamos doesn't really like smoke, so the best way to defeat it is to throw a 
bomb towards its eye. This is a stationary enemy, so it is fairly easy to 
target.

Big Deku Baba: Originally only found in adult Link's quest, these make an 
appearance in child Link's game during Master Quest (inside the Great Deku 
Tree). As adult Link, they are found in Kokiri Forest and will remain there 
until the Forest Temple is finished. This enemy is a plant-like enemy that will 
attack by coming down and trying to bite Link. Given how large of an enemy this 
is, when fighting it up close it is pretty easy to take a hit, but it's nothing 
a few sword attacks can take care of.

Big Poe: There are ten of these enemies in the entire game. Big Poes can only 
be found in Hyrule Field, when riding on Epona as Adult Link. These enemies 
will also pop up in specific parts of Hyrule Field. They do not attack you, but 
when encountered, they will drift away and eventually disappear, unless you 
kill them. The only way to kill a Big Poe is to use the Fairy Bow and hit it 
twice. When defeated, you can collect the Big Poe in an Empty Bottle, and sell 
it at the Ghost Shop for 50 Rupees, along with getting 100 points on your 
"point card".

Big Skulltula: These are large spider-like enemies and are common in dungeons 
in the Kokiri Forest, like the Great Deku Tree and the Forest Temple. They hang 
out near ceilings and drop to the ground when you go near them. They will not 
attack you directly, but they will do spin attack and knock you backwards if 
you get very close to them. As child Link, you need to be very patient in 
attacking these enemies. If you try to attack them, the Big Skulltula will just 
dodge the attack. When these enemy drops to the ground, wait a couple of 
seconds and the Big Skulltula will show you its back. This is the chance to 
attack it with your sword or your Slingshot. However, as adult Link, no 
patience is needed, as you can attack this enemy with a Hookshot or a Longshot 
to instantly defeat it.

Biri: This enemy is found as child Link within Jabu Jabu's Belly. When 
defeating a Bari, it will split up into three Biri. You will be electrocuted if 
you touch these enemies, and the best way to deal with them is the Boomerang.

Blue Tektite: A Blue Tektite is largely found in the water areas of Zelda, like 
Lake Hylia and the Water Temple. These are spider-like enemies and move around 
by jumping up and down. They attack Link by leaping at him. This enemy can be 
defeated with two hits from a sword (or one hit from BigGoron's Sword), or you 
can attack these enemies from a distance with a weapon like the Fairy Bow.

Bubble: A Bubble is a floating skull head that is surrounded by a flame. You 
can get rid of the flame by hitting the enemy with your shield. When its flame 
is gone, it will be vulnerable, and you can use a weapon like your sword to 
finish this enemy off. These enemies will not attack you directly, and 
generally won't be in your way, so they are mostly harmless. The flame that 
surrounds these enemies can come in green, red, or blue. There are also "White 
Bubbles", which do not have any flames, and can be easily defeated. Blue 
Bubbles are found in the Forest Temple, Red Bubbles can be found in the Fire 
Temple, Green Bubbles are seen in the Bottom of the Well, and White Bubbles are 
found in the Spirit Temple.

Club Moblin: Only one of these enemies exists in the entire game. It can be 
found in the Sacred Forest Meadow as Adult Link. This is a very tall enemy with 
a gargoyle-liked face. When the Club Moblin spots you, it will attack you. The 
Club Moblin will stand in one place and not move. However, it will slam its 
club to the ground, creating a brown, dirt-like shockwave. You will be blown 
down to the ground if you are hit by a shockwave. The best way to dodge the 
shockwave is to move from side to side, going in a left to right, right to 
left, etc. pattern. You can attack these enemies from a distance, using an item 
like the Hookshot or the Fairy Bow, or if needed, you can use your sword up 
close to defeat these enemies. This enemy cannot turn around when encountered, 
so if possible, get behind it and defeat it from there. You will be rewarded 
with a good amount of Rupees.

Deku Baba: The Deku Baba is a plant-like enemy, commonly found within the 
forest areas of the game, like the Lost Woods and the Great Deku Tree. As they 
are plants, they cannot move and can only stay in their original location. This 
enemy attacks you by lunging directly at you. If you attack it, it will be 
stunned for a brief moment, standing upright. You can then hit it again to 
defeat it. If you defeat a Deku Baba when it is standing upright, it will spawn 
a Deku Stick. If not, you will get a Deku Nut.

Deku Scrub: These are enemies that you are required to beat in the Great Deku 
Tree. They are shrub-like creatures that spit Deku Nuts at you when you go near 
them. You can defeat these enemies by using your shield to deflect the Deku 
Nuts back at them. If the Deku Nut hits them, it will jump out of the hole it 
is hiding on and run around. During this time, if you walk up to the Deku Scrub 
and get close enough to it, it will talk to you, and give you a hint on how to 
navigate through the Great Deku Tree.

Dinolfos: This is a tall, lizard-like enemy found toward the end of the game. 
They will mainly attack you with their sword. Defeating these enemies shouldn't 
be too much of a problem, as it should only take a few hits of your sword to 
get rid of them. Defending yourself from the enemies is also simple, as you can 
just raise up your shield when they are about to attack and it should block the 
attack.

Dodongo: A Dodongo is an enemy found within the Dodongo's Cavern. They are 
lizard-like enemies who walk on wall four of their legs. They attack you by 
breathing fire at you. Their fire breath takes a while to charge up, so you can 
easily get out of the way before being hit. There are two different ways to 
defeat this enemy. They are vulnerable to explosions, so throwing a Bomb at 
them will defeat them. You can also strike them in the tail. Just watch out as 
they will explode when they are about to be defeated.

Fire Keese: A Fire Keese behaves like a Keese, with the only difference being 
that these ones are on fire. They can only attack you by diving right into you. 
You need to be very careful of these enemies as Young Ling, as if they come 
into contact with you while you are wearing your Kokiri Shield, your shield 
will burn off and you will have to get another one somewhere. The Fire Keese 
will lose its fire and become a normal Keese when it comes into contact with 
you. It only takes one hit to defeat this enemy. You can use your sword at 
close combat or an item like the Fairy Bow or the Slingshot at long-range.

Floormaster: This enemy is found in dungeons. It is in the shave of a large 
hand. It will attack you by levitating and charging at you. You cannot attack 
these enemies when they turn green. When attacked, they will split up into 
three little hands. You must defeat all three of these hands (one hit each) or 
else they will regenerate back into a bigger Floormaster.

Freezard: A statue-like ice enemy that is largely found in the Ice Cavern. 
These enemies attack by blowing ice at you, which can freeze you for a couple 
of seconds if it hits you. Freezards can also become invisible for a few 
seconds, so you will be unable to attack them. When this happens, just keep an 
eye out for them and try not to lose sight of them. They can be defeated with a 
couple of hits from your sword. Alternatively, you can use an item like Din's 
Fire or a Fire Arrow, given ice's weakness to fire. You can also use your 
Hookshot to get to these enemies, but this is dangerous, as it will put you up 
close with the Freezard and it will have a free shot at you.

Gibdo: A Gibdo is a mummy-like enemy that is similar to a ReDead. When you 
approach a Gibdo, it will shriek several times, causing you to stop in your 
tracks. This will allow the Gibdo to walk up on you. It attacks you by latching 
onto you and gradually draining you of your health until you break free. The 
only way to break free is to just mash all of the buttons as fast as you 
possibly can. There is a trick to defeating these enemies. Before approaching 
them, play the Sun's Song and they will freeze. You can then easily defeat them 
with a couple swipes of your sword. If you don't need to fight these, just 
freeze them with the Sun's Song and avoid them.

Gohma Larva: These enemies hatch from eggs found inside the Great Deku Tree. If 
you see an egg, you can destroy the egg and prevent this enemy from hatching. 
This is a spider-like enemy that has a giant eye. Notice the eye when fighting 
this enemy, as it will attack you when the eye is red. It should only take two 
hits of your sword to defeat this enemy.

Green Bubble: This is a skull-head enemy that floats around dungeons. It is 
surrounded by a green fire, so coming into contact with it will hurt you. The 
green fire also prevents you from damaging it. You can get rid of the fire by 
running into this enemy with your shield, and then you can finish it off by 
attacking with your sword. These enemies don't really bother you, and it's 
usually a waste of time to fight them, so just run around them if you come 
across one.

Guay: This is a purple crow-like enemy. They are found in Lake Hylia, the 
Desert Colossus, and the Lon Lon Ranch during the night. They will eventually 
close in on you, and attack you by simply diving into you. It's generally best 
to avoid these enemies, but they can be very annoying in some parts of the 
area, like trying to climb up the ladder to get to the top of the laboratory in 
Lake Hylia (where you could get knocked off it hit by them). If you need to 
fight these enemies, you can just wait until they come close up and then you 
can attack them with your sword.

Ice Keese: Similar to a Keese, except this time, has blue fire surrounding it. 
Try to destroy it before it attacks you, as it will freeze you for a few 
seconds when it comes into contact with you. For this, I'd recommend long-range 
combat, so use something like a Fairy Bow.

Iron Knuckle: By far and away the strongest non-boss enemy in the game. It is a 
knight-like enemy that attacks you with an axe, and can cause a significant 
amount of damage to you. You can neutralize the damage by coming into the 
battle with Nayru's Love in effect. Having a Fairy in a bottle also wouldn't 
hurt either. If not, a strategy that I found that works is to Z-Target the Iron 
Knuckle, and then back flip when it is about to attack. The Iron Knuckle should 
swipe at you and miss. It should take several hits from your sword to defeat 
this enemy.

Keese: A Keese is a bat-like enemy that is found in several dungeons. There's 
not too much to say about this enemy, and it will attack you by simply flying 
into you. At long distance, use an item like the Slingshot or the Fairy Bow, 
and use the sword at close combat.

Leever: This is a green-colored creature found in the Desert Colossus. They 
come up from underneath the sand and attack you by charging into you. While 
they will go down in only one hit from your sword, they can be very annoying 
enemies as usually, several of them will pop up from the sand and attack you at 
once, which can drain your health rather quickly. My recommendation is to just 
charge forward, avoid these enemies, and endure the damage, as you'll be 
standing in the same spot fighting off these enemies if you choose to fight.

Like Like: This is a tube-shaped enemy with the mouth on the top. This enemy is 
often found in dungeons and is pretty dangerous. It can only attack you if you 
are up close to it. If it attacks you, it will swallow you and spit you back 
out. In addition, depending on what you have equipped, your tunic and shield 
may have been eaten in the process. It can eat a Goron Tunic, a Zora Tunic, a 
Hylian Shield, and a Deku Shield. It cannot eat your Kokiri Tunic or Mirror 
Shield, as those are one-of-a-kind items. If your equipment is swallowed, you 
can simply get it back by defeating the enemy. One or two hits from your sword 
should do the trick. They also give out a decent amount of Rupees when defeated 
too. A safe way to defeat these enemies is to use a weapon like the Fairy Bow 
to attack it at long distance. A magic attack with your sword is also effective 
against these enemies.

Lizalfos: This is a lizard-like enemy found in dungeons. It attacks you with 
its sword. It should go down after a couple of hits from your sword. I do 
recommend using Z-Targeting on these enemies, as it will make defeating them 
easier. When it is about to attack, you can easily defend yourself by raising 
your shield.

Mad Scrub: These enemies are similar to Deku Scrubs, except the big difference 
is that they are flat out enemies and won't become your friends after defeat 
(and offer to sell you items and upgrades). Found largely in the Sacred Forest 
Meadow, they pop out from the ground and shoot three Deku Nuts in succession at 
you. You need to bounce one of the Deku Nuts back at them using your shield. 
When it hits them, they will jump out of the ground and you can finish them off 
with a hit of your sword.

Moblin: These are giant-like enemies that show up in the Sacred Forest Meadow 
as Adult Link. They are patrolling around the area, so you must be very 
cautious when walking through the maze. It isn't worth fighting them, as you 
can quietly avoid them to get from one side of the area to the other. If they 
spot you, they will charge at you with their spear and drive you to the other 
side of a path, usually into water. The only way you can really hit them is 
when their back is turned to you. If they are off-screen, you will hear them 
attacking when you hear a loud click (which means they are setting their spear 
down to attack).

Octorok: An Octorok is an octopus-like enemy. It can be found hiding under the 
water, mainly on Zora's River and Jabu-Jabu's Belly. When you get near the 
water, it will surface and spit a rock at you. You can either avoid this rock 
or use your shield to deflect the rock back at the Octorok, which would defeat 
it. Bouncing the rock back at the Octorok is the only way to defeat this enemy, 
as it will simply go back underwater if you get too close to it. For the most 
part, you can just avoid these enemies.

Peahat: This is a large, plant-like enemy found in Hyrule Field. It is 
stationary and can be seen burrowed into the ground. When you get near it, it 
will rise up from the ground and start floating in the air. It attacks you by 
charging into you. It is difficult to hit due to the spinning blades, and its 
weak point is the root directly underneath it. Because of this, it is highly 
recommended to just avoid fighting these enemies. If it gets close, you can 
also defend yourself with your shield. During the night, they will not move and 
attack. They can also send little Larva Peahats at you.

Peahat Larva: These are tiny Peahats that are emitted by Peahats out in Hyrule 
Field.  They attack you by charging into you, and you can defeat them by simply 
letting them bounce off your shield. Again, you can generally outrun these, so 
it's not recommended to hang around and fight them.

Poe: A Poe is a ghost that is largely found in the Graveyard and in Hyrule 
Field as Adult Link. They attack you by charging into you. Defeating these 
enemies is a long, drawn out process. You need to hit them using an item like a 
Slingshot or a Fairy Bow. After they are hit, they will disappear for a couple 
of seconds and then re-emerge. You obviously cannot hit them during this time. 
You can hit them when they re-emerge. It takes numerous hits to eventually 
defeat them. You also cannot hit them while they are charging at you, as they 
can use their lantern to defend themselves. Because of the long time it takes 
to fight these enemies, it's just best to avoid them. After defeating them, you 
can then capture them with an Empty Bottle, but even in that, they're not worth 
that much.

ReDead: These are zombie-like enemies found in graveyard-like areas. ReDeads 
are pretty dangerous enemies if you are not careful around them. When you get 
close to them, they will shriek, which will stop you in your tracks. This will 
allow them to draw in even close to you. When they grab ahold of you, they'll 
start draining your health until you get them off of you. When that happens, 
you just need to mash every button possible until they come off. Now, if you 
play the Sun's Song near these enemies, they will freeze and will be unable to 
move. From there, you can then either defeat them (with several hits from your 
sword), or walk by them. If fighting these enemies isn't required for 
something, then just ignore them.

Red Bubble: These are skull enemies surrounded by fire, and can mostly be found 
in the Fire Temple. They spend most of their time just bouncing in and out of 
the lava, so it's not really worth fighting them, as they should never be a 
direct threw to you. Like any other bubble, hitting them with your shield will 
get rid of the fire surrounding them, and then you can finish them off by 
striking their exposed head.

Red Tektite: These are just red-colored spiders found jumping around Death 
Mountain. All they really do is just jump up and down, and attack you by 
bumping into you. You can easily avoid these, but if you need to, two hits from 
your Kokiri Sword (and one from any other) will defeat them.

Shabom: Shaboms are just bubbles floating around Jabu-Jabu's Belly. They will 
bounce of floors, walls, you name it. They "attack" you by just floating into 
you. They can be difficult to get rid of, as if you try to attack with your 
sword, you run the risk of damaging yourself if the bubble is too close. The 
best way to take these out is the Boomerang, after picking it up. Like with 
most enemies, it's better off to just avoid this rather than fight, as it can 
easily cause you to lose some health. If this enemy does hit you, it will 
destroy itself, so there's that.

Shell Blade: Shell Blades are clam-like enemies found underwater in the Water 
Temple. They are very annoying enemies that can easily damage you and are also 
tough to defeat. When battling these enemies underwater, the only way you can 
attack them is with your Hookshot/Longshot. The only time you can attack this 
enemy is when its mouth is open, otherwise, hitting their shell will not hurt 
them. They attack you by lunging into you, and you either need to use your 
shield or move out of the way when they attack. It's also tough to avoid these 
enemies, as they come in groups and usually need to be defeated to advance to 
the next area.

Skulltula: This is a spider-like enemy that hangs from the ceiling. It is not 
as big as a Big Skulltula, and you can attack it from a distance using an item 
like a Fairy Bow, Hookshot, or Slingshot. It will spin its body at you if you 
get too close to it, so watch out.

Skullwalltula: These are essentially Skulltulas that are latched onto walls, 
like in the Great Deku Tree. They will charge at you if you get too close to 
them, which if you are climbing and scaling walls, it's highly recommended to 
destroy all of these enemies beforehand. If they hit you, you will be knocked 
back onto the ground. It should only take one hit from any of your items to 
defeat this enemy.

Spikes: Spikes are just metal balls that float around, largely in the Water 
Temple. They can only be defeated when they are just normal balls and with 
their spikes retracted. Spikes attack you by floating into you with their 
spikes out. As you will largely fight these underwater, the only way to damage 
them is with your Hookshot/Longshot. However, if their spikes are out, you can 
attack them with the Hookshot so that they will retract their spikes, and then 
you can hit them again to defeat them. Like Shell Blades, these enemies can 
become annoying, can eat away at your health, and you often have to fight them 
in order to advance from one area to another.

Stalchild: A Stalchild is a skeleton that appears at night. It shows up in 
Hyrule Field and will pop up from underground. They will attack you by swiping 
their claws at you. Usually, two hits from your sword will defeat these 
enemies. Also, these enemies will only show up in Hyrule Field as Young Link. 
They aren't much of a threat, as you can usually get in two attacks to defeat 
them before they get in one. The only time you really need to fight these is if 
you're waiting for morning to break (and you don't have the Sun's Song) so that 
you can access the castle. Also, for a fun fact, wearing the Bunny Hood mask 
will prevent these enemies from attacking you.

Stalfos: A Stalfos is an even larger skeleton-like enemy. Found largely in 
dungeons, a Stalfos can be dangerous. They have a sword and a shield, and being 
hit by their sword causes you to lose a full heart in damage. It's often 
difficult to hit these enemies due to their shield. When fighting these enemies 
(and sometimes it's required to advance from one area to the next), you need to 
pay attention to their shield. Once the shield drops, attack! You can also use 
your shield to defend from their sword attacks. They will eventually be 
defeated after several hits from your sword.

Stinger: A Stinger is a ray-like enemy, found largely in Jabu-Jabu's belly. 
They usually hide beneath the surface (like in the water) and will emerge out, 
flying for a couple of seconds before going back under. They are only 
vulnerable when they have surfaced up. During this time is when you attack this 
enemy with a Slingshot or a Boomerang. It does take a bit of patience to defeat 
this enemy, but it shouldn't be too much of a problem. It will usually attack 
you by diving into you when it is midair.

Tailpasaran: These are tapeworms that are found in Jabu-Jabu's Belly. They 
float up in the air and are electrified, and they will obviously damage you if 
you come into contact with them and vice versa. The only way to defeat this 
enemy is by using the Boomerang. Otherwise, if you come across this enemy, just 
run.

Torch Slug: These are slugs that are largely found in the Fire Temple. When you 
first see them, they are on fire. You need to hit them once to put out the 
fire. Once this happens, the Torch Slug will run away. From this point, you 
just need to hit it one more time to defeat it. If you take too long, it'll 
just regenerate the fire and you'll have to put out the fire again. These 
enemies drop Magic Jars when defeated, so if you need some magic, just go up to 
one of these and fight it.

Wallmaster: Like the Floormaster, this is a giant brown hand, however, there 
are a few differences. The Wallmaster will attack you from the ceiling. Navi 
will alert you when you enter a room with this enemy. When walking around the 
room, watch for a large, circular shadow above Link's head. If you don't move, 
the Wallmaster will grab you, pick you up, and throw you back to the beginning 
of the dungeon. If you move out of the way, the Wallmaster will drop to the 
floor and you can then attack it. Unlike a Floormaster, a Wallmaster will NOT 
split into three little hands once attacked. Wallmasters also tend to drop a 
decent amount of Rupees when defeated.

White Bubble: This is just basically a large, flying skull head. Unlike its 
counterparts, there is no fire surrounding it, although it does leave a little 
white trail behind it. You can just simply attack this enemy without needing to 
put out any fire, and usually a hit from your sword will do the trick.

White Wolfos: These are white, polar-like wolf enemies, found in the Ice 
Cavern. They attack you by swiping at you with their claws. Their weak spot is 
their face, but they can be difficult to attack, as they can guard themselves 
with their arms. You need to wait until they are about to attack you before you 
can attack them. Otherwise, just be aggressive when attacking and you should 
eventually get a few hits in. Also, hitting their tail will immediately defeat 
them, so try that out if you're having some trouble.

Wolfos: These are wolf-like enemies, and you usually need to defeat these 
enemies before being able to advance from one area to another. They attack you 
by swiping at you with their claws. Their weak spot is their face, but they can 
be difficult to attack, as they can guard themselves with their arms. You need 
to wait until they are about to attack you before you can attack them. 
Otherwise, just be aggressive when attacking and you should eventually get a 
few hits in. Also, hitting their tail will immediately defeat them, so try that 
out if you're having some trouble.

============================
8. Gold Skulltula Locations
============================

This section will describe the locations of all 100 Gold Skulltulas in this 
game. Gold Skulltulas can largely be found during the night. There are a couple 
of exceptions to this rule. There are some Gold Skulltulas that will show up 
during the day as well. In addition, it does NOT have to be night time to find 
Gold Skulltulas from soft soil patches or hidden in trees.

Also, for the Gold Skulltulas found in dungeons, it does NOT have to be 
nighttime in order to encounter them.

Before reading the list below, you don't need to follow the numbers on the 
left. Those are to help me keep track to make sure I have all 100 Gold 
Skulltula listed here.

And finally, if I don't list any required weapons to get the Gold Skulltula, 
then you can easily access it without needing any weapons to retrieve the 
token, like the Boomerang or the Hookshot.

You can also track the Gold Skulltulas you have captured in game. If you go to 
the map screen, a Skulltula icon will appear next to a city or location if you 
have gotten all of the Gold Skulltulas from that area. In addition, you can 
track whether or not you have gotten off of the Gold Skulltulas from an 
individual dungeon, like the Forest Temple, by going to the map screen when in 
that dungeon. However, for some locations, this can be a little deceiving.
 
For example, if you go to the Map tab on the touchscreen and go to Kakariko 
Village, the Gold Skulltula icon will NOT show up until you have gotten all of 
the Gold Skulltulas from Kakariko Village AND the Graveyard (the Graveyard does 
not have its own dot on the map, if you have noticed). Here are all of the 
locations on the Hyrule map and which cities/locations they include for Gold 
Skulltula Hunting:

-Kokiri Forest
-Lost Woods (includes Sacred Forest Meadow Gold Skulltulas)
-Hyrule Field
-Lake Hylia
-Zora's Domain (includes Gold Skulltulas from Zora's River and Zora's Fountain)
-Kakariko Village (includes Gold Skulltulas from Graveyard)
-Market (includes Gold Skulltulas from Hyrule Castle area and Ganon's Castle)
-Death Mountain Trail (includes Gold Skulltulas from Death Mountain Crater and 
Goron's City)
-Gerudo Valley
-Gerudo's Fortress
-Haunted Wasteland (includes Gold Skulltulas from Desert Colossus)

And finally, what is your reward for collecting all of these Gold Skulltulas? 
Well, there is a house in Kakariko Village called the House of the Skulltulas. 
There are numerous people in there, who have been turned into spiders because 
of the "spider's curse." You can turn them back into humans by collecting Gold 
Skulltulas. When one turns back into a human, you can talk to them and receive 
an award.

10 Gold Skulltulas: Adult's Wallet (allows you to carry up to 200 Rupees)
20 Gold Skulltulas: Shard of Agony (will go off and blink when near a secret)
30 Gold Skulltulas: Giant's Wallet (allows you to carry up to 500 Rupees)
40 Gold Skulltulas: Bombchus
50 Gold Skulltulas: Piece of Heart
100 Gold Skulltulas: The man in the middle will give you a huge Rupee, worth 
200 Rupees. You can leave and re-enter and talk to him again, to get as many as 
you want.

--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------
 
Gold Skulltulas: 3

1) A Gold Skulltula can be found behind the Know-It-All Brother's House. This 
one can only be found as Young Link. To get the token, just backflip onto it 
after defeating the Gold Skulltula.

2) One is located on the Twin Sister's house. This is the house across from the 
Item Shop and to the left of Saria's House. This one can only be found as Adult 
Link. To get it, use the Hookshot to reel in the token.

3) You can get a Gold Skulltula by dumping bugs into the soft soil patch next 
to the item shop. This can only be done as Young Link.

-----------
Lost Woods
-----------

Gold Skulltulas: 3

4) There is a Gold Skulltula found near the entrance to the Forest Stage. To 
get here, from the entrance, go right, left, right, left, left. This Gold 
Skulltula can only be found as Adult Link. However, to get to this Gold 
Skulltula, you must first plant a Magic Bean into the soft soil here as Child 
Link. As Adult Link, ride up the magic leaf and you'll find the Gold Skulltula 
at the top.

5) As Young Link, dump some Bugs into the soft soil patch near the Forest Stage 
entrance to make a Gold Skulltula come out.

6) There is another soft soil patch in the Lost Woods. As Young Link, go left 
and then left again from the Lost Woods entrance. You'll find a soft soil 
patch, so just dump the Bugs into this patch to make a Gold Skulltula appear.

---------------------
Sacred Forest Meadow
---------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 1

7) There is one Gold Skulltula here, and it can only be found as Adult Link. 
The best way to get to it is to get onto the higher ledges above the maze. When 
entering the maze from the Saria's Shrine/Forest Temple spot, just climb up the 
ladder to the top of the maze. The Gold Skulltula should be on the wall to your 
left. Defeat it and grab the token with your Hookshot.

----------------
Great Deku Tree
----------------

Gold Skulltulas: 4

8) The first Gold Skulltula here can be found on the very top floor, where you 
get the Compass. In the room, hit the switch to raise up the three platforms. 
Go into the opening next to the second platform. Watch out for the Big 
Skulltula blocking this entrance. The Gold Skulltula is on the wall in this 
room.

9) The next Gold Skulltula can be found after breaking through the spider web 
in the middle of the main area. Down here, the Gold Skulltula is on the vines 
leading back up to the main room. Just defeat it and get the token by climbing 
up the vines.

10) The next Gold Skulltula is right after the previous one. This time, it's on 
a set of bars. After defeating it, jump off the nearby ledge and get the token 
in midair.

11) To get this Gold Skulltula, you must come back much later on. You need 
Bombs and a Boomerang to get this Gold Skulltula. Go to the room where you 
could use a Deku Stick to burn down spider webs on the wall. Behind one of the 
spider webs was a cracked wall. Blow up this cracked wall with a Bomb and then 
open the door behind it. In this room, the Gold Skulltula is up high on the 
wall. In order to get the token, you must use the Boomerang.

-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------

Gold Skulltulas: 2

12) This Gold Skulltula can be obtained by both Young and Adult Link. Facing 
the staircase leading to Kakariko Village, head left and you will find a lone 
tree. Drop a Bomb next to this tree. A hidden hole will be revealed when the 
Bomb blows up, so jump down it. Down in this room, there is a Gold Skulltula 
high up on the wall. Use the Boomerang to retrieve the token if you are Young 
Link, and use the Hookshot to get the token if you are Adult Link.

13) The other Gold Skulltula in Hyrule Field can be found as Adult Link. Across 
the entrance from Gerudo Valley is a large, brown rock, surrounded by little 
rocks. You must have the Megaton Hammer and Din's Fire in order to get this 
Gold Skulltula. Hit the rock twice with the Megaton Hammer to break it. Now, 
hit the ground where the rock was with the Megaton Hammer to reveal a hidden 
hole, and then head down it. At the bottom, use Din's Fire to burn all of the 
surrounding spider webs. The Gold Skulltula is behind one of them, so use the 
Hookshot to get the token.

--------------
Lon Lon Ranch
--------------

Gold Skulltulas: 4

14) There is a Gold Skulltula high up on Talon's house, as Young Link. You must 
have the Boomerang in order to get this Gold Skulltula.

15) In the ranch area, go to the tower in the corner. You can find a Gold 
Skulltula to the right of the tower. You need to have the Boomerang in order to 
get the token, and to obviously be Young Link.

16) A Gold Skulltula can be found on the back of the wood surrounding the 
ranch. You can easily get the token after defeating it. That and you must be 
Young Link.

17) This Gold Skulltula can only be found as Young Link. There is a lone tree 
in the corner of the ranch. Roll into the tree to make the Gold Skulltula come 
out.

------------------------------------
Market/Hyrule Castle/Ganon's Castle
------------------------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 4

18) This Gold Skulltula can only be found as Young Link. Go into the guardhouse 
near the Market entrance. To the right of this guard in this room are two 
crates. Roll into the crate on the right to destroy it. A Gold Skulltula will 
come out, and you can easily defeat it.

19) This Gold Skulltula can only be found by Young Link. Go past the market and 
into Hyrule Castle. Across from you should be a tree. Roll into this tree to 
make the Gold Skulltula to come out.

20) In order to get this Gold Skulltula, you must be Young Link, with Bombs and 
the Boomerang. In addition, you need to have learned the Song of Storms as 
Adult Link. When you get near the castle, there is a lone tree at the corner of 
the moat. Walk up to the tree and play the Song of Storms. A hole will open up, 
so head down it. At the bottom, you will be surrounded by numerous cracked 
walls. Use the Bombs to blow each of them up. Behind one of them is the Gold 
Skulltula. You then need the Boomerang in order to get the token.

21) As Adult Link, head to Ganon's Castle. Go to where you see that arch, which 
was the location of the gate as Young Link. Behind the arch is a Gold 
Skulltula. You need the Hookshot/Longshot to get it. You don't need it to be 
nighttime in order to get this one.

-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------

Gold Skulltulas: 6

22) The first Gold Skulltula can be found by rolling into the tree at the 
entrance. You must be Young Link to get this one.

23) Another Gold Skulltula is found on the House of the Skulltulas. You must be 
Young Link to get this one.

24) A Gold Skulltula can be found on the ladder leading up to that watch tower. 
Just defeat it and climb up the ladder to get the token. You must be Young Link 
to get this Gold Skulltula.

25) There is a Gold Skulltula off to the side on a house across from the Death 
Mountain gate. It is on the house where the boy walking around the Graveyard 
lives. You need to be Young Link to get this Gold Skulltula.

26) There is a Gold Skulltula on the bricks of that building under 
construction. You need to be Young Link to get to this one.

27) In order to get to this Gold Skulltula, you need to be Adult Link. It's 
recommended to have the Longshot, but you can use the Hookshot to get this Gold 
Skulltula too.The Gold Skulltula is found on top of the building that has the 
cow and the Piece of Heart. It is up against the wall near the back and the 
middle of the building. To get to the roof of this building as Adult Link, you 
need to use the Hookshot/Longshot to go from roof to roof. This is easier to do 
with the Longshot, as you have a longer range to work with. If you want to get 
this Gold Skulltula with the Hookshot, head up the stairs to the house that has 
the cow and the Piece of Heart. Now, face the House of Skulltula. You should 
see the roof of it. Latch onto the roof with the Hookshot. Now, turn around and 
you'll see the roof of the building with the cow and the Piece of Heart inside. 
The Hookshot's range is long enough to get onto the roof. From here, just walk 
forward and get the Gold Skulltula.

----------
Graveyard
----------

Gold Skulltulas: 2

28) There is a Gold Skulltula in the back right corner of the Graveyard. It is 
near the grave that leads to the chamber where you learn the Sun's Song. You 
must be Young Link and have the Boomerang in order to get this Gold Skulltula. 
After defeating it, use the Boomerang to retrieve the token.

29) In the bottom left corner of the Graveyard is a patch of soft soil. Dump 
some Bugs into the soft soil and a Gold Skulltula will pop out.

---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 4

30) There is a Gold Skulltula at the base of the mountain. You need to be Young 
Link and have Bombs in order to get this one. At the bottom of the mountain, 
start heading forward until you see a cracked wall to your right. Blow it up 
with a Bomb and you will find the Gold Skulltula behind the cracked wall. After 
defeating it, you can get the token by climbing up the wall that it is on. 
Also, this Gold Skulltula for some reason appears during the day, too.

31) At the entrance of Dodongo's Cavern is a patch of soft soil. Dump some Bugs 
into this soft soil and a Gold Skulltula will come out. You obviously need to 
be Young Link in order to get this Gold Skulltula.

32) Near the top of the mountain, you will find some brown rocks. This is just 
before the wall that you can climb up. Behind the last rock on the right is a 
Gold Skulltula. You need to be Adult Link and you need the Megaton Hammer in 
order to break the rock.

33) There is another Gold Skulltula behind a brown rock. Like the last one, you 
need to be Adult Link and to have the Megaton Hammer in order to break the 
rock. Go to the edge of the cliff just outside the entrance to Goron's City. 
This is where you threw the Bomb Flower off the cliff as Young Link to access 
Dodongo's Cavern. Near here is a brown rock. Break the rock by hitting it twice 
with the Megaton Hammer. The Gold Skulltula is behind the rock.

-------------
Goron's City
-------------

Gold Skulltulas: 2

34) For the first Gold Skulltula, you need to be Young Link and to have Bombs. 
On the top floor, you should see an area blocked off by rocks. You can get rid 
of these rocks by blowing them up with Bombs. Then, head into the opening at 
the end. You will be in a room with three rocks in front of you. Blow up the 
rock on the right using a Bomb. Then, go down the new path and follow it. You 
will find two more paths, one which leads straight and one which goes left. 
Take the path on the left and you'll find a rock on the right. Blow up this 
rock and head all the way straight. You should find a Gossip Stone and a crate. 
Roll into the crate and break it. The Gold Skulltula should come out.

35) This Gold Skulltula can only be found when Adult Link. On the top floor, 
you'll notice a floating platform in the middle of the gap. Cross one of the 
ropes off to the side and you should notice a Gold Skulltula on the side of the 
floating platform. Use the Hookshot to defeat it and reel in the token.

-----------------
Dodongo's Cavern
-----------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

36) From the start of the Dodongo's Cavern, get onto the platform you see to 
your right and head down the opening. Down here is the hallway that the Baby 
Dodongos come out from the crown. If you go down the hall, you'll see a cracked 
wall on the right. You can blow up this cracked wall using a Bomb or by having 
a Baby Dodongo explode near this wall. When it explodes, open the door that is 
revealed. You will be in a room with a Gold Skulltula on the opposite wall.

37) After setting off the chain reaction of Bomb Flowers to lower the 
staircase, climb up it. At the top, make your way to the door on the other side 
of the room. Across the door are vines. The Gold Skulltula is on these vines. 
You can get the token by climbing up on the vines.

38) Once you have opened up the mouth of the giant Dodongo face at the 
entrance, go through the door inside the mouth. Work your way to the large 
room. In this room is a cracked wall. Blow up the cracked wall using a Bomb and 
then open the door behind it. There is a Gold Skulltula in this room.

39) This Gold Skulltula is a pain to get. It is found on top of the stairs that 
you were able to lower using the chain reaction of Bomb Flower explosions. To 
get to the top of this staircase without causing it to lower, you must work 
your way backwards through the Dodongo's Cavern. That means going to the second 
floor from the entrance and getting to the room from there. Once you get to the 
top of that staircase, use the vines to climb up it. At the top is a wall with 
a Gold Skulltula.

40) To get this Gold Skulltula, you must come back as Adult Link. From the 
entrance, head right and go down the hallway where the Baby Dodongos are. There 
is a higher ledge on the left side. Navi will turn green and go up there. Stand 
in front of this ledge and play the Scarecrow's Song (if you have learned it 
and talked to the Scarecrow at Lake Hylia). The Scarecrow should appear, so use 
the Hookshot or Longshot to latch up to it. On this higher ledge is the Gold 
Skulltula.

---------------------- 
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 2

41) Just beyond the entrance to the Death Mountain Trail is a crate. Roll into 
the crate and break it. This will cause the Gold Skulltula to come out.

42) To get this Gold Skulltula, you must first learn the Bolero of Fire as 
Adult Link. Then, as Young Link, warp back to the Death Mountain Crater with a 
bottle of Bugs. Near the warp point is a soft soil patch. Dump the Bugs into 
the soft soil to get a Gold Skulltula to come out.

-------------
Zora's River
-------------

Gold Skulltulas: 4

43) You must be Young Link in order to get this Gold Skulltula: When entering 
Zora's River, you'll see a tree directly across from you. Roll into this tree 
and a Gold Skulltula will come out. Defeat it and then pick up the token.

44) Near the entrance to Zora's River is a ladder in the river. A Gold 
Skulltula is on the ladder during the night. You need to be Young Link to see 
this Gold Skulltula. You can get the token by simply climbing up the ladder.

45) This Gold Skulltula only shows up as Adult Link. Get in the river where the 
frogs were. You should see a waterfall in the corner. Near this waterfall is 
some land with a ladder. Climb up the ladder to get to the much higher grounds. 
Up here, turn left and jump to the platform where the hole is. There is a Gold 
Skulltula on the wall near here during the night.

46) After crossing the bridge before Zora's River, there is a Gold Skulltula 
high up on the wall to your left. You need to be Adult Link in order to get 
this Gold Skulltula. The token can easily be retrieved using the Longshot. If 
you have the Hookshot, you must stand on top of the fence to the left in order 
to get closer.

--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------

Gold Skulltulas: 1

47) This Gold Skulltula can only be found as Adult Link. Go up to where the 
Zora King is and head left down the tunnel. This is where you dove off to play 
the Diving Game. If you get to the edge of the tunnel, look left against the 
wall. You should see the Gold Skulltula on the wall.

----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------

Gold Skulltulas: 3

48) On the island where the Great Fairy's Fountain is a tree. Roll into this 
tree to get the Gold Skulltula to come out. You need to be Young Link in order 
to get this Gold Skulltula.

49) It's best to get this Gold Skulltula right after defeating Jabu-Jabu. Stand 
on top of the tree branch in the water (that Link falls off of after seeing 
Princess Ruto), and you will see a Gold Skulltula on the wall. You need to have 
the Boomerang in order to get the corner.

50) This Gold Skulltula isn't accessible until practically the final part of 
the game. You need to be Adult Link and to have the Silver Gauntlets. Go to the 
island where the Great Fairy's Fountain is and you will find a gray rock. Pick 
up this gray rock and throw it away. Afterwards, use a Bomb on the spot where 
the gray rock originally was and a hole will be revealed, so jump down. Down 
here, head to the other side and climb up the ladder. Just watch out for the 
invisible Gold Skulltula. At the top of the area is the Gold Skulltula.

-------------------------
Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
-------------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 4

51) After Princess Ruto decides that you can carry her, you'll come to a room 
that has a switch in the water. Hitting this switch will cause the water to 
rise. In the water, there is a Gold Skulltula on the vines off to the side. 
Destroy it first, and then hit the switch so that the water is high enough to 
get to the vines. You can then get the token by climbing up the vines.

52) After defeating the Green Tentacle, go back to the room where you first saw 
Princess Ruto. Jump down the hole that used to be blocked by a Green Tentacle. 
Down here, you'll find a Gold Skulltula on the wall next to you. Use the 
Boomerang to retrieve the token.

53) There is another Gold Skulltula, right next to #51. This one is just off to 
the right. Again, defeat it and then use the Boomerang to retrieve the token.

54) In the final room just before the boss, there is a Gold Skulltula on the 
vines leading up to the switch you have to activate with the Boomerang. Just 
climb up the vines to get the token after defeating the Gold Skulltula.

-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

55) There is a Gold Skulltula on the laboratory building. It is on the side 
closest to the bridge. You must be Young Link to get this Skulltula, and you 
must have the Boomerang in order to retrieve the token.

56) There is a patch of soft soil next to the laboratory. Dump the bugs into 
this soft soil and a Gold Skulltula will come out. Obviously, you need to be 
Young Link in order to get this Gold Skulltula.

57) On the far side of the lake is this square-shaped island that has two poles 
on it. You need to be Young Link and to swim to this little island. The Gold 
Skulltula is on one of the polls.

58) As Adult Link, go inside the Laboratory. You need the Iron Boots and the 
Hookshot/Longshot for this one. Jump into the water and sink to the bottom 
using the Iron Boots. At the bottom is a crate. Roll into the crate to destroy 
it. A Gold Skulltula will come out. Since you are underwater, you must destroy 
the Gold Skulltula with the Hookshot/Longshot.

59) You need to be Adult Link in order to get to this Gold Skulltula. Near the 
Lake Hylia warp point (where the Serenade of Water takes you to) is this dead 
tree. You need the Longshot for this one. There is a Gold Skulltula on top of 
the tree. Use the Longshot and aim it carefully so that you land on top of the 
tree branch sticking out. You will find the Gold Skulltula up here.

--------------
Gerudo Valley
--------------

Gold Skulltulas: 4

60) You need to be Young Link in order to get this Gold Skulltula. After 
entering Gerudo Valley, get onto the wooden plank and turn right. You should 
see a waterfall. A Gold Skulltula will appear on top of the waterfall during 
the night. You need the Boomerang in order to get the token.

61) For this Gold Skulltula, you need to be Young Link and to have a bottle of 
Bugs on you. Head to the bridge and look down. You should see a little area of 
land against the cliff, off to the right of the bridge. Use the Cucco to safely 
float to this land. On this land is a soft soil, near the cow. Put the 
bugs into the soft soil to get the Gold Skulltula to come out.

62) The next Gold Skulltula can be found as Adult Link. On the other side of 
the bridge is a tent. Go behind the tent and you'll find the Gold Skulltula on 
the wall. Use the Hookshot to get its token after defeating it.

63) Across from the tent is a brown pillar. There is a Gold Skulltula on the 
other side of this pillar during the night. You need to be Adult Link and have 
the Hookshot in order to get this Gold Skulltula and its token.

------------------
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 2

64) Inside the Thieves' Hideout is an area with two staircases side-by-side. Go 
up the staircase on the right and exit the building. Back out here, you'll find 
a little alcove behind you. There is a Gold Skulltula in this area during the 
night. You need to be Adult Link and to have the Hookshot in order to get this 
Gold Skulltula.

65) You can find a Gold Skulltula on the furthest target in the back at the 
archery range. All you need is the Hookshot in order to get the token.

------------------
Haunted Wasteland
------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 1

66) After crossing the first half of the desert (going from flagpole to 
flagpole), you'll get to the building where the Poe is found. Head to the 
basement of this building and you'll find the Gold Skulltula down there. Just 
use the Longshot to get the token.

----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------

Gold Skulltulas: 3

67) Facing the Spirit Temple entrance, head to the left and you'll find a 
little ditch with some palm trees near it. There is a Gold Skulltula on one of 
the palm trees at night. Use the Longshot to reel it in.

68) To the left of the entrance to the Great Fairy's Fountain is a large sand 
dune. There is a Gold Skulltula on top of it. You can get it from the ground 
using your Longshot if you position yourself correctly to see the Gold 
Skulltula, or you can ride the magic leaf (requires a Magic Bean from Young 
Link) to the sand dune and you can get the Gold Skulltula directly from there.

69) Once you have learned the Requiem of Spirit, come back to the desert as 
Young Link. Dump some Bugs into the soft soil patch near the Spirit Temple to 
get a Gold Skulltula to come out.

--------------
Forest Temple
--------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

70) At the entrance of the Forest Temple, climb up the vines to the right. At 
the top, get on the tree branch. You'll see the Gold Skulltula on the vines 
when climbing up. You can then use the Hookshot to destroy it and reel in the 
token.

71) When you enter the main, central room (with the elevator) head to the 
opposite side of the room (to the door that leads you with the Stalfos you must 
fight for a Small Key). Standing in front of this door, turn right and you will 
see the Gold Skulltula on the wall. Just defeat it and reel it in with the 
Hookshot.

72) After getting the Small Key from underneath the well, climb up out of the 
well using the ladder next to the mini-chest. Out here, look across the river 
and you'll see the Gold Skulltula on a wall on a higher ledge. If you position 
yourself right, you can get the Gold Skulltula using the Hookshot. The Hookshot 
should just be long enough to reach the Gold Skulltula if you are standing on 
the water's edge. If not, coming back with the Longshot will make this much 
easier.

73) Once you get the Boss Key, drop into the hole that is next to the chest 
that had the Boss Key. Defeat the Blue Bubbles to unlock the door in the room. 
In the next room, you'll see a thin walkway with two Hearts across from you. On 
the other edge of the walkway is a Gold Skulltula on the wall. Slowly walk 
across the walkway and defeat the Gold Skulltula on the other side. Then reel 
it in with the Hookshot.

74) In the final room just before the boss (where you move the wall around), 
move the walls around so that the openings are in the southwest and northeast 
corners of the room (use the map). There is a Gold Skulltula in the little room 
that can be accessed using the southwest opening. Use the Hookshot as usual to 
get to it. Just watch out for the Big Skulltula when going in there.

------------
Fire Temple
------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

75) After getting the first Small Key, go back to the main room in the Fire 
Temple. Head through the door on the right this time. In this room, get to the 
bridge and turn left. Make your way to the Door of Time block that you see up 
top. Play the Song of Time to move the block down to the ground. Then, climb up 
the ledge where the Door of Time block was. Open the door here. There is a Gold 
Skulltula in this room on the opposite wall. Defeat it and use the Hookshot to 
reel it in (just watch out for the spinning floor tiles and the Like Like).

76) When you get to the room with the bird's eye view maze, face the door 
leading back out and turn right. Now follow the wall on Link's right until you 
get underneath a roof (this will cause the camera angle to change). Under here, 
you should hear the swishing sound of a Gold Skulltula. In the left corner 
should be a wall you can blow up (if you hit the wall with your sword, it will 
make a different sound). Blow this wall up with a Bomb and you'll find a room 
with the Gold Skulltula in it. Use the Hookshot to defeat the Gold Skulltula 
and get the token.

77) Right before your second Flare Dancer fight, there is a room similar to the 
room where you got Gold Skulltula #74. This room has a Like Like and spinning 
floor tiles. There is a Gold Skulltula on the wall in this room, so just defeat 
it and use the Hookshot to get the token.

78) You need to come back to the Fire Temple after you are able to summon the 
scarecrow with the Scarecrow's Song. On the second floor of the bird's eye view 
maze room, face the door leading to the previous room. Look up and to the left 
and you should see a higher ledge. Navi will turn green, so play the 
Scarecrow's Song to make a scarecrow appear here. Use your Hookshot to latch up 
to him. Up here, you will see a floating platform with a Hookshot target. Latch 
onto that and the floating platform will move up to the next floor. Open the 
door at the top. There are two fences to climb in this room to get up to the 
next door. The Gold Skulltula is found on the second fence.

79) After getting the previous Gold Skulltula, climb up the second fence and 
you'll find a door at the top, so open it. You'll come to a room that looks 
very similar to the room where you got the Megaton Hammer. Walk up to the large 
pit in the middle of the room. Carefully turn left and you should see a Gold 
Skulltula on the wall surrounding the pit. Defeat it and then use the Hookshot 
to bring in the token.

-------------
Water Temple
-------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

80) After draining the water level to Water Level 1, when leaving the room 
where you saw Princess Ruto, head left and go into the opening across from you. 
Follow this hall to a dead-end. There is a cracked floor at the dead end. Blow 
up the floor with a Bomb, and then jump into the water that is revealed. Use 
your Iron Boots to get to the other side. Float back up on the other side. Hit 
the glass switch in this room to open up the gate. The Gold Skulltula is on the 
wall on the other side of the gate.

81) On the top floor in the main room, open the door leading to the room with 
the waterfall and the platforms with the Hookshot targets. When entering the 
room, go forward and drop down to the platform just below you. On the wall to 
the right is a Gold Skulltula. If you stand on the edge of the platform, your 
Hookshot will be long enough to reach the Gold Skulltula. If not, then you can 
come back with the Longshot.

82) After getting the Longshot, go into next room which has the strong river 
current and the vortexes. After getting around the first vortex, look down the 
river and you'll see the Gold Skulltula on a wall across from you. Standing in 
the water, you can use the Longshot to reach this Gold Skulltula.

83) Once you have the Longshot, head inside the tower in the central room. Get 
the water level raised to Water Level 2. If you get on the platform that raised 
up from below (after raising the water level) and look up and a bit to the 
left, you should see a Gold Skulltula way up above you on the wall. You can now 
reach this Gold Skulltula with the Longshot.

84) Right before the room with the Boss Key is the room with the river that has 
a strong current. You must jump into the hole in this river to get to the Boss 
Key room. Behind the hole is a wall with a Gold Skulltula on it. Just stick on 
the Iron Boots and face this wall. All you need to do is watch out for the 
falling boulders while trying to get this Gold Skulltula.

--------------
Shadow Temple
--------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

85) Eventually, you will get to a floating platform where Stalfos will appear 
(just past all of the guillotines). Look to your left and turn on the Lens of 
Truth. This will reveal some hidden platforms. Use them to get to the door on 
the other end. In this room, defeat all of the enemies to open up the gate on 
the other side. Go past the gate and you'll be in a little room with the Gold 
Skulltula in it.

86) The next Gold Skulltula is in the room with the falling spike ceilings 
(that you use the block to protect yourself from). You can find it in one of 
the prison-like areas (to the left of the falling spike ceilings) on the wall. 
Just be sure to keep yourself safe from the falling spike ceilings.

87) The next Gold Skulltula can be found in the room with that giant skull vase 
(in which you throw a Bomb in it to blow it up). It is on the wall directly 
behind the vase. Just defeat it and then use the Longshot to reel in the token.

88) You can find the next Skulltula in the room with the ferry. Once you get on 
the ferry, face the front of the ferry and then look up and to the left. You 
will see an isolated platform with a Gold Skulltula on it. You can get to this 
Gold Skulltula by using your Longshot, which is long enough to reach it.

89) Near the end of the Shadow Temple, there is a room with three giant skull 
vases. Like Gold Skulltula #86, you can find it on the wall directly behind the 
vases. You can use the Longshot to defeat it and reel in the token.

--------------
Spirit Temple
--------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

90) You must be Young Link to get to this Gold Skulltula. After crawling 
through the hole in the wall at the beginning of the Spirit Temple, you'll come 
to a room with three doors. Open the door on the right. You'll see a Gold 
Skulltula on the fence across from you. Defeat it and then use the Slingshot to 
bring in the token.

91) While Young Link, progress the Spirit Temple until you get to a room that 
has a wall you can climb up. There are Skullwalltulas on this wall. Destroy 
them and climb up the wall. At the top, turn around and face the wall. You will 
see a Gold Skulltula below you. Defeat it and then use the Boomerang to 
retrieve the token.

92) You also need to be Young Link to get this Gold Skulltula. Just before the 
room with the Iron Knuckle is a small hallway with a staircase. Before opening 
the door leading to the room with the Iron Knuckle fight, turn around. You'll 
see a Gold Skulltula above the door that you used to enter this room. Get 
closer to it, defeat it, and then use the Boomerang to get the token.

93) This Gold Skulltula can be found in the room where you must collect the 
Silver Rupees to unlock a door, all found in the pit with rolling boulders. In 
the pit, you'll notice a Door of Time block in one of the alcoves. Play the 
Song of Time to remove this block and to access the alcove. This alcove has a 
Gold Skulltula, in which you can easily defeat and collect the token. You must 
be Adult Link in order to get to this Gold Skulltula.

94) When getting through the Spirit Temple as Adult Link, go to the room with 
the big shrine. Get on the left hand of the shrine and play Zelda's Lullaby on 
the Triforce mark. This will cause a mini-chest to appear on the opposite hand, 
so use the Longshot to pull you over to that mini-chest. Now, walk up the arm 
of the shrine and look up and to the left. You should barely see the Gold 
Skulltula on the higher platform above you. Defeat it and reel in the token 
with the Longshot.

-------------------
Bottom of the Well
-------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 3

95) In the back corner of the square path in the main room is a hole in the 
crawl. Climb through this hole and open the door at the end (this door requires 
a Small Key). In this room, turn on the Lens of Truth to reveal the hidden gaps 
in here, so that you don't fall down them. Now, carefully defeat the enemies 
and work your way to the door on the other side of the room. Open the door. 
Defeat the Like Like in this room first. Now, the Gold Skulltula is on the 
wall. Defeat it and then use the Boomerang to retrieve the token.

96) In the central room, there is a locked door. Unlock and open the door with 
a Small Key. In here, you'll see a gap in front of you. Turn on the Lens of 
Truth to reveal a hidden walkway in the gap. Use it to get across the room. On 
this side is a Gold Skulltula, so defeat it and reel in the token with the 
Boomerang.

97) Across from the chest with the Compass in the central room is a locked 
door. Unlock it and open it using a Small Key. There is a Gold Skulltula on the 
wall in this room. Defeat it and then get the token by using the Boomerang.

-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------

Gold Skulltulas: 3

98) There is a Gold Skulltula above from breakable icicles in the central room 
that has the Silver Rupee puzzle. Get in a safe spot, and then defeat the Gold 
Skulltula and get the token using the Hookshot.

99) There is a Gold Skulltula in the room that has the frozen Piece of Heart 
and the chest with the Compass. After getting the Piece of Heart, turn around 
and look left. You should see the Gold Skulltula on one of the pillars. Defeat 
it and then get the token using the Hookshot.

100) This Gold Skulltula is found in the room with the second Silver Rupee 
puzzle. When entering the room, turn left and you'll see the Gold Skulltula on 
the wall. Defeat it and get the token with the Hookshot.

<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>
8a. Gold Skulltula Locations (Master Quest)
<><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><><>

---------------- 
Great Deku Tree
----------------

Gold Skulltulas: 4

1) After getting the Dungeon Map, look to the left of the chest and you should 
find a crate. Roll into the crate to break the crate. This will cause the Gold 
Skulltula to come out, so defeat it and get the token.

2) In the room with the Compass, face the chest and turn right. You will see 
some vines that you can climb up, but we cannot get to the top due to rocks 
being in the way. The best way to get rid of these rocks is to send some 
Bombchus up the wall to blow them up. Once you have gotten rid of the rocks, 
climb up the vines. At the top, you will find a Gold Skulltula, so defeat it 
and get the token with the Boomerang.

3) The next Gold Skulltula is in the large room with the gravestones. To get 
this Gold Skulltula, we need the Boomerang and the Song of Time. In this room, 
go near the middle and play the Song of Time. This should create several Door 
of Time blocks. Jump onto the second lowest one. From here, look up at the 
ceiling and you should see the Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then use the 
Boomerang to get the token. You should be just high enough to get the token 
from here. If you want to make it a little easier, play the Song of Time while 
standing on this block to make another Door of Time block appear next to you.

4) While in the same room as Gold Skulltula #3, go to the door in the northeast 
part of the room and open the door. In here, get rid of the Gohma Eggs and the 
Big Deku Baba first. The Gold Skulltula is on the wall across from you, so 
defeat it and then use the Boomerang to grab the token.

-----------------
Dodongo's Cavern
-----------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

5) This Gold Skulltula requires the Song of Time in order to obtain. In the 
room with the rows of Bomb Flowers underneath the staircase is a door. This 
door leads to a room that is loaded with Door of Time Blocks. There is a Gold 
Skulltula in the back right corner of this room. To get to this Gold Skulltula, 
you must play the Song of Time to gradually remove the Door of Time Blocks to 
get to the back right corner. Watch out, there is a Big Skulltula near here 
too. Once you find the Gold Skulltula, destroy it and pick up the token.

6) In the room with the floating torches that you must light up (by pulling the 
stone blocks up to them), there is a door in the southwest corner of the room. 
You can unlock this door by lighting up the torches. In this room, there is a 
Gold Skulltula hiding in a crate on the left. Roll into the crate to break it, 
and then defeat the Gold Skulltula and pick up the token.

7) In the room where you have the first fight with the Lizalfos (on the second 
floor), go to the back. You'll find a row of rocks blocking a walkway. These 
rocks are a bit tricky to blow up. You can either use Bombchus or throw Bombs 
and time them so that they explode in midair. Once you blow up the rocks, jump 
onto the walkway they were blocking. At the end of the path is a Gold Skulltula 
on the floor. Defeat it and pick up the token.

8) You need to come back with the Boomerang in order to get this Gold 
Skulltula. Right before the room with the chest containing the Bombs, there is 
a hallway leading back to the room where you fought the second round of 
Lizalfos. There is a locked door in this hallway. To unlock it, place a Bomb 
right underneath the Bomb Flowers running up the wall in the larger room. This 
will cause a chain reaction of explosions unlocking the door, so open it after 
it is unlocked. Watch out, as there are numerous enemies in this room. You need 
to defeat all of them in order to unlock the door, too. Afterwards, there is a 
Gold Skulltula up high in the back right corner of the room. Defeat it and then 
use the Boomerang to retrieve the token.

9) After going through the door in the mouth of the giant Dodongo face, you'll 
get to a room with gravestones and a ledge surrounded by fire. To remove the 
fire, you must throw a Bomb towards the glass switch on the other side. Get to 
the other side where you'll find an army of Armos. Defeat as many as you can, 
and then plant a Bomb right below the row of Bomb Flowers on the wall. This 
will cause a chain reaction of explosions, creating another clear platform. Use 
the platforms to get on top of the wall to your right. Up here, walk on the 
narrow walkway until you find a Gold Skulltula. Defeat it and then pick up the 
token.

-------------------------
Inside Jabu-Jabu's Belly
-------------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 4

10) From the room where you found Princess Ruto, head into the next room. From 
here, walk forward to the 4-way intersection. At this intersection, go right, 
and then go through the opening to your left and open the door at the end. In 
this room, defeat all of the enemies. With your back against the door, look up 
the wall on your left. You should see a rock up on the wall. You can blow up 
this rock by running a Bombchu up to it. This will blow up the rock, revealing 
a Gold Skulltula. You can defeat this Gold Skulltula and get the token by using 
the Boomerang.

11) In the final room before the boss, climb up the vines to the highest ledge. 
You should see a Gold Skulltula on the other side of the glass. To hit it, aim 
your Boomerang to the right of the glass and throw it. You need to hit it twice 
with the Boomerang to defeat it. After the Gold Skulltula is defeated, L-Target 
it and use the Boomerang to grab the token.

12) To get to this Gold Skulltula, you must come back with the Song of Time. 
From the entrance of this place, head into the next room. In here, use the 
moving platform to go into the gap and into the floor below you. Down here, get 
on the platform and open the door. Follow this room until you get to a pit. In 
this pit is a Door of Time Block. Play the Song of Time to remove the block, 
and you will find a Gold Skulltula on the ground (where the Door of Time Block 
used to be). Defeat it and then pick up the token.

13) In order to get this Gold Skulltula, it's best to come back with the Lens 
of Truth. Go into the room where you first saw Princess Ruto. Use any of the 
pits to fall into the room below you. Down here, jump into the lowest pit. Now 
go up the slope and open the door on the end. In this room, defeat the two 
Stingers in the water. Now there are three Keeses flying around this room, all 
of which are invisible. Use your Lens of Truth to find each of them, and defeat 
all of them. The last Keese may be tricky. Look in that white grass on the 
other side of the room (on the right side), and you should barely make it out. 
Once all of the enemies in this room are defeated, a Hookshot target will 
appear in the water. You don't actually need the Hookshot, but you can get on 
top of the target and use it to get out of the water and on the land across 
from you. On this side of the room is the Gold Skulltula, however, it's blocked 
by a web. Just walk around the web to get to the Gold Skulltula, defeat it, and 
then reel in the token with the Boomerang. Also, keep an eye on your magic 
meter when looking for the invisible Keeses, as it can drain pretty quickly if 
you leave the Lens of Truth on.

--------------
Forest Temple
--------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

14) When entering the Forest Temple, enter the door into the next hallway. The 
Gold Skulltula can be found on the wall above and to the right of the door on 
the other side of this hall. Just defeat it and use the Hookshot to reel in the 
token.

15) When entering the room with the stone block puzzles (from the bottom 
floor), go right into the alcove and head around the corner. You will find a 
Gold Skulltula on the floor, so you can easily defeat it and pick up the token.

16) After getting the Fairy Bow, go back to the central elevator room. In the 
northwest corner of the room, shoot the eye switch with an arrow to unlock the 
door. Open the door. When you step outside, take a few steps forward and turn 
around. You should see a Gold Skulltula on that stone structure surrounding the 
door. Defeat it and reel in the token using the Hookshot. Defeating this Gold 
Skulltula is actually required, as it is directly on a Hookshot target that you 
need to latch yourself onto.

17) Once you get the water drained out in the well, head down the well. There 
is a Gold Skulltula on the other side of this long hallway, to the left of the 
ladder that you can use to get out of the well. Defeat it and use the Hookshot 
to reel in the token.

18) After getting the previous Gold Skulltula, climb out of the well. Keep 
climbing until you get to a ledge that is above the well. You can find a Gold 
Skulltula on the floor here, so just defeat it and pick up the token.

-------------------
Bottom of the Well
-------------------

Gold Skulltulas: 3

19) After getting the Lens of Truth, go back to the center of the area. Looking 
at the map, go into the furthest "finger" on the right. There are invisible Big 
Skulltulas down this path, so use the Lens of Truth to reveal them and defeat 
them. At the end of this path, there is a Gold Skulltula on the floor, so 
defeat it and pick up the token.

20) In the eastern side of that central room, there is a locked door. You can 
unlock it by stepping on the floor switch behind the cage nearby (which is 
guarded by a Big Skulltula). In this room is a gravestone, along with several 
invisible enemies. Defeat the invisible enemies first (use the Lens of Truth to 
reveal them), and then pull back the gravestone. A Gold Skulltula will be 
revealed on the ground, so defeat it and take the token.

21) In the room with the tombstones (that you can open up by lighting the 
torches next to them), there is a Gold Skulltula in the back left corner of the 
room, behind a pillar. You can easily defeat it and collect the token.

------------
Fire Temple
------------
 
Gold Skulltulas: 5

22) After getting the Megaton Hammer, go into the room with the large bridge 
(across from the room where you saw Darunia). In this room, get to the middle 
of the bridge and turn right. Work your way to the door across from you. Once 
you get to that part of the room, enter the door on the bottom. At the end of 
this hall, smash the rusted floor switch with the Megaton Hammer to open the 
prison cell. There is a Gold Skulltula in this cell, so defeat it and pick up 
the token.

23) Getting to this Gold Skulltula is a bit of a hike. After getting the 
Compass, climb back up to the room above you. Next to you is a Hookshot target. 
Latch onto it and stand on top of it. Face the door leading to the next room. 
Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time and a Door of Time Block will 
appear. Jump on top of it and then latch onto the Hookshot target on the ledge 
above you. Up here, turn around and you should see a floating platform directly 
across from you. Use the Hookshot to get onto this platform and ride it to the 
room above you. Open the door at the top. In this room, head around the corner. 
Climb up the two fences in here and open the door at the top.

In this room, walk around the perimeter of this room and you will get to a 
block surrounded by fire. Hit the rusted switch next to the block with the 
Megaton Hammer. This will create some Hookshot targets in this room. Now, jump 
down to the beginning of the room. Step on the floor switch to remove the fire 
around the block. To get back up to where the fire was, look up at the ledge 
above you and latch onto the Hookshot target. Go up to the block before the 
fire comes back. The Gold Skulltula is right underneath the block. Smash it 
with your Megaton Hammer to defeat the Gold Skulltula. Then, push the block out 
of the way and pick up the token.

24) When you get to the room where you can smash the pillar to bring it down to 
the room where you saw Darunia, go left. You should get to a Door of Time Block 
that you cannot get to because of a firewall. Play the Song of Time to move 
this block. Now, go to where you entered the room. Jump across the pillars to 
the other side of the room. Facing the door over here, turn left and get on top 
of the Door of Time Block. Up here, jump down to the ground below you. Make 
sure you land on the ground directly across from the door in this firewall 
maze. Once you land on the ground, open the door near you. In this hallway, the 
Gold Skulltula is on the wall directly across from you. Defeat it and then pick 
up the token. Watch out for the Lizalfos in this room.

25) After getting the previous Gold Skulltula, leave the room. To get out of 
this firewall maze, go right and Navi will turn green. Play the Song of Time to 
move the Door of Time block back to this location. Climb it and use it to jump 
over the firewall maze. Now, get back to the door you used to enter this room. 
Jump across the pillar to the door across from you. In this room, use the 
Hookshot to latch onto the target across from you. Over here, smash the rusted 
floor switch with the Megaton Hammer. Now, turn back around and leave this room 
(use the Hookshot to get back to the other side). Back in here, jump down to 
the floor to your left. Navigate this firewall maze until you get to a door. 
Open the door once you get to it.

In this room, go into the alcove to your left. The Gold Skulltula is behind the 
wall here. Place a Bomb in front of the wall to blow it up. It may defeat the 
Gold Skulltula in the process, to pick up the token once you can get it.

26) After getting the last Gold Skulltula, turn around and open the door on the 
left (you needed to hit that rusty switch up above in order to get this door 
unlocked). In here, go right and go to the other side of the room (keep the 
firewall to your right). Over here is a switch. Step on it to remove the 
firewall. Climb up the ledge and then open the door. In this room, defeat the 
Flare Dancer. After the fight, jump onto the platform in the middle of the 
room. Before it goes up to the ceiling, jump off and pick up the Small Key from 
below where the platform was. Now, wait for the platform to come down, and then 
ride it up to the floor above. Open the door at the top. In this room, just 
climb up the two fences to get to the top of the room. At the top, unlock and 
open the door you find using the Small Key.

This room is fairly difficult. Go to the spiral staircase across from you. Now, 
jump into the pit to your right. Follow this path until you get to a floor 
switch. Step on the floor switch and the firewall surrounding the mini-chest 
will disappear. Now QUICKLY turn around, and jump onto the staircase where you 
can. Run up the staircase and then RUN to the mini-chest before the timer runs 
out and the fire comes back. If you were fast enough, open the mini-chest for a 
Small Key.

NOTE: To make the previous puzzle easier, come back with the Scarecrow's Song. 
Go past the floor switch and you'll see Navi turn green. Play the Scarecrow's 
Song to summon the scarecrow on a floor above you. After stepping on the 
switch, you can then use the Hookshot to latch onto that scarecrow and then 
make a run for the chest, as opposed to running up the spiral staircase.

Now, go back to the beginning of the room. Hit the glass switch to make 
Hookshot targets appear. Now step on that floor tile that is sticking out and 
use the Megaton Hammer to smash it into the ground. You'll fall into another 
room. Down here, unlock and open the door across from you using the Small Key.

In this room, go forward and defeat the Stalfos. Now, use the Megaton Hammer to 
smash the mini-floor tile sticking out to the left. This will form a staircase 
leading downward. While going down the stairs, defeat the next Stalfos. You'll 
also notice a face on the wall while going down the stairs. Fire the Hookshot 
at this face and the door at the bottom will unlock, so open it.

The Gold Skulltula will be on the wall to your left. Just defeat it and use the 
Hookshot to reel in the token.

-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------

Gold Skulltulas: 3

27) This Gold Skulltula is in the room where you get the Compass. After getting 
the Compass, turn right and you will see the pillar with the Gold Skulltula on 
it. However, it is blocked by red ice and there is no room for you to jump onto 
the pillar. However, you should see Navi turn green. Play the Song of Time to 
make a Door of Time Block appear. Get onto that block, and she'll turn green 
again. Play the Song of Time again to make a Door of Time Block appear next to 
the pillar. Get onto this block. From here, you'll be able to melt the ice 
using Blue Fire, defeat the Gold Skulltula, and pick up the token.

28) From the central room, head into the west opening, and then work your way 
until you get to the bigger room. If you look to your right, you'll see a Gold 
Skulltula surrounded by a clear block. To remove the block, look back at the 
higher ledge that you used to enter this room. On the ceiling is a glass 
switch. Use an arrow or the Longshot to activate this switch to remove the 
clear block. This will allow you to get the Gold Skulltula, do defeat it and 
pick up the token.

29) The final Gold Skulltula here is on the opposite side of the room, from 
where you got the previous Gold Skulltula. To get this one, come back with 
either the Longshot or the Scarecrow's Song. The Longshot is long enough to 
reach the Gold Skulltula from the floor below. Otherwise, Navi will turn green 
when you get near that higher ledge. You can play the Scarecrow's Song to 
summon a scarecrow up on that ledge, which you can use to get yourself up there 
with the Hookshot/Longshot. Afterward, defeat the Gold Skulltula and pick up 
the token.

-------------
Water Temple
-------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

30) After raising the water level to the 2nd level, go to the southern part of 
the walkway surrounding the tower. Step on the floor switch to open up the 
gate. Go through the gate and into the hallway. Follow the hall until you get 
to another gate. To unlock this gate, use Din's Fire to light up the torch 
behind the gate. Now destroy the crates to find the Gold Skulltula. Defeat it 
and pick up the token.

31) Before the room where you can raise the third whatever level, is a room 
with two crates. The crate in the corner diagonally across from the door has 
the Gold Skulltula, so destroy the crate, defeat the Gold Skulltula, and pick 
up the token.

32) The next Gold Skulltula can be found in that river with the vortexes. After 
swimming to the first vortex, get on top of the nearby Hookshot target. You 
should find a Gold Skulltula on the wall. Defeat it and reel in the token with 
the Longshot.

33) To get this Gold Skulltula, come back with the Scarecrow's Song and the 
Fire Arrow. Go to the lowest level of the Water Temple. At the bottom, go 
through the opening in the southern part of the room. At the end of this hall 
is a hole, so fall down it. At the bottom, go to the other side of the hall and 
take off the Iron Boots to float up. Now, get onto the highest ledge and Navi 
will turn green. Play the Scarecrow's Song to make the scarecrow appear. Latch 
onto the scarecrow with the Longshot. Now turn around and you should see three 
torches on the wall. Light them up using Fire Arrows. Once all three are lit 
up, the gate behind you will unlock, so head inside. The Gold Skulltula is on 
the ceiling, so defeat it and pull in the token using the Longshot.

34) For the next Gold Skulltula, again, come back with the Fire Arrow and the 
Scarecrow's Song. I also recommend having some Green Potion for backup. Go to 
the lowest level of the Water Temple. At the bottom, go through the northern 
opening. Drop down the hole. Down here, follow the hallway into a bigger room. 
In the bigger room, turn around and face the opening you came out of. Now look 
up on the ceiling and you should see a target. Use the Longshot to latch onto 
that target, and you'll land on a ledge. From here, use the Longshot to pull 
yourself to the target above the door across from you, and then open the door.

In this room, walk up to the edge. Navi will turn green and go to the alcove in 
the corner. Play the Scarecrow's Song to make the scarecrow appear in that 
alcove, and then use the Longshot to latch onto it. In this passage, jump into 
the hole where the waterfall is and stick on your Iron Boots to go down. Down 
here, head to the other side of the hallway and take off your Iron Boots to go 
up. At the top, get onto the land and open the door. In this room, defeat the 
Stalfos to unlock the door again. At the end of the fight, roll into the crate 
in the corner next to the door to destroy it. You will find a Small Key, so 
leave this room.

Back in here, jump into the water, put on the Iron Boots, sink to the bottom, 
and go to the other side of the hall. Take off the Iron Boots to float back up. 
Back up here, climb into the alcove to your right. Up here, unlock and open the 
door across from you using the Small Key. In this room, there are two torches 
on the wall, and one on each side of the room. First, hit the glass switch to 
raise up the three waterspouts. Get on one of them and use Din's Fire to light 
up both torches on the wall. Now quickly get to the other end of the room and 
use the Fire Arrow to light up the remaining two torches. This will unlock the 
door on the other end of the room, so go through it.

In the next room, you must defeat all of the Dodongos to unlock the door 
leading to the next room. After all of the Dodongos are defeated, you can get 
to the next door by latching onto the target on the ceiling in the southern 
part of the room. Open the door once you get to it. In this room, turn left. 
The Gold Skulltula is in the crate in the corner of the room, so destroy the 
crate, defeat the Gold Skulltula, and pick up the token.

--------------
Shadow Temple
--------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

35) The first Gold Skulltula can be found in the room with the falling spiked 
ceilings. Going down the path, it is in a prison cell to the right. Just defeat 
it and use the Longshot to get the token.

36) The next Gold Skulltula can be found in the room at the end of the hallway 
(and the walkway) with the spinning fans). It is on the face that is on the 
wall. Defeat it and get the token using the Longshot.

37) After getting the previous Gold Skulltula, head back into the previous 
room. Go into the hidden room off to your left (with the Hover Boots or by 
letting a fan blow you in). In this room, defeat the Gibdos. On the other side 
of the room is a locked door. To the right of the door in the corner is a pile 
of dirt. Blow the dirt up by placing a Gold Skulltula on top of it. This will 
defeat the Gold Skulltula underneath, in addition to destroying the dirt. After 
the explosion, you can then simply pick up the token.

38) After the ferry ride, shoot the Bomb Flowers to make the statue fall over 
and form a bridge. Cross the bridge to the other side of the river. Now turn 
around and you'll see a Gold Skulltula beneath the ledge across from you 
underneath the water. Defeat it and grab the token using the Longshot.

39) Right before the boss door, turn left. You'll see a Gold Skulltula on the 
wall. You won't be able to get to it from your spot due to an invisible 
platform. Turn on the Lens of Truth and jump onto the invisible platform. From 
there, look down. You'll be able to defeat the Gold Skulltula and reel in the 
token using the Longshot.

--------------
Spirit Temple
--------------

Gold Skulltulas: 5

40) This Gold Skulltula is found in the room where you solved a sun switch 
puzzle as Young Link. It is right before the room with the Iron Knuckle. To get 
this Gold Skulltula, you must come back to this room as Adult Link. When 
entering the room, activate the glass switch on the higher ledge with your 
sword. Then, move the block with the sun switch that is right underneath that 
glass switch to the other side of the room, to where the sunlight is shining 
into the room. If the firewalls appear, just hit the glass switch again. Once 
the sun switch is under the area of shining light, it will activate. This will 
create a clear block above you. To get to it, look up at the ceiling and you'll 
see a target. Use the Longshot to pull yourself up to that target and you'll 
fall on the clear block. The Gold Skulltula is on the clear block across from 
you. You can defeat it and get the token using the Longshot.

41) After solving the puzzle with the three sun switches on the wall, drop down 
to the floor below you, and open the door at the bottom. In the next room, open 
the door on the left. You'll find a Gold Skulltula on the ceiling. Defeat it 
and grab the token with the Longshot.

42) From the previous Gold Skulltula, leave the room. Back in here, there is a 
locked door across from you. You need a Small Key to get into it. In here, you 
have a little puzzle to solve. Hit the rusted floor switch with the Megaton 
Hammer to open a gate in the pit leading into an alcove.

   -Before going past the gate, look above the alcove and you'll see a Door of 
    Time Block. Play the Song of Time in this alcove. This will unlock a gate 
    in the opposite corner of the room, in the northeast corner.

   -Above that alcove is a crate from the Lon Lon Ranch. So head into that 
    alcove and play Epona's Song. This will unlock an alcove in the southeast 
    corner.

   -The newly unlocked alcove has a sun switch above it. Go inside this alcove 
   and play the Sun's Song. This will unlock an alcove in the northwest corner.

   -In the next alcove, play the Song of Storms. The east central alcove will 
   open up.

   -In the final alcove, play Zelda's Lullaby. This will finally unlock the 
   door in this room, so head through.

The next room has a ton of Big Skulltas. Get rid of them first. Afterwards, 
defeat the Gold Skulltula on the wall and then use the Longshot to get the 
token.

43 and 44) These two Gold Skulltulas are in the same room. It is in the room 
that has a lone Iron Knuckle in it, just past the Triforce mark on the floor. 
You need a Small Key to get into this room. One of the Gold Skulltulas is 
behind the Iron Knuckle, while the other is to its right. To be able to get to 
them, you must have the Iron Knuckle destroy the thrones and the pillars in 
front of these Gold Skulltulas with its axe. So, lure it to those sides of the 
room and get it to attack you. Get out of the way and it should hit those 
objects. Afterwards, defeat the Gold Skulltulas when it is safe to do so.

=========================
9. Heart Piece Locations
=========================

This location will give you the locations of all of the Pieces of Hearts found 
in this game. There are a total of 36 of them. Every four Pieces of Hearts that 
you collect will give you an additional heart for your health, giving you a 
total of nine extra hearts.

-----------
Lost Woods
-----------

1) In order to get this Piece of Heart, you must be Young Link and know Saria's 
Song. From the start of the Lost Woods, head into the area to the left. You 
will see a skull kid dancing on a large tree stump. Get on the small tree stump 
and play Saria's Song. The skull kid will then become your friend and give you 
a Piece of Heart.

2) There is another Piece of Heart found here. Again, you need to be Young Link 
in order to get this Piece of Heart. Head into the right area from the start. 
In here, go forward and jump to the ground below you. Now get on the tree stump 
and pull out your Ocarina. Two skull kids will appear, and they will play a 
game with you. You must repeat the notes that they play on their flutes using 
your Ocarina. After successfully doing this three times, you will get a Piece 
of Heart.

-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------

3) You have to be Young Link to get this Piece of Heart. If you go to the 
entrance to Lake Hylia, you'll see a square area of grass surrounded by fences 
on each side. Jump over the small fence and get to the middle of this grass. 
Plant a Bomb in the middle and it will explode, revealing a hole, so jump down 
it. Down here is a Business Scrub. Defeat the Business Scrub and he will offer 
you a Piece of Heart for 10 Rupees.

4) In order to get this Piece of Heart, you must be Adult Link and have either 
the Golden Scale or the Iron Boots. Facing the entrance to the castle, head 
left and you'll get to a river area. There is a lone tree just before the 
river. Place a Bomb right next to the tree and it will explode, revealing a 
hole, so jump down it. Down here, head into the water. There is a Piece of 
Heart the bottom. You can get it either by diving to it (you need the Golden 
Scale to dive that deep), or by using Iron Boots to sink to the bottom.

--------------
Lon Lon Ranch
--------------

5) In the back corner of the ranch is a tower. You must be Young Link to get 
this Piece of Heart. Inside the tower, you'll see a series of crates. You must 
move around the crates so that you can pull out the crate in the back corner. 
Behind the crate in the back corner is a hole. Crawl through the hole and 
you'll find a Piece of Heart on the other end.

-------
Market
-------

6) You can get a Piece of Heart by winning the Treasure Chest game. You can 
only play this game as Young Link. However, you have a very low chance of 
outright winning this game, but you can win this game later on using the Lens 
of Truth (by seeing what is inside each treasure chest so you know which one to 
open).

7) A Piece of Heart is a prize offered at the Bombchu Bowling Alley. You also 
need to be Young Link to get this Piece of Heart.

8) At nighttime, there are numerous dogs running around the Market. In the 
corner, near the Bazaar, is a white dog. Walk up to this dog so that he will 
start following you. Now, bring the dog to the Back Alley and open the door 
right across from you (go into the Back Alley from the left side, near the 
Treasure Chest game). In here, talk to the lady and she will give you a Piece 
of Heart for bringing the dog back to her.

-----------------
Kakariko Village
-----------------

9) There is a Piece of Heart found behind bars in one of the houses. This is 
the house above the House of the Skulltulas. There are two ways to get to this 
building. As Young Link, go to the top of the Death Mountain Trail and have 
Kaepora Gaebora, the owl, fly you down to Kakariko Village. He will drop you 
off on the rooftop of this building. As Adult Link, you can use your Longshot 
to go from rooftop to rooftop until you are on top of this building. Now, get 
to the edge and look down. You should see a little balcony. Jump down to this 
balcony and head into the hole. You'll be next to the Piece of Heart.

10) You can get a Piece of Heart by talking to a man in the House of the 
Skulltulas, after destroying at least 50 Gold Skulltulas.

11) As Adult Link, you will find a man sitting on the roof of one of the 
buildings near the watch tower. You need either the Hookshot or the Longshot to 
get onto the roof where he is. It is easier to do it with the Longshot, as with 
its greater range, you shouldn't have any problem latching onto the roof of the 
building where the man is on. If you want to get to this man using the 
Hookshot, stand on top of the fence in front of the windmill. The building is 
directly across from you, and you can easily reach the roof of this building 
using the Hookshot.

12) There is a Piece of Heart inside the windmill. To get it as Young Ling, you 
can throw the Boomerang at it and the Boomerang will bring the Piece of Heart 
back to you. As Adult Link, you can jump onto the ledge where the Piece of 
Heart is after racing Dampe.

----------
Graveyard
----------

13) Between 6:00PM and 9:00 PM (game time, not real time. Also, this means 
early in the night), you will find Dampe walking around the Graveyard (as Young 
Link only). You can pay him 10 Rupees to dig up the spot in front of him. I 
usually recommend having him dig on the patches of soil. Dampe will either dig 
up Rupees, nothing, or the Piece of Heart. You just need to be lucky and hope 
he digs it up.

14) After learning the Sun's Song, go back to the Graveyard during the night. 
In the back right corner of the Graveyard, there are five graves lined up. Pull 
back the second grave on the left to reveal a hole, and then jump down it. Down 
here, go to the wall across from you and play the Sun's Song. This will cause a 
large chest to appear, which contains a Piece of Heart.

15) Getting this Piece of Heart requires both Young Link and Adult Link. As 
Young Link, plant a Magic Bean into the soft soil in the bottom left part of 
the Graveyard. When coming back as Adult Link, ride the magic leaf up to the 
ledge above you. You'll find a crate. Roll into the crate to break it and 
collect the Piece of Heart.

16) To get this Piece of Heart, you must be Adult Link. After getting the 
Hookshot from Dampe, go back and race him again. If you can finish the race in 
under a minute, he'll reward you with a Piece of Heart at the end. During this 
race, just try to avoid the fire and roll forward to go faster whenever you see 
open space.

---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------

17) This Piece of Heart can be obtained in one of two ways. It is located just 
above the entrance to Dodongo's Cavern. As Young Link, you can backflip off of 
where you threw the Bomb Flower off the cliff to blow up the rocks blocking 
Dodongo's Cavern. If you stay to the left while falling, you should land on the 
ledge. Be sure to throw the Bomb Flower out of the way before back flipping. To 
get this Piece of Heart as Adult Link, plant a Magic Bean in the soft soil 
patch right in front of the Dodongo's Cavern entrance, and then return as Adult 
Link. You can then just ride up the leaf unto the higher ledge to get the Piece 
of Heart.

------------
Goron's Ciy
------------

18) As Young Link, there is a giant vase on the bottom floor. To get this vase 
to start spinning, light up all of the torches surrounding the vase using a 
Deku Stick. You can find a lighted torch to start with in Darunia's Room. Once 
the vast starts spinning, go up to the next floor. Start trying to throw Bombs 
into the face. Now, keep in mind that there are three different facial 
expressions on the vase. If you get a Bomb into the vase, it will explode and 
stop the vase. The vase MUST stop on the happy face facing the screen in order 
for the Piece of Heart to come out. Otherwise, you'll just get varying amounts 
of Rupees.

----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------

19) From the entrance leading to Death Mountain Trail, head to the ledge of the 
cliff. Right below you should be a wall you can climb down. Climb down this 
wall until you get to the alcove that has the Piece of Heart in it.

20) This Piece of Heart requires actions from both Young Link and Adult Link. 
You must also know the Bolero of Fire. As Young Link, warp to the Death 
Mountain Crater. There is a soft soil patch right next to the warp point. Plant 
a Magic Bean into this soft soil, and then return to here as Adult Link. As 
Adult Link, ride the magic leaf and you'll be taken up to a crater. At the very 
top of the crater is a Piece of Heart, so jump off the leaf and pick it up.

-------------
Zora's River
-------------

21) As Young Link, you'll find a Cucco at the beginning of Zora's River. Use 
the Cucco to jump to the other side of the river from the start. Now, head 
forward and jump over the next gap to the left. From here, head to the higher 
land and you'll eventually get to a gap, with a platform on the other side. To 
get to this gap, jump off the edge. Right before you get to the platform, throw 
the Cucco onto the platform and then climb up it. Now, to your right is another 
gap, with a platform containing the Piece of Heart. You can actually jump over 
the gap to get to this platform, but you can use the Cucco again to float your 
away over there if you want to stay on the safe side.

22) Near the entrance to Zora's Domain is another Piece of Heart. Like #21, you 
need the Cucco to get to this one. Work your way towards the Zora's Domain 
entrance, and then you should notice a platform across a gap that has a Piece 
of Heart on it. You can easily float to this platform using the Cucco.

23) Near Piece of Heart #21 are a bunch of frogs in the river that only show up 
as Young Link. To get these frogs to come out of the water, stand on the edge 
of the tree branch in the river and take out your Ocarina. If you play them the 
Song of Storms, they will reward you with a Piece of Heart.

24) These frogs that gave you Piece of Heart #23 also have another Piece of 
Heart that they can give to you. After all five of the frogs have grown up (you 
must have played Zelda's Lullaby, Epona's Song, Saria's Song, the Sun's Song, 
and the Song of Time to get all of them to grow), they will play a bug-catching 
game with you. Each frog jumps when you play a certain note. For example, the 
purple frog in the top left will jump when you press the L button. So, when the 
butterfly appears above that frog, hit the L button. You have to restart if you 
mess up or take too long in between notes. If it helps, you can notice that the 
alignment of the frogs matches up almost perfectly with the Ocarina buttons on 
the touchscreen. Luckily for you, the order of the buttons you have to press 
will never change, so you can keep pressing the buttons in the same order until 
you have memorized it. If it helps, also write down the buttons in the order 
you press them as you go along. 

This can be very difficult, and for that, I have written the order that you 
press the buttons in below:

Y, L, X, Y, R, X, Y, R, L, R, L, R, Y, X, L

--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------

25) To get this Piece of Heart, you must be Young Link. On the bottom floor are 
a series of torches that run to the waterfall in the water. To find a lighted 
torch, go up to King Zora. Then, light up the torch on the corner of the 
stairwell leading up to King Zora for an additional fire source. Now, using a 
Deku Stick, quickly light up the torch just outside the Item Shop, the one in 
the water, and the two behind the waterfall. You must do this quickly or one of 
the torches will burn out, and you will need to start again. Once all of the 
torches are lit up, a large chest will appear behind the waterfall containing a 
Piece of Heart.

----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------

26) You must be Adult Link to get this Piece of Heart. Head out to the water 
and you'll find all of the ice sheets. Jump across the ice sheets until you get 
to the one on the other side of the area. The last ice sheet has a Piece of 
Heart on it.

27) There is another Piece of Heart in the area that can only be accessed as 
Adult Link. You need the Iron Boots to get this Piece of Heart. Just jump into 
the water and stick on the Iron Boots. You'll find the Piece of Heart at the 
very bottom of the water.

-----------
Ice Cavern
-----------

28) You obviously need to be Adult Link in order to access the Ice Cavern. In 
addition, you need a few bottles of Blue Fire. Head to the room with the first 
Silver Rupee puzzle. Facing the higher ledge, use the Blue Fire on the red ice 
to the right to melt it away. When you get to the next room, you'll find a 
frozen Piece of Heart, which you can get by melting away the ice with another 
round of Blue Fire. If you need some Blue Fire, there's some nearby that you 
can capture.

-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------

29) As Young Link, you can get a Piece of Heart from the Fishing Pond by 
catching a fish that is at least 10 pounds. Show it to the fisherman to get 
your prize.

30) This Piece of Heart requires both action from Young Link and Adult Link. As 
Young Link, plant a Magic Bean into the soft soil next to the laboratory. As 
Adult Link, ride up the magic leaf to the top of the laboratory. Then, climb up 
the ladder to the top tower, and you'll find the Piece of Heart. Alternatively, 
you can play the Scarecrow's Song to summon Pierre the Scarecrow onto the roof, 
where you can then use the Longshot/Longshot to pull yourself up to the roof.

31) In order to get this Piece of Heart, you must be Adult Link and have the 
Golden Scale. Go into the laboratory and then jump into the pool. Dive all the 
way to the bottom and touch the bottom. At the top, get out of the water and 
talk to the lady. She will notice that you ended up touching the bottom, and 
will reward you with a Piece of Heart.

-------------- 
Gerudo Valley
--------------

32) As Young Link, pick up the Cucco right before the bridge. Now, look down 
and to the left of the bridge. You should see a little ledge just below the 
cliff across from you. This ledge has a crate. Use the Cucco to float safely to 
this platform. Now, roll into the crate to break it, and then the Piece of 
Heart will come out.

33) This Piece of Heart requires cooperation from both Young Link and Adult 
Link. As Young Link, use the Cucco to float safely down to the ledge below and 
to the right of the bridge. This ledge has a Gerudo and a cow on it. Near the 
cow is a patch of soft soil. Plant a Magic Bean into this soft soil and then 
return as Adult Link. Ride the magic leaf until you get to the waterfall at the 
head of the river. Behind the waterfall is an alcove. You can either jump into 
this alcove from the magic leaf or get onto the ladder just behind the 
waterfall. There is a Piece of Heart in this alcove.

------------------ 
Gerudo's Fortress
------------------

34) You need the Scarecrow's Song in order to get to this Piece of Heart. When 
in the Thieves' Hideout, get to the room that has two staircases leading to 
different directions. Take the one on the right and exit. Out here, clip up to 
the roof next to you. From here, head to the other side of this roof and turn 
right. Jump across the gap and onto the roof slightly below you. Now, head 
around the corner and you'll find vines, so climb up them. At the top, follow 
this roof to another gap. You'll see Navi go out and put out a green marker. 
Play the Scarecrow's Song to make the scarecrow appear, and then use your 
Hookshot/Longshot to latch onto the scarecrow to get across the gap. From here, 
head around the corner and open up the large chest for a Piece of Heart.

35) You can win a Piece of Heart by getting at least 1000 points in the 
horseback archery game. This game requires Epona and the Gerudo's Token.

----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------

36) This Piece of Heart requires action from both Young Link and Adult Link. 
After learning the Requiem of Spirit, warp back to the Desert as Young Link. 
Plant a Magic Bean into the soft soil patch to the left of the Spirit Temple 
entrance, and then return to the desert as Adult Link and ride the magic leaf. 
Near the end of the ride, the leaf will up to the top of the structure in front 
of the Spirit Temple. Jump on top of this structure when you get the chance and 
pick up the Piece of Heart.

--------------------------
Ice Cavern - Master Quest
--------------------------

1) In Master Quest, getting the Piece of Heart is different, and very tricky. 
It is in the room where you find the Compass. If you notice, the Piece of Heart 
is blocked off by some ice blocks. To remove the ice blocks, look into the 
floor near the center of the room. You should be able to barely make out a 
glass switch. Since the glass switch is under the ice, you can't use an arrow 
or the Hookshot to get to it. You can activate it by placing a Bomb right on 
top of the ice where the glass switch is. Once the glass switch is activated, 
the ice blocks surrounding the Piece of Heart will disappear, so you can now 
get to it.

======================
10. Trading Sequences
======================

There are two trading sequences that you can do in this game. One of which 
involves getting the Mask of Truth, while the other involves getting Big 
Goron's Sword. During these trading sequences, you must bring a certain item to 
a certain somebody. They will then give you another item in exchange, in which 
you bring that item to the next person, and so on.

----------------------
Mask Trading Sequence
----------------------

You will first be informed of the Happy Mask Shop being open after the gate to 
the Death Mountain Trail is opened up by the guard. In the Happy Mask Shop 
trading sequence, you must borrow a mask from the shop, and find a person in 
the game to sell the mask to. Once you sell the mask to somebody, you then 
return to the Happy Mask Shop and pay back the money that the mask was worth. 
From there, you will be able to borrow a new mask and then go out and sell that 
one.

The main purpose of masks is to wear them and just see what kind of reactions 
you can get from people. However, some masks serve other purposes, like being 
able to listen to Gossip Stones when wearing the Mask of Truth.

Keaton Mask (10 Rupees) - This is the first mask that you can borrow in the 
game. It is a yellow mask that has the face of a fox. You must sell this mask 
to the guard in Kakariko Village who was at the gate leading up to Death 
Mountain Trail. This is the same guard that informed you of the Happy Mask Shop 
earlier in the game. He wants this mask, as his son has been begging him for 
one. When you sell him the mask, he will give you 15 Rupees in return, a little 
profit for you! Afterwards, go back to the Happy Mask Shop and pay the 10 
Rupees.

Skull Mask (20 Rupees) - The Skull Mask is the next mask that becomes 
available. The face obviously resembles a skull, and will freak out many people 
when you talk to them. You can sell this mask to the skull kid in the Lost 
Woods. Just go left from the start of the Lost Woods. Despite the mask being 
worth 20 Rupees, the Skull Kid will only give you 10 Rupees when you sell him 
the mask, which means you need to come up with 10 Rupees of your own when going 
back to the Happy Mask Shop. In addition, you can use this mask to upgrade the 
amount of Deku Sticks you can carry when wearing this at the Forest Stage.

Spooky Mask (30 Rupees) - The face of this mask resembles a ReDead, and will 
scare the crap out of many people when you talk to them. You must sell this to 
the little kid walking around the Graveyard during the day. When selling the 
mask to this kid, he will pay you 30 Rupees, which is full price for the mask! 
Now, head back to the Happy Mask Shop to pay those 30 Rupees.

Bunny Hood (50 Rupees) - This mask is pretty much just bunny ears that you can 
wear. Many people will think that you look very cute when running around with 
this mask. Also, the Bunny Hood can be used to prevent Stalchilds from 
appearing from the ground in Hyrule Field during the night. The person that you 
need to sell this mask to is called the running man. You can find him running 
around Hyrule Field. However, he will not appear until you have obtained all 
three Spiritual Stones. Also, before selling this mask to the running man, I 
highly recommend having the Giant's Wallet on you, so that you can carry up to 
500 Rupees. When you find the running man, you cannot talk to him while he is 
running. Just follow him and stay by him until he lays down. From that point, 
talk to him and sell the mask to him. He will give you enough money to max out 
your wallet! This is why I recommend coming into this with a Giant's Wallet. 
After all of that, just go back to the Happy Mask Shop to pay the 50 Rupees.

Mask of Truth - This is the mask you are awarded with after selling the 
previous four masks. You can use this mask to listen to Gossip Stones. In 
addition, the mask can be used to get a Deku Nut capacity upgrade at the Forest 
Stage.

Now, after selling the first four Masks, you are then free to borrow any of the 
masks that you like. In addition, you will also be able to borrow new masks 
(that you don't need to sell), which are masks of the Goron, Gerudo, and Zora 
faces.

------------------
Big Goron's Sword
------------------

The Big Goron's Sword is a powerful Sword that you can obtain after completing 
a trading sequence in the game. This is a sword that is twice as powerful as 
the Master Sword. The only drawback is that Link must use two hands when using 
this sword, so he cannot use a Shield at the same time.

You can get the Big Goron's Sword almost as soon as you become Adult Link. The 
bare minimum requirement for the Big Goron's Sword is to have Epona. In 
addition, I also recommend getting the Hookshot first, so you have a weapon 
that can target distant enemies. You also need at least one Empty Bottle for 
this. In addition, I also recommend that you plant a Magic Bean as Young Link 
into the soft soil patch on Death Mountain Trail (near the entrance to 
Dodongo's Cavern), which will make the final part of this sequence much easier.

1) Go into Kakariko Village and talk to the Cucco Lady. She will tell you that 
she has been breeding a new kind of Cucco, called a Pocket Cucco. She will ask 
you to take care of it and to find somebody to wake up with it (as that makes 
the Cucco really happy). Say Yes to her question and you'll get a Pocket Egg.

2) After receiving the Pocket Egg, just play the Sun's Song twice. In the 
morning, the Pocket Egg will hatch into a Pocket Cucco. While in Kakariko 
Village, go into that house at the bottom of the stairs, near the tree. You'll 
find Talon of Lon Lon Ranch sleeping on the bed. Use the Cucco to wake him up.

3) Once you have woken up Talon, go back to the Cucco Lady and show her the 
Pocket Cucco. She will be thrilled to see the Cucco very happy, and will give 
you a blue Cucco named Cojiro in return. She says that the Cucco belonged to 
her brother and has stopped crowing. So, we need to find her brother.

4) The Cucco Lady's brother is in the Lost Woods. From the start of the Lost 
Woods, go left and you'll find a man sitting in front of a tree stump. Present 
Cojiro to him and he will recognize Cojiro. He will call you a nice man and 
will hand you an Odd Mushroom. We have to bring this to the Magic Shop in 
Kakariko Village. We have a time limit, so we need to hurry!

5) Get out of the Lost Woods and get to Hyrule Field. Use Epona to get back to 
Kakariko Village. We have three minutes to get this Odd Mushroom to the Magic 
Shop before it goes bad. Now, before entering Kakariko Village, make sure that 
it is still daytime, otherwise you won't be able to access the Magic Shop. To 
get there, go through the back entrance through the Potion Shop (across from 
the Bazaar). Hand the Odd Mushroom to the lady behind the counter.

6) The lady will then turn the mushroom into medicine, called the Odd Poultice. 
We need to bring this back to the man we encountered in the Lost Woods, so head 
back there. However, we will find that the man is no longer there, and a girl 
from the Kokiri Forest has taken his place. She will want the Odd Poultice, 
however, as it has been made with mushrooms from this forest. In exchange, she 
will give you the Poacher's Saw that the man left behind.

7) We need to take the Poacher's Saw to the carpenter in Gerudo Valley. We need 
Epona to jump over the broken fence here (unless it is already repaired). If 
you don't want to use Epona, you can also use the Longshot to get across the 
broken fence. Give the Poacher's Saw to the man just outside the tent and he 
will give you the Broken Goron's Sword in exchange. Let's take it to Big Goron 
to get it fixed.

8) Big Goron is found on the top of Death Mountain Trail. A couple of things. 
You can use the Magic Leaf near the Dodongo's Cavern entrance as a shortcut to 
get near the top of the mountain faster. Also, I recommend having at least the 
Hookshot to get rid of the Skullwalltulas on the wall that you climb leading to 
the top of the mountain. At the top, you'll find Big Goron, who keeps rubbing 
his eyes. Show him the Broken Goron's Sword. He would fix it, but needs eye 
drops due to the recent eruption. He will give you a Prescription that you must 
take to King Zora.

9) King Zora, obviously, is found at Zora's Domain. However, the king may still 
be frozen. You need to melt him out using Blue Fire. You can either buy Blue 
Fire at the Potion Shop in Kakariko Village or get some Blue Fire from the Ice 
Cavern in the back. Either way, once you have King Zora melted, stand in front 
of him and then show him the Prescription. He will then give you the Eyeball 
Frog. We need to take this to the laboratory in Lake Hylia.

10) We need to be quick here, has there is a time limit for this task. We have 
three minutes to get from Zora's Domain to Lake Hylia. Quickly leave Zora's 
Domain and quickly get down Zora's River. Back in Hyrule Field, use Epona (who 
hopefully is parked just outside the river, which can save you a couple of 
precious seconds), and then get to Lake Hylia as fast as you can. When you get 
to Lake Hylia, go inside the laboratory. Give the Eyeball Frog to the lady and 
after mistakenly thinking the Eyeball Frogs are for dinner, she'll make the 
World's Finest Eyeball Drops for you. We need to deliver these to Big Goron.

11) Like the last step, we have a time limit. We need to get to the top of 
Death Mountain Trail as fast as we can. We have four minutes to do so. Use 
Epona and then get to Kakariko Village, and then to Death Mountain Trail. 
Again, we can use the magic leaf near the Dodongo's Cavern entrance to save a 
good amount of time, instead of needing to climb the entire mountain. Near the 
top, be very quick in getting the Skullwalltula off of the wall that you have 
to climb. At the top of the mountain, quickly get the Eyeball Drops to Big 
Goron! Note that if you run out of time here, you wind back up at Step 9, 
needing to show the Prescription to King Zora again.

12) For the final step, Big Goron will take his eye drops and will be able to 
repair the sword. This however, does take a couple of days. To get through this 
fast, just play the Sun's Song six times and then present Big Goron the Claim 
Check. He will then hand you the Big Goron's Sword!

==================
11. Gossip Stones
==================

Gossip Stones are those gray-stones with a face on them that you see throughout 
the game. Examining them will produce the message "this one-eyed statue gazes 
into your mind." Several things can happen with Gossip Stones. If you hit one 
with your sword, they will tell you the time it is in the game. This can be 
useful for finding out how much longer of night and day you have, and for 
events like Dampe's Gravedigging Tour (something which is very time-specific).

In addition, hitting a Gossip Stone with a Megaton Hammer will flatten it into 
a ground, hitting it with Din's Fire will cause it to spin very fast, and 
having a Bomb explode near one will cause the Gossip Stone to launch into the 
air like a rocket.

Playing the Sun's Song, Zelda's Lullaby, or the Song of Storms near a Gossip 
Stone will also cause a fairy to appear.

Most importantly, if you have the Mask of Truth and examine a Gossip Stone 
while wearing it, the Gossip Stone will give you a hint or a secret about the 
game. Here is a list of all of the Gossip Stones found in the game and the 
hints that they provide.

If I have any additional commentary or clarity to make about any of these 
messages, I'll provide it.

--------------
Kokiri Forest
--------------

LOCATION: Just outside the entrance to the Lost Woods.
MESSAGE: "They say that the small holes in the ground that you can find all 
over Hyrule make perfect breathing ground for bugs."

LOCATION: To the left of the entrance to the Great Deku Tree.
MESSAGE: "They say that the Kokiri are always followed by small fairies."

LOCATION: Behind and to the right of the Great Deku Tree (yes, you can actually 
behind here, just go around the tree's roots)
MESSAGE: "They say that one Kokiri has left the forest, and he is still alive!"

-----------
Lost Woods
-----------

LOCATION: From the start of the Lost Woods, go left, and then left again. The 
Gossip Stone is near the Business Scrub who sells you the upgrade for your Deku 
Sticks.
MESSAGE: "They say that when non-fairy folk enter the Lost Woods they become 
monsters."

---------------------
Sacred Forest Meadow
---------------------

LOCATION: Found on top of the maze, near the entrance to the Lost Woods.
MESSAGE: "They say that the owl named Kaepora Gaebora is the reincarnation of 
an Ancient Sage."

LOCATION: Found on the top of the maze, near the middle of the area.
MESSAGE: "They say that the strange owl, Kaepora Gaebora, may look big and 
heavy, but its character is rather lighthearted."

LOCATION: In the corner, directly across from the Forest Tempe entrance.
MESSAGE: "They say that it's possible to find a total of 100 Gold Skulltulas 
throughout Hyrule."

-------------
Hyrule Field
-------------

LOCATION: Found in the secret area across from Gerudo Valley.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a switch that you can activate only by using 
the spin attack."

----------
Graveyard
----------

LOCATION: Right before the staircase leading to the Shadow Temple entrance. 
Requires the Nocturne of Shadow.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a secret near a tree in Kakariko Village."
COMMENTARY: Go north and west from the lone tree. Your Shard of Agony will go 
off, if you have it. Bomb the ground here to find a hidden hole. When you go 
down it, defeat the two ReDeads and a mini-chest will appear, containing a Huge 
Rupee!

-------
Market
-------

NOTE: The following four Gossip Stones are found just outside the Temple of 
Time. All four of them are lined up in a row. I will give you the messages of 
these Gossip Stones, reading them from left to right.

MESSAGE (Gossip Stone #1): "They say that Malon set the original record in the 
obstacle course of Lon Lon Ranch."

MESSAGE (Gossip Stone #2): "They say that Malon of Lon Lon Ranch hopes that a 
knight in shining armor will come and sweep her off her feet someday."

MESSAGE (Gossip Stone #3): "They say that it is against the rules to use 
glasses at the Treasure Chest Game in Hyrule Castle Town Market."
COMMENTARY: Hey, it's not explicitly stated during the Treasure Chest Game. You 
can use the Lens of Truth to just look through the chests, instead of guessing 
and getting lucky.

MESSAGE (Gossip Stone #4): "They say that Gerudos sometimes come to Hyrule 
Castle Town Market to look for boyfriends."

-------------------
Hyrule Castle Area
-------------------

LOCATION: Found just after climbing the vines near the entrance leading back to 
the market.
MESSAGE: "They say that if you get close to a butterfly while holding a Deku 
Stick in your hands, something good will happen."
COMMENTARY: Go to a field of butterflies and take out a Deku Stick. A Fairy 
should appear if one lands on the Deku Stick.

LOCATION: Found in the corner just after climbing the wall before the moat.
MESSAGE: "They say that, contrary to her elegant image, Princess Zelda of 
Hyrule Castle is actually a tomboy!"

LOCATION: Found in a hidden area. Requires the Song of Storms. Play the Song of 
Storms near the tree in the corner of the moat around a castle and a hole will 
appear. Jump down the hole.
MESSAGE: "They say that you may find something new in dungeons you have already 
finished."

---------------------
Death Mountain Trail
---------------------

LOCATION: Found on a ledge while climbing up the wall leading to the top of the 
mountain.
MESSAGE: "They say that Biggoron's Sword is super sharp and will never break."

----------------------
Death Mountain Crater
----------------------

LOCATION: When entering from the Death Mountain Trail, head right and run up 
the wooden board. On the other side, turn right and you will see a wall that is 
cracked. Blow this wall up with a Bomb and you will find the Gossip Stone 
behind it.
MESSAGE: "They say that Medigoron didn't really think about his own size so his 
store is really cramped."

-----------
Goron City
-----------

LOCATION: Next to Medigoron in his shop.
MESSAGE: "They say that Ganondorf is not satisfied with ruling only the Gerudo 
and aims to conquer all of Hyrule!"

LOCATION: Found at the end of the boulder maze on the top floor.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a secret around the entrance to Gerudo 
Valley."
COMMENTARY: Across from the entrance to Gerudo Valley is a large, brown rock, 
surrounded by little rocks. Break this rock using the Megaton Hammer, and then 
smash the ground with the Megaton Hammer to reveal a hole.

-----------------
Dodongo's Cavern
-----------------

LOCATION: From the center island, get to the platform to your right. The Gossip 
Stone is behind a cracked wall that you can blow up using a Bomb.
MESSAGE: "They say that Gerudos worship Ganondorf like a god."

-----------
Lake Hylia
-----------

LOCATION: Across from the back of the laboratory, cross the walkway over the 
river. The Gossip Stone is to the right.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a secret on the road that leads to Lake 
Hylia."
COMMENTARY: Out in Hyrule Field, there is a patch of grass surrounded by fences 
just before the entrance to Lake Hylia. Bomb the middle of this grass and a 
hole will appear. In this area is a Business Scrub who will sell you a Piece of 
Heart for 10 Rupees.

LOCATION: Walk around the edge and the perimeter of the lake counterclockwise, 
staying up against the wall. You'll come to a Gossip Stone (don't worry, the 
water is shallow on the edge). It should be near the southwest corner of the 
lake.
MESSAGE: "They say that Ruto, the Zora princess who is known for her selfish 
nature, likes a certain boy..."

LOCATION: From the last Gossip Stone, keep running along the edge of the lake 
counterclockwise. You'll come to another Gossip Stone, near the southeast 
corner of the map.
MESSAGE: "They say the Cucco Lady goes to the Lakeside Laboratory to study how 
to breed pocket-sized Cuccos."

-------------
Zora's River
-------------

LOCATION: Found on the very high land areas.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a man who can always be found running around 
Hyrule Field."
COMMENTARY: This hint would've been more useful if found out earlier. Since you 
have the Mask of Truth, you already know about the running man around Hyrule 
Field, as you had to sell the Bunny Hood to him. This can be a very difficult 
person to find in the game, so this hint I think was placed in the wrong spot.

LOCATION: Near the ladder by the entrance to Zora's Domain.
MESSAGE: "They say that Princess Zelda's nanny is actually one of the Shekiah, 
who many thought had died out."

--------------
Zora's Domain
--------------

LOCATION: Right in front of King Zora.
MESSAGE: "They say that players who select HOLD option for L-Targeting are the 
real Zelda players!"

----------------
Zora's Fountain
----------------

LOCATION: Near the entrance to the Great Fairy's Fountain.
MESSAGE: "They say that you can swim faster by continually pressing B."

LOCATION: Found to the left of Lord Jabu-Jabu.
MESSAGE: "They say that there is a secret near the lone tree which is not far 
from the river in the northwest part of Hyrule field."
COMMENTARY: From the entrance to the castle, head left and you'll get to a 
river. You'll find a lone tree here. Place a Bomb near the tree and a hole will 
be revealed. Jump into the hole. You can get a Piece of Heart at the bottom of 
the water here, which requires the Golden Scale or the Iron Boots.

--------------
Gerudo Valley
--------------

LOCATION: Found at the very bottom platform right before the waterfall.
MESSAGE: "They say that the thief named Nabooru, who haunts this area, is a 
Gerudo."

----------------
Desert Colossus
----------------

LOCATION: Found to the left of the Spirit Temple entrance.
MESSAGE: "They say that the treasure you can earn in the Gerudo's Training 
Ground is not as great as you would expect, given its difficulty."

------------- 
Secret Holes
-------------

LOCATION: Found in just about every single secret hole in the game (Hyrule 
Field, Lost Woods, etc).
MESSAGE: "They say that the horse Ganondorf rides is a solid black Gerudo 
stallion."
COMMENTARY: Why does this have to be found under every single hole? I'm talking 
about those underground rooms with a Gossip Stone, mini-chest with a Blue 
Rupee, some Bugs under grass, and a Fish in the water. Going to these 
underground hidden areas would be a lot more interesting if the Gossip Stones 
all said different things.

==================
12. Ocarina Songs
==================

ZELDA'S LULLABY
DESCRIPTION: Song of the Royal Family, generally played where there are 
Triforce marks.
HOTE TO GET: Taught to you by Impa after meeting Zelda for the first time
MUSIC NOTES: X, A, Y, X, A, Y

EPONA'S SONG
DESCRIPTION: Used to summon Epona, can be used near cows for free Lon Lon Milk
HOW TO GET: As Young Link in Lon Lon Ranch, talk to Malon a few times. She will 
mention how her mother taught her this song. She will then teach you this song 
when you take out your Ocarina.
MUSIC NOTES: A, X, Y, A, X, Y

SUN'S SONG
DESCRIPTION: Used to change night into day and vice versa, founded by the 
Composer Bros. Can also be used to freeze ReDeads and Gibdos.
HOW TO GET: In the Graveyard, to go the back grave and play Zelda's Lullaby. 
Work your way through the underground passages and check the wall at the end.
MUSIC NOTES: Y, R, A, Y, R, A

SARIA'S SONG
DESCRIPTION: The song Saria plays at the Sacred Forest Meadow. She teaches it 
to her friends. Used to put Darunia in a good mood, prove connection with 
Saria.
HOW TO GET: Go through the Lost Woods and the Sacred Forest Meadow. Saria will 
teach you this song when you get to her spot.
MUSIC NOTES: R, Y, X, R, Y, X

SONG OF TIME
DESCRIPTION: Used to open the Door of Time, can be used to move Door of Time 
blocks
HOW TO GET: After collecting all three Spiritual Stones, head back to Hyrule 
Castle. Zelda will throw the Ocarina of Time into the moat as she is escaping 
from the castle. Jump in and get the Ocarina, and Zelda will teach you this 
song.
MUSIC NOTES: Y, L, R, Y, L, R

SONG OF STORMS
DESCRIPTION: Makes it stormy, used to open up the Bottom of the Well
HOW TO GET: As Adult Link, go to the windmill in Kakariko Village. The man will 
tell you that a kid seven years ago played a song on his Ocarina that screwed 
up the windmill. Take out your Ocarina.
MUSIC NOTES: L, R, A, L, R, A

MINUET OF FOREST 
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Sacred Forest Meadow (in front of the Forest 
Temple entrance).
HOW TO GET: Head to the Sacred Forest Meadow as Adult Link. Sheik will teach 
you this when you get to Saria's spit.
MUSIC NUTES: L, A, X, Y, X, Y

BOLERO OF FIRE 
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Death Mountain Crater (in front of the Fire 
Temple entrance)
HOW TO GET: As Adult Link, head to the Death Mountain Crater and use your 
Hookshot to get across the gap in the bridge. Sheik will then teach you this 
sogn.
MUSIC NOTES: R, L, R, L, Y, R, Y, R

SERENADE OF WATER
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to Lake Hylia (above the entrance to the Water 
Temple)
HOW TO GET: Sheik will teach you this song after getting the Iron Boots in the 
Ice Cavern.
MUSIC NOTES: L, R, Y, Y, X

NOCTURNE OF SHADOW 
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Graveyard (in front of the Shadow Temple 
entrance)
HOW TO GET: After clearing the Forest, Fire, and Water Temples, go to Kakariko 
Village. Sheik will teach you this song after getting attacked from the shadow 
that broke out from the Bottom of the Well.
MUSIC NOTES: X, Y, Y, L, X, Y, R

REQUIEM OF SPIRIT 
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Desert Colossus (across from the Spirit Temple 
entrance)
HOW TO GET: Enter the Spirit Temple as Adult Link. When you find you cannot 
progress the temple beyond the entrance, head back outside. Sheik will appear 
and teach you this song.
MUSIC NOTES: L, R, L, Y, R, L

PRELUDE OF LIGHT
DESCRIPTION: Used to warp to the Temple of Time.
HOW TO GET: After clearing the Forest Temple, go back to the Temple of Time. 
Sheik will no longer block the Pedestal of Time and will teach you this song.
MUSIC NOTES: A, Y, A, Y, X, A

============
13. Credits
============

Nintendo = For creating the Legend of Zelda series, in addition to the 3DS.

Me = I wrote this guide.

You = You read this guide.

Grezzo = For helping put Ocarina of Time onto the 3DS

SBAllen = The administrator of the best site in the world (GameFAQs) posted 
this guide.

Older brother = Helped me solve numerous puzzles in this game as a kid.

Trent Allen = Pointed out an error in the guide regarding the location of one 
of the Deku Nuts upgrades.

View in: